As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31 , 2014
No. 333- 194467
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
2834
13-1840497
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Floor
300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Suite 21
Teaneck, New Jersey 07666-6712
(201) 329-7300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Jack C. Bendheim
President and Chief Executive Officer
Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Floor
300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Suite 21
Teaneck, New Jersey 07666-6712
(201) 329-7300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:
 
Joshua N. Korff, Esq.
Christopher Kitchen, Esq.
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 446-4800
Robert W. Downes, Esq.
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004-2498
(212) 558-4000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
 
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Amount to
be Registered (1)
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per Share (2)
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (2) (3)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share
13,529,750
$
18.00
$
243,535,500
$
31,368
(4)
 
 
(1)
  • Includes 1,764,750 shares subject to the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares.
( 2 )
  • Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457( a ) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
( 3 )
  • Includes the offering price of any additional shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
( 4 )
  • $29,624 previously paid.
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated March 31 , 2014
P R O S P E C T U S
11,765,000 Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_PHIBRO.JPG]
Phibro Animal Health Corporation
Class A Common Stock
 
This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Phibro Animal Health Corporation. We are offering 7,352,941 shares of our Class A common stock. (1)
The selling stockholder is offering 4,412,059 shares of our Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. (1)
(1)
  • The number of shares being offered assumes the shares will be sold at the midpoint of the range set forth below. Should the share price to the public be different than the midpoint of the range, the number of shares that we and the selling stockholder sell will change proportionately so that the aggregate price to the public of shares we sell will equal $125 million.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock is expected to be between $ 16.00 and $ 18.00 . We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “PAHC.” After the completion of this offering, certain of the holders of shares of our Class B common stock will hold interests representing a majority of our outstanding voting power. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ .
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.
Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 .
 
 
Per Share
Total
Price to public
$
$
Underwriting discounts (2)
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses to the selling stockholder
$
$
( 2 )
  • See also “Underwriting” beginning on page 150 for a full description of compensation in connection with this offering.
The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 1,764,750 additional shares from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time and from time to time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Delivery of the shares of Class A common stock will be made on or about             , 2014.
 
 
BofA Merrill Lynch
Morgan Stanley
Barclays
 
 
Guggenheim Securities
Macquarie Capital
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.
The date of this prospectus is             , 2014.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
 
We have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY STATUS
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include, but are not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“Section 404”), or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have not made a decision regarding whether to take advantage of all of these exemptions. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, we do not know if some investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result. If some investors find our common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
Pursuant to Section 102 of the JOBS Act, we have provided reduced executive compensation disclosure, including the elimination of compensation discussion and analysis.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.
We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.
MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from Vetnosis Limited (“Vetnosis”), a research and consulting firm specializing in global animal health and veterinary medicine, and management estimates. Vetnosis is a leading provider of research products, commercial information and analysis of the global animal health sector. The information from Vetnosis contained in this prospectus was not prepared by Vetnosis on our behalf. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. We believe these estimates are reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, or if an earlier date is specified, as of such earlier date. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information is subject to change and cannot always be verified due to limits on the availability and reliability of independent sources, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. In addition, purchasing patterns and consumer preferences can and do change. As a result, you should be aware that market share, ranking and other similar data set forth in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on such data, may not be reliable.
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES
The following trademarks and service marks used throughout this prospectus belong to, are licensed to, or are otherwise used by us in our business: Stafac ® ; Eskalin ; V-Max ® ; Terramycin ® ; Neo-Terramycin ® ; Neo-TM ; TM-50 ® ; TM-100 ; Mecadox ® ; Nicarb ® ; Boviprol ; Bloat Guard ® ; Aviax ® ; Aviax II ; Aviax Plus ; Coxistac ; Posistac ; Banminth ® ; Cerditac ; Cerdimix ; Rumatel ® ; OmniGen-AF ® ; Animate ® ; Procreatin 7 ® ; NutrafitoPlus ; Chromax ® ; Provia 6086 ; Safmannan ® ; Biosaf ® ; AB20 ® ; Lactrol ® ; and TAbic ® .


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully. In particular, you should read the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”
In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “PAHC” refer to Phibro Animal Health Corporation, the issuer of the Class A common stock offered hereby, and references to “the Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to PAHC and, as appropriate in the context, its consolidated subsidiaries.
Our Company
Phibro Animal Health Corporation is one of the leading animal health companies in the world and is dedicated to helping meet the growing demand for animal protein. We are a global diversified animal health and mineral nutrition company. For nearly 40 years we have been committed to providing livestock producers with value-based products and solutions to help them maintain and enhance the health and productivity of their animals. We sell more than 1,100 product presentations in over 65 countries to approximately 2,850 customers. We develop, manufacture and market products for a broad range of food animals including poultry, swine, beef and dairy cattle and aquaculture. Our products help prevent, control and treat diseases, enhance nutrition to help improve health and performance and contribute to balanced mineral nutrition.
We believe we are the only global company with an animal health business that concentrates exclusively on animals for human consumption and are one of the few global companies offering a comprehensive range of animal health and mineral nutrition products. We believe our key products such as Stafac ® , Nicarb ® , and OmniGen-AF ® (“OmniGen”) enjoy strong brand name recognition and customer loyalty in the markets we serve. We believe our vaccines are recognized as a standard in efficacy against highly virulent disease challenges and our patented TAbic ® vaccine delivery technology provides superior convenience and logistical benefits over conventional glass bottles. The foundation of our product portfolio is based on several key proprietary molecules and formulations that are supported by additional complementary products, which help address important customer needs. As an example of our portfolio depth, we believe over 5.4 billion of the 8.5 billion broiler chickens produced in the United States in 2012 received at least one of our products.
We are further differentiated by our team of highly trained and dedicated professionals who provide technical service and support for our products and offer practical solutions to our customers. Within our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition segments, utilizing both our sales, marketing and technical support organization of approximately 225 employees and a broad distribution network, we market our portfolio of more than 1,000 product presentations to livestock producers and veterinarians in over 65 countries. Technical support and research is an important aspect of our overall sales effort. Our global reach allows us to connect with key global customers at their corporate, regional and local decision-making levels, and we are implementing a strategy for working with our customers with the broadest and most complex needs by assigning a key account manager to have global responsibility for leading our sales, service, product supply and strategic relationship commitments to these customers (our “Global Key Account Strategy”). We believe our close contact with customers provides us with an in-depth understanding of their businesses and allows us to identify and develop products to address unmet customer needs, anticipate emerging trends and establish ourselves as trusted advisors to our customers.
We have focused our efforts in high value geographies (regions where the majority of livestock production is consolidated in large commercial farms) such as the United States, Brazil, China, Russia, Mexico, Australia, Turkey, Israel, Canada and Europe, and we believe we are well positioned to further accelerate our growth with our established network of sales, marketing and distribution professionals in emerging markets in Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and Africa.


In addition to animal health and mineral nutrition products, we manufacture and market specific ingredients for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our net sales were $653.2 million, our net income was $24.9 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $75.8 million. For the six months ended December 31, 2013, our net sales were $335.0 million, our net income was $8.1 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $43.9 million. Our revenue stream is well-balanced and diversified by product, geography and customers, and our largest single customer (a distributor) represented approximately 8% of net sales for fiscal year 2013. We manage our business in three segments—Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products—each with its own dedicated management and sales team, for enhanced focus and accountability. Our Animal Health business contributed 59% of our net sales and 85% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013, and we expect Animal Health will continue to be the key driver of our future growth. Our Mineral Nutrition business contributed 31% of our net sales and 12% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013. Our Performance Products business contributed 10% of our net sales and 3% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013. See “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
Animal Health Industry
The global livestock animal health sector represented approximately $13.3 billion of sales in 2012, or approximately 60% of the global animal health medicines and vaccines market. Vetnosis projects the global livestock animal health market to grow at a compound annual rate of 6% between 2012 and 2017. We believe this growth will be driven by:
  • global demographic trends such as population growth and increasing standards of living. As the global population continues to grow in size and improve in standard of living, it is forecast that people will consume an increasing amount of animal protein and dairy, both in the aggregate and on a per capita basis;
  • increasingly scarce natural resources, such as water and arable land to support livestock, driving a need for improved efficiency of livestock producers;
  • significant pressure on producers to improve productivity while navigating heightened food safety and biosecurity regulations; and
  • changing producer dynamics as food supply becomes increasingly global. Producers in many of the largest emerging market countries are not able to meet the rapid growth in local demand, leading to increased global trade in protein, increased sophistication of producers and migration towards industrial scale production.
These factors put increasing economic and other pressures on producers to raise larger numbers of animals together, which in turn, increases bacterial and other disease pressures.
There is considerable scientific and regulatory debate concerning whether the use of antibiotics in livestock can increase the risk to humans who consume meat potentially containing antibiotic-resistant organisms. For example, the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) recently announced a plan to help phase out the use of medically important antibiotics in livestock feed for growth promotion and/or feed efficiency purposes. However, the recent FDA guidance provides for continued use of antibiotics in food-producing animals for treatment, control and prevention of disease under the supervision of a veterinarian. We believe most rigorous analyses have shown that, when used properly, these products create little to no risk for humans. Furthermore, this risk must be balanced against the benefits of permitting the use of antibiotics in animals, which we believe include the prevention, control and treatment of disease for animal welfare, the preservation of scarce natural resources to reduce the impact of agriculture on the environment, the safety and sustainability of the food supply and the need to feed the world’s growing population.
Business Segments
We believe our business is uniquely positioned to capitalize on both the local and global trends outlined. We manage our business in three segments—Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products.


  • Animal Health (Fiscal Year 2013 net sales of $384.9 million). Our Animal Health business develops, manufactures and markets more than 550 product presentations, including:
  • antibacterials, which inhibit the growth of pathogenic bacteria that cause bacterial infections in animals; anticoccidials, which inhibit the growth of coccidia (parasites) that damage the intestinal tract of animals; and related products (medicinal feed additives (“MFAs”) and Other);
  • nutritional specialty products, which enhance nutrition to help improve health and performance (Nutritional Specialties); and
  • vaccines, which cause an increase in antibody levels against a specific virus or bacterium, thus preventing infection from viral or bacterial antigens (Vaccines).
   
  • We believe the costs of our products are small relative to other livestock production costs, including feed, and offer high return on investments by improving overall animal health, resulting in improved production yields and economic outcomes for producers.
  • Mineral Nutrition (Fiscal Year 2013 net sales of $203.2 million). Our Mineral Nutrition business manufactures and markets more than 450 formulations and concentrations of trace minerals such as zinc, manganese, copper, iron and other compounds, with a focus on customers in North America. Our customers use these products to fortify the daily feed requirements of their livestock diets and maintain an optimal balance of trace elements in their animals. Volume growth in the mineral nutrition sector is primarily driven by livestock production numbers, while pricing is based on costs of the underlying minerals.
  • Performance Products (Fiscal Year 2013 net sales of $65.0 million). Our Performance Products business manufactures and markets a number of specialty ingredients for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries, predominantly in the United States.
Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths create sustainable competitive advantages that will enable us to continue our growth as a leader in our industry:
  • Products Aligned with Need for Increased Protein Production. Our key Animal Health products, including our MFAs, vaccines and nutritional specialty products, help prevent and manage disease outbreaks and enhance nutrition to help support natural defenses against diseases. These products are often critical to our customers’ efficient production of healthy animals. As an example, our nutritional product offerings like OmniGen are used increasingly in the global dairy industry. In the United States, we estimate approximately 20% of the total 9 million dairy cow herd receive OmniGen.
  • Global Presence with Existing Infrastructure in Key High-Growth Markets. We have an established direct presence in many important emerging markets, and we believe we are a leader in many of the emerging markets in which we operate. Our existing operations in 14 countries and established sales, marketing and distribution network in over 65 countries, provide us with opportunities to take advantage of global growth opportunities. Outside of the United States, our global footprint reaches to key high growth regions (regions where the livestock production growth rate is expected to be higher than the average global growth rate) including Brazil and other countries in South America, China, India and Asia/Pacific, Russia and former members of the Commonwealth of Independent States (“CIS”) countries, Mexico, Turkey, Australia, Canada and South Africa and other countries in Africa. We are planning to establish additional sales and technical offices in key developing regions such as Latin America and Asia, where protein consumption is expected to nearly double by 2050. Our operations in countries outside of the United States contributed approximately 37% of our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2013. According to an IMS Industry Market Survey, we were the fastest growing animal health company in Brazil in 2012.


  • Leading Positions in High Growth Sub-sectors of the Animal Health Market. We are a global leader in the development, manufacture and commercialization of MFA products for the animal health market, a sector that, according to Vetnosis, is projected to grow at a compound annual rate of approximately 5.3% between 2012 and 2017. Measured by revenues, we were the 3rd largest business in the MFA sector in 2012. We believe we are well positioned in the fastest growing food animal species segments of the animal health market with significant presence in poultry and swine, which are projected by Vetnosis to grow globally at compound annual rates between 2012 and 2017 of 6.2% and 6.6%, respectively.
  • Diversified and Complementary Product Portfolio with Strong Brand Name Recognition. We market products across the three largest livestock species (poultry, cattle and swine) and the major product categories (MFAs, vaccines and nutritional specialty products). We believe our diversity of species and product categories enhances our sales mix and lowers our sales concentration risk. The complementary nature of our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition portfolio provides us with unique cross-selling opportunities that can be used to gain access to new customers or deepen our relationships with existing customers. We believe we have strong brand name recognition for Phibro and our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition products.
  • Experienced Sales Force and Technical Support Staff with Strong, Consultative Customer Relationships. Within our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition segments, utilizing both sales, marketing and technical support organization of approximately 225 employees and a broad distribution network, we market our portfolio of more than 1,000 product presentations to livestock producers and veterinarians in over 65 countries. We interact with customers at both their corporate and operating levels, which we believe allows us to develop an in-depth understanding of their needs, and are implementing a Global Key Account Strategy for working with our customers with the broadest and most complex needs. We believe our frequent and close interactions with our customers help us to establish a trusted advisor relationship. We believe the challenges facing our customers will continue to evolve as commercial agricultural food production continues to grow. We believe our strong customer relationships will put us in a position to introduce new products and applications that best address our customers’ still unmet or emerging needs.
  • Products That Make Important Contributions to Our Customers’ Success. We believe our products are critical to the health and performance of our customers’ livestock, and typically represent a relatively small percentage of their total end-product cost. We believe many livestock producers target at least $3 of expected savings for every $1 spent on animal health products. Our customers’ data collection systems are generally sophisticated and are able to measure multiple inputs and results and translate those results into the economic benefit provided. For example, an ongoing project involving studies at 427 dairies in the United States with more than 270,000 cows demonstrated that using our OmniGen-AF nutritional specialty product resulted in a 23% reduction in total herd death loss and significant reductions in cows delivered to the hospital pen, as well as reductions in cases of ketosis, mastitis, metritis and retained fetal membrane. The studies also showed use of OmniGen resulted in increased milk production and higher quality milk, as measured by a decrease in somatic cell count (a standard measure of milk quality). These effects result in significant economic benefits to the producers. Despite their meaningful benefits in animal health outcomes and producer economics, our products typically represent a small portion of total animal production costs. As such, we believe our products represent a key component of value creation for our customers.
  • Experienced, Committed Employees and Management Team. We have a diverse and highly skilled team of animal health professionals, including technical and field service personnel located in key countries throughout the world. These individuals have extensive field experience and are vital to helping us maintain and grow our business. Our field team consists of more than 180 people, a substantial portion of whom have more than 20 years of experience in the animal health industry and many of whom have been with us for more than 10 years. We have a strong


management team with a proven track record of success at both the corporate and operating levels. The executive management team has diverse backgrounds and an average of approximately 17 years of experience in the animal health industry.
  • Track Record of Growth and Significant Cash Flow Generation. Over the past three years, we have demonstrated an ability to grow our revenues and to grow our profitability at a rate that meaningfully exceeds our revenue growth. Our total net sales and Adjusted EBITDA grew at compound annual growth rates (“CAGRs”) of 2.8% and 14.4%, respectively, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2013. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin improved 220 basis points (“bps”), growing from 9.4% in fiscal year 2011 to 11.6% in fiscal year 2013. Our Animal Health segment was the principal driver of the strong growth and margin expansion. Animal Health net sales and Adjusted EBITDA grew at CAGRs of 5.6% and 17.5%, respectively, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2013. Animal Health’s Adjusted EBITDA margin improved 420 bps, growing from 17.4% in fiscal year 2011 to 21.6% in fiscal year 2013. See “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
Growth Strategies
We are committed to maintaining the health of animals and bringing solutions to our customers who raise and care for them. We intend to continue to grow our business by pursuing the following core strategies:
  • Continue Our Expansion into High-Growth Emerging Markets. We believe our global presence and existing infrastructure puts us in a strong position to take advantage of the rise in global demand for animal protein. Key drivers of revenue expansion for our MFA product line stem from industry growth trends in emerging markets, including protein demand growth and producer demand for effective and sophisticated products to manage their production. We believe the rapid growth of protein consumption in emerging markets will present us with opportunities to gain new customers and expand our relationships with our existing customers. Furthermore, we believe consolidation and greater sophistication of livestock producers in emerging markets will drive adoption of our products as producers seek to achieve greater benefits of scale and technology. In addition to implementation of our Global Key Account Strategy, we plan to expand our local sales teams to enable us to introduce a greater number of products and increase our sales penetration. We believe our local sales teams will facilitate enhanced and frequent customer interaction and will allow us to more efficiently develop new products and applications in response to the needs of our customers.
  • Leverage Proprietary Vaccine Technologies to Increase Sales in Poultry. We have developed TAbic ® , an innovative and proprietary delivery platform for vaccines. TAbic ® is a patented platform technology for formulation and delivery of vaccines in effervescent tablets, packaged in sealed aluminum blister packages. The technology replaces the conventional glass bottles commonly used today and offers significant advantages, including transport and storage requirements, customer handling and disposal. We believe that we are well-positioned to increase vaccine sales in key emerging markets such as Brazil and other countries in South America, China, India and Asia/Pacific, Europe, Russia and former CIS countries, Mexico, Turkey, Australia, Israel, and South Africa and other countries in Africa. We recently were named the exclusive distributor of Epitopix’s autogenous vaccines for chickens in the United States, which contain proprietary Sideophore Receptors and Porins (SRP ® ) technology and provide us entry into the United States vaccine business.
  • Continue Our Growth of Nutritional Specialties, Including Cross-Selling with Other Products in Our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition Portfolio. We estimate OmniGen has achieved over 20% penetration into the total 9 million U.S. dairy cow herd and is poised for additional U.S. growth. We have in the last year launched OmniGen in several European countries and Brazil, focused on our target segment of progressive industrial producers (industrial producers who practice modern dairy production techniques) representing approximately 15 million dairy cows in Europe and almost 2 million dairy cows in Brazil. In the rapidly growing progressive


industrial dairy segment in China, which has approximately 5 million dairy cows, we are working on obtaining regulatory approval for OmniGen. We believe we can leverage our MFAs and Vaccine businesses to drive increased sales of OmniGen, Animate ® and other nutritional specialty products in the United States, European, Brazilian, Chinese and other high growth dairy markets. In addition, in the U.S. we have successfully leveraged our significant presence to market our innovative Animal Health products to the same customers that buy our Mineral Nutrition products. Our sales professionals already employ these cross-selling techniques and we believe there is opportunity to further leverage these relationships and increase our sales penetration across all of our product categories.
  • Transition to a Direct Sales Model in Key Markets. We believe our historical direct sales model in the United States and other countries has helped us gain high penetration and provides us with a superior return on investment compared with the use of third party distributors. We believe direct interactions help us better support and educate our customers regarding disease awareness, which in turn encourages them to adopt new and more sophisticated animal health solutions, including the use of our MFAs, vaccines and nutritional specialty products. In addition, this model enables us to have direct involvement with the regulatory approval process in these countries, which in our experience has allowed us to be more successful in obtaining regulatory approvals on a more timely basis. In countries such as Brazil, China, Turkey and South Africa, we have also successfully completed the transition to a direct sales and/or demand creation and service model where the increasing breadth of our product portfolio has made it economically attractive. Over time, we plan to transition to a direct sales and technical service model in a number of emerging markets for our Animal Health business.
  • Enhance Gross Profit through Product Mix and Recent Investments in Manufacturing Capacity. Our Animal Health segment has higher gross profit margins than the Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products segments. We expect our Animal Health segment will continue to grow faster than the Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products segments, which will lead to further opportunities for margin expansion. Our recent capital expenditure program has reduced our manufacturing costs for proprietary products and substantially expanded our manufacturing capacity. We believe our manufacturing capacity will allow us to enter new market segments at attractive margins where other higher-cost animal health companies will be at a competitive disadvantage.
  • Deliver New Product Innovation Through Focused Research & Development Investment. We will continue to invest in research and development (“R&D”) to deliver innovation and to create further uses and applications for our products. We will also continue to invest in our pipeline of product development initiatives to support the growth of our Animal Health products including new indications for use of our existing products in current and additional species.
  • Remain a Partner of Choice for New Products and Technologies. In addition to in-house development, we believe we are well positioned to remain a desirable company for developers of new products and technologies to work with in commercialization, marketing and distribution of products based on our experience and successful track record. We believe our global sales and marketing reach and strong reputation make us an attractive candidate for distribution/licensing agreements. We intend to continue to expand the scope of our existing partnerships by collaborating on new products and technologies that can add value to our customers, just as our significant presence in the Mineral Nutrition business and routine contact with the entire supply chain helped us to identify and bring in-house promising nutritional specialty products such as OmniGen and Animate ® . We also intend to continue to grow our business through focused acquisitions, asset and technology purchases, in-licensing transactions and new strategic partnerships.


Risk Factors
An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. Among these important risks are the following:
  • an expansion of the regulatory restrictions on the use of antibacterials in food-producing animals could result in a decrease in our revenues;
  • a material portion of our sales and gross profits are generated by antibacterials and other related products;
  • we face competition in each of our markets from a number of large and small companies, some of which have greater financial, R&D, production and other resources than we have;
  • outbreaks of animal diseases could significantly reduce demand for our products;
  • perceived adverse effects on human health linked to the consumption of food derived from animals that utilize our products could cause a decline in the sales of such products;
  • our business may be negatively affected by weather conditions and the availability of natural resources;
  • our business is subject to risk based on customer exposure to rising costs and reduced customer income;
  • the continuing trend toward consolidation of certain customer groups as well as the emergence of large buying groups could negatively affect our sales volume and prices of our products;
  • advances in veterinary medical practices and animal health technologies could negatively affect demand for our products;
  • the misuse or extra-label use of our products may harm our reputation or result in financial or other damages;
  • our multiple class structure and the concentration of our voting power with certain of our stockholders will limit your ability to influence corporate matters, and conflicts of interest between certain of our stockholders and us or other investors could arise in the future;
  • anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable; and
  • following the offering, we will be classified as a controlled company” and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
Recent Developments
Dividend
On February 26, 2014, the Board of Directors approved a $25 million pro rata dividend to be distributed to the existing holders of common shares of the Company (the “Dividend”). On February 28, 2014, we paid the Dividend to the existing holders of common shares of the Company.
Domestic Senior Credit Facility Amendment
On February 28, 2014, we amended our existing domestic senior credit facility (the “Domestic Senior Credit Facility”) to permit the Dividend.


Refinancing
Concurrently with and conditioned upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a $100 million revolving credit facility (the “2014 Revolving Credit Facility”) and $290 million senior secured term loan facility (the “2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility,” together with the 2014 Revolving Credit Facility, the “New Credit Facilities”). The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 2.75% plus LIBOR. The 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 3.00% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The maturity date of the 2014 Revolving Credit Facility and the maturity date of the 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are expected to be the fifth and seventh anniversaries of the closing date of the New Credit Facilities, respectively. The foregoing terms are not final and will depend upon the results of negotiations with lenders. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility will be terminated following such repayment. The resulting estimated annual interest savings are expected to be $20.8 million. We will record a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $ 26.7 million upon repayment of our existing debt. See also “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”
Our Corporate Information
We are organized in Delaware . BFI Co., LLC (“BFI”), a Bendheim family investment vehicle, and Mayflower Limited Partnership (“Mayflower”), a limited partnership that is managed by 3i Investments plc and advised by 3i Corporation, and whose sole limited partner is 3i Group plc, the ultimate parent company of both 3i Investments plc and 3i Corporation, are our controlling stockholders and, as of December 31, 2013, owned approximately 70.1% and 29.9% of our outstanding equity interests, respectively. Our principal executive offices are located at Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Floor, 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Suite 21, Teaneck, New Jersey 07666-6712. Our telephone number is (201) 329-7300. The address of our website is www.pahc.com . The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.


Organizational Structure
The chart below illustrates our corporate structure upon completion of this offering. For additional information concerning our stockholders, see “—Principal Stockholders” below.
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_FL-ORG.JPG]
 
(1)
  • PAHC is a holding company and an operating company that includes the U.S. operations of a significant portion of our Animal Health and Performance Products businesses. Certain insignificant and indirect subsidiaries of PAHC are not shown for the sake of simplicity.
(2)
  • Owns operating subsidiaries in Brazil, Mexico, Turkey, Hong Kong, South Africa, Canada and other international markets.
Principal Stockholders
After the consummation of this offering, 100% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 92.8 % of our voting power, will be held by BFI and approximately 28.5 % of our Class A common stock, representing approximately 2.1 % of our voting power, will be held by Mayflower.
BFI is a Bendheim family investment vehicle, formed as a limited liability company, owned by Jack C. Bendheim, his wife, their children and their spouses and trusts for their benefit and the benefit of his grandchildren. Mr. Bendheim has sole authority to vote the common stock of PAHC owned by BFI.
Mayflower is a Jersey limited partnership that is managed by 3i Investments plc, and advised by 3i Corporation, and whose sole limited partner is 3i Group plc, the ultimate parent company of both 3i Investments plc and 3i Corporation.


The Offering
Issuer
Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
Class A common stock offered by us
7,352,941 shares. (1)
Class A common stock offered by Mayflower, the selling stockholder
4,412,059 shares. (1)
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares
The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 1,764,750 shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts.
Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering
Immediately following the consummation of this offering and assuming the shares will be sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus , we will have 16,462,561 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the 0.442 -for- 1 stock split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this
offering
Immediately following the consummation of this offering, we will have 21,348,600 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the 0.442 - for - 1 stock split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ 114.6 million, assuming the shares offered by us are sold for $ 17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by us in this offering to repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness, to pay related fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes. For additional information, see “Use of Proceeds.”
An affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is the Administrative Agent with respect to our Domestic Senior Credit Facility. In addition, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is a lender under our Domestic Senior Credit Facility and will receive its respective share of
 
(1)
  • The number of shares being offered assumes the shares will be sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus . Should the share price to the public be different than the midpoint of the range, the number of shares that we and the selling stockholder sell will change proportionately so that the aggregate price to the public of shares we sell will equal $125 million.


any repayment by us of amounts outstanding under our Domestic Senior Credit Facility with the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting—Other Relationships.”
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the selling stockholder’s sale of shares in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
Principal stockholders
Upon completion of this offering, BFI will beneficially own a controlling interest in us. We currently intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemption under the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ.
Voting Rights
Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.
The shares of Class B common stock have economic rights identical to the shares of Class A common stock and will entitle the holders to 10 votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. We expect that immediately following this offering, the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will together entitle the holders thereof to 92.8 % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.
Holders of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
Conversion of Class B common stock
Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers by and among BFI, its affiliates and certain Bendheim family members, as described in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In addition, all shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert to shares of Class A common stock when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock held by BFI, its affiliates and certain Bendheim family members, together, is less than 15 % of the total outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, taken as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
Dividend policy
We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends to holders of our Class A common stock out of assets legally available for this purpose. While any future determination as to whether to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, we currently anticipate distributing an aggregate of approximately $15 million per year to holders of our Class A and


Class B common stock, to be paid quarterly, beginning in our fiscal year 2015. Any future determination to pay dividends will also be subject to compliance with covenants in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. For additional information, see “Dividend Policy.”
Proposed symbol for trading
on NASDAQ
“PAHC.”
Risk factors
For a discussion of risks relating to our company, our business and an investment in our Class A common stock, see “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our Class A common stock.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering:
  • assumes the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which we will adopt prior to the completion of this offering;
  • is based on the number of shares outstanding after giving effect to a 0.442 -for- 1 split and reclassification of our common stock into Class A and Class B common stock, which we will complete immediately prior to the consummation of this offering (assuming an offering price of $ 17.00 per share of Class A common stock (mid-point of the price range set forth in the cover of this prospectus));
  • excludes 1,498,380 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, and 386,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of the outstanding BFI Warrant (as described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”), at a weighted average exercise price of $ 11.83 per share;
  • assumes (1) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 1,764,750 additional shares from the selling stockholder and (2) an initial public offering price of $ 17.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth in the cover of this prospectus ; and
  • assumes the shares will be sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus as the number of shares offered by the Company is expected to change based on the per share price.
Unless otherwise indicated, all share amounts in this prospectus relating to warrants and stock options and their related exercise prices have been adjusted to give effect to the 0.442-for-1 stock split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.


Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following table presents our summary consolidated financial data and certain other financial data. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the results of operations data and cash flows data for the years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and the results of operations data and cash flows data for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the unaudited interim periods. Operating results for the six months ended December 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2014.
The consolidated financial and other data presented below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical consolidated financial and other data may not be indicative of our future performance.
 
Six months ended
Fiscal year ended
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
December 31,
2013
December 31,
2012
June 30,
2013
June 30,
2012
June 30,
2011
Results of operations data
Net sales
$
334,970
$
326,265
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
Cost of goods sold
234,302
241,213
474,187
489,962
471,668
Gross profit
100,668
85,052
178,964
164,139
146,665
Selling, general and administrative expenses
67,253
57,687
122,233
114,814
105,429
Operating income
33,415
27,365
56,731
49,325
41,236
Interest expense (1)
17,566
17,862
35,771
35,700
34,595
Interest (income)
(112
)
(82
)
(142
)
(281
)
(307
)
Foreign currency (gains) losses,
net
1,813
294
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
Other (income) expense, net (2)
46
151
(400
)
593
Loss on extinguishment of debt
20,002
Income (loss) before income taxes
14,148
9,245
17,848
13,114
(7,889
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
6,003
(5,487
)
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
Net income (loss) (3)
$
8,145
$
14,732
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
Net income (loss) per share  –  basic and diluted
$
0.12
$
0.21
$
0.36
$
0.10
$
(0.19
)
Weighted average number of shares  –  basic and diluted
68,910
68,910
68,910
68,910
68,910
Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)  –  b asic and diluted (4)
$
0.27
$
0.82
Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited)  –  basic and diluted (4)
30,458
30,458
Other financial data
EBITDA (5)
$
42,095
$
36,343
$
72,500
$
66,060
$
43,095
Adjusted EBITDA (5)
43,908
36,683
75,754
66,852
57,932
Cash provided (used) by operating activities
16,397
(2,002
)
415
31,882
(4,680
)
Capital expenditures (6)
9,765
9,640
19,947
14,824
21,635


 
As of
December 31,
2013
As of
(in thousands)
June 30,
2013
June 30,
2012
Balance sheet data
Cash and cash equivalents (7)
$
30,474
$
27,369
$
53,900
Working capital (8)
159,421
153,677
127,472
Total assets
480,828
474,142
440,908
Total debt (9)
363,821
365,604
350,121
Long-term debt and other liabilities
421,726
427,676
403,271
Total shareholders’ deficit
(63,528
)
(68,938
)
(88,228
)
 
(1)
  • Interest expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 includes amortization of deferred financing fees of $1,366, $1,418 and $1,405, respectively, and amortization of imputed interest and debt discount of $1,060, $1,382 and $1,787, respectively. Interest expense for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes amortization of deferred financing fees of $530 and $705, respectively, and amortization of imputed interest and debt discount of $256 and $602, respectively.
(2)
  • Other (income) expense, net consists of items we consider non-operating in nature, including certain non-income tax costs, equity income or expense from an investment and the loss on the sale of an immaterial business.
(3)
  • The table below reconciles net income (loss) to comprehensive income (loss).
 
Six months ended
Fiscal year ended
(in thousands)
December 31,
2013
December 31,
2012
June 30,
2013
June 30,
2012
June 30,
2011
Net income (loss)
$
8,145
$
14,732
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Fair value of derivative instruments
137
418
(222
)
(841
)
58
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(3,135
)
(468
)
(5,968
)
(15,077
)
2,940
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
429
619
5,390
(10,413
)
1,014
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
(221
)
(394
)
(2,016
)
(358
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
5,355
$
14,907
$
22,075
$
(19,355
)
$
(9,268
)
(4)
  • Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share—Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed to give the effect of the stock split that will take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
 
Six months ended
December 31, 2013
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Net income
$
8,145
$
24,891
Basic shares:
                           
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net income per share
68,910
68,910
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed stock split immediately prior to the completion of this offering 
(38,452
)
(38,452
)
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic pro forma net income per share
30,458
30,458
Pro forma net income per share  –  basic and diluted
$
0.27
$
0.82


( 5 )
  • EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, are supplemental measures of our performance and liquidity that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). They are not measurements of our financial performance or liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as alternatives to cash flows from operating activities as measures of our liquidity. We define EBITDA as net income (loss) plus (i) net interest expense, (ii) provision for income taxes or less benefit for income taxes and (iii) depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for (i) (income) loss from, and disposal of, discontinued operations, (ii) other expense or other income, as separately reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, including foreign currency gains and losses and loss on extinguishment of debt and (iii) certain other items that we consider to be unusual or non-recurring as described in this section.
   
  • EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are presented because these measures are used by management to analyze and compare ourselves with other companies on the basis of operating performance and we believe they are financial measures widely used by investors and analysts in our industry. In evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses such as those used in calculating such measures. Our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Each of these measures has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
  • they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
  • they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
  • they do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
  • they do not reflect any cash income taxes we may be required to pay or any potential tax benefits;
  • they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows; and
  • other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures.
   
  • Because of these limitations, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. You should compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental measures. See our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


   
  • The table below reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
 
Six months ended
Fiscal year ended
(in thousands)
December 31,
2013
December 31,
2012
June 30,
2013
June 30,
2012
June 30,
2011
Net income (loss)
$
8,145
$
14,732
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
Plus:
Interest expense
17,566
17,862
35,771
35,700
34,595
Interest (income)
(112
)
(82
)
(142
)
(281
)
(307
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
6,003
(5,487
)
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
Depreciation and amortization
10,493
9,318
19,023
17,527
16,696
EBITDA
$
42,095
$
36,343
$
72,500
$
66,060
$
43,095
Adjustments:
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
1,813
294
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
Other (income) expense, net
46
151
(400
)
593
Loss on extinguishment of debt
20,002
Adjusted EBITDA
$
43,908
$
36,683
$
75,754
$
66,852
$
57,932
(6)
  • Capital expenditures are for continuing operations only.
(7)
  • Adjusted cash and cash equivalents would have been $15.9 million as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the adjustments described in Capitalization.
( 8 )
  • Working capital is defined as total current assets (excluding cash & cash equivalents) less total current liabilities (excluding loans payable to banks and current portion of long-term debt).
( 9 )
  • Total debt includes loans payable to banks, Domestic Senior Credit Facility, and current and long-term portions of long-term debt. Concurrently with and conditioned upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities. The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility is expected to h ave an interest rate of 2.75% plus LIBOR. The 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 3.00% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility will be terminated following such repayment. The resulting estimated annual interest savings are expected to be $20.8 million . We will record a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $ 26.7 million upon repayment of our existing debt. Adjusted total debt would have been $290.1 million as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the adjustments described in Capitalization. See also “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”

RISK FACTORS
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a number of risks. Before you purchase our Class A common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In any such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risk Factors Relating to Our Business
Restrictions on the use of antibacterials in food-producing animals may become more prevalent.
The issue of the potential transfer of antibacterial resistance from bacteria from food-producing animals to human bacterial pathogens, and the causality of that transfer, are the subject of global scientific and regulatory discussion. Antibacterials refer to molecules that can be used to treat or prevent bacterial infections and are a sub-categorization of the products that make up our medicinal feed additives portfolios. In some countries, this issue has led to government restrictions on the use of specific antibacterials in some food-producing animals, regardless of the route of administration (in feed, water, intramammary, topical, injectable or other route of administration). These restrictions are more prevalent in countries where animal protein is plentiful and governments are willing to take action even when there is scientific uncertainty. In December 2013, the FDA announced a plan to phase out over a three-year period the use of medically important antibacterials in animal feed for growth promotion in food production animals (for food production purposes, medically important antibacterials include classes that are prescribed in animal and human health). The guidance provides for continued use of medically important antibacterials in food-producing animals for treatment, control and prevention of disease (“therapeutic” use) under the supervision of a veterinarian. The FDA indicated that it took this action to help preserve the efficacy of medically important antibacterials to treat infections in humans. In the United States, the antibacterial products within our poultry business, our largest business in this region, as well as our cattle business, have both approved therapeutic and non-therapeutic indications. We believe, based on current producer usage patterns, that the large majority of use of our products in these segments is at therapeutic dosage levels. We currently generate a portion of our revenues from antibacterial products sold for use in turkey and swine in the United States where we do not currently have therapeutic claims that match our customers’ usage patterns. We intend to ensure that our antibacterial product offerings are in full alignment with the FDA’s guidance documents within the FDA’s three-year implementation period, and will pursue both new and additional therapeutic claims for these products with the FDA. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such claims. While it is difficult to predict exactly what impact the removal of non-therapeutic claims for our products that are medically important antibacterials will ultimately have on our sales, we estimate that, based on our customers’ usage patterns, had we voluntarily decided to withdraw all of our non-therapeutic claims for these products in the United States, and did not add any new therapeutic claims for these products, our MFA & Other net sales would have been reduced by approximately $15 to $20 million for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.
Our carbadox product has been approved for use in food animals for over 40 years. Certain regulatory bodies have raised concerns about the possible presence of certain residues of our carbadox product in meat from animals that consume the product. The product was banned for use in the EU in 1998 and has been banned in several other countries outside the United States. In 1998, following a submission by the drug sponsor, the FDA conducted an evaluation of carbadox and found that it was safe based on the U.S. “sensitivity of the method” policy. Accordingly, the FDA continues to permit the approved use of carbadox. However, the FDA has subsequently raised concerns that certain residues from our carbadox product may persist in tissues for longer than previously determined. See “Business—Regulatory.” Separately, at an August 2013 meeting of the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in Food (“CCRVDF”), a working group of the CCRVDF recommended that the Codex Alimentarius Commission (“Codex”), which is the recognized international standard-setting body for food, adopt, at its July 2014 meeting, risk management advice language for a number of compounds including carbadox stating that “authorities should prevent residues of carbadox in food. This can be accomplished by not using carbadox in food producing animals.” While the proposed recommended language is to provide advice only and is not

binding on individual national authorities, and virtually all national authorities already have long-established regulatory standards for carbadox, if adopted, the proposed recommended language may be considered by national authorities in making future risk management determinations. To the extent additional national authorities elect to follow the proposed risk management advice and prohibit the use of carbadox in food-producing animals, those decisions could have an adverse effect on our sales of carbadox in those countries or in countries like the United States that produce meat for export to those countries.
In 2008, the FDA announced that the agency required formal review of all additives used in the production of ethanol, including our Lactrol ® product (formulated virginiamycin), where the co-products may be used for animal feed. Virginiamycin has been certified by an independent expert panel convened by us as “generally recognized as safe” (“GRAS”) as a processing aid in ethanol production and as related to the use of the resulting distiller’s co-products for animal feed. We believe that this certification satisfies the FDA requirement. However, there can be no assurance we will be successful in maintaining market access for our Lactrol ® product or other ethanol production additives that we sell.
Our global sales of antibacterials and other related products were approximately $303.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2013. We cannot predict whether resistance concerns with antibacterials will result in additional restrictions, expanded regulations or public pressure to discontinue or reduce use of antibacterials in food-producing animals, which could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
A material portion of our sales are generated by antibacterials and other related products.
Our medicated products business is comprised of a relatively small number of compounds and accounted for 47% and 47% of net sales for the year ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. The significant loss of antibacterial or other related product sales for any reason, including competition, product bans or restrictions, public perception or any of the other risks related to such products as described in this prospectus, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We face competition in each of our markets from a number of large and small companies, some of which have greater financial, R&D, production and other resources than we have.
Many of our products face competition from alternative or substitute products. We are engaged in highly competitive industries and, with respect to all of our major products, face competition from a substantial number of global and regional competitors. We believe many of our competitors are conducting R&D activities in areas served by our products and in areas in which we are developing products. Some competitors have greater financial, R&D, production and other resources than we have. Some of our principal competitors include Archer-Daniels-Midland (ADM) Company, Bayer AG, Ceva Santé Animale, Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH, Eli Lilly and Company (Elanco Animal Health), Huvepharma Inc., Lallemand Inc., Merck & Co., Inc. (Merck Animal Health), Novartis AG, Pennfield Corporation, Sanofi (Merial), Southeastern Minerals, Inc., Virbac and Zoetis Inc. To the extent these companies or new entrants offer comparable animal health and nutrition or performance products at lower prices, our business could be adversely affected. New entrants could substantially reduce our market share or render our products obsolete.
In certain countries, because of our size and product mix, we may not be able to capitalize on changes in competition and pricing as fully as our competitors. In recent years, there have been new generic medicated products introduced to the livestock industry, particularly in the United States.
There continues to be consolidation in the animal health and nutrition market, which could strengthen our competitors. Our competitors can be expected to continue to improve the formulation and performance of their products and to introduce new products with competitive price and performance characteristics. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to maintain our current competitive position or market share.
Outbreaks of animal diseases could significantly reduce demand for our products.
The demand for our products could be significantly affected by outbreaks of animal diseases, and such occurrences may have a material adverse impact on the sale of our products and our financial

condition and results of operations. The outbreaks of disease are beyond our control and could significantly affect demand for our products and consumer perceptions of certain meat products. An outbreak of disease could result in governmental restrictions on the import and export of chicken, pork, beef or other products to or from our customers. This could also create adverse publicity that may have a material adverse effect on our ability to sell our products successfully and on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, outbreaks of disease carried by animals may reduce regional or global sales of particular animal-derived food products or result in reduced exports of such products, either due to heightened export restrictions or import prohibitions, which may reduce demand for our products due to reduced herd or flock sizes.
There has been substantial publicity regarding H1N1, known as North American (or Swine) Influenza and, previously, H5N1, known as Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza, in the human population. There have also been concerns relating to E. Coli O-157 in beef and other food poisoning micro-organisms in meats and other foods. Consumers may associate human health fears with animal diseases, food, food production or food animals whether or not it is scientifically valid, which may have an adverse impact on the demand for animal protein. Occurrences of this type could significantly affect demand for animal protein which in turn could affect the demand for our products in a manner that has a significant adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Also, the outbreak of any highly contagious disease near our main production sites could require us to immediately halt production of our products at such sites or force us to incur substantial expenses in procuring raw materials or products elsewhere.
Outbreaks of an exotic or highly contagious disease in a country where we produce our products (particularly vaccines, which we currently produce in Israel) may result in other countries halting importation of our products for fear that our product may be contaminated with the exotic organism.
Perceived adverse effects on human health linked to the consumption of food derived from animals that utilize our products could cause a decline in the sales of those products.
Our business depends heavily on a healthy and growing livestock industry. If the public perceives a risk to human health from the consumption of the food derived from animals that utilize our products, there may be a decline in the production of those food products and, in turn, demand for our products. Livestock producers may experience decreased demand for their products or reputational harm as a result of evolving consumer views of animal rights, nutrition and health-related or other concerns. Any reputational harm to the livestock industry may also extend to companies in related industries, including the Company. In addition, campaigns by interest groups, activists and others with respect to perceived risks associated with the use of our products in animals, whether or not scientifically-supported, could affect public perceptions and reduce the use of our products. Those adverse consumer views related to the use of one or more of our products in animals could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business may be negatively affected by weather conditions and the availability of natural resources, as well as by climate change.
The animal health industry and demand for many of our animal health products in a particular region are affected by weather conditions, as usage of our products follows varying weather patterns. As a result, we may experience regional and seasonal fluctuations in our results of operations.
In addition, livestock producers depend on the availability of natural resources, including abundant rainfall to sustain large supplies of drinking water, grasslands and grain production. Their animals’ health and their ability to operate could be adversely affected if they experience a shortage of fresh water due to human population growth or floods, droughts or other weather conditions. In the event of adverse weather conditions or a shortage of fresh water, livestock producers may purchase less of our products.
Our operations could be subject to the effects of climate change.
Our operations and customers may be subject to potential physical impacts of climate change, including changes in weather patterns and the potential for extreme weather events, which could affect the manufacture and distribution of our products, agricultural yields and the demand for our products and result in additional regulation that increase our operating costs.

The testing, manufacturing, and marketing of certain of our products are subject to extensive regulation by numerous government authorities in the United States and other countries, including, but not limited to, the FDA.
Among other requirements, FDA approval of antibacterials and other medicated products, including the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce such products, is required before such products may be marketed in the United States. Further, cross-clearance approvals are generally required for such products to be used in combination in animal feed. Similarly, marketing approval by a foreign governmental authority is typically required before such products may be marketed in a particular foreign country.
In addition to approval of the product and its labeling, regulatory authorities typically require approval and periodic inspection of the manufacturing facilities. In order to obtain FDA approval of a new animal health and nutrition product, we must, among other things, demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA that the product is safe and effective for its intended uses and that we are capable of manufacturing the product with procedures that conform to FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”) regulations, which must be followed at all times. Following a cGMP inspection of our Teaneck, New Jersey headquarters in October 2012, the FDA issued inspectional observations (Form 483) relating to various analytical test results and practices, expiration dating and reporting requirements regarding specification non-conformance for one of our product formulations of virginiamycin (Stafac ® 20). In response to our subsequent submissions, the FDA sent us a letter in May 2013 indicating they were seeking further explanation and corrective actions regarding the issues raised in the inspectional observations, to which we responded. In December 2013, the FDA replied to our response, noting some changes and proposed refinements to the revised testing procedures for our product, indicating that it would be beneficial for us to engage a third party consultant with cGMP expertise, and indicating that our updated procedures, among additional cGMP requirements, would be reviewed at the FDA’s next inspection. These observations have not impacted our ability to market products in the United States or any other country, and we expect that the identified observations will be satisfactorily addressed. However, the FDA may not be satisfied by the responses and actions taken by us in regard to the inspectional observations cited. The FDA has various means of enforcing cGMP requirements, including seizures and injunctions and failure to resolve this cGMP issue could have a financially material impact on our business.
The process of seeking FDA approvals can be costly, time consuming, and subject to unanticipated and significant delays. There can be no assurance that such approvals will be granted to us on a timely basis, or at all. Any delay in obtaining or any failure to obtain FDA or foreign government approvals or the suspension or revocation of such approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce and market medicated feed additive products and to generate product revenue. For more information on FDA and foreign government approvals and cGMP issues, see “Business—Government Regulation.”
We may experience declines in the sales volume and prices of our products as the result of the continuing trend toward consolidation of certain customer groups as well as the emergence of large buying groups.
We make a majority of our sales to a number of regional and national feed companies, distributors, co-ops, blenders, integrated poultry, and swine and cattle operations. Significant consolidation of our customers may result in these groups gaining additional purchasing leverage and consequently increasing the product pricing pressures facing our business. Additionally, the emergence of large buying groups potentially could enable such groups to attempt to extract price discounts on our products. Moreover, if, as a result of increased leverage, customer pressures require us to reduce our pricing such that our gross margins are diminished, we could decide not to sell our products to a particular customer, which could result in a decrease in our revenues. Consolidation among our customer base may also lead to reduced demand for our products and replacement of our products by the combined entity with those of our competitors. The result of these developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to risk based on customer exposure to rising costs and reduced customer income.
Feed, fuel and transportation and other key costs for livestock producers may increase or animal protein prices or sales may decrease. Either of these trends could cause deterioration in the financial condition of our livestock producer customers, potentially inhibiting their ability to purchase our products

or pay us for products delivered. Our livestock producer customers may offset rising costs by reducing spending on our products, including by switching to lower-cost alternatives to our products.
Generic products may be viewed as more cost-effective than our products.
We face competition from products produced by other companies, including generic alternatives to certain of our products. We depend primarily on trade secrets to provide us with competitive advantages for many of our products. The protection afforded is limited by the availability of new competitive products or generic versions of existing products that can successfully compete with our products. As a result, we may face competition from new competitive products or lower-priced generic alternatives to many of our products. Generic competitors are becoming more aggressive in terms of pricing and generic products are an increasing percentage of overall animal health sales in certain regions. If animal health customers increase their use of new or existing generic products, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Advances in veterinary medical practices and animal health technologies could negatively affect the market for our products.
The market for our products could be impacted negatively by the introduction and/or broad market acceptance of newly-developed or alternative products that address the diseases and conditions for which we sell products, including “green” or “holistic” health products or specially bred disease-resistant animals. In addition, technological breakthroughs by others may obviate our technology and reduce or eliminate the market for our products. Introduction or acceptance of such products or technologies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The misuse or extra-label use of our products may harm our reputation or result in financial or other damages.
Our products have been approved for use under specific circumstances for, among other things, the prevention, control and/or treatment of certain diseases and conditions in specific species, in some cases subject to certain dosage levels or minimum withdrawal periods prior to the slaughter date. There may be increased risk of product liability if livestock producers or others attempt any extra-label use of our products, including the use of our products in species for which they have not been approved, or at dosage levels or periods prior to withdrawal that have not been approved. If we are deemed by a governmental or regulatory agency to have engaged in the promotion of any of our products for extra-label use, such agency could request that we modify our training or promotional materials and practices and we could be subject to significant fines and penalties. The imposition of these sanctions could also affect our reputation and position within the industry. Even if we were not responsible for having promoted the extra-label use, concerns could arise about the safety of the resulting meat in the human food supply. Any of these events could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Animal health products are subject to unanticipated safety or efficacy concerns, which may harm our reputation.
Unanticipated safety or efficacy concerns can arise with respect to animal health products, whether or not scientifically or clinically supported, leading to product recalls withdrawals or suspended or declining sales as well as product liability, and other claims.
In addition, we depend on positive perceptions of the safety and quality of our products, and animal health products generally, by our customers, veterinarians and end-users, and such concerns may harm our reputation. In some countries, these perceptions may be exacerbated by the existence of counterfeit versions of our products, which, depending on the legal and law enforcement recourse available in the jurisdiction where the counterfeiting occurs, may be difficult to police or stop. These concerns and the related harm to our reputation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, regardless of whether such reports are accurate.
We are dependent on suppliers having current regulatory approvals, and the failure of those suppliers to maintain these approvals or challenges in replacing any of those suppliers could affect our supply of materials or affect the distribution or sale of our products.
Suppliers and third party contract manufacturers for our animal health and nutrition products, like us, are subject to extensive regulatory compliance. If any one of these third parties discontinues its

supply to us because of significant regulatory violations or otherwise, or an adverse event occurs at one of their facilities, the interruption in the supply of these materials could decrease sales of our affected products. In this event, we may seek to enter into agreements with third parties to purchase raw materials or products or to lease or purchase new manufacturing facilities. We may be unable to find a third party willing or able to provide the necessary products or facilities suitable for manufacturing pharmaceuticals on terms acceptable to us or the cost of those pharmaceuticals may be prohibitive. If we have to obtain substitute materials or products, additional regulatory approvals will likely be required, as approvals are typically specific to a single product produced by a specified manufacturer in a specified facility. As such, the use of new facilities also requires regulatory approvals. While we take measures where economically feasible and available to secure back-up suppliers, the continued receipt of active ingredients or products from a sole source supplier could create challenges if a sole source was interrupted. We may not be able to provide adequate and timely product to eliminate any threat of interruption of supply of our products to customers and these problems may materially adversely impact our business.
The raw materials used by us in the manufacture of our products can be subject to price fluctuations.
While the selling prices of our products tend to increase or decrease over time with the cost of raw materials, such changes may not occur simultaneously or to the same degree. The costs of certain of our significant raw materials are subject to considerable volatility, and we generally do not engage in activities to hedge the costs of our raw materials. Although no single raw material accounted for more than 5% of our cost of goods sold for the year ended June 30, 2013, volatility in raw material costs can result in significant fluctuations in our costs of goods sold of the affected products. The costs of raw materials used by our Mineral Nutrition business are particularly subject to fluctuations in global commodities markets and cost changes in the underlying commodities markets typically lead directly to a corresponding change in our revenues. Although we attempt to adjust the prices of our products to reflect significant changes in raw material costs, we may not be able to pass any increases in raw material costs through to our customers in the form of price increases. Significant increases in the costs of raw materials, if not offset by product price increases, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our revenues are dependent on the continued operation of our various manufacturing facilities.
Although presently all our manufacturing facilities are considered to be in good condition, the operation of our manufacturing facilities involves many risks, including the breakdown, failure or substandard performance of equipment, construction delays, shortages of materials, labor problems, power outages, the improper installation or operation of equipment, natural disasters, terrorist activities, the outbreak of any highly contagious diseases near our production sites and the need to comply with environmental and other directives of governmental agencies. In addition, regulatory authorities such as the FDA typically require approval and periodic inspection of the manufacturing facilities to confirm compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, and those requirements may be enforced by various means, including seizures and injunctions. Certain of our product lines are manufactured at a single facility, and certain of our product lines are manufactured at a single facility with limited capacity at a second facility, and production would not be easily transferable to another site. The occurrence of material operational problems, including but not limited to the above events, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
A significant portion of our operations are conducted in foreign jurisdictions and are subject to the economic, political, legal and business environments of the countries in which we do business.
Our international operations could be limited or disrupted by any of the following:
  • volatility in the international financial markets;
  • compliance with governmental controls;
  • difficulties enforcing contractual and intellectual property rights;
  • compliance with a wide variety of laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar non-U.S. laws and regulations;

  • compliance with foreign labor laws;
  • compliance with Environmental Laws;
  • burdens to comply with multiple and potentially conflicting foreign laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental, health and safety requirements;
  • changes in laws, regulations, government controls or enforcement practices with respect to our business and the businesses of our customers;
  • political and social instability, including crime, civil disturbance, terrorist activities and armed conflicts;
  • trade restrictions, export controls and sanctions laws and restrictions on direct investments by foreign entities, including restrictions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury;
  • changes in tax laws and tariffs;
  • costs and difficulties in staffing, managing and monitoring international operations; and
  • longer payment cycles and increased exposure to counterparty risk.
The multinational nature of our business subjects us to potential risks that various taxing authorities may challenge the pricing of our cross-border arrangements and subject us to additional tax, adversely impacting our effective tax rate and our tax liability.
In addition, international transactions may involve increased financial and legal risks due to differing legal systems and customs. Compliance with these requirements may prohibit the import or export of certain products and technologies or may require us to obtain a license before importing or exporting certain products or technology. A failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations or requirements could result in civil or criminal legal proceedings, monetary or non-monetary penalties, or both, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to import and export products and services, and damage to our reputation. In addition, variations in the pricing of our products in different jurisdictions may result in the unauthorized importation of our products between jurisdictions. While the impact of these factors is difficult to predict, any of them could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in any of these laws, regulations or requirements, or the political environment in a particular country, may affect our ability to engage in business transactions in certain markets, including investment, procurement and repatriation of earnings.
We are subject to product registration and authorization regulations in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate and/or distribute our products, including the United States and member states of the European Union.
We are subject to regulations related to testing, manufacturing, labeling, registration, and safety analysis in order to lawfully distribute many of our products, including for example, in the U.S., the federal Toxic Substances Control Act and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, and in the European Union, the Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical Substances (“REACH”). We are also subject to similar requirements in many of the other jurisdictions in which we operate and/or distribute our products. In some cases, such registrations are subject to periodic review by relevant authorities. Such regulations may lead to governmental restrictions or cancellations of, or refusal to issue, certain registrations or authorizations, or cause us or our customers to make product substitutions in the future. Such regulations may also lead to increased third party scrutiny and personal injury or product liability claims. Compliance with these regulations can be difficult, costly and time consuming and liabilities or costs relating to such regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have significant assets located outside the United States and a significant portion of our sales and earnings is attributable to operations conducted abroad.
As of December 31, 2013, we have manufacturing and sales operations in 14 countries and sell our products in over 65 countries. Our operations outside the United States accounted for 56% and 57% of our consolidated assets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and 37% and 37% of our

consolidated net sales for the year ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Our foreign operations are subject to currency exchange fluctuations and restrictions, political instability in some countries, and uncertainty of, and governmental control over, commercial rights.
Changes in the relative values of currencies take place from time to time and could in the future adversely affect our results of operations as well as our ability to meet interest and principal obligations on our indebtedness. To the extent that the U.S. dollar fluctuates relative to the applicable foreign currency, our results are favorably or unfavorably affected. We may from time to time manage this exposure by entering into foreign currency contracts. Such contracts generally are entered into with respect to anticipated costs denominated in foreign currencies for which timing of the payment can be reasonably estimated. No assurances can be given that such hedging activities will not result in, or will be successful in preventing, losses that could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There are times when we do not hedge against foreign currency fluctuations and therefore are subject to the risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
In addition, international manufacturing, sales and raw materials sourcing are subject to other inherent risks, including possible nationalization or expropriation, labor unrest, political instability, price and exchange controls, limitation on foreign participation in local enterprises, health-care regulation, export duties and quotas, domestic and international customs and tariffs, compliance with export controls and sanctions laws, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other laws and regulations governing international trade, unexpected changes in regulatory environments, difficulty in obtaining distribution and support, and potentially adverse tax consequences. Although such risks have not had a material adverse effect on us in the past, these factors could have a material adverse impact on our ability to increase or maintain our international sales or on our results of operations in the future.
We have manufacturing facilities located in Israel and a portion of our sales and earnings is attributable to products produced and operations conducted in Israel.
Our Israeli manufacturing facilities and local operations accounted for 24% and 26% of our consolidated assets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and 18% and 19% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. We maintain manufacturing facilities in Israel, which manufacture:
  • nicarbazin and amprolium anticoccidials, most of which are exported from Israel to major world markets;
  • vaccines, a substantial portion of which are exported to international markets; and
  • animal health pharmaceuticals and trace minerals and nutritional specialty products for the local animal feed industry.
A substantial portion of this production is exported from Israel to major world markets. Accordingly, our Israeli operations are dependent on foreign markets and the ability to reach those markets. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, Israel and its Arab neighbors have engaged in a number of armed conflicts. A state of hostility, varying in degree and intensity, has led to security and economic problems for Israel. Major hostilities between Israel and its neighbors may hinder Israel’s international trade. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Certain countries, companies and organizations continue to participate in a boycott of Israeli firms and other companies doing business in Israel or with Israeli companies. Currently, the Palestinian Authority is promoting a boycott against goods produced in Israeli settlements in the West Bank. We cannot predict whether such boycott will expand to include all Israeli goods, or the extent to which other countries will join in such boycott. We do not believe that the boycott has had a material adverse effect on us, but we cannot provide assurance that restrictive laws, policies or practices directed toward Israel or Israeli businesses will not have an adverse impact on our operations or expansion of our business. Our Israeli subsidiaries receive a portion of their revenues in U.S. dollars while their expenses are principally payable in New Israeli Shekels. Changes in the currency exchange rates could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We have manufacturing facilities located in Brazil and a portion of our sales and earnings is attributable to products produced and operations conducted in Brazil.
Our Brazilian manufacturing facilities and local operations accounted for 19% and 17% of our consolidated assets, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and 23% and 23% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. We maintain manufacturing facilities in Brazil, which manufacture virginiamycin, semduramicin and nicarbazin. Our Brazilian facilities also produce Stafac ® , Aviax ® , Aviax Plus , Coxistac , Nicarb ® and Terramycin ® granular formulations. A substantial portion of the production is exported from Brazil to major world markets. Accordingly, our Brazilian operations are dependent on foreign markets and the ability to reach those markets.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations in Brazil may be adversely affected by factors outside of our control, such as currency fluctuations, energy shortages and other political, social and economic developments in or affecting Brazil.
Certain of our employees are covered by collective bargaining or other labor agreements.
As of December 31, 2013, approximately 186 of our Israeli employees and 347 of our Brazilian employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe we have satisfactory relations with our employees. There can be no assurance that we will not experience a work stoppage or strike at our manufacturing facilities. A prolonged work stoppage or strike at any of our manufacturing facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The loss of key personnel may disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results.
Our operations and future success are dependent on the continued efforts of our senior executive officers and other key personnel. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain executives, we may not be able to retain all of our senior executive officers and key employees. These senior executive officers and other key employees may be hired by our competitors, some of which have considerably more financial resources than we do. The loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers or other key personnel, or the inability to hire and retain qualified employees, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our R&D relies on evaluations in animals, which may become subject to bans or additional regulations.
As a company that produces animal health medicines and vaccines, evaluation of our existing and new products in animals is required in order to be able to register our products. Animal testing in certain industries has been the subject of controversy and adverse publicity. Some organizations and individuals have attempted to ban animal testing or encourage the adoption of additional regulations applicable to animal testing. To the extent that the activities of such organizations and individuals are successful, our R&D, and by extension our financial condition and results of operations, could be materially adversely affected. In addition, negative publicity about us or our industry could harm our reputation.
Our operations, properties and subsidiaries are subject to a wide variety of complex and stringent federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations.
We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing pollution; protection of the environment; the use, management and release of hazardous materials, substances and wastes; air emissions; greenhouse gas emissions; water use, supply, and discharges; the investigation and remediation of contamination; the manufacture, distribution and sale of regulated materials, including pesticides; the importing, exporting and transportation of products; and the health and safety of our employees and the public (collectively, “Environmental Laws”). See “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.”
Pursuant to Environmental Laws, certain of our subsidiaries are required to obtain and maintain numerous governmental permits, licenses, registrations, authorizations and approvals, including “RCRA Part B” hazardous waste permits, to conduct various aspects of their operations (collectively “Environmental Permits”), any of which may be subject to suspension, revocation, modification,

termination or denial under certain circumstances or which may not be renewed upon their expiration for various reasons, including noncompliance. See “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” These Environmental Permits can be difficult, costly and time consuming to obtain and may contain conditions that limit our operations. Additionally, any failure to obtain and maintain such Environmental Permits could restrict or otherwise prohibit certain aspects of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have expended, and may be required to expend in the future, substantial funds for compliance with Environmental Laws. As recyclers of hazardous metal-containing chemical wastes, certain of our subsidiaries have been, and are likely to be, the focus of extensive compliance reviews by environmental regulatory authorities under Environmental Laws, including those relating to the generation, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes under the Resource, Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (“RCRA”). In the past, some of our subsidiaries have paid fines and entered into consent orders to address alleged environmental violations. See “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” We cannot assure you that our operations or activities or those of certain of our subsidiaries, including with respect to compliance with Environmental Laws, will not result in civil or criminal enforcement actions or private actions, regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring corrective measures, installation of pollution control equipment or remedial measures or costs, revocation of required Environmental Permits, or fines, penalties or damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot predict the extent to which Environmental Laws, and the interpretation or enforcement thereof, may change or become more stringent in the future, each of which may affect the market for our products or give rise to additional capital expenditures, compliance costs or liabilities that could be material.
Our operations or products may impact the environment or cause or contribute to contamination or exposure to hazardous substances.
Given the nature of our current and former operations, particularly at our chemical manufacturing sites, we have incurred, are currently incurring and may in the future incur liabilities under the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA” or “Superfund”), or under other federal, state, local and foreign Environmental Laws related to releases of or contamination by hazardous substances, with respect to our current or former sites, adjacent or nearby third-party sites, or offsite disposal locations. See “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” Certain Environmental Laws, including CERCLA, can impose strict, joint, several, and retroactive liability for the cost of investigation and cleanup of contaminated sites on owners and operators of such sites, as well as on persons who dispose of or arrange for disposal of hazardous substances at such sites. Accordingly, we could incur liability, whether as a result of government enforcement or private claims, for known or unknown liabilities at, or caused by migration from or hazardous waste transported from, any of our current or former facilities or properties, including those owned or operated by predecessors or third parties. See “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” Such liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The nature of our current and former operations also exposes us to the risk of claims under Environmental Laws. We could be subject to claims by environmental regulatory authorities, individuals and other third parties seeking damages for alleged personal injury, property damage, and damages to natural resources resulting from hazardous substance contamination or human exposure caused by our operations, facilities or products, and there can be no assurance that material costs and liabilities will not be incurred in connection with any such claims. Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover any of these exposure, product, injury or damage claims.
Furthermore, regulatory agencies are showing increasing concern over the impact of animal health products and livestock operations on the environment. This increased regulatory scrutiny may necessitate that additional time and resources be spent to address these concerns for both new and existing products and could affect product sales and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We cannot assure you that our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We have been and may continue to be subject to claims of injury from direct exposure to certain of our products which constitute or contain hazardous substances and from indirect exposure when such substances are incorporated into other companies’ products.
Because certain of our products constitute or contain hazardous substances, and because the production of certain chemicals involves the use, handling, processing, storage and transportation of hazardous substances, from time to time we are subject to claims of injury from direct exposure to such substances and from indirect exposure when such substances are incorporated into other companies’ products. There can be no assurance that as a result of past or future operations, there will not be additional claims of injury by employees or members of the public due to exposure, or alleged exposure, to such substances. We are also party to a number of claims and lawsuits arising out of the normal course of business, including product liability claims and allegations of violations of governmental regulations, and face present and future claims with respect to workplace exposure, workers’ compensation and other matters. In most cases, such claims are covered by insurance and, where applicable, workers’ compensation insurance, subject to policy limits and exclusions; however, our insurance coverage, to the extent available, may not be adequate to protect us from all liabilities which we might incur in connection with the manufacture, sale and use of our products. Insurance is expensive and in the future may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. A successful claim or series of claims brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any claims, even if not ultimately successful, could adversely affect the marketplace’s acceptance of our products.
We are subject to risks from litigation that may materially impact our operations.
We face an inherent business risk of exposure to various types of claims and lawsuits. We are involved in various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Although it is not possible to predict with certainty the outcome of every pending claim or lawsuit or the range of probable loss, we believe these pending lawsuits and claims will not individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. However, we could in the future be subject to various lawsuits, including intellectual property, product liability, personal injury, product warranty, environmental or antitrust claims, among others, and incur judgments or enter into settlements of lawsuits and claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any particular period.
We are subject to risks that may not be covered by our insurance policies.
In addition to pollution and other environmental risks, we are subject to risks inherent in the animal health and nutrition and performance products industries, such as explosions, fires and spills or releases. Any significant interruption of operations at our principal facilities could have a material adverse effect on us. We maintain general liability insurance, pollution legal liability insurance, and property and business interruption insurance with coverage limits that we believe are adequate. Because of the nature of industry hazards, it is possible that liabilities for pollution and other damages arising from a major occurrence may not be covered by our insurance policies or could exceed insurance coverages or policy limits or that such insurance may not be available at reasonable rates in the future. Any such liabilities, which could arise due to injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or other environmental damage or suspension of operations, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Adverse U.S. and international economic and market conditions may adversely affect our product sales and business.
Current U.S. and international economic and market conditions are uncertain. Our revenues and operating results may be affected by uncertain or changing economic and market conditions, including the challenges faced in the credit markets and financial services industry. If domestic and global economic and market conditions remain uncertain or persist or deteriorate further, we may experience material impacts on

our business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse economic conditions impacting our customers, including, among others, increased taxation, higher unemployment, lower customer confidence in the economy, higher customer debt levels, lower availability of customer credit, higher interest rates and hardships relating to declines in the stock markets, could cause purchases of meat products to decline, resulting in a decrease in purchases of our products, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.
Adverse economic and market conditions could also negatively impact our business by negatively affecting the parties with whom we do business, including among others, our customers, our manufacturers and our suppliers.
We may not be able to realize the expected benefits of our investments in emerging markets.
We have been taking steps to take advantage of the rise in global demand for animal protein in emerging markets, including by expanding our manufacturing presence, sales, marketing, and distribution in these markets. Failure to continue to maintain and expand our business in emerging markets could also materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Some countries within emerging markets may be especially vulnerable to periods of local, regional or global economic, political or social instability or crisis. For example, our sales in certain emerging markets have suffered from extended periods of disruption due to natural disasters. Furthermore, we have also experienced lower than expected sales in certain emerging markets due to local, regional and global restrictions on banking and commercial activities in those countries. For all these and other reasons, sales within emerging markets carry significant risks.
We may not be able to expand through acquisitions or integrate successfully the products, services and personnel of acquired businesses.
From time to time, we may make selective acquisitions to expand our range of products and services and to expand the geographic scope of our business. However, we may be unable to identify suitable targets, and competition for acquisitions may make it difficult for us to consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms or at all. We may not be able to locate any complementary products that meet our requirements or that are available to us on acceptable terms or we may not have sufficient capital resources to consummate a proposed acquisition. In addition, assuming we identify suitable products or partners, the process of effectively entering into these arrangements involves risks that our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns. Further, if we succeed in identifying and consummating appropriate acquisitions on acceptable terms, we may not be able to integrate successfully the products, services and personnel of any acquired businesses on a basis consistent with our current business practice. In particular, we may face greater than expected costs, time and effort involved in completing and integrating acquisitions and potential disruption of our ongoing business. Furthermore, we may realize fewer, if any, synergies than envisaged. Our ability to manage acquired businesses may also be limited if we enter into joint ventures or do not acquire full ownership or a controlling stake in the acquired business. In addition, continued growth through acquisitions may significantly strain our existing management and operational resources. As a result, we may need to recruit additional personnel, particularly at the level below senior management, and we may not be able to recruit qualified management and other key personnel to manage our growth. Moreover, certain transactions could adversely impact earnings as we incur development and other expenses related to the transactions and we could incur debt to complete these transactions. Debt instruments could contain contractual commitments and covenants that could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not successfully implement our business strategies or achieve expected gross margin improvements.
We are pursuing and may continue to pursue strategic initiatives that management considers critical to our long-term success, including, but not limited to, increasing sales in emerging markets, base revenue growth through new product development and value added product lifecycle development; improving operational efficiency through manufacturing efficiency improvement and other programs; and expanding our complementary products and services. There are significant risks involved with the execution of these types of initiatives, including significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of

which are outside of our control. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether we will succeed in implementing these strategic initiatives. It could take several years to realize the anticipated benefits from these initiatives, if any benefits are achieved at all. We may be unable to achieve expected gross margin improvements on our products or technologies. Additionally, our business strategy may change from time to time, which could delay our ability to implement initiatives that we believe are important to our business.
Our product approval, R&D, acquisition and licensing efforts may fail to generate new products and product lifecycle developments.
Our future success depends on both our existing product portfolio, including our ability to obtain cross-clearances enabling the use of our medicated products in conjunction with other products, approval for use of our products with new species, approval for new claims for our products, approval of our products in new markets, and our pipeline of new products, including new products that we may develop through joint ventures and products that we are able to obtain through license or acquisition. We commit substantial effort, funds and other resources to expanding our product approvals and R&D, both through our own dedicated resources and through collaborations with third parties.
We may be unable to determine with accuracy when or whether any of our expanded product approvals for our existing product portfolio or any of our products now under development will be approved or launched, or we may be unable to obtain expanded product approvals or develop, license or otherwise acquire product candidates or products. In addition, we cannot predict whether any products, once launched, will be commercially successful or will achieve sales and revenues that are consistent with our expectations. The animal health industry is subject to regional and local trends and regulations and, as a result, products that are successful in some of our markets may not achieve similar success when introduced into new markets. Furthermore, the timing and cost of our R&D may increase, and our R&D may become less predictable. For example, changes in regulations applicable to our industry may make it more time-consuming and/or costly to research, test and develop products.
Products in the animal health industry are sometimes derived from molecules and compounds discovered or developed as part of human health research. We may enter into collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties to provide us with access to compounds and other technology for purposes of our business. Such agreements are typically complex and require time to negotiate and implement. If we enter into these arrangements, we may not be able to maintain these relationships or establish new ones in the future on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, any collaboration that we enter into may not be successful, and the success may depend on the efforts and actions of our collaborators, which we may not be able to control. If we are unable to access human health-generated molecules and compounds to conduct R&D on cost-effective terms, our ability to develop new products could be limited.
We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws or trade control laws, as well as other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The FCPA, UK Bribery Act and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations, and we participate in joint ventures and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and various non-U.S. government entities, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements, currency exchange regulations and transfer pricing regulations (collectively, the “Trade Control laws”).
However, there is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anticorruption laws, including the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA other anti- corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.S. or foreign authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
The actual or purported intellectual property rights of third parties may negatively affect our business.
A third party may sue us or otherwise make a claim, alleging infringement or other violation of the third-party’s patents, trademarks, trade dress, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names or other intellectual property rights. If we do not prevail in this type of litigation, we may be required to:
  • pay monetary damages;
  • obtain a license in order to continue manufacturing or marketing the affected products, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all; or
  • stop activities, including any commercial activities, relating to the affected products, which could include a recall of the affected products and/or a cessation of sales in the future.
The costs of defending an intellectual property claim could be substantial and could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition, even if we successfully defend such claims.
The intellectual property positions of animal health medicines and vaccines businesses frequently involve complex legal and factual questions, and an issued patent does not guarantee us the right to practice the patented technology or develop, manufacture or commercialize the patented product. We cannot be certain that a competitor or other third party does not have or will not obtain rights to intellectual property that may prevent us from manufacturing, developing or marketing certain of our products, regardless of whether we believe such intellectual property rights are valid and enforceable or we believe we would be otherwise able to develop a more commercially successful product, which may harm our financial condition and results of operations.
If our intellectual property rights are challenged or circumvented, competitors may be able to take advantage of our R&D efforts. We are also dependent upon trade secrets, which generally are difficult to protect.
Our long-term success largely depends on our ability to market technologically competitive products. We rely and expect to continue to rely on a combination of intellectual property, including patent, trademark, trade dress, copyright, trade secret and domain name protection laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees and others, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. If we fail to obtain and maintain adequate intellectual property protection, we may not be able to prevent third parties from using our proprietary technologies or from marketing products that are very similar or identical to ours. Our currently pending or future patent applications may not result in issued patents, or be approved on a timely basis, or at all. Similarly, any term extensions that we seek may not be approved on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, our issued patents may not contain claims sufficiently broad to protect us against third parties with similar technologies or products or provide us with any competitive advantage, including exclusivity in a particular product area. The scope of our patent claims also may vary between countries, as individual countries have their own patent laws. For example, some countries only permit the issuance of patents covering a novel chemical compound itself, and its first use, and thus further methods of use for the same compound, may not be patentable. We may be subject to

challenges by third parties regarding our intellectual property, including claims regarding validity, enforceability, scope and effective term. The validity, enforceability, scope and effective term of patents can be highly uncertain and often involve complex legal and factual questions and proceedings. Our ability to enforce our patents also depends on the laws of individual countries and each country’s practice with respect to enforcement of intellectual property rights. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our existing license agreements or other agreements pursuant to which third parties grant us rights to intellectual property, including because such agreements expire or are terminated, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, patent law reform in the United States and other countries may also weaken our ability to enforce our patent rights, or make such enforcement financially unattractive. For instance, in September 2011, the United States enacted the America Invents Act, which will permit enhanced third-party actions for challenging patents and implement a first-to-invent system, and, in April 2012, Australia enacted the Intellectual Property Laws Amendment (Raising the Bar) Act, which provides higher standards for obtaining patents. These reforms could result in increased costs to protect our intellectual property or limit our ability to patent our products in these jurisdictions.
Additionally, certain foreign governments have indicated that compulsory licenses to patents may be granted in the case of national emergencies, which could diminish or eliminate sales and profits from those regions and materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Likewise, in the United States and other countries, we currently hold issued trademark registrations and have trademark applications pending, any of which may be the subject of a governmental or third party objection, which could prevent the maintenance or issuance of the same and thus create the potential need to rebrand or relabel a product. As our products mature, our reliance on our trademarks to differentiate us from our competitors increases and as a result, if we are unable to prevent third parties from adopting, registering or using trademarks and trade dress that infringe, dilute or otherwise violate our trademark rights, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Our competitive position is also dependent upon unpatented trade secrets, which generally are difficult to protect. Others may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or may otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, trade secrets may be disclosed or we may not be able to protect our rights to unpatented trade secrets.
Many of our vaccine products and other products are based on or incorporate proprietary information, including proprietary master seeds and proprietary or patented adjuvant formulations. We actively seek to protect our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and proprietary know-how, by requiring our employees, consultants, other advisors and other third parties to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their employment, engagement or other relationship. Despite these efforts and precautions, we may be unable to prevent a third party from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our trade secrets or our other intellectual property without authorization and legal remedies may not adequately compensate us for the damages caused by such unauthorized use. Further, others may independently and lawfully develop substantially similar or identical products that circumvent our intellectual property by means of alternative designs or processes or otherwise.
The misappropriation and infringement of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States, may occur even when we take steps to prevent it. In the future, we may be party to patent lawsuits and other intellectual property rights claims that are expensive and time consuming, and if resolved adversely, could have a significant impact on our business and financial condition. In the future, we may not be able to enforce intellectual property that relates to our products for various reasons, including licensor restrictions and other restrictions imposed by third parties, and that the costs of doing so may outweigh the value of doing so, and this could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

Increased regulation or decreased governmental financial support for the raising, processing or consumption of food animals could reduce demand for our animal health products.
Companies in the animal health industry are subject to extensive and increasingly stringent regulations. If livestock producers are adversely affected by new regulations or changes to existing regulations, they may reduce herd sizes or become less profitable and, as a result, they may reduce their use of our products, which may materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, adverse regulations related, directly or indirectly, to the use of one or more of our products may injure livestock producers’ market position. More stringent regulation of the livestock industry or our products could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Also, many industrial producers, including livestock producers, benefit from governmental subsidies, and if such subsidies were to be reduced or eliminated, these companies may become less profitable and, as a result, may reduce their use of our products.
We have substantial debt and interest payment requirements that may restrict our future operations and impair our ability to meet our obligations under our indebtedness.
At December 31, 2013 we had $366.1 million aggregate outstanding indebtedness (primarily reflects the face value of the 9.25% senior notes, the Mayflower Term Loan, the BFI Term Loan and our Domestic Senior Credit Facility) plus $16.4 million of outstanding secured letters of credit. A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”
Additionally, subject to restrictions in the indenture governing the 9​ 1 4 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Senior Notes”) and our Domestic Senior Credit Facility, the Mayflower Term Loan Agreement (as defined and described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”) and the BFI Term Loan Agreement (as defined and described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”) and those we expect to be contained in our New Credit Facilities, we may incur significant additional indebtedness. If we and our subsidiaries incur significant additional indebtedness, the related risks that we face could intensify.
Our substantial debt may have important consequences. For instance, it could:
  • make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the Senior Notes;
  • require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes, including capital expenditures and acquisitions;
  • increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
  • limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
  • place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with some of our competitors that may have less debt and better access to capital resources; and
  • limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes.
Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow, and future financings may not be available to provide sufficient net proceeds, to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business strategy.
In connection with this offering we expect to use a portion of the proceeds to repay the indebtedness outstanding under the Mayflower Term Loan Agreement and the BFI Term Loan Agreement and certain other indebtedness, which may increase our ability to incur additional debt in the future.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to dispose of material assets or operations, alter our dividend policy, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The instruments that will govern our indebtedness may restrict our ability to dispose of assets and may restrict the use of proceeds from those dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations when due.
In addition, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness will depend on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries, including our international subsidiaries, and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries may not have any obligation to pay amounts due on our indebtedness or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances, legal, tax and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries or may subject any transfer of cash from our subsidiaries to substantial tax liabilities. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, may materially adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and liquidity and our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness or pay dividends on our common stock.
Restrictions imposed by the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and our other outstanding indebtedness, including the indenture governing the Senior Notes, and the restrictions that will be contained in our New Credit Facilities may limit our ability to operate our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
The terms of the Domestic Senior Credit Facility, the BFI Term Loan Agreement, the Mayflower Term Loan Agreement and the indenture governing the Senior Notes contain and we expect the terms of the New Credit Facilities will contain certain covenants that limit our ability and that of our subsidiaries to create liens, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, incur indebtedness and guarantees, repurchase or redeem capital stock and indebtedness, make certain investments or acquisitions, enter into certain transactions with affiliates or change the nature of our business. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility also contains and the terms of the New Credit Facilities will contain financial maintenance covenants. We expect to use the proceeds of this offering to repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness.
As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we will be limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We may not be able to maintain compliance with the covenants in any of our debt instruments in the future and, if we fail to do so, we may not be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/ or amend the covenants.

We are subject to change of control provisions.
We are a party to certain contractual arrangements that are subject to change of control provisions. In this context, “change of control” is generally defined as including (a) the reduction of the voting shareholding of Mr. Jack C. Bendheim and his family and affiliates, the holders of approximately 92.8 % of our voting power after giving effect to this offering, and Mayflower, the holder of approximately 2.1 % of our voting power after giving effect to this offering, including 3i Group plc, and related funds and affiliates of Mayflower and 3i Group plc, below 50% in the aggregate, and (b) a change in any two year period in the majority of the members of the Board whose appointment to, or removal from, the Board is not approved by Mr. Bendheim and/or his family and affiliates. Under the terms of the Senior Notes, if a “change of control” occurs, holders of the Senior Notes would be entitled to require us to purchase the Senior Notes at a purchase price of 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest. Our term loans with each of BFI and Mayflower will require repayment if a “change of control” occurs. In addition, our existing Domestic Senior Credit Facility may be terminated if Mr. Bendheim and his family and affiliates’ voting shareholding in us are reduced below 50% and the lender is entitled to accelerate the payment of any sums owing under such facility. We expect our New Credit Facilities to include a similar provision.
Mr. Bendheim and his family and affiliates may choose to dispose of part or all of their stakes in us and/or may cease to exercise the current level of control they have over the appointment and removal of members of our Board. Any such changes may trigger a “change of control” event that could result in us being forced to repay the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and our term loans with each of BFI and Mayflower, purchase the Senior Notes or lead to the termination of a significant contract to which we are a party. If any such event occurs, this may negatively affect our financial condition and operating results. In addition, we may not have sufficient funds to finance repayment of any of such indebtedness upon any such “change in control.”
We depend on sophisticated information technology and infrastructure.
We rely on various information systems to manage our operations, and we increasingly depend on third parties and applications on virtualized, or “cloud,” infrastructure to operate and support our information technology systems. These third parties include large established vendors as well as many small, privately owned companies. Failure by these providers to adequately service our operations or a change in control or insolvency of these providers could have an adverse effect on our business, which in turn may materially adversely affect our and financial condition and results of operations.
We may be required to write down goodwill or identifiable intangible assets.
Under GAAP, if we determine goodwill or identifiable intangible assets are impaired, we will be required to write down these assets and record a non-cash impairment charge. As of December 31, 2013, we had goodwill of $12.6 million and identifiable intangible assets, less accumulated amortization, of $32.6 million. Identifiable intangible assets consist primarily of developed technology rights and patents, customers relationships, distribution agreements and tradenames and trademarks.
Determining whether an impairment exists and the amount of the potential impairment involves quantitative data and qualitative criteria that are based on estimates and assumptions requiring significant management judgment. Future events or new information may change management’s valuation of an intangible asset in a short amount of time. The timing and amount of impairment charges recorded in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and write-downs recorded in our consolidated balance sheets could vary if management’s conclusions change. Any impairment of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to adequately protect our customers’ privacy or we may fail to comply with privacy laws.
The protection of customer, employee and company data is critical and the regulatory environment surrounding information security, storage, use, processing, disclosure and privacy is demanding, with the frequent imposition of new and changing requirements. In addition, our customers expect that we will adequately protect their personal information. Any actual or perceived significant

breakdown, intrusion, interruption, cyber-attack or corruption of customer, employee or company data or our failure to comply with federal, state, local and foreign privacy laws could damage our reputation and result in lost sales, fines and lawsuits. Despite our considerable efforts and technology to secure our computer network, security could be compromised, confidential information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur. Such failures could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock
Our multiple class structure and the concentration of our voting power with certain of our stockholders will limit your ability to influence corporate matters, and conflicts of interest between certain of our stockholders and us or other investors could arise in the future.
Following the consummation of this offering, BFI will beneficially own shares of our Class B common stock representing approximately 92.8 % of our voting power. Investors in this offering and Mayflower, by contrast, will collectively own interests representing approximately 7.2 % of our voting power. Because of our multiple class structure and the concentration of voting power with BFI, BFI will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval for so long as BFI holds common stock representing greater than 50% of our voting power. BFI will therefore have significant influence over management and affairs and control the approval of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of the Company or its assets, for the foreseeable future.
Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company” and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
After the closing of this offering, BFI will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards. Under NASDAQ rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
  • the requirement that a majority of the Board consists of independent directors;
  • the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and that it is composed entirely of independent directors;
  • the requirement that we have a compensation committee and that it is composed entirely of independent directors; and
  • the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, while we currently have a majority of independent directors:
  • we may not have a majority of independent directors in the future;
  • we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee;
  • our compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors; and
  • we will not be required to have an annual performance evaluation of the compensation committee.
See “Management.” Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters, and market conditions, and may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the Company will lead to the development of an active trading market on NASDAQ or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.
Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
After this offering, the market price for our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks Related to Our Business” and “—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness” and the following:
  • changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our Class A common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our Class A common stock;
  • downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our Class A common stock;
  • future sales of our Class A common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;
  • market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the animal health industry;
  • investors’ perceptions of our prospects;
  • announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments; and
  • changes in key personnel.
In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs, and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.
Our majority stockholder will have the ability to control significant corporate activities after the completion of this offering and our majority stockholder’s interests may not coincide with yours.
Following this offering, approximately 92.8 % of our voting power will be held by BFI. As a result of its ownership, so long as it holds a majority of our voting power, BFI will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and, through our Board of Directors, the ability to control decision-making with respect to our business direction and policies. Matters over which BFI will, directly or indirectly, exercise control following this offering include:
  • the election of our Board of Directors and the appointment and removal of our officers;
  • mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our stockholders receiving a premium price for their shares;
  • other acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets;

  • incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities;
  • repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and
  • the issuance of shares to management under our equity incentive plans.
Even if BFI’s ownership of our shares falls below a majority of the voting power, it may continue to be able to influence or effectively control our decisions.
The change of control rules under Section 382 of the Code may limit our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future taxable income.
We have net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes. Generally, NOL carryforwards can be used to reduce future taxable income. Our use of our NOL carryforwards will be limited, however, under Section 382 of the Code, if we undergo a change in ownership of more than 50% of our common stock over a three-year period as measured under Section 382 of the Code. These complex change of ownership rules generally focus on ownership changes involving stockholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more of our common stock, including certain public “groups” of stockholders as set forth under Section 382 of the Code, including those arising from new stock issuances and other equity transactions. In connection with this offering or with another public or private offering in the future, we may experience an ownership change within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. If we experience an ownership change, the resulting annual limit on the use of our NOL carryforwards (which would generally equal the product of the applicable federal long-term tax-exempt rate, multiplied by the value of our common stock immediately before the ownership change, and potentially increased by certain existing gains, if any, recognized within five years after the ownership change if we have a net built-in gain in our assets at the time of the ownership change) could result in a meaningful increase in our federal and state income tax liability in future years. Whether an ownership change occurs by reason of trading in our stock is not within our control and the determination of whether an ownership change has occurred is complex. No assurance can be given that we will not in the future undergo an ownership change that would have a significant adverse effect on the use of our NOL carryforwards. In addition, the possibility of causing an ownership change may reduce our willingness to issue new common stock to raise capital.
Future sales of our Class A common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering and assuming the shares are sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus , we will have 16,462,561 shares of Class A common stock outstanding. The shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares of our Class A common stock that may be held or acquired by Mayflower, our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.
We, each of our officers and directors, BFI, Mayflower and our other security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances), except, in our case, for the issuance (but not the subsequent disposition) of Class A common stock upon exercise of options under our existing management incentive plan. The representatives may, in their sole discretion, release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice. For more detailed description of these agreements, see “Underwriting.”

All of our shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders, and, subject to certain restrictions on converting Class B common stock into Class A common stock, all of our shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be converted into Class A common stock and sold in the public market by existing stockholders, in each case 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances). See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our Class A common stock after this offering.
After this offering, subject to any lock-up restrictions described above with respect to certain holders and assuming the shares are sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus , holders of approximately 4.7 million shares of our Class A common stock and 21. 7 million shares of our Class B common stock will have the right to require us to register the sales of their shares under the Securities Act, under the terms of agreements between us and the holders of these securities. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” for a more detailed description of these rights.
In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our Class A common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our Class A common stock.
As an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have not made a decision whether to take advantage of all of these exemptions. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, we do not know if some investors will find our securities less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for our securities and our security prices may be more volatile. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by nonaffiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the preceding three year period.
Pursuant to the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 for so long as we are an “emerging growth company.”
Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC as a public company, and generally requires in the same report a report by our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years.

As a public company, we will be subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy and may divert management’s attention from our business.
As a public company, we will be required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information pursuant to the Exchange Act with the SEC. We will be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare consolidated financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the applicable stock exchange listing standards and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us. Specifically, we will be required to:
  • prepare and distribute periodic reports and other stockholder communications in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws and applicable stock exchange rules;
  • create or expand the roles and duties of our Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors;
  • institute compliance and internal audit functions that are more comprehensive;
  • evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
  • enhance our investor relations function;
  • maintain internal policies, including those relating to disclosure controls and procedures; and
  • involve and retain outside legal counsel and accountants in connection with the activities listed above.
As a public company, we will be required to commit significant resources and management time and attention to the above-listed requirements, which will cause us to incur significant costs and which may place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management’s attention might be diverted from other business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements. Compliance with these requirements will place significant demands on our legal, accounting and finance staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems and will increase our legal and accounting compliance costs as well as our compensation expense as we may be required to hire additional accounting, tax, finance and legal staff with the requisite technical knowledge, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, significant resources and management oversight will be required. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur certain additional annual expenses related to these activities and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, reporting requirements, transfer agent fees, hiring additional personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.
Our management and independent registered public accounting firm in the past determined that there have been material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.
Our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses and a significant deficiency in our internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of a registrant’s financial reporting. Our failure to

properly apply certain income tax accounting principles with respect to our acquisition of OmniGen Research, LLC was identified as a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. They also identified other weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting that, when aggregated, resulted in a material weakness with respect to financial accounting, reporting, policies and procedures. These weaknesses related primarily to the lack of formal documentation and review of accounting information, which led to an inconsistent application of accounting policies and procedures, and a lack of segregation of duties due to a lack of personnel. They also identified certain weaknesses in information system controls. The deficiency in internal control relates to management’s design of the control specifically related to oversight of key contractual terms and reconciliation of liability balances. They concluded that it was reasonably possible for a misstatement to occur, however the deficiency was less likely to result in a material misstatement that was not prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. Our audit committee and management team have agreed with the assessment of our independent registered public accounting firm. We are currently evaluating the controls and procedures we will design and put in place to address these weaknesses and plan to implement appropriate measures as part of this effort. The measures may include additional staffing and other resources to strengthen internal controls and financial reporting. Failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and our results of operations. If we are unsuccessful in remediating the material weakness, or if we suffer other deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future, we may be unable to report financial information in a timely and accurate manner and it could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting, negatively affect the trading price of our common stock, and could cause a default under the agreements governing our indebtedness.
Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
As a public company, we will have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that will require us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our operating results. In addition, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting and a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, provided that, as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue an unqualified opinion. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified opinion, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our stock.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the Company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:

  • authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;
  • prohibit, at any time after BFI and its affiliates cease to hold at least 50% of our voting power, stockholder action by written consent, without the express prior consent of the Board of Directors;
  • provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws;
  • establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
  • establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new Board of Directors at an annual meeting; and
  • require, at any time after BFI and its affiliates cease to hold at least 50% of our voting power, the approval of holders of at least three quarters of the outstanding voting power for stockholders to amend the amended and restated bylaws or amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of the Company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. For a further discussion of these and other such anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Effects of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.”
Our restated certificate of incorporation upon consummation of this offering will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our restated certificate of incorporation upon consummation of this offering will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our by-laws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If you purchase shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.
If you purchase shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $ 18.21 per share because the initial public offering price of $ 17.00 is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A

common stock. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share of Class A common stock attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding shares of Class A common stock. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase Class A common stock granted to our employees and directors under a management incentive plan. See “Dilution.”
We will have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of this offering and we may not use these proceeds effectively. This could affect our results of operations and cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.
Our management team will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. We currently intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering, to repay all amounts outstanding under the Mayflower Term Loan Agreement, all amounts outstanding under the BFI Term Loan Agreement and certain other indebtedness, to pay related fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes. We may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes that do not improve our results of operations or which cause our stock price to decline.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We may not obtain research coverage of our Class A common stock by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Class A common stock, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our Class A common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
Provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation could have the effect of preventing us from having the benefit of certain business opportunities that it may otherwise be entitled to pursue.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that BFI and its affiliates are not required to offer corporate opportunities of which they become aware to us and could, therefore, offer such opportunities instead to other companies including affiliates of BFI. In the event that BFI obtains business opportunities from which we might otherwise benefit but chooses not to present such opportunities to us, these provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation could have the effect of preventing us from pursuing transactions or relationships that would otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity.”
We may not pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, as a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.
Though we currently intend to pay an aggregate dividend of approximately $15 million per year on our Class A and Class B common stock, any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our Class A common stock, which may never occur.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements discuss our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “potential,” “project,” “projection,” “plan,” “intend,” “seek,” “believe,” “may,” “could,” “would,” “will,” “should,” “can,” “can have,” “likely,” the negatives thereof and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, revenues, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies, or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected. See “Risk Factors,” including:
  • restrictions on the use of antibacterials in food-producing animals may become more prevalent;
  • a material portion of our sales and gross profits are generated by antibacterials and other related products;
  • competition in each of our markets from a number of large and small companies, some of which have greater financial, R&D, production and other resources than we have;
  • the impact of current and future laws and regulatory changes;
  • outbreaks of animal diseases could significantly reduce demand for our products;
  • perceived adverse effects on human health linked to the consumption of food derived from animals that utilize our products could cause a decline in the sales of those products;
  • our ability to successfully implement several of our strategic initiatives;
  • our business may be negatively affected by weather conditions and the availability of natural resources;
  • the continuing trend toward consolidation of certain customer groups as well as the emergence of large buying groups;
  • our ability to control costs and expenses;
  • any unforeseen material loss or casualty;
  • exposure relating to rising costs and reduced customer income;
  • competition deriving from advances in veterinary medical practices and animal health technologies;
  • unanticipated safety or efficacy concerns;
  • our dependence on suppliers having current regulatory approvals;
  • our raw materials are subject to price fluctuations;
  • natural and man-made disasters, including but not limited to fire, snow and ice storms, flood, hail, hurricanes and earthquakes;
  • terrorist attacks, particularly attacks on or within markets in which we operate;
  • our reliance on the continued operation of our manufacturing facilities and application of our intellectual property;
  • adverse U.S. and international economic market conditions, including currency fluctuations;

  • the risks of product liability claims, legal proceedings and general litigation expenses;
  • our dependence on our Israeli and Brazilian operations;
  • our substantial level of indebtedness and related debt-service obligations;
  • restrictions imposed by covenants in our debt agreements; and
  • the risk of work stoppages.
While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences we anticipate or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be made that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ 114 . 6 million, assuming the shares offered by us are sold for $ 17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by us in this offering, together with the proceeds from our New Credit Facilities, to repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness, to pay related fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by Mayflower, the selling stockholder in this offering. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
Concurrently with and conditioned upon this offering, we expect to enter into $390 million in New Credit Facilities. The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 2.75% plus LIBOR. The 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 3.00% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility will be terminated following such repayment. The resulting estimated annual interest savings are expected to be $20.8 million . We will record a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $ 26.7 million upon repayment of our existing debt. Our Principal Stockholders are the lenders under our existing term loans. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions .
An affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is the Administrative Agent with respect to our Domestic Senior Credit Facility. In addition, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is a lender under our Domestic Senior Credit Facility and will receive its respective share of any repayment by us of amounts outstanding under our Domestic Senior Credit Facility with the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting—Other Relationships.”
The following table summarizes the estimated sources and uses of proceeds in connection with the sale of Class A common stock and entry into the New Credit Facilities by us, assuming this offering had occurred on December 31, 2013. You should read the following together with the information set forth under “Prospectus Summary—Refinancing.”
 
Sources
Amount
(in millions)
New Credit Facilities
$
290.0
Class A common stock offered hereby
125.0
Total Sources
$
415.0
 
Uses
Amount
(in millions)
Repay 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018
$
300.0
Repay term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
24.0
Repay term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10.0
Repay Domestic Senior Credit Facility
32.0
Pay call premium and m ake whole on senior notes
19.7
Fees and expenses
15.4
Cash on Balance Sheet
13.9
Total Uses
$
415.0
Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, we may invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.

DIVIDEND POLICY
We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends to holders of our Class A common stock out of assets legally available for this purpose. While any future determination as to whether to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, we currently anticipate distributing an aggregate of approximately $15 million per year to holders of our Class A and Class B common stock, to be paid quarterly, beginning in our fiscal year 2015. Any future determination to pay dividends will also be subject to compliance with covenants in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock will be limited by restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness and our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries.

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, indebtedness and our capitalization as of December 31, 2013 on:
  • an actual basis; and
  • an adjusted basis to give effect to the following:
i.
  • the dividend as d esc ribed under “Recent Developments”;
i i.
  • the 0.442 -for- 1 split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
i ii.
  • the sale by us of 7,352,941 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ 17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and
  i v .
  • our entry into the New Credit Facilities and the application by us of the net proceeds from this offering and the New Credit Facilities as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary — Refinancing,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
As of December 31, 2013
Actual
Adjusted
(in thousands, except par value)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
30,474
$
15,940
Debt:
                           
Domestic senior credit facility
$
32,000
$
9.25% senior notes
297,796
Mayflower term loan
24,000
BFI term loan
9,932
New Credit Facilities (1)
290,000
Capital leases
93
93
Total debt
$
363,821
$
290,093
Stockholders’ Equity:
                           
Common stock, par value $ 0 .0001 , 200,000 shares authorized; 68,910 shares issued and outstanding, on an as adjusted basis
7
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001, 16,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding
Class A common stock, par value $ 0.000 1 , 300,000 shares authorized; 16,462.6 shares issued and outstanding, on an as adjusted basis
2
Class B common stock, par value $ 0.000 1 , 30,000 shares authorized; 21,348.6 shares issued and outstanding, on an as adjusted basis
2
Additional paid-in-capital (2)
43,003
132,570
Accumulated deficit (3)
(85,976
)
(112,660
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(20,562
)
(20,562
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
(63,528
)
(648
)
Total capitalization
$
300,293
$
289,445

 
(1)
  • The 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility will have an interest rate of 3.0% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%. As part of the overall refinancing, which includes the pay down of our current debt, the resulting estimated annual interest saving s will be $20.8 million .
(2)
  • A reconciliation of actual additional paid-in-capital to adjusted additional paid-in-capital:
 
As of December 31, 2013
Actual additional paid-in-capital
$
43,003
Dividend
(25,000
)
Proceeds from offering
114,567
Adjusted paid-in-capital
$
132,570
( 3 )
  • A reconciliation of actual accumulated deficit to adjusted accumulated deficit:
 
As of December 31, 2013
Actual accumulated deficit
$
(85,976
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(26,684
)
Adjusted accumulated deficit
$
(112,660
)

DILUTION
If you invest in our Class A common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding shares of Class A common stock.
Our net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2013 was $ ( 115.7 ) million, or $ ( 3.80 ) per share of common stock (after giving effect to the 0.442 -for- 1 split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering). Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (which for the purpose of this calculation excludes capitalized debt issuance costs, net intangible assets and goodwill) less total liabilities, divided by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.
After giving effect to:
  i.
  • the dividend as described under “Recent Developments”;
  ii.
  • the 0.442-for-1 split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
  iii.
  • the sale by us of 7,352,941 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and
  iv.
  • our entry into the New Credit Facilities and the application by us of the net proceeds from this offering and the New Credit Facilities as described under “Use of Proceeds,”
our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $(45.8) million, or $(1.21) per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $ 2.59 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $ 18.21 per share. The following table illustrates this pro forma per share dilution in net tangible book value to new investors.
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
$
17.00
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share
as of December 31, 2013
$
(3.80
)
Increase per share attributable to new investors
2.59
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
          
(1.21
)
Dilution per share to new investors
$
18.21
The following table summarizes as of the date of this offering , on an as adjusted basis, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the new investors, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ 17.00 per share (the mid-point of the initial public offering price range), after giving effect to the 0.442 -for- 1 split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses:
 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average
Price
Per Share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
4,697,561
28.5
%
$
50,123,161
20.0
%
$
10.67
New investors
11,765,000
71.5
200,005,000
80.0
17.00
Total
16,462,561
100
%
250,128,161
100
%

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, no exercise of any outstanding options and no exercise of the BFI Warrant.
If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own approximately 17.8 % and our new investors would own approximately 82.2 % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $ ( 1.21 ) per share, and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $ 18.21 per share.
The tables and calculations above are based on 16,462,561 shares of Class A common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering and assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 1,764,750 shares from the selling stockholder. The number of shares outstanding excludes, as of the date of this offering , an aggregate of 5,131,620 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan .
To the extent that any outstanding options or the BFI Warrant are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. As of December 31, 2013 , 1,885,130 shares of Class A common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and the BF I Wa rrant at a weighted-average exercise price of $ 11.83 per share. If all of our outstanding options and the BFI Warrant had been exercised as of December 31, 2013 , our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $ ( 93.4 ) million or $ ( 2.89 ) per share of our common stock, and the pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering would have been $ (0. 5 9) per share, representing dilution in our pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors of $ 17. 59 .

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data and certain other financial data. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the results of operations data and cash flows data for the years ended June 30, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and the results of operations data and cash flows data for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the unaudited interim period. Operating results for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2014.
The consolidated financial data and other financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future performance.
 
Six months ended December 31,
Fiscal year ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
2013
2012
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Results of operations data
Net sales
$
334,970
$
326,265
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
$
594,209
$
537,133
Cost of goods sold
234,302
241,213
474,187
489,962
471,668
439,476
407,473
Gross profit
100,668
85,052
178,964
164,139
146,665
154,733
129,660
Selling, general and administrative expenses
67,253
57,687
122,233
114,814
105,429
101,925
84,645
Impairment of long-lived assets
3,628
Operating income
33,415
27,365
56,731
49,325
41,236
52,808
41,387
Interest expense (1)
17,566
17,862
35,771
35,700
34,595
34,496
31,512
Interest (income)
(112
)
(82
)
(142
)
(281
)
(307
)
(119
)
(166
)
Foreign currency gains (losses), net
1,813
294
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
(1,275
)
12,098
Other income (expense), net (2)
46
151
(400
)
593
108
67
(Loss) on extinguishment of debt
20,002
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
14,148
9,245
17,848
13,114
(7,889
)
19,598
(2,124
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
6,003
(5,487
)
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
3,792
3,412
Income (loss) from continuing operations
8,145
14,732
24,891
6,976
(12,922
)
15,806
(5,536
)
(Loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
(3,358
)
(2,761
)
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of income taxes
29,603
Net income (loss) (3)
$
8,145
$
14,732
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
$
42,051
$
(8,297
)
Income (loss) per share from continuing operations – basic and diluted
$
0.12
$
0.21
$
0.36
$
0.10
$
(0.19
)
$
0.23
$
(0.08
)
Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations – basic and diluted
0.38
(0.04
)
Net income (loss) per share – basic and diluted
$
0.12
$
0.21
$
0.36
$
0.10
$
(0.19
)
$
0.61
$
(0.12
)
Weighted average number of shares – basic and diluted
68,910
68,910
68,910
68,910
68,910
68,910
68,910
Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)  –  ba sic and diluted (4)
$
0.27
$
0.82
                           
Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited)  –  basic and diluted (4)
30,458
30,458
Other financial data
                                                                                                 
EBITDA (5)
$
42,095
$
36,343
$
72,500
$
66,060
$
43,095
$
95,442
$
37,707
Adjusted EBITDA (5)
43,908
36,683
75,754
66,852
57,932
68,313
58,426
Cash provided (used) by operating activities
16,397
(2,002
)
415
31,882
(4,680
)
29,762
40,821
Capital expenditures (6)
9,765
9,640
19,947
14,824
21,635
15,971
17,484

 
As of
December 31,
2013
As of June 30, 2013
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Balance sheet data
Cash and cash equivalents (7)
$
30,474
$
27,369
$
53,900
$
48,598
$
62,705
$
13,518
Working capital (8)
159,421
153,677
127,472
136,384
121,303
129,587
Total assets
480,828
474,142
440,908
435,694
425,287
362,280
Total debt (9)
363,821
365,604
350,121
357,996
289,258
294,534
Long-term debt and other liabilities
421,726
427,676
403,271
389,317
319,452
320,047
Total shareholders’ (deficit)
(63,528
)
(68,938
)
(88,228
)
(69,068
)
(10,204
)
(52,027
)
 
(1)
  • Interest expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes amortization of deferred financing fees of $1,366, $1,418, $1,405, $1,444 and $1,457, respectively, and amortization of imputed interest and debt discount of $1,060, $1,382, $1,787, $1,824 and $814, respectively. Interest expense for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes amortization of deferred financing fees of $530 and $705, respectively, and amortization of imputed interest and debt discount of $256 and $602, respectively.
(2)
  • Other income (expense), net consists of items we consider non-operating in nature, including certain non-income tax costs, equity income or expense from an investment and the loss on the sale of an immaterial business.
(3)
  • The table below reconciles net income (loss) to comprehensive income (loss).
 
Six months ended
December 31,
Fiscal year ended June 30,
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Net income (loss)
$
8,145
$
14,732
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
$
42,051
$
(8,297
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Fair value of derivative instruments
137
418
(222
)
(841
)
58
(1,238
)
1,242
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(3,315
)
(468
)
(5,968
)
(15,077
)
2,940
4,294
(2,138
)
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
429
619
5,390
(10,413
)
1,014
(3,221
)
(5,340
)
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
(221
)
(394
)
(2,016
)
(358
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
5,355
$
14,907
$
22,075
$
(19,355
)
$
(9,268
)
$
41,886
$
(14,533
)
(4)
  • Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share—Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed to give the effect of the stock split that will take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
 
Six months ended
December 31, 2013
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Net income
$
8,145
$
24,891
Basic shares:
                           
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net income per share
68,910
68,910
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed stock split immediately prior to the completion of this offering
(38,452
)
(38,452
)
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic pro forma net income per share
30,458
30,458
Pro forma net income per share  –  basic and diluted
$
0.27
$
0.82
( 5 )
  • EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus are supplemental measures of our performance and liquidity that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). They are not measurements

of our financial performance or liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as alternatives to cash flows from operating activities as measures of our liquidity. We define EBITDA as net income (loss) plus (i) net interest expense, (ii) provision for income taxes or less benefit for income taxes and (iii) depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for (i) (income) loss from, and disposal of, discontinued operations, (ii) other expense or other income, as separately reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, including foreign currency gains and losses and loss on extinguishment of debt and (iii) certain other items we consider to be unusual or non-recurring as described in this section.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are presented because these measures are used by management to analyze and compare ourselves with other companies on the basis of operating performance and we believe they are financial measures widely used by investors and analysts in our industry. In evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses such as those used in calculating such measures. Our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Each of these measures has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
  • they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
  • they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
  • they do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
  • they do not reflect any cash income taxes we may be required to pay or any potential tax benefits;
  • they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows; and
  • other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures.
Because of these limitations, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. You should compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental measures. See our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Six months ended
December 31,
Fiscal year ended June 30,
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Net income (loss)
$
8,145
$
14,732
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
$
42,051
$
(8,297
)
Plus:
                                                                                                 
Interest expense
17,566
17,862
35,771
35,700
34,595
34,496
31,512
Interest (income)
(112
)
(82
)
(142
)
(281
)
(307
)
(119
)
(166
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
6,003
(5,487
)
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
3,792
3,412
Depreciation and amortization
10,493
9,318
19,023
17,527
16,696
15,222
11,246
EBITDA
$
42,095
$
36,343
$
72,500
$
66,060
$
43,095
$
95,442
$
37,707
Adjustments:
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
1,813
294
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
(1,275
)
12,098
Other (income) expense, net (a)
46
151
(400
)
593
108
67
Loss on extinguishment of debt
20,002
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
3,358
2,761
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of income taxes
(29,603
)
Plant consolidation costs (b)
283
783
Acquisition-related cost of goods sold (c)
1,122
Cost of acquired in-process R&D (d)
260
Impairment of long-lived assets (e)
3,628
Adjusted EBITDA
$
43,908
$
36,683
$
75,754
$
66,852
$
57,932
$
68,313
$
58,426
 
(a)
  • Consists of items we consider non-operating in nature, including certain non-income tax costs, equity income or expense from an investment and the loss on the sale of an immaterial business.
(b)
  • Consists of severance costs related to the shutdown of certain Mineral Nutrition manufacturing facilities.
(c)
  • Consists of the purchase price allocation to the inventory acquired with the Abic animal health business.
(d)
  • Consists of the in-process R&D acquired with the Abic animal health business.
(e)
  • Consists of a reduction in the carrying value of certain Performance Products manufacturing assets.
( 6 )
  • Capital expenditures are for continuing operations only.
(7)
  • Adjusted cash and cash equivalents would have been $15.9 million as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the adjustments described in Capitalization.
( 8 )
  • We define working capital as total current assets (excluding cash & cash equivalents) less total current liabilities (excluding loans payable to banks and current portion of long-term debt).
( 9 )
  • Total debt includes loans payable to banks, Domestic Senior Credit Facility, and current and long-term portions of long-term debt. Concurrently with and conditioned upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities. The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 2.75% plus LIBOR. The 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 3.00% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility will be terminated following such repayment. The resulting estimated annual interest savings are expected to be $20.8 million . We will record a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $ 26.7 million upon repayment of our existing debt. Adjusted total debt would have been $290.1 million as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the adjustments described in Capitalization. See also “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Introduction
Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) is provided to assist readers in understanding our performance, as reflected in the results of our operations, our financial condition and our cash flows. The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows as of and for the periods presented below. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our future results could differ materially from our historical performance as a result of various factors such as those discussed in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview of our business
Our Company
Phibro Animal Health Corporation is one of the leading animal health companies in the world and is dedicated to helping meet the growing demand for animal protein. We are a global diversified animal health and mineral nutrition company. For nearly 40 years we have been committed providing livestock producers with value-based products and solutions to help them maintain and enhance the health and productivity of their animals. We sell more than 1,100 product presentations in over 65 countries to approximately 2,850 customers. We develop, manufacture and market products for a broad range of food animals including poultry, swine, beef and dairy cattle and aquaculture. Our products help prevent, control and treat diseases, enhance nutrition to help improve health and performance and contribute to balanced mineral nutrition.
We believe we are the only global company with an animal health business that concentrates exclusively on animals for human consumption and are one of the few global companies offering a comprehensive range of animal health and mineral nutrition products. We believe our key products such as Stafac ® , Nicarb ® , and OmniGen enjoy strong brand name recognition and customer loyalty in the markets we serve. We believe our vaccines are recognized as a standard in efficacy against highly virulent disease challenges and our patented TAbic ® vaccine delivery technology provides superior convenience and logistical benefits over conventional glass bottles. The foundation of our product portfolio is based on several key proprietary molecules and formulations that are supported by additional complementary products, which help address important customer needs. As an example of our portfolio depth, we believe over 5.4 billion of the 8.5 billion broiler chickens produced in the United States in 2012 received at least one of our products.
We are further differentiated by our team of highly trained and dedicated professionals who provide technical service and support for our products and offer practical solutions to our customers. Within our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition segments, utilizing both our sales, marketing and technical support organization of approximately 225 employees and a broad distribution network, we market our portfolio of more than 1,000 product presentations to livestock producers and veterinarians in over 65 countries. Technical support and research is an important aspect of our overall sales effort. Our global reach allows us to connect with key global customers at their corporate, regional and local decision-making levels, and we are implementing a Global Key Account Strategy to improve our customer contacts. We believe our close contact with customers provides us with an in-depth understanding of their businesses and allows us to identify and develop products to address unmet customer needs, anticipate emerging trends and establish ourselves as trusted advisors to our customers.
We have focused our efforts in high value geographies (regions where the majority of livestock production is consolidated in large commercial farms) such as the United States, Brazil, China, Russia, Mexico, Australia, Turkey, Israel, Canada and Europe, and we believe we are well positioned to further accelerate our growth with our established network of sales, marketing and distribution professionals in emerging markets in Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and Africa.

In addition to animal health and mineral nutrition products, we manufacture and market specific ingredients for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our net sales were $653.2 million, our net income was $24.9 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $75.8 million. For the six months ended December 31, 2013, our net sales were $335.0 million, our net income was $8.1 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $43.9 million. Our revenue stream is well-balanced and diversified by product, geography and customers, and our largest single customer (a distributor) represented approximately 8% of net sales for fiscal year 2013. We manage our business in three segments—Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products—each with its own dedicated management and sales team, for enhanced focus and accountability. Our Animal Health business contributed 59% of our net sales and 85% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013 and we expect Animal Health will continue to be the key driver of our future growth. Our Mineral Nutrition business contributed 31% of our net sales and 12% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013. Our Performance Products business contributed 10% of our net sales and 3% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013. See “—Adjusted EBITDA” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
Factors affecting our performance
Industry growth
According to Vetnosis, a research and consulting firm specializing in global animal health and veterinary medicine, the global livestock animal health sector represented approximately $13.3 billion of sales in 2012. The market grew at a compound annual growth rate of 6% between 2006 and 2012 and, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, the market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 6% per year between 2012 and 2017. As discussed below, we believe several trends have supported and will continue to support this growth.
Perceptions of product quality, safety and reliability
We believe animal health, mineral nutrition and performance products customers value high-quality manufacturing and reliability of supply. The importance of quality and safety concerns to livestock producers also contribute to animal health brand loyalty, which we believe often continues after the loss of patent-based and regulatory exclusivity. For example, many of our MFA products have been in the market for over 40 years and continue to have broad acceptance and demand. We depend on positive perceptions of the safety and quality of our products, and animal health products generally, by our customers and end-users.
Execution of our growth strategies
We are committed to enhancing the health of animals and bringing solutions to our customers who raise and care for them. We intend to continue to grow our business by pursuing the following core strategies:
  • Continue Our Expansion into High-Growth Emerging Markets;
  • Leverage Proprietary Vaccine Technologies to Increase Sales in Poultry;
  • Continue Our Growth of Nutritional Specialties, Including Cross-Selling with Other Products in Our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition Portfolio;
  • Transition to a Direct Sales Model in Key Markets;
  • Enhance Gross Profit through Product Mix and Recent Investment in Manufacturing Capacity;
  • Deliver New Product Innovation Through Focused Research & Development Investment; and
  • Remain a Partner of Choice for New Products and Technologies.
For additional discussion of our growth strategies, see “Business—Growth Strategies.”

Regulatory Developments
There is considerable scientific and regulatory debate concerning whether the use of antibiotics in livestock can increase the risk to humans who consume meat potentially containing antibiotic-resistant organisms. For example, the FDA recently announced a plan to help phase out the use of medically important antibiotics (“MIAs”) in livestock feed for growth promotion. However, the recent FDA guidance provides for continued use of antibiotics in food-producing animals for treatment, control and prevention of disease under the supervision of a veterinarian. We believe most rigorous analyses have shown that, when used properly, these products create little to no risk for humans. Furthermore, this risk must be balanced against the positive benefits of permitting the use of antibiotics in animals, which we believe include the prevention, control and treatment of disease for animal welfare, the preservation of scarce natural resources to reduce the impact of agriculture on the environment, the safety and sustainability of the food supply and the need to feed the world’s growing population.
In the United States, the antibacterial products within our poultry business, our largest business in this region, as well as our cattle business, have both approved therapeutic and non-therapeutic indications. We believe, based on current producer usage patterns, that the large majority of use of our products in these segments is for therapeutic purposes. We currently generate a portion of our revenues from antibacterial products sold for use in turkey and swine in the United States where we do not currently have therapeutic claims that match our customers’ usage patterns. We intend to ensure that our antibacterial product offerings are in full alignment with the FDA’s guidance documents within the FDA’s three-year implementation period, and will pursue both new and additional therapeutic claims for these products with the FDA. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such claims. While it is difficult to predict exactly what impact the removal of non-therapeutic claims for our products that are medically important antibacterials will ultimately have on our sales, we estimate that, based on our customers’ usage patterns, had we voluntarily decided to withdraw all of our non-therapeutic claims for these products in the United States, and did not add any new therapeutic claims for these products, our MFA & Other net sales would have been reduced by approximately $15 to $20 million for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. For additional discussion, see “Business—Regulatory.”
Competition
The animal health industry is highly competitive. We believe many of our competitors are conducting R&D activities in areas served by our products and in areas in which we are developing products. Our competitors include the animal health businesses of large pharmaceutical companies and specialty animal health businesses. In addition to competition from established participants, there could be new entrants to the animal health medicines and vaccines industry in the future. Principal methods of competition vary depending on the region, species, product category or individual products, including reliability, reputation, quality, price, service and promotion to veterinary professionals, pet owners and livestock producers.
Foreign exchange
We conduct operations in many areas of the world, involving transactions denominated in a variety of currencies. In fiscal year 2013, we generated approximately 37% of our revenues from operations outside the U.S. Although a portion of our revenues are denominated in various currencies, the selling prices of the majority of our sales outside the United States are referenced in U.S. dollars and as result our revenues are not significantly directly affected by currency movements. We are subject to currency risk to the extent that our costs are denominated in currencies other than those in which we earn revenues. We manufacture some of our major products in Brazil and Israel and production costs are largely denominated in local currencies, while the selling prices of the products are largely set in U.S. dollars. As such, we are exposed to changes in cost of goods sold resulting from currency movements and may not be able to adjust our selling prices to offset such movements. In addition, we incur selling and administrative expenses in various currencies and are exposed to changes in such expenses resulting from currency movements. Because our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars, changes in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our results of operations.

Climate
The livestock animal health industry and demand for many of our animal health products in a particular region are affected by weather conditions, as usage of our products follows varying weather patterns and weather-related pressures from diseases. As a result, we may experience regional and seasonal fluctuations in our results of operations.
In addition, livestock producers depend on the availability of natural resources, including large supplies of fresh water. Their animals’ health and their ability to operate could be adversely affected if they experience a shortage of fresh water due to human population growth or floods, droughts or other weather conditions. In the event of adverse weather conditions or a shortage of fresh water, livestock producers may purchase less of our products.
Product development initiatives
Our future success depends on both our existing product portfolio and our pipeline of new products, including new products that we may develop through joint ventures and products that we are able to obtain through license or acquisition. The majority of our R&D programs focus on product lifecycle development, which is defined as R&D programs that leverage existing animal health products by adding new species or claims, achieving approvals in new markets or creating new combinations and reformulations.
Components of net sales and costs and expenses
Net sales
We recognize sales upon transfer of title and when risk of loss passes to the customer and additionally when collections of sales proceeds are reasonably assured and we have no further performance obligations. We record estimated reductions to revenue for customer programs and incentive offerings, including pricing arrangements and other volume-based incentives, at the time the sale is recorded. Royalty and licensing income from licensing agreements are recognized as earned under the terms of the related agreements and are included in net sales. Net sales also include shipping and handling fees billed to customers. We ship products to customers predominantly by third-party carriers.
The following factors, among others, can impact our overall net sales:
  • fluctuations in overall economic activity within the geographies in which we operate;
  • changes in one or more of our core end markets or customers;
  • changes in the price of raw materials and freight and timing of the pass-through of these price changes to customers;
  • volume of sales to our largest customers;
  • the type of products used within existing customer applications;
  • the “mix” of products sold, including the proportion of new or improved products and their pricing relative to existing products;
  • changes in contractual terms in customer agreements; and
  • our ability to successfully develop and launch new products and applications.
Costs and expenses
Costs of goods sold consist primarily of material and packaging costs; compensation of employees involved in the production process; costs of facilities and other infrastructure used to manufacture and store our products, including depreciation expense for property and equipment; and delivery costs to our customers.
Gross profit consists of net sales minus cost of goods sold.

The main factors that influence our cost of goods sold and gross profit as a percent of net sales include:
  • the “mix” of products sold;
  • the average selling prices of our products;
  • changes in raw material and other production costs and timing of the pass-through of these cost changes to customers as well as the absolute level of prices;
  • the effects of currency movements on the reported U.S. dollar amount of production costs and to a lesser extent, on reported net sales;
  • changes in sales and production volumes, as higher production volumes enable us to spread the fixed portion of our production costs over higher volumes;
  • inflation or deflation on other material costs; and
  • the implementation of cost savings and efficiency programs.
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist of costs incurred in connection with the sale and marketing of our products, R&D expenditures and administrative overhead costs, including amortization expense for identifiable finite-life intangible assets that have been acquired through business combinations and costs related to business technology, facilities, legal, audit, finance, human resources, business development and management.
Changes in selling, general and administrative expenses are influenced by a number of factors, including:
  • our decision to increase or decrease the number of employees to support the future growth of the business or to adjust the resources to current business conditions;
  • changes in incentive compensation and benefit costs; and
  • changes in our customer base, as new customers may require different levels of sales and marketing attention.
We include R&D costs, or R&D, in our SG&A costs because of the relatively small amounts and because of the integrated nature within our businesses. Our R&D costs have been approximately $7 million annually in recent years. We expect our annual expenditures to increase to approximately $11 million in fiscal year 2014.
Public company expenses. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and certain requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will have additional procedures and practices to establish as a public company. As a result, we expect we will incur additional costs in the future.
Interest expense, net consists primarily of interest incurred on our indebtedness, including our Senior Notes, Domestic Senior Credit Facility and Mayflower, Teva and BFI term loans.
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net consist primarily of non-cash (gains) losses that result from inter-company balances across currencies.
Other (income) expense, net consists of items we consider non-operating in nature, including certain non-income tax costs, equity income or expense from an investment and the loss on the sale of an immaterial business.
Loss on extinguishment of debt consists of the costs of the early retirement of our senior notes and senior subordinated notes in July and August 2010. 

Recent acquisitions and licensing activities
Acquisition of AquaVet
In January 2014, we completed the acquisition of the aquaculture business of AquaVet, a leading aquaculture veterinary consulting and contract research firm based in Israel, for aggregate consideration of $0.9 million plus a contingent incentive payment based on the future results of our aquaculture business. Through this transaction, we are joined by a well-respected team of aquaculture professionals with strong experience in product development providing technical support to leading aquaculture producers throughout the world. Our new aquaculture team will initially be focused on identifying, testing and obtaining regulatory approvals for our current portfolio of Animal Health products for use in aquaculture, as well as the identification, development and commercialization of new products.
Acquisition of OmniGen patents
In December 2012, we acquired OmniGen Research, LLC (“OGR”), including all rights to OmniGen patents and related intellectual property and ownership of certain property, plant and equipment. OmniGen is a proprietary nutritional specialty product that helps maintain a dairy cow’s healthy immune system. Prior to the transaction, we had been the exclusive manufacturer and marketer of OmniGen for 9 years, under a licensing arrangement with OGR.
The purchase price was approximately $22.8 million, with an initial cash payment of $18.5 million and deferred payments of approximately $4.3 million. A deferred payment of $1.0 million was paid in December 2013 and additional deferred payments of $1.0 million are scheduled to be paid on or before December 20, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The final deferred payment of approximately $1.3 million is scheduled to be paid on or before December 20, 2016. Interest is payable solely on the final installment at the rate of 5% annually from December 20, 2012 to the date of payment.
On an as adjusted basis, as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of fiscal year 2012, EBITDA would have increased by $4.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2012 and by $2.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2013. The improvement is from the elimination of royalties previously paid to OGR, net of operating expenses related to the acquired R&D activities.
License agreement
In June 2012, we entered into a long-term license agreement with a major global animal health company to share in the use of our proprietary vaccine delivery technology. Under the arrangement, use of the technology will be limited to the licensee for animal uses worldwide, and to us and our respective affiliates. Financial terms of the agreement included a $5 million non-refundable payment to us which we received at signing and contingent future payments totaling $8 million, based on the earlier of achievement of technical and regulatory milestones and specified dates corresponding to such milestones. In addition, we will receive royalties on future sales by the licensee of products that utilize the technology, with required minimum annual royalties for the years 2016 to 2026, subject to the licensee’s right to terminate the license agreement for any reason upon payment of a termination payment.

Analysis of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income
The following discussion and analysis of our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Three months ended
December 31,
% Change
Six months ended
December 31,
% Change
Year ended June 30,
% Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Net sales
$
172,742
$
164,159
5
%
$
334,970
$
326,265
3
%
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
(0
)%
6
%
Cost of goods sold
121,586
120,973
1
%
234,302
241,213
(3
)%
474,187
489,962
471,668
(3
)%
4
%
% of net sales
70.4
%
73.7
%
69.9
%
73.9
%
72.6
%
74.9
%
76.3
%
Gross profit
51,156
43,186
18
%
100,668
85,052
18
%
178,964
164,139
146,665
9
%
12
%
% of net sales
29.6
%
26.3
%
30.1
%
26.1
%
27.4
%
25.1
%
23.7
%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
34,138
29,030
18
%
67,253
57,687
17
%
122,233
114,814
105,429
6
%
9
%
% of net sales
19.8
%
17.7
%
20.1
%
17.7
%
18.7
%
17.6
%
17.1
%
Operating income (loss)
17,018
14,156
20
%
33,415
27,365
22
%
56,731
49,325
41,236
15
%
20
%
% of net sales
9.9
%
8.6
%
10.0
%
8.4
%
8.7
%
7.5
%
6.7
%
Interest expense, net
8,719
8,955
(3
)%
17,454
17,780
(2
)%
35,629
35,419
34,288
1
%
3
%
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
1,165
126
825
%
1,813
294
517
%
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
160
%
*
Loss on extinguishment of debt
*
20,002
*
*
Other (income) expense, net
58
*
46
*
151
(400
)
593
*
*
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
7,134
5,017
42
%
14,148
9,245
53
%
17,848
13,114
(7,889
)
36
%
*
% of net sales
4.1
%
3.1
%
4.2
%
2.8
%
2.7
%
2.0
%
(1.3
)%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
4,832
(7,056
)
*
6,003
(5,487
)
*
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
*
22
%
Effective tax rate
67.7
%
(140.6
)%
42.4
%
(59.4
)%
(39.5
)%
46.8
%
63.8
%
Net income (loss)
2,302
12,073
(81
)%
8,145
14,732
(45
)%
24,891
6,976
(12,922
)
257
%
*
% of net sales
1.3
%
7.4
%
2.4
%
4.5
%
3.8
%
1.1
%
(2.1
)%
 
Certain amounts and percentages may reflect rounding adjustments
*
  • Calculation not meaningful
Changes in net sales from period to period primarily result from changes in volumes and average selling prices. Although a portion of our net sales is denominated in various currencies, the selling prices of the majority of our sales outside the United States are referenced in U.S. dollars and as result our revenues are not significantly directly affected by currency movements.
Our effective income tax rate varies significantly from period to period and from the federal statutory rate, primarily due to the mix of income tax provisions on profitable foreign jurisdictions and no income tax benefit being recorded on domestic pre-tax losses. We have approximately $45.3 million of federal net operating loss carry forwards (“NOLs”) and the provision does not recognize income tax benefits or the related deferred tax assets until it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. Our fiscal year 2013 effective rate was also significantly affected by a $9.1 million benefit that resulted from the accounting for the OGR acquisition. We currently expect our normalized effective tax rate to approximate 30% in future periods, assuming our domestic income benefits from the reduction in interest expense from the use of proceeds in this offering to repay the Mayflower term loan and the BFI term loan and assuming the domestic tax provision is not affected by valuation allowances. We also expect we will continue to not record income taxes on most undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.

Net sales and operating income—segments
We manage our business in three segments—Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products. We also report net sales of the major product groups for our Animal Health business.
 
Net Sales
Three months ended
December 31,
% Change
Six months ended
December 31,
% Change
Year ended June 30,
% Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
MFAs and other
$
80,049
$
76,002
5
%
$
158,014
$
153,049
3
%
$
303,743
$
290,535
$
273,259
5
%
6
%
Nutritional Specialties
16,431
12,791
28
%
30,563
24,259
26
%
52,337
47,686
43,061
10
%
11
%
Vaccines
11,486
5,443
111
%
20,560
13,056
57
%
28,861
36,946
28,842
(22
)%
28
%
Animal Health
$
107,966
$
94,236
15
%
$
209,137
$
190,364
10
%
$
384,941
$
375,167
$
345,162
3
%
9
%
Mineral Nutrition
50,633
52,892
(4
)%
96,819
102,684
(6
)%
203,169
210,091
209,302
(3
)%
0
%
Performance Products
14,143
17,031
(17
)%
29,014
33,217
(13
)%
65,041
68,843
63,869
(6
)%
8
%
Total
$
172,742
$
164,159
5
%
$
334,970
$
326,265
3
%
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
(0
)%
6
%
 
Operating Income
Three months ended
December 31,
% Change
Six months ended
December 31,
% Change
Year ended June 30,
% Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Animal Health
$
20,872
$
16,185
29
%
$
41,236
$
32,798
26
%
$
69,090
$
57,447
$
47,034
20
%
22
%
% of segment net sales
19.3
%
17.2
%
19.7
%
17.2
%
17.9
%
15.3
%
13.6
%
Mineral Nutrition
2,265
2,605
(13
)%
4,113
4,725
(13
)%
9,794
10,790
11,323
(9
)%
(5
)%
% of segment net sales
4.5
%
4.9
%
4.2
%
4.6
%
4.8
%
5.1
%
5.4
%
Performance Products
1,013
1,763
(43
)%
2,019
2,845
(29
)%
2,685
5,058
2,932
(47
)%
73
%
% of segment net sales
7.2
%
10.4
%
7.0
%
8.6
%
4.1
%
7.3
%
4.6
%
Corporate
(7,132
)
(6,397
)
*
(13,953
)
(13,003
)
*
(24,838
)
(23,970
)
(20,053
)
*
*
% of total net sales
(4.1
%)
(3.9
%)
(4.2
)%
(4.0
)%
(3.8
)%
(3.7
)%
(3.2
)%
Operating income
$
17,018
$
14,156
20
%
$
33,415
$
27,365
22
%
$
56,731
$
49,325
$
41,236
15
%
20
%
% of total net sales
9.9
%
8.6
%
10.0
%
8.4
%
8.7
%
7.5
%
6.7
%
Corporate includes the departmental operating costs of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the Senior Vice President of Human Resources, the Chief Information Officer and Business Development. Costs include the executives and their organizations and include compensation and benefits, outside services, professional fees and office space.
Interest Expense, net
 
Three months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Six months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Year ended June 30,
$ Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Domestic senior credit facility
$
395
$
254
$
141
$
811
$
497
$
314
$
1,250
$
977
$
793
$
273
$
184
Senior notes and senior subordinated notes
7,036
7,027
9
14,073
14,152
(79
)
27,750
27,750
26,482
1,268
Mayflower L.P., BFI Co., LLC and Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. term
loans
989
1,172
(183
)
1,978
2,342
(364
)
4,132
4,605
5,036
(473
)
(431
)
Amortization of deferred financing fees
267
354
(87
)
530
705
(175
)
1,366
1,418
1,405
(52
)
13
Amortization of debt discount and other
100
162
(62
)
174
166
8
1,273
950
879
323
71
Interest Income
(68
)
(14
)
(54
)
(112
)
(82
)
(30
)
(142
)
(281
)
(307
)
139
26
Interest expense, net
$
8,179
$
8,955
$
(236
)
$
17,454
$
17,780
$
(326
)
$
35,629
$
35,419
$
34,288
$
210
$
1,131

Comparison of Three Months Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
Net sales
Net sales of $172.7 million increased $8.6 million, or 5%, for the three months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2012, primarily from $13.7 million of growth in Animal Health, partially offset by declines in Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products.
Animal Health
Net sales of $108.0 million grew $13.7 million, or 15%, due to volume growth of MFAs and other, nutritional specialty products and vaccines. MFAs and other grew $4.0 million, or 5%, as growth in the United States, Latin America and Brazil was partially offset by reductions in other markets. Nutritional specialty products grew $3.6 million, or 28%, primarily due to U.S. volume growth of OmniGen-AF and Animate and the introduction of OmniGen-AF in select European countries. Vaccines grew $6.0 million, or 111%, principally from the introduction of new products in Turkey, as well as increased volumes in China and India.
Mineral Nutrition
Net sales of $50.6 million decreased $2.3 million, or 4%. Our decision to deemphasize low margin, volatile lysine sales accounted for $1.0 million of the reduction. The remainder of the sales decline was principally due to reduced average selling prices due to lower underlying raw material commodity prices, partially offset by higher volumes.
Performance Products
Net sales of $14.1 million decreased $2.9 million, or 17%, due to reduced volumes of a low margin industrial chemical and timing of customer orders.
Gross profit
Gross profit of $51.2 million increased $8.0 million, or 18%, to 29.6% of sales, with all of the improvement coming from Animal Health. Animal Health gross profit increased $8.9 million, with approximately $6.2 million due to volume growth, a $1.2 million benefit from the OGR acquisition and $1.5 million from higher average selling prices and other items. MFAs and other contributed $2.4 million of the increase on lower unit costs and higher average selling prices. Lower unit costs primarily were due to improved operating efficiencies from capital expenditures. Nutritional specialty products contributed $2.7 million of the increase on volume growth and a $1.2 million benefit from the OGR acquisition, due to the elimination of royalty expense previously included in cost of goods sold. Vaccines gross profit increased $3.9 million due to volume growth, primarily in Turkey and China. Mineral Nutrition gross profit decreased $0.3 million due to reduced margins from competitive conditions and product mix. Performance Products gross profit decreased $0.7 million due to reduced volumes and lower average selling prices.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative (‘‘SG&A’’) expenses of $34.1 million increased $5.1 million, or 18%. Animal Health accounted for $4.2 million of the increase, driven by sales and marketing and development spending. Selling headcount and related marketing support increased in Brazil, Mexico and China to support MFA and vaccine initiatives and in the U.S. and Europe to support the expansion of OmniGen-AF and Animate to the dairy industry. Development spending focused on product lifecycle extensions. Increased amortization of intangible assets and other depreciation added $0.4 million. The OGR acquisition added $0.6 million of costs which primarily consisted of research and development expenditures and depreciation and amortization. Corporate expenses increased $0.7 million due to increases in salary and wage related costs and increases in professional fees.
Operating income
Operating income of $17.0 million increased $2.9 million, or 20%, with Animal Health’s $4.7 million increase accounting for all the improvement, due to sales growth and increased gross profit partially offset by increased SG&A expenses.

Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net of $8.7 million decreased $0.2 million as reduced interest due to the payment of the Teva note payable was offset by higher average amounts outstanding under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility.
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net amounted to net losses of $1.2 million and $0.1 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Foreign currency losses in the current period were primarily due to the movement of Brazil and Argentina currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Income taxes of $4.8 million were recorded on consolidated pre-tax income of $7.1 million, a 67.7% effective tax rate. The tax provision is comprised primarily of foreign withholding taxes and income taxes relating to certain profitable foreign jurisdictions. We generated a taxable loss from our domestic operations and established a valuation allowance to offset the income tax benefit.
Comparison of six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
Net sales
Net sales of $335.0 million increased $8.7 million, or 3%, for the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2012, primarily from $18.8 million of growth in Animal Health, partially offset by declines in Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products.
Animal Health
Net sales of $209.1 million grew $18.8 million, or 10%, due to volume growth of MFAs and other, nutritional specialty products and vaccines. MFAs and other grew $5.0 million, or 3%, as growth in the United States, Latin America and Brazil was partially offset by reductions in other markets. Nutritional specialty products grew $6.3 million, or 26%, primarily due to U.S. volume growth of OmniGen-AF and Animate and the introduction of OmniGen-AF in select European countries. Vaccines grew $7.5 million, or 57%, principally from the introduction of new products in Turkey and volume growth in China.
Mineral Nutrition
Net sales of $96.8 million decreased $5.9 million, or 6%. Our decision to deemphasize low margin, volatile lysine sales accounted for $3.1 million of the reduction. The remainder of the sales decline was principally due to reduced average selling prices due to lower underlying raw material commodity prices, partially offset by increased volumes.
Performance Products
Net sales of $29.0 million decreased $4.2 million, or 13%, due to reduced demand for copper-based products for the catalyst industry and reduced volumes of a low margin industrial chemical. Volume growth in other industrial chemicals partially offset the decline.
Gross profit
Gross profit of $100.7 million increased $15.6 million, or 18%, to 30.1% of sales, with all of the improvement coming from Animal Health. Animal Health gross profit increased $16.9 million, with approximately $10.3 million due to volume growth and favorable product mix, $2.2 million due to lower unit costs, $2.2 million due to higher average selling prices and other items and a $2.3 million benefit from the OGR acquisition. Lower unit costs primarily were due to improved operating efficiencies from capital expenditures and reduced production costs from favorable currency movements related to the Brazilian Real. MFAs and other contributed $6.5 million of the increase on volume growth, favorable product mix and lower unit costs. Nutritional specialty products contributed $5.1 million of the increase on volume growth and a $2.3 million benefit from the OGR acquisition, due to the elimination of royalty expense

previously included in cost of goods sold. Vaccines gross profit increased $5.4 million due to volume growth, primarily in Turkey and China. Mineral Nutrition gross profit decreased $0.5 million due to reduced margins from competitive conditions which were partially offset by increased volumes of low margin products. Performance Products gross profit decreased $0.8 million due to lower average selling prices and lower volumes, partially offset by lower product costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
SG&A expenses of $67.3 million increased $9.6 million, or 17%. Animal Health accounted for $8.5 million of the increase, driven by sales and marketing and development spending. Selling headcount and related marketing support increased in Brazil, Mexico and China to support MFA and vaccine initiatives and in the U.S. and Europe to support the expansion of OmniGen-AF and Animate to the dairy industry. Development spending focused on product lifecycle extensions. Increased amortization of intangible assets and other depreciation added $1.1 million. The OGR acquisition added $1.2 million of costs which primarily consisted of research and development expenditures and depreciation and amortization. Corporate expenses increased $1.0 million due to increases in salary and wage related costs and increases in professional fees.
Operating income
Operating income of $33.4 million increased $6.1 million, or 22%, with Animal Health’s $8.4 million increase accounting for all the improvement, due to sales growth and increased gross profit partially offset by increased SG&A expenses.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net of $17.5 million decreased $0.3 million as reduced interest due to the payment of the Teva note payable was offset by higher average amounts outstanding under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility.
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net amounted to net losses of $1.8 million and $0.3 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Foreign currency losses in the current period were primarily due to the movement of Brazil, Turkey and Argentina currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Income taxes of $6.0 million were recorded on consolidated pre-tax income of $14.1 million, a 42.4% effective tax rate. The tax provision is comprised primarily of foreign withholding taxes and income taxes relating to certain profitable foreign jurisdictions, partially offset by a benefit from the recognition of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. We generated a taxable loss from our domestic operations and established a valuation allowance to offset the income tax benefit.
Comparison of fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012
Net sales
Fiscal year 2013 net sales of $653.2 million decreased $1.0 million, or less than 1%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as $9.8 million of growth in Animal Health was offset by declines in Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products. Net sales growth was $4.0 million, or 1%, excluding the effect of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 revenue of $5.0 million from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology.
Animal Health
Net sales of $384.9 million grew $9.8 million, or 3%, due to volume growth of MFAs and other and nutritional specialty products, partially offset by lower volumes of vaccines. Net sales growth was $14.8 million, or 4%, excluding the effect of the fiscal year 2012 revenue of $5.0 million from the licensing of

vaccine delivery technology. MFAs and other net sales grew $13.2 million, or 5%, principally from volume growth and included $6.4 million of growth in Latin America and South America, principally Mexico and Brazil, and $7.9 million of growth in China on increased demand and timing of customer deliveries. Growth was in the poultry and swine sectors and expansion into the cattle sectors in Brazil and Mexico. Nutritional specialty products grew $4.7 million, or 10%, primarily due to U.S. volume growth of OmniGen and Animate and the introduction of OmniGen in certain European countries. Vaccines net sales decreased $3.1 million, excluding the effect of the fiscal year 2012 licensing revenue, principally from timing of deliveries due to a transition of distribution in China and lower sales in Israel, partially offset by $1.1 million of growth in Turkey as we changed to a direct sales approach. Vaccine sales decreased $5.0 million due to the fiscal year 2012 licensing revenue of vaccine delivery technology.
Mineral Nutrition
Net sales of $203.2 million decreased $6.9 million, or 3%, reflecting a $9.0 million sales reduction due to our decision to deemphasize lysine sales. Trace mineral volumes were approximately level to the prior year, excluding the lysine volumes.
Performance Products
Net sales of $65.0 million decreased $3.8 million, or 6%, primarily due to a $7.9 million decrease from lower unit volumes in the personal care and automotive industries, partially offset by $4.3 million of higher average selling prices in the industrial sector.
Gross profit
Gross profit of $179.0 million increased $14.8 million, or 9%, to 27.4% of net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, with all the improvement coming from Animal Health. Gross profit growth was $19.8 million, or 12%, excluding the effect of the fiscal year 2012 gross profit of $5.0 million from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology. Animal Health gross profit increased $20.2 million, excluding last year’s gross profit from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology, with approximately $10.0 million due to volume growth and favorable product mix, $7.7 million due to lower unit costs and other items and a $2.5 million benefit from the OGR acquisition. Lower unit costs primarily were due to reduced production costs from favorable currency movements related to the Brazilian Real and improved operating efficiencies from capital expenditures. MFAs and other contributed $16.6 million of the increase on volume growth, favorable product mix and lower unit costs. Nutritional specialty products contributed $4.6 million of the increase on volume growth and a $2.5 million benefit from the OGR acquisition, due to the elimination of royalty expense previously included in cost of goods sold. Excluding the fiscal year 2012 gross profit from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology, vaccines gross profit decreased $1.0 million due to volume declines, partially offset by favorable product mix. Mineral Nutrition gross profit decreased $1.0 million due to reduced margins from competitive conditions on approximately level volumes. Performance Products gross profit increased $0.6 million as favorable product mix and improved average selling prices offset volume declines.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses of $122.2 million increased $7.4 million, or 6%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012. Animal Health accounted for $3.6 million of the increase, driven by sales and marketing spending. Selling headcount and related marketing support increased primarily in: (i) Turkey for the completion of our direct sales organization, (ii) Brazil and Mexico to support MFA initiatives, and (iii) the U.S. and Europe to support the expansion of OmniGen and Animate to the dairy industry. Depreciation and amortization increased $1.7 million, primarily in Animal Health due to amortization of OGR acquired intangibles. The OGR acquisition also added $0.5 million of R&D costs. Our R&D expenses were $6.6 million for the year, focused primarily on product lifecycle management and development of our nutritional specialty products and vaccines technologies. R&D expense decreased $0.6 million on timing of project spending. Mineral Nutrition expenses were equal to the prior fiscal year. Performance Products expense increased by $3.0 million, primarily due to increased environmental remediation costs. SG&A includes Corporate expense of $24.8 million, an increase over the prior year of $0.9 million, including $0.4 million of increased depreciation expense.

Operating income
Operating income of $56.7 million increased $7.4 million, or 15%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012. Operating income growth was $12.4 million, or 28%, excluding the effect of the fiscal year 2012 income of $5.0 million from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology. Animal Health’s operating income increased by $16.6 million, excluding the effect of the licensing of vaccine delivery technology, due to increased gross profit partially offset by increased SG&A expenses. Mineral Nutrition operating income decreased $1.0 million, or 9%, due to reduced unit margins as volumes were approximately level with last year. Performance Products operating income decreased $2.4 million, or 47%, primarily due to increased environmental remediation costs. Corporate expenses accounted for the remaining increase.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net of $35.6 million increased $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as higher average amounts outstanding under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility were partially offset by reduced interest charges due to payment of a note payable.
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net were $3.1 million and $1.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Foreign currency losses in the current period primarily were due to the movement of Argentine, Brazilian and Asia Pacific currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Income taxes (benefit) of ($7.0) million was recorded on consolidated pre-tax income of $17.8 million. The current year provision included a tax benefit of $9.1 million resulting from a reversal of a portion of our previously established deferred tax valuation allowance. The reversal was required to offset deferred tax liabilities established as part of the OGR acquisition. Our effective tax rate also reflects income tax provisions primarily from profitable foreign jurisdictions. No provision for U.S. federal income taxes was recorded as our domestic operations generated a pre-tax loss. We have recorded valuation allowances related to substantially all net deferred tax assets in certain significant tax jurisdictions. We will continue to evaluate the likelihood of recoverability of these deferred tax assets based upon actual and expected operating performance.
Comparison of fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
Net sales
Fiscal year 2012 net sales of $654.1 million increased $35.8 million, or 6%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, primarily from $30.0 million of growth in Animal Health. Fiscal year 2012 benefited from $5.0 million licensing revenue for vaccine delivery technology.
Animal Health
Net sales of $375.2 million increased $30.0 million, or 9%, due to volume growth across most products and $5.0 million of revenue from licensing of vaccine delivery technology. Net sales growth was $25.0 million, or 7%, excluding the effect of the licensing revenue. MFAs and other net sales grew $17.3 million, or 6%, principally from volume growth and included $10.9 million of growth in Latin America, principally Brazil and Mexico, and $9.7 million of U.S. growth. Growth was principally in the poultry and cattle sectors. Nutritional specialty products grew $4.6 million, or 11%, primarily due to U.S. volume growth of OmniGen and Animate. Vaccines net sales increased $3.1 million, excluding the effect of the fiscal year 2012 licensing revenue, across various international countries. Vaccine sales increased $5.0 million due to the $5.0 million licensing revenue of vaccine delivery technology.

Mineral Nutrition
Net sales of $210.1 million increased $0.8 million, or less than 1%, due to $13.4 million from increased average selling prices of trace minerals, partially offset by a $4.0 million decrease due to lower volumes and $8.6 million reduction in lysine sales on lower volumes and pricing.
Performance Products
Net sales of $68.8 million increased $5.0 million, or 8%, primarily due to a $6.7 million increase from higher average selling prices in the personal care, automotive and industrial sectors, partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease due to lower volumes in the personal care and industrial chemical sectors.
Gross profit
Gross profit of $164.1 million increased $17.5 million, or 12%, to 25.1% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. Gross profit growth was $12.5 million, or 9%, excluding the effect of the fiscal year 2012 gross profit of $5.0 million of profit from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology. Animal Health gross profit increased $10.6 million, excluding the gross profit from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology, primarily due to volume growth and favorable product mix. MFAs and other contributed $6.8 million of the increase on volume growth and favorable product mix. Nutritional specialty products contributed $2.9 million of the increase on volume growth across the product portfolio. Excluding the fiscal year 2012 gross profit from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology, vaccines gross profit increased $1.0 million due to favorable product mix. Mineral Nutrition gross profit was even with the prior year as the $0.9 million benefit from higher average selling prices and other items offset a $0.9 million decline due to lower volumes. Performance Products gross profit increased $1.9 million primarily due to a $1.6 million benefit from increased volumes plus a $0.2 million benefit from higher average selling prices and other items.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses of $114.8 million increased $9.4 million, or 9%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, principally due to increases in salary and related costs, depreciation and amortization and professional fees. Unrealized gains from mark-to-market copper commitments recorded during the period were $0.7 million compared to $0.6 million of unrealized losses for the same period last year. The change of $1.3 million less expense partially offset the increases in the other expenses noted above. Animal Health accounted for $5.2 million of the increase, driven by sales and marketing spending. Selling headcount and related marketing support increased primarily in: (i) Brazil and Mexico to support MFA initiatives, (ii) Turkey for the build-up of our direct sales organization and (iii) the U.S. to support the expansion of OmniGen and Animate to the dairy industry. R&D expenses of $7.2 million increased $0.4 million, or 6%. Mineral Nutrition SG&A increased $0.6 million due to increases in employee related costs. Performance Products SG&A declined $0.3 million as 2012 included $0.7 million of unrealized gains from mark-to-market copper contracts compared to $0.6 million of unrealized losses last year. The $1.3 million change due to the copper contracts was partially offset by increased environmental remediation costs. SG&A included Corporate expense of $24.0 million, an increase of $3.9 million over the prior year, primarily due to $2.6 million of incentive compensation compared with zero in the prior year and $0.7 million of increased depreciation expense related to information systems investments.
Certain customers claimed damage to their poultry resulting from the use of one of our animal health products. We believe we are entitled to coverage for the claimed damage under our insurance policies, except for the $0.25 million self-insured retention limit. Our insurance carrier thus far has refused to cover the damages claimed and has denied coverage. We have taken actions to enforce our rights under the policies and believe we are likely to prevail. During our fiscal year 2012, we accrued a $5.6 million liability for the claims presented by our customers and recorded a $5.35 million asset for recovery under these insurance policies. Our judgment that we will be successful in obtaining coverage under our insurance policies for the customers’ claims is based on the policy language and relevant case law precedents.

Operating income
Operating income of $49.3 million increased $8.1 million, or 20%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. Operating income growth was $3.1 million, or 7%, excluding the effect of the fiscal year 2012 income of $5.0 million from the licensing of vaccine delivery technology. Animal Health’s operating income increased by $5.4 million, excluding the effect of the licensing of vaccine delivery technology, due to increased gross profit partially offset by increased SG&A expenses. Mineral Nutrition operating income decreased $0.5 million, or 5%, due to reduced gross margins. Performance Products operating income increased by $2.1 million, or 73%, primarily due to reduced losses relating to copper commitments as well as increased average selling prices. Corporate expenses increased $3.9 million.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net of $35.4 million increased $1.1 million, or 3%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, primarily due to higher average debt levels.
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net were a loss of $1.2 million and a gain of $5.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively. Foreign currency (gains) losses in the current period primarily were due to the movement of Brazilian, European, and Israeli currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.
Loss on extinguishment of debt
In July and August 2010, we retired our senior notes due 2013 and our senior subordinated notes due 2014. Our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended June 30, 2011 included a $20.0 million loss on early extinguishment of debt consisting of tender, consent and redemption premiums paid, the write-off of deferred financing costs related to the retired notes and cancelled Domestic Senior Credit Facility and other costs.
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Income taxes provision of $6.1 million was recorded on consolidated pre-tax income of $13.1 million. The tax rate reflects domestic pre-tax losses and income tax provisions in profitable foreign jurisdictions, for state income taxes, and for foreign withholding taxes. No provision for U.S. federal income taxes was recorded as our domestic operations generated a pre-tax loss. We have recorded valuation allowances related to substantially all net deferred tax assets in certain significant tax jurisdictions. We will continue to evaluate the likelihood of recoverability of these deferred tax assets based upon actual and expected operating performance.

Comprehensive income (loss)
A reconciliation of net income (loss) to comprehensive income (loss) follows:
 
Three months ended
December 31,
% Change
Six months ended
December 31,
% Change
Year ended June 30,
% Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Net income (loss)
$
2,302
$
12,073
(81
)%
$
8,145
$
14,732
(45
)%
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
257
%
*
Fair value of derivative instruments
(235
)
182
*
137
418
(67
)%
(222
)
(841
)
58
*
*
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(3,003
)
(366
)
*
(3,135
)
(468
)
*
(5,968
)
(15,077
)
2,940
*
*
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
226
309
(27
)%
429
619
(31
)%
5,390
(10,413
)
1,014
*
*
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
3
(187
)
*
(221
)
(394
)
*
(2,016
)
(358
)
*
*
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
(707
)
$
12,011
*
$
5,355
$
14,907
(64
)%
$
22,075
$
(19,355
)
$
(9,268
)
*
*
 
Certain amounts and percentages may reflect rounding adjustments
*
  • Calculation not meaningful
Discussion of changes
Income (loss) from changes in the fair value of derivative instruments results from gains (losses) on Brazilian currency contracts we have designated as cash flow hedges.
Foreign currency translation adjustments result from the strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar as compared to the currencies in the countries in which we do business. The translation adjustments arise primarily from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period to translate assets and liabilities. The gains and losses associated with these changes are deferred on the balance sheet in Accumulated other comprehensive loss until realized. The foreign currency translation adjustments recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive loss in 2013 and 2012 primarily relate to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar as compared to the Brazilian currency. The foreign currency translation adjustments recorded in 2011 primarily relate to the weakening of the U.S. dollar as compared to the Brazilian currency.
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses) result from changes in the funded status of our domestic defined benefit pension plan, less amounts previously recognized in the statement of operations. The gains (losses) are primarily influenced by the discount rate used to determine the present value of the benefit obligation and by the actual return on plan assets.
We record corresponding (provision) benefit for income taxes related to derivative instruments and pension gains (losses).
Adjusted EBITDA
General description of Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure)
Adjusted EBITDA is an alternative view of performance used by management, and we believe that investors’ understanding of our performance is enhanced by disclosing this performance measure. We report Adjusted EBITDA to portray the results of our operations prior to considering certain income statement elements. We have defined EBITDA as net income plus (i) interest expense, net, (ii) provision for income taxes or less benefit for income taxes, and (iii) depreciation and amortization. We have defined Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus (a) (income) loss from, and disposal of, discontinued operations, (b) other expense or less other income, as separately reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, including foreign currency gains and losses and loss on extinguishment of debt, and (c) certain items that we consider to be unusual or non-recurring. The Adjusted EBITDA measure is not, and should not be viewed as, a substitute for GAAP reported net income.

The Adjusted EBITDA measure is an important internal measurement for us. We measure our overall performance on this basis in conjunction with other performance metrics. The following are examples of how our Adjusted EBITDA measure is utilized:
  • senior management receives a monthly analysis of our operating results that is prepared on an Adjusted EBITDA basis;
  • our annual budgets are prepared on an Adjusted EBITDA basis; and
  • other goal setting and performance measurements are prepared on an Adjusted EBITDA basis.
Despite the importance of this measure to management in goal setting and performance measurement, Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that has no standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and, therefore, has limits in its usefulness to investors. Because of its non-standardized definition, Adjusted EBITDA, unlike GAAP net income, may not be comparable to the calculation of similar measures of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is presented to permit investors to more fully understand how management assesses performance.
We also recognize that, as an internal measure of performance, the Adjusted EBITDA measure has limitations, and we do not restrict our performance management process solely to this metric. A limitation of the Adjusted EBITDA measure is that it provides a view of our operations without including all events during a period, such as the depreciation of property, plant and equipment or amortization of purchased intangibles, and does not provide a comparable view of our performance to other companies.
Certain significant items
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated prior to considering certain items. We evaluate such items on an individual basis. Such evaluation considers both the quantitative and the qualitative aspect of their unusual or non-operational nature. Unusual, in this context, may represent items that are not part of our ongoing business; items that, either as a result of their nature or size, we would not expect to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis. An example of an unusual item is the loss on extinguishment of debt incurred in fiscal year 2011. We consider foreign currency gains and losses to be non-operational because they arise principally from intercompany transactions and are largely non-cash in nature.
Reconciliations
A reconciliation of net income, as reported under GAAP, to Adjusted EBITDA follows:
 
Three months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Six months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Year ended June 30,
$ Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Net income (loss)
$
2,302
$
12,073
$
(9,771
)
$
8,145
$
14,732
$
(6,587
)
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
$
17,915
$
19,898
Plus:
Interest expense, net
8,719
8,955
(236
)
17,454
17,780
(326
)
35,629
35,419
34,288
210
1,131
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
4,832
(7,056
)
11,888
6,003
(5,487
)
11,490
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
(13,181
)
1,105
Depreciation and amortization
5,292
4,622
670
10,493
9,318
1,175
19,023
17,527
16,696
1,496
831
EBITDA
21,145
18,594
2,551
42,095
36,343
5,752
72,500
66,060
43,095
6,440
22,965
Other (income) expense, net
58
(58
)
46
(46
)
151
(400
)
593
551
(993
)
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
1,165
126
1,039
1,813
294
1,519
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
1,911
6,950
Loss on extinguishment of debt
20,002
(20,002
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
22,310
$
18,778
$
3,532
$
43,908
$
36,683
$
7,225
$
75,754
$
66,852
$
57,932
$
8,902
$
8,920
 
Certain amounts may reflect rounding adjustments.

Net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliation of operating income to Adjusted EBITDA—Operating Segments
We report Adjusted EBITDA by segment to understand the operating performance of each segment. This enables us to monitor changes in net sales, costs and other actionable operating metrics at the segment level.
Segment net sales and Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of segment operating income, as reported under GAAP, to Adjusted EBITDA follows:
 
Three months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Six months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Year ended June 30,
$ Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Net sales:
MFAs and
other
$
80,049
$
76,002
$
4,047
$
158,014
$
153,049
$
4,965
$
303,743
$
290,535
$
273,259
$
13,208
$
17,276
Nutritional Specialties
16,431
12,791
3,640
30,563
24,259
6,304
52,337
47,686
43,061
4,651
4,625
Vaccines
11,486
5,443
6,043
20,560
13,056
7,504
28,861
36,946
28,842
(8,085
)
8,104
Animal Health
$
107,966
$
94,236
$
13,730
$
209,137
$
190,364
$
18,773
$
384,941
$
375,167
$
345,162
$
9,774
$
30,005
Mineral Nutrition
50,633
52,892
(2,259
)
96,819
102,684
(5,865
)
203,169
210,091
209,302
(6,922
)
789
Performance Products
14,143
17,031
(2,888
)
29,014
33,217
(4,203
)
65,041
68,843
63,869
(3,802
)
4,974
Total
$
172,742
$
164,159
$
8,583
$
334,970
$
326,265
$
8,705
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
$
(950
)
$
35,768
Adjusted EBITDA
Animal Health
$
24,522
$
19,516
$
5,006
$
48,629
$
39,619
$
9,010
$
82,997
$
70,456
$
60,112
$
12,541
$
10,344
% of segment net sales
22.7
%
20.7
%
23.3
%
20.8
%
21.6
%
18.8
%
17.4
%
                           
Mineral Nutrition
2,878
3,175
(297
)
5,338
5,865
(527
)
12,069
13,007
13,333
(938
)
(326
)
% of segment net sales
5.7
%
6.0
%
5.5
%
5.7
%
5.9
%
6.2
%
6.4
%
                           
Performance Products
1,103
1,826
(723
)
2,199
2,971
(772
)
2,927
5,132
2,963
(2,205
)
2,169
% of segment net sales
7.8
%
10.7
%
7.6
%
8.9
%
4.5
%
7.5
%
4.6
%
                           
Corporate
(6,193
)
(5,739
)
(454
)
(12,258
)
(11,772
)
(486
)
(22,239
)
(21,743
)
(18,476
)
(496
)
(3,267
)
% of total net sales
(3.6
)%
(3.5
)%
(3.7
)%
(3.6
)%
(3.4
)%
(3.3
)%
(3.0
)%
Total
$
22,310
$
18,778
$
3,532
$
43,908
$
36,683
$
7,225
$
75,754
$
66,852
$
57,932
$
8,902
$
8,920
% of total net
sales
12.9
%
11.4
%
13.1
%
11.2
%
11.6
%
10.2
%
9.4
%

 
Three months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Six months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Year ended June 30,
$ Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Reconciliation of operating income to Adjusted EBITDA
                           
Animal Health:
Operating income
$
20,872
$
16,185
$
4,687
$
41,236
$
32,798
$
8,438
$
69,090
$
57,447
$
47,034
$
11,643
$
10,413
Depreciation and amortization
3,650
3,331
319
7,393
6,821
572
13,907
13,009
13,078
898
(69
)
Adjusted
EBITDA
24,522
19,516
5,006
48,629
39,619
9,010
82,997
70,456
60,112
12,541
10,344
Mineral Nutrition:
Operating income
2,265
2,605
(340
)
4,113
4,725
(612
)
9,794
10,790
11,323
(996
)
(533
)
Depreciation and amortization
613
570
43
1,225
1,140
85
2,275
2,217
2,010
58
207
Adjusted
EBITDA
2,878
3,175
(297
)
5,338
5,865
(527
)
12,069
13,007
13,333
(938
)
(326
)
Performance Products:
Operating income
1,013
1,763
(750
)
2,019
2,845
(826
)
2,685
5,058
2,932
(2,373
)
2,126
Depreciation and amortization
90
63
27
180
126
54
242
74
31
168
43
Adjusted
EBITDA
1,103
1,826
(723
)
2,199
2,971
(772
)
2,927
5,132
2,963
(2,205
)
2,169
Corporate:
Operating income
(7,132
)
(6,397
)
(735
)
(13,953
)
(13,003
)
(950
)
(24,838
)
(23,970
)
(20,053
)
(868
)
(3,917
)
Depreciation and amortization
939
658
281
1,695
1,231
464
2,599
2,227
1,577
372
650
Adjusted
EBITDA
(6,193
)
(5,739
)
(454
)
(12,258
)
(11,772
)
(486
)
(22,239
)
(21,743
)
(18,476
)
(496
)
(3,267
)
Adjusted net income
General description of Adjusted Net Income (a non-GAAP financial measure)
Adjusted net income is an alternative view of performance and we believe investors’ understanding of our performance is enhanced by disclosing this performance measure. We report Adjusted Net Income to portray the results of our operations prior to considering certain income statement elements. We have defined adjusted net income as net income plus (i) other expense or less other income, as separately reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, including foreign currency gains and losses and loss on extinguishment of debt, (ii) amortization of acquired intangibles, (iii) share based compensation, and (iv) the related income tax effects. The Adjusted Net Income measure is not, and should not be viewed as, a substitute for GAAP reported net income.
The Adjusted Net Income measure is an important internal measurement for us. We measure our overall performance on this basis in conjunction with other performance metrics. The following are examples of how our Adjusted Net Income measure is utilized:
  • senior management receives a monthly analysis of our operating results that is prepared on an Adjusted Net Income basis;
  • our annual budgets are prepared on an Adjusted Net Income basis; and
  • other goal setting and performance measurements are prepared on an Adjusted Net Income basis.
Despite the importance of this measure to management in goal setting and performance measurement, Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP financial measure that has no standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and, therefore, has limits in its usefulness to investors. Because of its non-standardized definition, Adjusted Net Income, unlike GAAP net income, may not be comparable to the calculation of similar measures of other companies. Adjusted Net Income is presented to permit investors to more fully understand how management assesses performance.

A reconciliation of income (loss) before income taxes , as reported under GAAP, to adjusted net income follows:
 
Three months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Six months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Year ended June 30,
$ Change
2013/
2013/
2013/
2012/
( in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
7,134
$
5,017
$
2,117
$
14,148
$
9,245
$
4,903
$
17,848
$
13,114
$
(7,889
)
$
4,734
$
21,003
             
Plus
                                                                                                                                                                       
Other (income) expense, net
58
(58
)
46
(46
)
151
(400
)
593
551
(993
)
             
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
1,165
126
1,039
1,813
294
1,519
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
1,911
6,950
             
Loss on extinguishment of debt
20,002
(20,002
)
             
Acquisition intangible amortization
1,186
977
209
2,535
1,818
717
4,106
3,048
3,805
1,058
(757
)
             
Share based compensation
27
33
(6
)
55
66
(11
)
215
195
404
20
(209
)
             
Adjusted income before provision for income taxes
9,512
6,211
3,301
18,551
11,469
7,082
25,423
17,149
11,157
8,274
5,992
             
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
4,832
(7,056
)
11,888
6,003
(5,487
)
11,490
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
(13,181
)
1,105
             
Plus
                                                                                                                                                                       
Non-recurring income tax items
(2,127
)
7,995
(10,122
)
(2,127
)
7,995
(10,122
)
9,053
9,053
             
Tax effect on adjustments
131
108
23
240
221
19
955
465
(522
)
490
987
             
Adjust to cash income taxes
(1,584
)
706
(2,290
)
(281
)
2,103
(2,384
)
4,096
614
(712
)
3,482
1,326
             
Adjusted provision (benefit) for income taxes
1,252
1,753
(501
)
3,835
4,832
(997
)
7,061
7,217
3,799
(156
)
3.418
             
Effective Tax Rat e
13.2
%
28.2
%
20.7
%
42.1
%
27.8
%
42.1
%
34.1
%
Adjusted net income
$
8,260
$
4,458
$
3,802
$
14,716
$
6,637
$
8,079
$
18,362
$
9,932
$
7,358
$
8,430
$
2,574
             
 
(1)
  • Other (income) expense, net consists of items we consider non-operating in nature, including certain non-income tax costs, equity income or expense from an investment and the loss on the sale of an immaterial business.
Analysis of the consolidated statements of cash flows
 
Six months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Year ended June 30,
$ Change
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Cash provided by/(used in):
Operating activities
$
16,397
$
(2,002
)
$
18,399
$
415
$
31,882
$
(4,680
)
$
(31,467
)
$
36,562
Investing activities
(9,757
)
(27,857
)
18,100
(37,336
)
(17,637
)
(19,463
)
(19,699
)
1,826
Financing activities
(3,178
)
2,902
(6,080
)
10,875
(8,218
)
10,163
19,093
(18,381
)
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(357
)
80
(437
)
(485
)
(725
)
(127
)
240
(598
)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$
3,105
$
(26,877
)
$
29,982
$
(26,531
)
$
5,302
$
(14,107
)
$
(31,833
)
$
19,409

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities is comprised of the following items:
 
Six months ended
December 31,
$ Change
Year ended June 30,
$ Change
2013/
2013/
2012/
(in thousands)
2013
2012
2012
2013
2012
2011
2012
2011
Adjusted EBITDA
$
43,908
$
36,683
$
7,225
$
75,754
$
66,852
$
57,932
$
8,902
$
8,920
Interest paid
(16,760
)
(16,578
)
(182
)
(33,824
)
(34,059
)
(30,079
)
235
(3,980
)
Income taxes paid
(3,835
)
(4,832
)
997
(7,061
)
(7,217
)
(3,799
)
156
(3,418
)
Payment of premiums and costs on extinguished debt
(15,574
)
15,574
Changes in operating assets and liabilities and other items
(6,916
)
(17,275
)
10,359
(34,454
)
6,306
(13,160
)
(40,760
)
19,466
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
$
16,397
$
(2,002
)
$
18,399
$
415
$
31,882
$
(4,680
)
$
(31,467
)
$
36,562
 
Certain amounts may reflect rounding adjustments.
Comparison of six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
Operating activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $16.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013 compared to cash used by operating activities of $2.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2012. The $18.4 million improvement in operating cash flows was primarily attributable to a $6.0 million improvement in operating income, a $1.2 million increase in non-cash depreciation and amortization and a $10.8 million reduction in cash used by operating assets and liabilities, largely due to a smaller increase in inventories. Inventories used $2.5 million of cash in the current period, a $8.1 million improvement from the cash used by inventories last year. We expect inventories will use cash of between $5.0 and $8.0 million in fiscal 2014 in support of sales growth.
Investing activities
Cash used in investing activities for the six months ended December 31, 2013 was $9.8 million compared to $27.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2012. The $18.1 million improvement in investing cash flows was primarily due to the $18.5 million OGR acquisition that occurred in the prior year.
We expect our capital expenditures will total approximately $20 million in fiscal year 2014, including investments for the continued expansion of production capacity for the Animal Health segment, including for certain MFAs, Nutritional Specialty and Vaccine products.
Financing activities
Cash used by financing activities was $3.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $2.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2012. The $6.1 million decrease in financing cash flows for the current period was primarily due to $2.0 million of net payments of outstanding amounts under our Domestic Senior Credit facility compared to $6.0 million of net borrowings last year. During the current period we made payments of $1.0 million and $0.1 million for deferred consideration relating to the OGR and Animate acquisitions, respectively. We paid a $3.0 million dividend in the prior year.
Comparison of fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012
Operating activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $0.4 million in 2013 compared to $31.9 million in 2012. The $31.5 million reduction in operating cash flows was primarily attributable to a $24.4 million inventory increase as we produced for expected future volume demands and also made certain opportunistic

purchases at favorable pricing Also contributing to the use of cash was a $13.0 million reduction in accounts payable due to the timing of payments. A $7.4 million improvement in operating income partially offset the increased use of cash by operating assets and liabilities.
Investing activities
Cash used in investing activities for 2013 was $37.3 million compared to $17.6 million for 2012. Fiscal year 2013 included $18.7 million primarily used in the OGR acquisition; acquisitions used $3.4 million of cash in 2012. We invested $5.1 million more in fiscal year 2013 for capital expenditures for our existing asset base and for capacity expansion and cost reduction.
Our capital expenditures totaled $19.9 million in fiscal year 2013 and included investments for the expansion of production capacity for the Animal Health segment, including for certain MFAs, Nutritional Specialty and Vaccine products. Our capital expenditures also included investments to reduce manufacturing costs and improve production efficiencies for certain of our Animal Health products.
Financing activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $10.9 million in 2013 compared to cash used by financing activities of $8.2 million in 2012. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to an increase of $23.5 million in net borrowings from our Domestic Senior Credit Facility, partially offset by a $3.0 million dividend payment in fiscal year 2013 and the final $5.0 million payment on the Teva term loan.
Comparison of fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
Operating activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $31.9 million in 2012 compared to cash used of $4.7 million in 2011. The $36.6 million improvement in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to an $8.1 million improvement in operating income, a $0.8 million increase in non-cash depreciation and amortization, a $19.5 million improvement in cash used by operating assets and liabilities and other items, largely due to a smaller increase in inventories and timing of accounts payable and the $15.6 million cost of debt extinguishment in 2011. Non-cash increases in other assets and other liabilities were $5.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively, due to the insurance recovery and customer claims recorded related to the use of our animal health product.
Investing activities
Cash used in investing activities for 2012 was $17.6 million compared to $19.5 million in 2011. We invested $6.8 million less in capital expenditures, partially offset by the $2.7 million acquisition of the Animate ® product line and by $1.6 million of asset sales in fiscal year 2011.
Our capital expenditures totaled $14.8 million in fiscal year 2012 and included investments for the expansion of production capacity for the Animal Health segment, including for certain MFAs and Vaccine products.
Financing activities
Cash used in financing activities was $8.2 million in 2012 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $10.2 million in 2011. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to a $21.0 million decrease in net borrowings from the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and a net decrease in proceeds from the refinancing and repayment of long term debt of $47.4 million partially offset by a $50.0 million dividend paid in fiscal year 2011.
Analysis of financial condition, liquidity and capital resources
While we believe our cash on hand, our operating cash flows and our financing arrangements will be sufficient to support our future cash needs, we can provide no assurance that our liquidity and capital resources will meet future funding requirements. Risks to our meeting future funding requirements include

global economic conditions. The global financial markets recently have undergone and may continue to experience significant volatility and disruption. The timing and sustainability of an economic recovery is uncertain and additional macroeconomic, business and financial disruptions may arise. As markets change, we will continue to monitor our liquidity position, and there can be no assurance that the challenging economic environment or a further economic downturn would not impact our liquidity or our ability to obtain future financing.
Selected measures of liquidity and capital resources
Certain relevant measures of our liquidity and capital resources follow:
 
As of
December 31,
2013
As of June 30,
(in thousands)
2013
2012
Cash and cash equivalents
$
30,474
$
27,369
$
53,900
Working capital
159,421
153,677
127,472
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities
2.42:1
2.33:1
2.06:1
We define working capital as total current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less total current liabilities (excluding loans payable to banks and current portion of long-term debt). We calculate the ratio of current assets to current liabilities based on this definition.
At December 31, 2013, we had outstanding borrowings under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility of $32.0 million. We had outstanding letters of credit and other commitments of $16.4 million, leaving $51.6 million available for borrowings and letters of credit under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility. In addition, we had availability totaling $15.0 million under our Israeli loan agreements.
We believe cash and cash equivalents on-hand and cash from operations, together with borrowing capacity under our credit facilities, will provide sufficient financial flexibility to meet working capital requirements and to fund capital expenditures and debt service requirements.
At December 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents included $29.8 million held by our international subsidiaries. We have presumed that $25 million of cash and cash equivalents will be transferred to the Company from our Israeli subsidiaries and we have recorded the related income tax effects of an eventual transfer. Such effects include $3.4 million of withholding taxes that will be assessed by the international jurisdiction upon the eventual transfer. We have recorded the withholding taxes as part of our provision for income taxes for the six months ended December 31, 2013. There are no restrictions on cash distributions to PAHC from our international subsidiaries. We consider the remaining funds to be indefinitely reinvested in our international operations, based on our operating plan. Should our plans change and we elect to repatriate some or all of the remaining cash held by our international subsidiaries, the amounts repatriated would be subject to federal and state income taxes at statutory rates, with the potential for partial offsetting credits for taxes paid to international jurisdictions. We currently have U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) that would be available to offset income from the repatriation of such cash and cash equivalents, to the extent not used to offset other income. As such, no significant current income taxes would be payable to federal or state authorities from the repatriation of such cash and cash equivalents until such NOLs have been fully used. For financial reporting purposes, the use of the NOLs would result in the release of a valuation allowance currently recorded to offset the value of the NOLs. The provision for income taxes would not be significantly affected by the repatriation, to the extent of the release of the existing valuation allowance.
Our ability to fund our operating plan depends upon the continued availability of borrowings under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility. We believe we will be able to comply with the terms of the covenants under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility based on our operating plan. In the event of adverse operating results and/or violation of covenants under this facility, there can be no assurance we would be able to obtain waivers or amendments on favorable terms, if at all. Our operating plan projects adequate liquidity throughout the year. We also have availability under foreign credit lines that would be available as needed.

In February 2013, Mayflower agreed to extend the maturity date of its term loan to December 31, 2016. We paid a $0.2 million fee to Mayflower for the extension. All other terms and conditions were unchanged.
In April 2013, we amended the Domestic Senior Credit Facility to increase the borrowing capacity to $100.0 million and extend the term of the agreement to April 30, 2018. We paid $0.7 million for the amendment, which have been recorded as deferred financing fees. Interest rate elections under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility are dependent on the senior secured funded debt to EBITDA ratio. For a ratio that is less than 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.50% or Prime Rate plus 1.50%. For a ratio that is greater than or equal to 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.75% or Prime Rate plus 1.75%. The letter of credit and unused line fees remain unchanged. The required minimum level of consolidated EBITDA is $55.0 million for measurement periods ending through June 30, 2013. The required minimum level of consolidated EBITDA is $58.0 million; $65.0 million; $66.0 million; $75.0 million; and $78.0 million for measurement periods ending on or after September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively. Other financial covenants remain unchanged.
For additional information about the Mayflower term loan and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
Concurrently with and conditioned upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility will be terminated following such repayment. See also “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”
For additional information about the sources and uses of our funds, see “—Analysis of the consolidated balance sheets” and “—Analysis of the consolidated statements of cash flows.”
Analysis of the consolidated balance sheets
For information about certain of our financial assets and liabilities, including Cash and cash equivalents and Long-term debt, see “—Analysis of financial condition, liquidity and capital resources.”
 
(in thousands)
As of December 31,
2013
As of June 30,
% Change
2013/
2013
2012
2012
Accounts receivable  –  trade
$
103,253
$
99,137
$
99,140
(0
)%
DSO
54
54
53
2
%
 
Certain amounts and percentages may reflect rounding adjustments.
Accounts receivable days sales outstanding (DSO) average 50 to 60 days across all our businesses and geographies. Payment terms outside the U.S. are typically longer than in the U.S. and can be as high as 90 days. For the periods presented, we have maintained our overall average accounts receivables DSO between 52 and 55 days. We regularly monitor our accounts receivable for collectability, particularly in countries where economic conditions remain uncertain. We believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts is appropriate. Our assessment is based on such factors as past due history, historical and expected collection patterns, the financial condition of our customers, the robust nature of our credit and collection practices and the economic environment. We calculate DSO based on a 360 day year and compare accounts receivable with sales for the quarter ending at the balance sheet date.
 
(in thousands)
As of December 31,
2013
As of June 30,
% Change
2013/
2013
2012
2012
Inventories
$
140,445
$
140,032
$
120,123
17
%

Inventory increased by $19.9 million, or 17%, in 2013, primarily due to increases in the Animal Health segment, as we produced for expected future volume demands and also made certain opportunistic purchases at favorable pricing. We expect inventories will increase by $5.0 - $8.0 million in fiscal 2014 in support of sales growth.
Contractual obligations
Payments due under contractual obligations as of June 30, 2013 are set forth below:
 
Years
(in thousands)
Within 1
Over 1 to 3
Over 3 to 5
Over 5
Total
(in thousands)
Long-term debt (including current portion)
$
64
$
10,068
$
24,000
$
300,000
$
334,132
Domestic senior credit facility
34,000
34,000
Interest payments
32,984
63,668
59,376
156,028
Lease commitments
2,930
4,028
3,317
5,046
15,321
Deferred consideration on acquisition
1,400
2,856
1,490
670
6,416
Total contractual obligations
$
37,378
$
80,620
$
122,183
$
305,716
$
545,897
Excluded from the contractual obligations table is the liability for unrecognized tax benefits totaling $12.3 million. This liability for unrecognized tax benefits has been excluded because we cannot make a reliable estimate of the periods in which the liability will be realized.
Refinancing
Concurrently with and conditioned upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities. The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 2.75% plus LIBOR. The 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is expected to have an interest rate of 3.00% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The maturity date of the 2014 Revolving Credit Facility and the maturity date of the 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are expected to be the fifth and seventh anniversaries of the closing date of the New Credit Facilities, respectively. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility will be terminated following such repayment. The resulting estimated annual interest savings are expected to be $20.8 million . We will record a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $ 26.7 million upon repayment of our existing debt. See also “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We do not currently use off-balance sheet arrangements for the purpose of credit enhancement, hedging transactions, investment or other financial purposes.
In the ordinary course of business, we may indemnify our counterparties against certain liabilities that may arise. These indemnifications typically pertain to environmental matters. If the indemnified party were to make a successful claim pursuant to the terms of the indemnification, we would be required to reimburse the loss. These indemnifications generally are subject to certain restrictions and limitations.
New accounting standards
For discussion of our new accounting standards, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements— Significant Accounting Policies: New Accounting Standards .”

Significant accounting policies and application of critical accounting estimates
In presenting our financial statements in conformity with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, costs and expenses and related disclosures.
We believe that the following accounting policies are critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as they require the application of the most difficult, subjective and complex judgments and, therefore, could have the greatest impact on our financial statements.
Acquisitions, Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Our consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the transaction. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at the date of acquisition at their fair values, with any excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill.
Significant judgment is required to determine the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. Accordingly, we typically obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair values are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain. We typically use an income method to measure the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants, and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product or technology life cycles, economic barriers to entry and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions. Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment. Our estimates of the useful lives of intangible assets are primarily based on a number of factors including competitive environment, underlying product life cycles, operating plans and the macroeconomic environment of the countries in which the products are sold. All of our acquired intangible assets are expected to have determinable useful lives. The costs of intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated lives.
Impairments of Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets, including intangible assets and goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Indications of impairment could include such factors as unplanned negative cash flow or a reduction in expected future cash flows. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Application of alternative assumptions, such as changes in the estimate of future cash flows, could produce significantly different results. Because of the significance of the judgments and estimation processes, it is likely that different amounts could be recorded if we used different assumptions or if the underlying circumstances were to change.
We evaluate individual intangible assets for impairment by comparing the book values of each asset to the estimated fair value. We evaluate goodwill for impairment by comparing the book value to the fair value of the business to which the goodwill relates. We determine the fair value of our intangible assets and businesses using the income approach, based on estimated future cash flows. Considerable management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows to measure fair value. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates, are consistent with internal projections and operating plans. If the fair value of an asset exceeds its net book value, no impairment exists. When fair value is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment test is performed to measure and recognize the amount of the impairment loss, if any.

Environmental Liabilities
Our operations and properties are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing pollution; protection of the environment; the use, management and release of hazardous materials, substances and wastes; air emissions; greenhouse gas emissions; water use, supply and discharge; the investigation and remediation of contamination; the manufacture, distribution, and sale of regulated materials, including pesticides; the importing, exporting and transportation of products; and the health and safety of our employees and the public. As such, the nature of our current and former operations and those of our subsidiaries expose us and our subsidiaries to the risk of claims with respect to such matters, including fines, penalties and remediation obligations that may be imposed by regulatory authorities. We record accruals for contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessments change or additional information becomes available.
Pension Liabilities
The measurement of our pension and postretirement benefit obligations are dependent on a variety of assumptions determined by management and used by our actuaries. These assumptions affect the amount and timing of future contributions and expenses. The Company reassesses its benefit plan assumptions on a regular basis. The discount rate is evaluated on measurement dates and modified to reflect the prevailing market rate of a portfolio of high-quality fixed-income debt instruments that would provide the future cash flows needed to pay the benefits included in the benefit obligation as they come due. At June 30, 2013 the discount rate for the Company’s U.S. pension plan was 5.0% compared to 4.4% at June 30, 2012. The expected rate of return on plan assets of 7.5% represents the average rate of return expected to be earned on plan assets over the period the benefit obligations are expected to be paid. In developing the expected rate of return, the Company considers long-term compound annualized returns of historical market data as well as actual returns on the Company’s plan assets.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized upon transfer of title and when risk of loss passes to the customer. Certain of our businesses have terms of FOB shipping point where title and risk of loss transfer on shipment. Certain of our businesses have terms of FOB destination where title and risk of loss transfer on delivery. In the case of FOB destination, revenue is not recognized until products are received and accepted by the customer. Additional conditions for recognition of revenue are that collections of sales proceeds are reasonably assured and we have no further performance obligations. We record estimated reductions to revenue for customer programs and incentive offerings, including pricing arrangements and other volume-based incentives, at the time the sale is recorded. Royalty and licensing income from licensing agreements are recognized as earned under the terms of the related agreements and are included in net sales in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Net Sales also include shipping and handling fees billed to customers. Delivery costs to our customers are included in cost of goods sold on the statements of operations and comprehensive income.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes compensation cost in accordance with ASC No. 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, to be expensed over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value of the awards. The Company determines the fair value of certain share-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which uses both historical and current market data to estimate the fair value. This method incorporates various assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected life of the options.
Use of this valuation methodology also requires that we make assumptions as to the volatility of our common stock and the fair value of our common stock on the grant date. We do not have a history of market prices for our common stock because our stock is not publicly traded. Because of this, we determined a good-faith fair value of our common stock, with assistance from our independent valuation

specialist, based on objective and subjective factors consistent with the methodologies outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, referred to as the AICPA Practice Aid.
In March 2013, in connection with the issuance of stock option awards, we conducted a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock with assistance from our independent valuation specialist. In conducting this valuation, we used a combination of the market approach and income approach. For the market approach, we estimated the value of our common stock based on the estimated market capitalization of guideline public companies that principally manufacture and sell animal health products and/or diversified line of chemicals for a variety of markets, which are used as ingredients in other products, rather than end products. We prepared an analysis of these companies and were able to derive several key valuation ratios that were applied to the Company. These ratios included price-to-invested capital, price-to-earnings, price-to-cash flows and price-to-revenues. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to our common stock based on our status as a non-publicly traded company. In addition to the market approach, we also considered a discounted cash flow analysis (income approach) based upon our projected income statements and balance sheets, taking into account our capitalization and debt financing in place at the time. We used these factors to determine compensation expense related to stock option awards issued.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes includes U.S. federal, state, and foreign income taxes, as well as foreign withholding taxes. Our annual tax rate is determined based on our income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available in the various jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax impacts of items treated differently for tax purposes than for financial reporting purposes. Tax law requires certain items be included in the tax return at different times than the items are reflected in the financial statements. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in our tax return, and some differences are temporary, reversing over time, such as depreciation expense. These temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent the tax effect of items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in our income statement. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in our financial statements for which payment has been deferred, the tax effect of expenditures for which a deduction has already been taken in our tax return but has not yet been recognized in our financial statements or assets recorded at fair value in business combinations for which there was no corresponding tax basis adjustment.
Significant judgment is required in determining our tax provision and in evaluating our tax positions. The recognition and measurement of a tax position is based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. Inherent in determining our annual tax rate are judgments regarding business plans, planning opportunities and expectations about future outcomes. Realization of certain deferred tax assets, primarily net operating loss carryforwards, is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income in the appropriate jurisdiction prior to the expiration of the carryforward periods. We establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets when the amount of expected future taxable income is not likely to support the use of the deduction or credit.
We operate in multiple jurisdictions with complex tax policy and regulatory environments. In certain of these jurisdictions, we may take tax positions that management believes are supportable, but are potentially subject to successful challenge by the applicable taxing authority. We evaluate our tax positions and establish liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. We review these tax uncertainties in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, and adjust them accordingly.
Because there are a number of estimates and assumptions inherent in calculating the various components of our tax provision, certain changes or future events such as changes in tax legislation, geographic mix of earnings, completion of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans could have an impact on those estimates and our effective tax rate.
Historically, the Company intended to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings outside of the United States. During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company reviewed the ongoing cash needs of its

foreign subsidiaries and determined that $25.0 million was not needed for reinvestment in our Israel subsidiaries and could be remitted to the United States. Based on this review, the indefinite reinvestment assertion was changed solely with respect to these earnings. All remaining undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries are expected to be permanently reinvested as they are required to fund needs outside the United States. No provision has been made for U.S. or additional foreign taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which continue to be permanently reinvested.
For more information regarding our significant accounting policies, estimates and assumptions, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements— Significant Accounting Policies .”
Contingencies
Legal matters
We are subject to numerous contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business, such as product liability and other product-related litigation, commercial litigation, environmental claims and proceedings and government investigations. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements— Commitments and Contingencies .”
Certain of these contingencies could result in losses, including damages, fines and/or civil penalties, and/or criminal charges, which could be substantial. We believe that we have strong defenses in these types of matters, but litigation is inherently unpredictable and excessive verdicts do occur. We do not believe that any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, we could incur judgments, enter into settlements or revise our expectations regarding the outcome of certain matters, and such developments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in the period in which the amounts are paid and/or accrued.
We have accrued for losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable. Substantially all of these contingencies are subject to significant uncertainties and, therefore, determining the likelihood of a loss and/or the measurement of any loss can be complex. Consequently, we are unable to estimate the range of reasonably possible loss in excess of amounts accrued. Our assessments are based on estimates and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management, but the assessment process relies heavily on estimates and assumptions that may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change those estimates and assumptions.
Environmental
Our operations and properties are subject to Environmental Laws and regulations. As such, the nature of our current and former operations exposes us to the risk of claims with respect to such matters, including fines, penalties, and remediation obligations that may be imposed by regulatory authorities. Under certain circumstances, we might be required to curtail operations until a particular problem is remedied. Known costs and expenses under Environmental Laws incidental to ongoing operations, including the cost of litigation proceedings relating to environmental matters, are generally included within operating results. Potential costs and expenses may also be incurred in connection with the repair or upgrade of facilities to meet existing or new requirements under Environmental Laws or to investigate or remediate potential or actual contamination and from time to time we establish reserves for such contemplated investigation and remediation costs. In many instances, the ultimate costs under Environmental Laws and the time period during which such costs are likely to be incurred are difficult to predict.
While we believe that our operations are currently in material compliance with Environmental Laws, we have, from time to time, received notices of violation from governmental authorities, and have been involved in civil or criminal action for such violations. Additionally, at various sites, our subsidiaries are engaged in continuing investigation, remediation and/or monitoring efforts to address contamination associated with historic operations of the sites. We devote considerable resources to complying with Environmental Laws and managing environmental liabilities. We have developed programs to identify requirements under, and maintain compliance with Environmental Laws; however, we cannot predict with certainty the impact of increased and more stringent regulation on our operations, future capital expenditure requirements, or the cost of compliance.

The nature of our current and former operations exposes us to the risk of claims with respect to environmental matters and we cannot assure we will not incur material costs and liabilities in connection with such claims. Based upon our experience to date, we believe that the future cost of compliance with existing Environmental Laws, and liabilities for known environmental claims pursuant to such Environmental Laws, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
For additional details, see “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety.”
Tax matters
We account for income tax contingencies using a benefit recognition model. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements— Significant Accounting Policies .” If our initial assessment fails to result in the recognition of a tax benefit, we regularly monitor our position and subsequently recognize the tax benefit if: (i) there are changes in tax law or there is new information that sufficiently raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more likely than not; (ii) the statute of limitations expires; or (iii) there is a completion of an audit resulting in a favorable settlement of that tax year with the appropriate agency. We regularly re-evaluate our tax positions based on the results of audits of federal, state and foreign income tax filings, statute of limitations expirations, and changes in tax law or receipt of new information that would either increase or decrease the technical merits of a position relative to the “more-likely-than-not” standard.
Our assessments concerning uncertain tax positions are based on estimates and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management, but our estimates of unrecognized tax benefits and potential tax benefits may not be representative of actual outcomes, and variation from such estimates could materially affect our financial statements in the period of settlement or when the statutes of limitations expire, as we treat these events as discrete items in the period of resolution. Finalizing audits with the relevant taxing authorities can include formal administrative and legal proceedings, and, as a result, it is difficult to estimate the timing and range of possible changes related to our uncertain tax positions, and such changes could be significant. For additional details, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements— Income Taxes.”
Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risk
Foreign exchange risk
Portions of our net sales and costs are exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates. Our products are sold in more than 65 countries and, as a result, our revenues are influenced by changes in foreign exchange rates. As we operate in multiple foreign currencies, including the Brazilian real, the Israeli shekel and other currencies, changes in those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will impact our revenue and expenses, and consequently, net income. Exchange rate fluctuations may also have an impact beyond our reported financial results and directly impact operations. These fluctuations may affect the ability to buy and sell our goods and services between markets impacted by significant exchange rate variances.
Our primary foreign currency exposures are the Brazilian and Israeli currencies. From time to time, we manage foreign exchange risk through the use of foreign currency derivative contracts. These contracts are used to offset the potential earnings effects from exposure to foreign currencies.
Our financial instrument holdings at December 31, 2013 were analyzed to determine their sensitivity to foreign exchange rate changes. The fair values of these instruments were determined using Level 2 inputs. For additional details, see “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Derivatives.” As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013, the sensitivity analysis of changes in the fair value of all foreign currency derivative contracts indicates that if the U.S. dollar were to appreciate or depreciate by 10%, the fair value of these contracts would, decrease by $1.2 million or increase by $1.8 million and decrease by $1.1 million or increase by $1.1 million, respectively.
Interest rate risk
Substantially all of our outstanding debt balances are fixed rate debt. While changes in interest rates will have no impact on the interest we pay on our fixed rate debt, interest on our Domestic Senior

Credit Facility will be exposed to interest rate fluctuations. Our senior domestic credit facility carries floating interest rates that are tied to LIBOR and the Prime Rate, and therefore, our statements of income and our cash flows are exposed to changes in interest rates. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013, we had $34.0 million and $32.0 million outstanding under our senior domestic credit facility, respectively. Assuming our outstanding balance remained constant, a 100 basis point increase in LIBOR would increase our annual interest expense by less than $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. For additional details, see “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements— Debt .”
JOBS Act
On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an emerging growth company we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our systems of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply until we no longer meet the requirements of being an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

BUSINESS
Overview
Phibro Animal Health Corporation is one of the leading animal health companies in the world and is dedicated to helping meet the growing demand for animal protein. We are a global diversified animal health and mineral nutrition company. For nearly 40 years we have been committed to providing livestock producers with value-based products and solutions to help them maintain and enhance the health and productivity of their animals. We sell more than 1,100 product presentations in over 65 countries to approximately 2,850 customers. We develop, manufacture and market products for a broad range of food animals including poultry, swine, beef and dairy cattle and aquaculture. Our products help prevent, control and treat diseases, enhance nutrition to help improve health and performance and contribute to balanced mineral nutrition.
The global livestock animal health sector represented approximately $13.3 billion of sales in 2012, or approximately 60% of the global animal health medicines and vaccines market. Vetnosis projects the global livestock animal health market to grow at a compound annual rate of 6% between 2012 and 2017. We believe this growth will be driven by: (i) global trends such as population growth and increasing standards of living, which increase demand for improved nutrition, particularly animal protein; (ii) increasingly scarce natural resources to support livestock, driving for a need for improved efficiency of livestock producers; and (iii) the inevitability of bacterial and other disease pressures.
Our products include:
  • Animal health products such as antibacterials, anticoccidials and vaccines, which help prevent and manage infectious disease in livestock and therefore improve food safety, and nutritional specialty products, which aid the continued health of livestock by enhancing nutrition to help improve health and performance.
  • Mineral nutrition products, which fortify the animal’s diet and help maintain optimal health.
We believe that the costs of our products are small relative to other livestock production costs, including feed, and offer high return on investments by improving overall animal health, resulting in improved production yields and economic outcomes for producers.
We believe we are the only global company with an animal health business that concentrates exclusively on animals for human consumption and are one of the few global companies offering a comprehensive range of animal health and mineral nutrition products. We believe our key products such as Stafac ® , Nicarb ® , and OmniGen enjoy strong brand name recognition and customer loyalty in the markets we serve. We believe our vaccines are recognized as a standard in efficacy against highly virulent disease challenges and our patented TAbic ® vaccine delivery technology provides superior convenience and logistical benefits over conventional glass bottles. The foundation of our product portfolio is based on several key proprietary molecules and formulations that are supported by additional complementary products, which help address important customer needs. As an example of our portfolio depth, we believe over 5.4 billion of the 8.5 billion broiler chickens produced in the United States in 2012 received at least one of our products.
We are further differentiated by our team of highly trained and dedicated professionals who provide technical service and support for our products and offer practical solutions to our customers. Within our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition segments, utilizing both our sales, marketing and technical support organization of approximately 225 employees and a broad distribution network, we market our portfolio of more than 1,000 product presentations to livestock producers and veterinarians in over 65 countries. Technical support and research is an important aspect of our overall sales effort. Our global reach allows us to connect with key global customers at their corporate, regional and local decision-making levels, and we are implementing a Global Key Account Strategy to improve our customer contacts. We believe our close contact with customers provides us with an in-depth understanding of their businesses and allows us to identify and develop products to address unmet customer needs, anticipate emerging trends and establish ourselves as trusted advisors to our customers.

We have focused our efforts in high value geographies (regions where the majority of livestock production is consolidated in large commercial farms) such as the United States, Brazil, China, Russia, Mexico, Australia, Turkey, Israel, Canada and Europe, and we believe we are well positioned to further accelerate our growth with our established network of sales, marketing and distribution professionals in emerging markets in Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and Africa.
In addition to animal health and mineral nutrition products, we manufacture and market specific ingredients for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our net sales were $653.2 million, our net income was $24.9 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $75.8 million. For the six months ended December 31, 2013, our net sales were $335.0 million, our net income was $8.1 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $43.9 million. Our revenue stream is well-balanced and diversified by product, geography and customers, and our largest single customer (a distributor) represented approximately 8% of net sales for fiscal year 2013. We manage our business in three segments—Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products—each with its own dedicated management and sales team, for enhanced focus and accountability. Our Animal Health business contributed 59% of our net sales and 85% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013, and we expect Animal Health will continue to be the key driver of our future growth. Our Mineral Nutrition business contributed 31% of our net sales and 12% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013. Our Performance Products business contributed 10% of our net sales and 3% of our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding unallocated corporate costs) for fiscal year 2013. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.
Business Segments
We manage our business in three segments—Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products—each with its own dedicated management and sales team, for enhanced focus and accountability.
Fiscal 2013 Total Net Sales ($653 million)
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_PC-TNSBW.JPG]
Animal Health
Our Animal Health business develops, manufactures and markets more than 550 product presentations, including:
  • antibacterials, which inhibit the growth of pathogenic bacteria that cause bacterial infections in animals; anticoccidials, which inhibit the growth of coccidia (parasites) that damage the intestinal tract of animals; and related products (MFAs and Other);

  • nutritional specialty products, which enhance nutrition to help improve health and performance (Nutritional Specialties); and
  • vaccines, which cause an increase in antibody levels against a specific virus or bacterium, thus preventing infection from that viral or bacterial antigen (Vaccines).
Our Animal Health products help our customers prevent, control and treat diseases and enhance nutrition to help improve health and performance, enabling our customers to more efficiently produce high-quality, wholesome animal protein products for human consumption. We provide technical and product support directly to our customers to ensure the optimal use of our products. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our Animal Health net sales were $384.9 million, our operating income was $69.0 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $83.0 million, or 59% of our overall sales and 85% of our overall Adjusted EBITDA, before unallocated corporate costs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA by segment to operating income.
Fiscal 2013 Animal Health Net Sales ($385 million)
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_PC-AHNSBW.JPG]
MFAs and Other
Our MFAs and Other business primarily consists of concentrated medicated products that are administered through animal feeds, commonly referred to as Medicated Feed Additives (“MFAs”). Our MFAs and Other business primarily consists of the production and sale of antibacterials (Stafac ® , Terramycin ® , Neo-Terramycin ® and Mecadox ® ) and anticoccidials (Nicarb ® , Aviax ® , Aviax Plus , Coxistac , and amprolium). Growth in this business primarily stems from increased penetration into emerging markets. MFAs and Other also includes antibacterial products used to control bacterial infections, as well as other processing aids, for the ethanol fermentation industry.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our net sales for MFAs and Other were $304 million. Approximately 60% of our MFAs and Other sales are to the poultry industry, with sales to swine, cattle, dairy and other customers accounting for the remainder. The principal geographies we serve include the U.S. and Canada, Brazil and Latin America, China and Asia Pacific, and Israel and other, with the largest geography (as measured by net sales) accounting for less than half of total net sales.
Nutritional Specialties
Many of our proprietary nutritional specialty products have been developed through basic research in cooperation with private research companies or by leading universities with whom we collaborate and then further develop through commercial trials with customers. Our nutritional specialty products include OmniGen, a unique, patented nutritional specialty product that has been shown in several studies to help maintain a cow’s healthy immune system, and Animate ® , a unique, patented anionic nutritional specialty product that helps optimize the health and performance of the transition dairy cow. In the total 9 million U.S. dairy cow herd, we estimate OmniGen has achieved over 20% penetration. We have in the last year launched OmniGen in several European countries and Brazil, focused on our target segment of progressive industrial producers (industrial producers who practice modern dairy production techniques) representing approximately 15 million dairy cows in Europe and almost 2 million dairy cows in Brazil. In the rapidly growing progressive industrial dairy segment in China, which has approximately 5 million dairy cows, we are working on obtaining regulatory approval for OmniGen. Reflecting our focus on dairy producers, our Nutritional Specialties net sales have grown by over 20% in the six months ended December 31, 2013, compared with the same period last year.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our Nutritional Specialties net sales were $52 million. Our Nutritional Specialties sales are primarily to the U.S. dairy market, with recent or planned entries into the dairy markets of Europe, Brazil and Latin America, and China.
Vaccines
Our Vaccines products are primarily focused on preventing diseases in the poultry industry, which is globally the fastest-growing food animal species of scale. We market these products in Israel, China, South East Asia, India, Turkey, East and Central Europe, Africa, Brazil and other Latin American countries.
We have recently re-launched the Phibro Vaccine range in China and Brazil, which are the second and third largest broiler chicken producing countries globally. In late 2013, we entered into a manufacturing and distribution agreement with Epitopix which established us as the exclusive distributor of Epitopix’s autogenous vaccines for chickens in the United States, containing their proprietary SRP technology. This partnership has provided us with an entry into vaccine sales in the United States for broiler breeders and table egg laying hens.
In 2013, we registered a new strain of infectious bronchitis that had only recently been identified to exist in Turkey. We were the first company to gain approval for a vaccine which contained this new virus strain, and as a result of this registration and the additional vaccines registered in Turkey we believe we are a leading provider of poultry vaccines in Turkey.
We have also developed TAbic ® , an innovative and proprietary delivery platform for vaccines. TAbic ® is a patented technology for formulation and delivery of vaccine antigens in effervescent tablets, packaged in sealed aluminum blister packages. The technology replaces the glass bottles that are in common use today, and offers significant advantages in a number of areas including storage requirements, customer handling and disposal.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our net sales for Vaccines were $29 million.
Mineral Nutrition
Our Mineral Nutrition business manufactures and markets more than 450 formulations and concentrations of trace minerals such as zinc, manganese, copper, iron and other compounds, with a focus on customers in North America. Our customers use these products to fortify the daily feed requirements of their livestock diets and maintain an optimal balance of trace elements in each animal. Volume growth in

the mineral nutrition sector is primarily driven by livestock production numbers, while pricing is largely based on costs of the underlying commodity metals.
Given our significant presence in this segment and our routine contact with the entire supply chain, we have successfully leveraged this business to additionally market our innovative Animal Health products to the same customers that buy our Mineral Nutrition products on an ongoing basis.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our Mineral Nutrition net sales were $203.2 million, our operating income was $9.8 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $12.1 million, or 31% of our overall sales and 12% of our overall Adjusted EBITDA, before unallocated corporate costs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA by segment to operating income.
Fiscal 2013 Mineral Nutrition Total Net Sales ($203 million)
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_PC-MNTNS.JPG]
Performance Products
Our Performance Products business manufactures and markets a number of specialty ingredients for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries, predominantly in the United States.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our Performance Products net sales were $65.0 million, our operating income was $2.7 million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $2.9 million, or 10% of our overall sales and 3% of our overall Adjusted EBITDA, before unallocated corporate costs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA by segment to operating income.
Animal Health Industry
The global livestock animal health sector represented approximately $13.3 billion of sales in 2012, or approximately 60% of the global animal health medicines and vaccines market. Vetnosis projects the global livestock animal health market to grow at a compound annual rate of 6% between 2012 and 2017. We believe this growth will be driven by:
Increased Global Population & Standard of Living
The world population reached 7 billion people in 2011. The United Nations projects the world population will reach 8.3 billion by 2030, and 9.1 billion by 2050, with most of the population growth occurring in developing countries. The OECD further projects that the number of people in the middle class will grow by 3 billion between 2009 and 2030. Advances in medicine and better nutrition along with other factors have extended lives, adding to population growth and driving global demand for food and particularly animal protein.

Increased Global Demand for Protein
As the population continues to grow in size and improve in standard of living, it is forecast that people will consume an increasing amount of animal protein and dairy, both in the aggregate and on a per capita basis. For example, according to the United Nations, since the early 1960s, per capita consumption of milk in certain developing markets has almost doubled, meat consumption has more than tripled, and egg consumption has increased fivefold. Worldwide demand for protein has significantly increased over the past few decades and is expected to continue to grow as more and more of the world’s population is able to afford protein as part of their diet. In addition, as consumers and governments become increasingly focused on food safety and food quality, we believe there will be increased demand for protein raised by sophisticated producers using our products. Current per capita consumption of protein and dairy in emerging markets, including China, is generally a fraction of the consumption levels in developed markets. According to the United Nations, global per capita consumption of livestock products is expected to increase from 39 kg per year (2005-07) to 49 kg per year by 2050. In developing countries, the increase is projected to grow from 28 kg per year to 42 kg per year in the same time frame. Per capita global consumption of milk is projected to increase from 83 kg per year to 99 kg per year globally, and 52 kg per year to 76 kg per year for developing countries for the same time period. Increase in demand in emerging markets is contributing to a developing worldwide food deficit.
Estimated Global Population Growth 2009  –  2050, in Total and the Global Middle Class
(Billion)
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_BAR-IWP.JPG]

Estimated Global Meat Consumption 2005/2007  –  2050 (1)
(Million Tonnes)
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_BAR-MC.JPG]
Estimated Global Dairy Consumption 2005/2007  –  2050 (1)
(Million Tonnes)
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_BAR-DC.JPG]
 
(1)
  • World Livestock 2011—Food and Agriculture Org of the UN
Limited Availability of Natural Resources
Scarcity of arable land, fresh water and increased competitive uses for cultivated land have resulted in limited availability of natural resources for use by producers seeking to meet increased demand for food in general and animal protein in particular. According to a 2012 report by the U.S. National Intelligence Council, the world had consumed more food than it had produced in seven of the previous eight years.

Increased Demand for Organic Poultry is Insignificant
Organic chicken production is currently a small fraction of U.S. chicken production. According to the USDA, in 2011, USDA certified organic broiler chicken production accounted for 0.3% of U.S. broiler chicken production. We do not expect industrial broiler chicken producers to make a material shift to an organic approach in the near to medium term given the low consumer demand and high production cost involved in such a change. According to the USDA, in February 2014, the average consumer price per pound of U.S. whole fryer chicken was $1.09 for non-organic whole fryer chicken, while the price for USDA certified organic whole fryer chicken was $2.91, or 2.7 times greater than the price per pound of non-organic whole fryer chicken.
2011 U.S. Broiler Chicken Production (1)
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_PC-POULTRYPRODN.JPG]
 
(1)
  • USDA, Livestock, Dairy and Poultry Outlook (Feb. 2014).
Significant Pressure on Producers to Improve Productivity While Navigating Heightened Food Safety and Biosecurity Regulations
The increase in feed, labor and other input costs continue to pressure producers’ profit margins, causing them to focus on seeking new ways to improve productivity.
Animal health medicines and vaccines have contributed to improvements in animal health, resulting in increased production efficiency over the last 50 years by improving feed conversion ratios, production yields and cycle times and by reducing the cost impact of disease in animals. We believe that improvements in production efficiency will continue to depend on technologic interventions and advancements, including in animal health products. We believe that the cost of medicines and vaccines is small relative to other livestock production costs, including feed, and that medicines and vaccines offer high return on investments by improving animal health, resulting in improved production and economic outcomes for producers. We believe many producers target $3 of expected incremental savings for every $1 spent on animal health products.
Difficult economics for producers and increased food safety and biosecurity regulations have made it increasingly difficult for smaller producers to operate competitively. For example, the recently enacted United States Food Safety Modernization Act, which addresses biosecurity by requiring ingredient traceability, and the increased need for construction of containment structures, such as covered chicken houses, to prevent the spread of foreign diseases, present cost difficulties for smaller producers. Between 1997 and 2007, the U.S. dairy industry lost 52,000 farms, while the number of dairy cows on farms of 500 or more cows increased from approximately 2.5 million to approximately 4.9 million. Similarly, China’s national government generally has supported the move to larger, higher producing farms in order to modernize production and improve food safety. The push to modernize production puts increased pressure on the producers, especially with increasing food safety regulations, according to the Wall Street Journal.

Changing Producer Dynamics as Food Supply Becomes Increasingly Global
Producers in many of the largest emerging market countries are not able to meet the rapid growth in local demand, leading to:
  • Increased global trade in protein . The United States and Brazil continue to be the world leaders in livestock production for exports beyond their own domestic consumption. We believe producers in these countries continue to consolidate and vertically integrate—both within and outside of their borders—in order to leverage cost efficiencies through scale. For these reasons, we expect to see continued international acquisitions and/or alliances among U.S., Brazilian and Chinese companies. We believe a strong driver of this trend has and will continue to be China’s lack of the necessary natural resources to meet its growing demand for animal-based proteins. The recent Shuanghui acquisition of U.S.-based pork producer Smithfield Farms is a prime example of such a trend.
  • Increased sophistication and migration towards industrial scale production . Much of the domestic poultry and swine production in China, India and other major emerging markets has historically taken place on small-scale farms, which today are faced with limitations in their ability to improve productivity and efficiency. As a result there has been a recent shift towards larger, more industrialized farms. As production becomes more industrialized, producers will be more likely to use more sophisticated products in order to manage the health of their animals and achieve productivity improvement.
These trends create opportunities for animal health product manufacturers to expand the use of their products both in the key export markets as well as the key emerging market countries.
Bacterial Pressure on Livestock is Inevitable
The aforementioned factors put increasing economic and other pressures on producers to raise larger numbers of animals together and, as a result of raising larger numbers of animals together, disease pressure escalates. Animal health products, including MFAs and vaccines, are key tools to help manage infectious disease challenges in livestock that often emerge from such intensive farming. These products help keep livestock healthy and consequently the human food supply safer, by reducing the chance of food-borne illness in humans from the ingestion of bacteria shed by animals during the slaughter process.
There is considerable scientific and regulatory debate concerning whether the use of antibiotics in livestock can increase the risk to humans who consume meat potentially containing antibiotic-resistant organisms. For example, the FDA recently announced a plan to help phase out the use of medically important antibiotics in livestock feed for growth promotion and/or feed efficiency purposes. However, the recent FDA guidance provides for continued use of antibiotics in food-producing animals for treatment, control and prevention of disease under the supervision of a veterinarian. We believe most rigorous analyses have shown that, when used properly, these products create little to no risk for humans. Furthermore, this risk must be balanced against the benefits of permitting the use of antibiotics in animals, which we believe include the prevention, control and treatment of disease for animal welfare, the preservation of scarce natural resources to reduce the impact of agriculture on the environment, the safety and sustainability of the food supply and the need to feed the world’s growing population.
Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths create sustainable competitive advantages that will enable us to continue our growth as a leader in our industry.
Products Aligned with Need for Increased Protein Production
Increased scarcity of natural resources is increasing the need for efficient production of food animals such as poultry, swine and cattle. Our key Animal Health products, including our MFAs, vaccines and nutritional specialty products, help prevent and manage disease outbreaks and enhance nutrition to help support natural defenses against diseases. These products are often critical to our customers’ efficient production of healthy animals. Our leading product franchise, Stafac ® /V-Max ® /Eskalin , is approved in

over 30 countries for use in poultry and swine and is regarded as one of the leading MFA products for livestock. Similarly, our nutritional product offerings like OmniGen are used increasingly in the global dairy industry. In the United States, we estimate approximately 20% of the total 9 million dairy cow herd receive OmniGen. In the European Union, which has approximately 15 million dairy cows in our target segment of progressive industrial producers, we are now launching OmniGen on a country-by-country basis. In the rapidly growing industrial dairy segment in China, which has approximately 5 million dairy cows, we are working on obtaining regulatory approval for OmniGen.
Global Presence with Existing Infrastructure in Key High-Growth Markets
We have an established direct presence in many important emerging markets, and we believe we are a leader in many of the emerging markets in which we operate. Our existing operations in 14 countries and established sales, marketing and distribution network in over 65 countries, provide us with opportunities to take advantage of global growth opportunities. Outside of the United States, our global footprint reaches to key high growth regions (countries where the livestock production growth rate is expected to be higher than the average growth rate) including Brazil and other countries in South America, China, India and Asia/Pacific, Russia and former CIS countries, Mexico, Turkey, Australia, Canada and South Africa and other countries in Africa. We are planning to establish additional sales and technical offices in key developing regions such as Latin America and Asia, where protein consumption is expected to nearly double by 2050. Our operations in countries outside of the United States contributed approximately 37% of our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2013. According to an IMS Industry Market Survey, we were the fastest growing animal health company in Brazil in 2012.
Leading Positions in High Growth Sub-sectors of the Animal Health Market
We are a global leader in the development, manufacture and commercialization of MFA products for the animal health market, a sector that, according to Vetnosis, is projected to grow at a compound annual rate of approximately 5.3% between 2012 and 2017. Measured by revenues, we were the 3rd largest business in the MFA sector in 2012. We believe we are well positioned in the fastest growing food animal species segments of the animal health market with significant presence in poultry and swine, which are projected by Vetnosis to grow globally at compound annual rates between 2012 and 2017 of 6.2% and 6.6%, respectively.
2012 – 2017 Estimated Category Compound Annual Industry Growth Rates*
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_BAR-ECCAIGR.JPG]
2012 – 2017 Estimated Regional Compound Annual Industry Growth Rates
for Animal Health Products*
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_BAR-ERCAIGR.JPG]

2012 – 2017 Estimated Compound Annual Industry Growth Rates by Livestock Species*
[MISSING IMAGE: T1400248_BAR-ECAIGRLS.JPG]
 
*
  • Vetnosis
Diversified and Complementary Product Portfolio with Strong Brand Name Recognition
We market products across the three largest livestock species (poultry, cattle and swine) and the major product categories (MFAs, vaccines and nutritional specialty products). We believe our diversity of species and product categories enhances our sales mix and lowers our sales concentration risk. The complementary nature of our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition portfolio provides us with unique cross-selling opportunities that can be used to gain access to new customers or deepen our relationships with existing customers.
We believe we have strong brand name recognition for the Phibro name and for many of our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition products. Our key MFA brands include Stafac ® , for the prevention of necrotic enteritis in poultry and for the treatment and control of dysentery in swine, V-Max ® , for the reduction of incidence of liver abscesses in cattle, and Aviax ® , Nicarb ® and Coxistac for the prevention of coccidiosis in poultry. We believe Phibro Vaccines are recognized as an industry standard in efficacy against highly virulent disease challenges and that our patented TAbic ® vaccine delivery technology provides superior convenience and logistical benefits over conventional vaccine delivery formulations. OmniGen and Animate ® , our leading nutritional specialty products, are recognized by our customers for helping to support the health of dairy cows.
Our diverse portfolio of products allows us to address the distinct growing conditions of livestock in different regions. For example, in Brazil we have positioned V-Max ® into the range cattle segment through free-choice salt/mineral supplements to help producers prevent disease and improve animal productivity. We believe we have been a leader in the rapid growth of this segment because of the value our products provide. According to an IMS Industry Market Survey, we were the fastest growing animal health company in Brazil in 2012.
Experienced Sales Force and Technical Support Staff with Strong, Consultative Customer Relationships
Within our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition segments, utilizing both our sales, marketing and technical support organization of approximately 225 employees and a broad distribution network, we market our portfolio of more than 1,000 product presentations to livestock producers and veterinarians in over 65 countries. We interact with customers at both their corporate and operating level, which we believe allows us to develop an in-depth understanding of their needs. We believe our frequent and close interactions with our customers help us to establish a trusted advisor relationship. Our technical support and research personnel are also important contributors to our overall sales effort. We have a total of 105 technical, field service and quality control/quality assurance personnel throughout the world. These professionals interface directly with our key customers to provide practical solutions to derive optimum benefits from our products. We believe the challenges facing our customers will continue to evolve as commercial agricultural food production continues to grow. We believe our strong customer relationships will put us in a position to introduce new products and applications that best address our customers unmet or emerging needs. We believe we have strong relationships with the management of the largest multinational livestock companies and have implemented a Global Key Account Strategy with our top livestock customers. This is a key focus for us because we believe multinationals will lead the continuing consolidation and integration of the livestock markets globally due to scale and market access for the proteins they produce.

Products That Make Important Contributions to Our Customers’ Success
We believe our products are critical to the health and performance of our customers’ livestock, and typically represent a relatively small percentage of their total end-product cost. We believe many livestock producers target at least $3 of expected savings for every $1 spent on animal health products. Our customers’ data collection systems are generally sophisticated and are able to measure multiple inputs and results and translate those results into the economic benefit provided. For example, an ongoing project involving studies at 427 dairies in the United States with more than 270,000 cows demonstrated that using our OmniGen-AF nutritional specialty product resulted in a 23% reduction in total herd death loss and significant reductions in cows delivered to the hospital pen, as well as reductions in cases of ketosis, mastitis, metritis and retained fetal membrane. The studies also showed use of OmniGen resulted in increased milk production and higher quality milk, as measured by a decrease in somatic cell count (a standard measure of milk quality). These effects result in significant economic benefits to the producers. Despite their meaningful benefits in animal health outcomes and producer economics, our products typically represent a small portion of total animal production costs. As such, we believe our products represent a key component of value creation for our customers.
Experienced, Committed Employees and Management Team
We have a diverse and highly skilled team of animal health professionals, including technical and field service personnel located in key countries throughout the world. These individuals have extensive field experience and are vital to helping us maintain and grow our business. Our field team consists of more than 180 people, a substantial portion of whom have more than 20 years of experience in the animal health industry and many of whom have been with us for more than 10 years.
We have a strong management team with a proven track record of success at both the corporate and operating levels. The executive management team has diverse backgrounds and an average of approximately 17 years of experience in the animal health industry.
Track Record of Growth and Significant Cash Flow Generation
Over the past three years, we have demonstrated an ability to grow our revenues and to grow our profitability at a rate that meaningfully exceeds our revenue growth. Our total net sales and Adjusted EBITDA grew at CAGRs of 2.8% and 14.4%, respectively, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2013. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin improved 220 bps, growing from 9.4% in fiscal year 2011 to 11.6% in fiscal year 2013. Our Animal Health segment was the principal driver of the strong growth and margin expansion. Animal Health net sales and Adjusted EBITDA grew at CAGRs of 5.6% and 17.5%, respectively, from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2013. Animal Health’s Adjusted EBITDA margin improved 420 bps, growing from 17.4% in fiscal year 2011 to 21.6% in fiscal year 2013. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income and segment operating income.
Growth Strategies
We are committed to maintaining the health of animals and bringing solutions to our customers who raise and care for them. We intend to continue to grow our business by pursuing the following core strategies:
Continue Our Expansion into High-Growth Emerging Markets
We believe our global presence and existing infrastructure puts us in a strong position to take advantage of the rise in global demand for animal protein. Our significant global footprint and established international network of sales, marketing and distribution professionals in over 65 countries provide us with a solid platform for continued expansion in these key markets.
Key drivers of revenue expansion for our MFA product line stem from industry growth trends in emerging markets, including protein demand growth and producer demand for effective and sophisticated products to manage their production. We believe the rapid growth of protein consumption in emerging markets will present us with opportunities to gain new customers and expand our relationships with our existing customers. Furthermore, we believe consolidation and greater sophistication of livestock producers

in emerging markets will drive adoption of our products as producers seek to achieve greater benefits of scale and technology. In addition to implementation of our Global Key Account Strategy, we plan to expand our local sales teams to enable us to introduce a greater number of products and increase our sales penetration. We believe our local sales teams will facilitate enhanced and frequent customer interaction and will allow us to more efficiently develop new products and applications in response to the needs of our customers.
Leverage Proprietary Vaccine Technologies to Increase Sales in Poultry
In 2013, we entered into a manufacturing and distribution agreement with Epitopix which established us as the exclusive distributor of Epitopix’s autogenous vaccines for chickens in the United States which contain their proprietary SRP ® technology. This partnership provided us with an entry into the United States vaccines business. Epitopix’s poultry vaccine products are targeted at broiler breeders and table egg laying hens for the control of Salmonella, E. coli and other bacterial organisms. We believe this partnership presents an opportunity to establish new customer relationships within the attractive high growth poultry segment and represents our first move into the United States poultry vaccines business. We believe that it also presents us with an opportunity to cross-sell additional Phibro products and increase our overall sales penetration within the poultry industry.
We have developed TAbic ® , an innovative and proprietary delivery platform for vaccines. TAbic ® is a patented platform technology for formulation and delivery of vaccines in effervescent tablets, packaged in sealed aluminum blister packages. The technology replaces the conventional glass bottles commonly used today and offers significant advantages, including transport and storage requirements, customer handling and disposal.
We believe that we are well-positioned to increase vaccine sales in key emerging markets such as Brazil and other countries in South America, China, India and Asia/Pacific, Europe, Russia and former CIS countries, Mexico, Turkey, Australia, Israel, and South Africa and other countries in Africa. We recently were named the exclusive distributor of Epitopix’s autogenous vaccines for chickens in the United States, which contain proprietary SRP technology and provide us entry into the United States vaccines business. We expect the growth in sales to come through the further geographic expansion of our current robust line of both live and inactive vaccine as well as the launch of a strong pipeline of new products currently in various stages of development and/or registration.
Continue Our Growth of Nutritional Specialties, Including Cross-Selling with Other Products in Our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition Portfolio
We estimate OmniGen has achieved over 20% penetration into the total 9 million U.S. dairy cow herd and is poised for additional U.S. growth. We have in the last year launched OmniGen in several European countries and Brazil, focused on our target segment of progressive industrial producers (industrial producers who practice modern dairy production techniques) representing approximately 15 million dairy cows in Europe and almost 2 million dairy cows in Brazil. In the rapidly growing progressive industrial dairy segment in China, which has approximately 5 million dairy cows, we are working on obtaining regulatory approval for OmniGen. We believe we can leverage our MFAs and Vaccine businesses to drive increased sales of OmniGen, Animate ® and other nutritional specialty products in the United States, European, Brazilian, Chinese and other high growth dairy markets. In addition, in the U.S. we have successfully leveraged our significant presence to market our innovative Animal Health products to the same customers that buy our Mineral Nutrition products. Our sales professionals already employ these cross-selling techniques and we believe there is opportunity to further leverage these relationships and increase our sales penetration across all of our product categories.
Transition to a Direct Sales Model in Key Markets
We believe our historical direct sales model in the United States and other countries has helped us gain high penetration and provides us with a superior return on investment compared with the use of third party distributors. We believe direct interactions help us better support and educate our customers regarding disease awareness, which in turn encourages them to adopt new and more sophisticated animal

health solutions, including the use of our MFAs, vaccines and nutritional specialty products. In addition, this model enables us to have direct involvement with the regulatory approval process in these countries, which in our experience has allowed us to be more successful in obtaining regulatory approvals on a more timely basis.
In countries such as Brazil, China, Turkey and South Africa, we have also successfully completed the transition to a direct sales and/or demand creation and service model where the increasing breadth of our product portfolio has made it economically attractive. Over time, we plan to transition to a direct sales and technical service model in a number of emerging markets for our Animal Health business.
Enhance Gross Profit through Product Mix and Recent Investment in Manufacturing Capacity
Our Animal Health segment has higher gross profit margins than the Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products segments. We expect our Animal Health segment will continue to grow faster than the Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products segments, which will lead to further opportunities for margin expansion.
Our recent capital expenditure program has reduced our manufacturing costs for proprietary products and substantially expanded our manufacturing capacity. We believe our manufacturing capacity will allow us to enter new market segments at attractive margins where other higher cost animal health companies will be at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we believe that our strengthened manufacturing and supply chain will provide us with a strong platform for continued expansion into emerging markets where less developed in-country infrastructures can make delivery more challenging. Our global commercial and manufacturing teams strategically develop and implement operational efficiency initiatives on an ongoing basis in order to improve our manufacturing production margins. These initiatives include yield improvements, raw material procurement, logistics, manufacturing support rationalization and quality control.
Deliver New Product Innovation Through Focused Research & Development Investment
We will continue to invest in R&D to deliver innovation and to create further uses and applications for our products. We have an in-house team of dedicated scientists who conduct innovative and basic R&D of vaccines, and have capability to create global regulatory dossiers which can be submitted and managed by our local country operations. Additionally, across all of our Animal Health businesses, our researchers are experienced in designing trial protocols and executing the trials with customers to create meaningful application research data which can lead to the development of powerful sales tools.
We will also continue to invest in our pipeline of product development initiatives to support the growth of our Animal Health products including new indications for use of our existing products in current and additional species and to add new therapeutic claims to (or in place of) our older growth promotion claims. We believe this will open significant new growth opportunities by allowing our customers to use our products in new ways to prevent, control and treat disease. We believe this on-going commitment will help continue to demonstrate value for our products to differentiate them from competitors and extend their lifecycles.
We employ a disciplined process for adapting existing nutritional specialty product technologies for new species applications or further penetration for already-proven species. Our researchers are species-specific and work closely with customers in new species segments to design the appropriate trials in order to confirm or disprove potential new applications in a methodical, scientific manner that, if efficacy is demonstrated, it can lead to opportunities to grow the business in new segments, in new markets or with new customers.
Remain a Partner of Choice for New Products and Technologies
In addition to in-house development, we believe we are well positioned to remain a desirable company for developers of new products and technologies to work with in commercialization, marketing and distribution of products based on our experience and successful track record. We believe our global sales and marketing reach and strong reputation make us an attractive candidate for distribution/licensing agreements. Our Mineral Nutrition business also gives us access to a major portion of the animal feed

companies, distributors and livestock producers in North America, which is important for companies seeking to bring new technologies to market. We intend to continue to expand the scope of our existing partnerships by collaborating on new products and technologies that can add value to our customers, just as our significant presence in the Mineral Nutrition business and routine contact with the entire supply chain helped us to identify and bring in house promising nutritional specialty products such as OmniGen and Animate ® . We also intend to continue to grow our business through focused acquisitions, asset and technology purchases, in-licensing transactions, and new strategic partnerships. Recent examples include our arrangement with Epitopix regarding its SRP technology and our purchase of the OmniGen and Animate ® product lines (both of which were products we licensed prior to the acquisitions).
We believe that we are well positioned to grow in the rapidly developing aquaculture market. In January 2014, we completed the acquisition of the aquaculture business of AquaVet, a leading aquaculture veterinary consulting and contract research firm based in Israel, for aquaculture consideration of $0.9 million plus a contingent incentive payment based on the future results of our aquaculture business. Through this transaction, we are joined by a well-respected team of aquaculture professionals with strong experience in product development providing technical support to leading aquaculture producers throughout the world. Our new aquaculture team will initially be focused on identifying, testing and obtaining regulatory approvals for our current portfolio of Animal Health products for use in aquaculture, as well as the identification, development and commercialization of new products. The aquaculture industry has grown from approximately 1 million tons in the early 1950’s to over 50 million tons today and is one of the fastest growing segments of the animal health industry.
Our Company History
Our Company has been in the Bendheim family for over 65 years. We have completed a number of strategic acquisitions to expand our business.
 
Year
Event(s)
1946
Philipp Brothers Chemicals, Inc. (“PBC”) was spun off from its parent company Philipp Brothers Incorporated.
1974
PBC acquired an Israeli vitamin mixer.
1980
PBC acquired Prince Agri Products mineral nutrition business.
1980
PBC began manufacturing nicarbazin in Israel.
1994
PBC began manufacturing amprolium in Israel.
2000
PBC acquired Pfizer’s medicated feed additive business.
2003
PBC changed its name to Phibro Animal Health Corporation (“PAHC”).
2009
PAHC acquired Abic vaccines and pharma business.
2009
PAHC acquired the Baltzell mineral nutrition business.
2011
PAHC acquired rights to Animate ® nutritional specialty product.
2012
PAHC acquired U.S. ANADA applications/registrations for lincomycin, sulfadimethoxine, tiamulin and amprolium water soluble powders.
2012
PAHC entered into a co-exclusive long-term license agreement for our proprietary vaccine delivery technology with a major global animal health company.
2012
PAHC acquired OGR including OmniGen patents, related intellectual property, R&D facilities and organization.
2013
PAHC entered into an agreement with Epitopix for the exclusive distribution of its autogenous vaccines for chickens which contain their proprietary SRP technology.
2014
PAHC acquired the aquaculture business of AquaVet, a leading aquaculture veterinary consulting and contract research firm based in Israel.

Our Products
Animal Health
MFAs and Other
The MFA business primarily consists of the production and sale of antibacterials (Stafac ® , Terramycin ® , Neo-Terramycin ® and Mecadox ® ) and anticoccidials (nicarbazin, Aviax ® , Aviax Plus , Coxistac , amprolium).
Antibacterials and Anticoccidials
We manufacture and market a broad range of antibacterials and other medicated products to the global livestock industry. These products provide therapeutic benefits for the animals and increased feed conversion efficiency, which are proven drivers of profitability for animal producers. The table below presents our core MFA products:
 
Brand
Active Ingredient
Market Entry of
Active Ingredient
Description
Terramycin ® / TM-50 ® / TM-100
oxytetracycline
1951
Antibacterial with multiple applications for a wide number of species.
Neo-Terramycin ® / Neo-TM
oxytetracycline + neomycin
1999
Antibacterial with multiple applications for a wide number of species.
Nicarb ®
nicarbazin
1954
Anticoccidial for poultry
Amprolium
amprolium
1960
Anticoccidial for poultry and cattle
Bloat Guard ®
poloxalene
1967
Anti-bloat treatment for cattle
Banminth ®
pyrantel tartrate
1972
Anthelmintic for livestock
Mecadox ®
carbadox
1972
Antibacterial for swine to control salmonellosis and dysentery
Stafac ® /Eskalin / V-Max ®
virginiamycin
1975
Antibacterial used to prevent and control diseases in poultry, swine and cattle
Coxistac /Posistac
salinomycin
1979
Anticoccidial for poultry and cattle; disease preventative in swine
Rumatel ®
morantel tartrate
1981
Anthelmintic for livestock
Cerditac /Cerdimix
oxibendazole
1982
Anthelmintic for livestock
Aviax ® / Aviax II
semduramicin,
1995
Anticoccidial for poultry
Aviax Plus
semduramicin + nicarbazin
2010
Anticoccidial for poultry
Antibacterials are biological products used in the animal health industry to treat or to prevent diseases, thereby promoting more efficient livestock growth. Several factors contribute to limit the efficiency, weight gain and feed conversions of livestock production, including stress, poor nutrition, environmental and management challenges and disease. Antibacterials help prevent and treat disease in livestock which leads to improved overall health of the animals and more efficient feed conversion.
Oxytetracycline and Neomycin . Terramycin ® utilizes the active ingredient oxytetracycline and Neo-Terramycin ® combines the active ingredients neomycin and oxytetracycline to prevent and treat a wide range of diseases in chickens, turkeys, cattle and swine. We sell Terramycin ® and Neo-Terramycin ® products in the United States, Latin America and Asia to livestock producers, feed companies and distributors.

Nicarbazin . We produce and market nicarbazin under the trademark Nicarb ® and as an active pharmaceutical ingredient. Nicarbazin is a broad-spectrum anticoccidial used for coccidiosis prevention in chickens.
Amprolium . We produce and market amprolium as an active pharmaceutical ingredient. We also have received FDA approval to sell amprolium as Boviprol 9.6% Oral Solution to cattle and calves.
Anticoccidials are produced through fermentation and chemical synthesis, and are primarily used to prevent and control the disease coccidiosis in poultry and cattle, thereby promoting more efficient livestock growth. Coccidiosis is a disease of the digestive tract that is of great concern to livestock producers. We sell our anticoccidials primarily to integrated poultry producers and feed companies in North America, Latin America and Asia, and to international animal health companies.
Carbadox . We market carbadox under the brand name Mecadox ® for use in swine feeds to improve animal performance and control swine salmonellosis and swine dysentery. Mecadox ® is sold primarily in the United States to feed companies and large integrated swine producers.
Virginiamycin . Virginiamycin is an antibacterial marketed under the brand names Stafac ® to swine, cattle, chickens and turkeys producers, Eskalin to dairy cows and beef cattle producers and V-Max ® for beef cattle producers. Virginiamycin is used to prevent necrotic enteritis in chickens, treat and control swine dysentery and aid in the prevention of liver abscesses in cattle. Our experience in the development and production of virginiamycin has enabled us to develop significant intellectual property and know-how, which have helped protect against generics. We are the sole worldwide manufacturer and seller of virginiamycin.
Salinomycin and Semduramicin . We produce and market Coxistac , Aviax ® /Aviax II /Aviax Plus and Posistac , which are in a class of compounds known as ionophores, to combat coccidiosis and increase feed efficiency in poultry and swine. We market our salinomycin and semduramicin products in Asia, Latin America and the Middle East and have received FDA approval to sell Coxistac in the United States.
Anthelmintics . Our anthelmintic products are marketed under the Rumatel ® and Banminth ® brand names, among others, to controls major internal nematode parasites in beef and dairy cattle and free range swine.
Nutritional Specialties
Our primary nutritional specialty products have been identified, developed and commercialized by our staff of nutritionists working with private research companies, leading universities and customers with whom we collaborate. For those of our nutritional specialty products that are not proprietary or exclusive to us, we typically maintain unique supply agreements or primary distributor status with the product developers giving us preferential access to trademarks, territories and research data. Our nutritional specialty products include:
 
Brand
Market Entry
Description
AB20 ®
1989
Natural flow agent that improves overall feed quality and effectiveness
Chromax ®
1992
Source of organic chromium used to optimize swine production through reproductive efficiency
Biosaf ®
1997
Heat stable live-cell yeast that optimize production efficiency
Procreatin 7 ®
1997
Live-cell yeast product for ruminant nutrition
Animate ®
1999
Maintains proper blood calcium levels in dairy cows during critical parturition period
Safmannan ®
2000
Yeast cell wall components that optimize production efficiency

 
Brand
Market Entry
Description
OmniGen-AF ®
2004
Optimizes immune status in dairy cows
NutrafitoPlus
2011
Proprietary blend that enhances absorption and utilization of nutrients for poultry, swine, ruminant and aquatic feeds
Provia 6086
2013
Direct fed microbial for all classes of livestock
AB20 ® is a natural flow agent that, when added to feed, improves the overall feed quality. The product is one of the most thoroughly researched in the broad flow agent segment.
Chromax ® , chromium tripicolinate, is a source of organic chromium used to optimize swine production and is predominantly used in sows where it has been proven to improve reproductive efficiency and litter size. Chromax ® can result in a significant return on investment for swine producers because of its low cost relative to other production costs and the reproductive and litter size improvements it promotes.
Procreatin 7 ® is a branded live-cell yeast product specifically selected for ruminant nutrition. It is a single strain of saccharomyces cerevisiae DNA-verified yeast.
Animate ® is a unique patented anionic mineral supplement that helps optimize the health and performance of the transition dairy cow and improves profitability for dairy producers.
OmniGen is a proprietary nutritional specialty product manufactured and marketed exclusively by us that has been shown in various studies to help maintain a cow’s healthy immune system and improve their natural response to potential environmental and health challenges.
NutrafitoPlus is a proprietary blend of saponins, triterpenoids and polyphenols marketed exclusively by us in the U.S. and other countries that enhance the absorption and utilization of nutrients for poultry, swine, ruminant and aquaculture feeds.
Our other nutritional specialty products include Provia 6086 , a direct fed microbial, and Safmannan ® and Biosaf ® , yeast cell wall and protected live-cell yeast components, respectively, that optimize production efficiency.
Nutritional specialty products are marketed directly to livestock producers by working through key influencers, such as animal nutritionists and veterinarians.
Vaccines
We develop, manufacture and market vaccines primarily for poultry in Israel, China, South East Asia, India, Turkey, East and Central Europe, Africa and Latin America.
We have developed TAbic ® , a unique and proprietary delivery platform for vaccines. TAbic ® is a patented platform technology for formulation and delivery of vaccine strains in effervescent tablets. This technology provides superior convenience to poultry producers by requiring less storage space, less labor and increased dosing flexibility as compared to traditional delivery technology using bottles. Several of our vaccine products are available in the patented TAbic ® patented format.
The IB variant 1 and IB variant 2 vaccines are intermediate virulence live vaccine strains used for the prevention of Infectious Bronchitis in poultry. Both strains have become significant tools in the increasing global fight against infectious bronchitis in regions throughout the world. These strains present us with an opportunity for growth.
The M.B. strain of Gumboro vaccine is an intermediate virulence live vaccine strain used for the prevention of Infectious Bursal Disease. The intermediate strain was developed to provide protection against the new field epidemic virus, which is more virulent than those previously encountered.
The V.H. strain of Newcastle disease vaccine is a pathogenic strain and is effective when applied by aerosol, coarse spray, drinking water or eye-drops. It has been used successfully under various management and climate conditions in many breeds of poultry.

We also focus on innovation to produce new antigens or new presentations of antigens, and have developed new vaccines, such as the recombinant VP2 and EDS vaccines, being sold as monovalent vaccines or in combinations with other antigens.
Mineral Nutrition
Our trace mineral products principally include copper, zinc, cobalt, iron, selenium, manganese, magnesium, iodine and molybdenum.
Our major trace mineral customers are regional and national feed companies, distributors, co-ops, blenders, integrated swine, beef and poultry operations and pet food companies. The majority of our customers have nutrition staffs who determine their own formulae for custom trace mineral premixes.
Trace minerals’ costs fluctuate with commodity markets and therefore these products are price-sensitive. Their sale requires a focused effort on cost management, quality control, customer service, pricing and logistics execution to be profitable.
Performance Products
Our Performance Products business manufactures and markets products for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries. We operate the business through our PhibroChem (a division of PAHC), Ferro Metal and Chemical Corporation Limited and Phibro-Tech business units.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales organization includes sales, marketing and technical support employees. In markets where we do not have a direct commercial presence, we generally contract with distributors that provide logistics and sales and marketing support for our products. Together, our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition business have a sales, marketing and technical support organization of approximately 225 employees plus approximately 180 distributors who market our portfolio of more than 1,000 product presentations to animal feed companies, distributors and livestock producers in over 65 countries.
We believe that the direct sales model as historically utilized in the United States and several other countries provides us with a superior return on investment relative to the use of third party distributors insofar as it facilitates stronger customer relationships, which translate into better customer service and higher sales, and allow us to earn higher margins. We believe that direct interactions help us to better support and educate customers regarding disease awareness, which in turn will encourage them to adopt new and more sophisticated animal health solutions, including the use of MFAs, vaccines and nutritional specialty products.
We are transitioning to a direct sales and/or direct service model in many key markets. In developed markets such as Brazil, China, Turkey and South Africa we have already successfully completed the transition. In emerging markets such as Asia Pacific, South America and Africa we plan to transition over time our sales and technical service model for these markets.
In direct sales markets, we sell our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition products through our local sales offices, either directly to integrated poultry, swine and cattle integrators or through commercial animal feed manufacturers, wholesalers and distributors. Our sales representatives visit our customers, including animal feed companies, distributors and livestock producers, to inform, promote and sell our products and services. In direct service markets, our technical operations specialists provide scientific consulting focused on disease management and herd management, training and education on diverse topics, including responsible product use.
We sell our Performance Products through our local sales offices to the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries. We market these products predominately in the United States.
Customers
We have approximately 2,850 customers, of which approximately 2,450 customers are served by our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition businesses. We consider a diverse set of livestock producers,

including beef and dairy farmers as well as pork and poultry operations, to be the primary customers of our livestock products. We sell our livestock products directly to livestock and aquaculture producers and to distributors that typically then sell the products to livestock producers. We do not consider the business to be dependent on a single customer or a few customers, and we believe the loss of any one customer would not have a material adverse effect on our results. Our largest customer (a distributor) represented approximately 8% of our revenues for fiscal year 2013. Our Performance Products business has approximately 400 customers.
We typically sell pursuant to purchase orders from customers and do not enter into long-term delivery contracts.
Product Registrations, Patents and Trademarks
We own certain product registrations, patents, trade names and trademarks, and use know-how, trade secrets, formulae and manufacturing techniques which assist in maintaining the competitive positions of certain of our products. We believe that technology is an important component of our competitive position, and it is intended to provide us with low cost positions enabling us to produce high quality products. Patents protect some of our technology, but a significant portion of our competitive advantage is based on know-how built up over many years of commercial operation which is protected as commercial secrets. To that end, we have 89 patents or pending applications in 45 countries but we believe that no single patent or trademark is of material importance to our business and, accordingly, that the expiration or termination thereof would not materially affect our business.
We market our animal health and nutrition products under hundreds of governmental product registrations approving many of our products with respect to animal drug safety and efficacy. The use of many of our medicated products is controlled by regulatory authorities that are specific to each country (e.g., the FDA in the United States, Health Canada in Canada and EFSA/EMA in Europe). Because they regulate the safety and wholesomeness of the human food supply, their responsibility includes feed additives for animals from which human food products are derived. Each of our medicated products is registered separately in each country where it is sold. We continuously monitor, maintain and update the appropriate registration files pertaining to such regulations and approvals. In certain countries where we work with a third party distributor, local regulatory requirements may require registration in the name of such distributor. See “—Regulators.” As of December 31, 2013, we had over 500 product registrations globally for our MFA products, including more than 90 product registrations for virginiamycin, and 280 product registrations globally for our vaccine products.
Additionally, many of our vaccine products are based on proprietary master seeds and proprietary or patented adjuvant formulations. We actively seek to protect our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and proprietary know-how, including by seeking to require our employees, consultants, advisors and partners to enter into confidentiality agreements and other arrangements upon the commencement of their employment or engagement.
We seek to file and maintain trademarks around the world based on commercial activities in most regions where we have, or desire to have, a business presence for a particular product or service. We currently maintain more than 1,250 trademark applications and registrations globally, identifying goods and services related to the care of livestock.
Our technology, brands and other intellectual property are important elements of our business. We rely on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as non-disclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. Our policy is to vigorously protect, enforce and defend our rights to our intellectual property, as appropriate.
Regulatory
Many of our Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition products require licensing by a governmental agency before marketing. To maintain compliance with these regulatory requirements, we have established processes, systems and dedicated resources with end-to-end involvement from product concept to launch and maintenance in the market. Our regulatory function seeks to engage in dialogue with various global agencies regarding their policies that relate to animal health products.

United States
In the United States, governmental oversight of animal nutrition and health products is shared primarily by the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). The United States Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) has jurisdiction over certain products applied topically to animals or to premises to control external parasites and shares regulatory jurisdiction of ethanol manufactured in biofuel manufacturing facilities with the FDA.
The USDA and the FDA are primarily responsible for the safety and wholesomeness of the U.S. human food supply. The FDA regulates foods intended for human consumption and, through the Center for Veterinary Medicine (“CVM”), regulates the manufacture and distribution of animal drugs that will be given to animals from which human foods are derived. All manufacturers of animal health pharmaceuticals must show their products to be safe, effective and produced by a consistent method of manufacture as defined under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. To protect the food and drug supply for animals, the FDA develops technical standards for animal drug safety and effectiveness and evaluates data necessary to support approvals of veterinary drugs. Drug sponsors are required to file reports of certain product quality defects and adverse events in accordance with agency requirements.
The main regulatory body in the United States for veterinary pesticides is the EPA. The EPA’s Office of Pesticide Programs is responsible for the regulation of pesticide products applied to animals. All manufacturers of animal health pesticides must show their products will not cause “unreasonable adverse effects to man or the environment” as stated in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act. Within the United States, pesticide products that are approved by the EPA must also be approved by individual state pesticide authorities before distribution in that state. Post-approval monitoring of products is required, with reports provided to the EPA and some state regulatory agencies.
FDA approval of Type A/B/C Medicated Feed Articles and drugs is based on satisfactory demonstration of safety, efficacy, manufacturing quality standards and appropriate labelling. Efficacy requirements are based on the desired label claim and encompass all species for which label indication is desired. Safety requirements include target animal safety and, in the case of food animals, human food safety (HFS). HFS reviews encompass drug residue levels and the safety of those residue levels. In addition to the safety and efficacy requirements for animal drugs used in food-producing animals, environmental safety must be demonstrated. Depending on the compound, the environmental studies may be quite extensive and expensive. In many instances, the regulatory hurdles for a drug which will be used in food-producing animals are at least as stringent as if not more so than those required for a drug used in humans.
The Office of New Animal Drug Evaluation (“ONADE”) is responsible for reviewing information submitted by drug sponsors who wish to obtain approval to manufacture and sell animal drugs. A new animal drug is deemed unsafe unless there is an approved New Animal Drug Application (“NADA”). Virtually all animal drugs are “new animal drugs” within the meaning of the term in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. An approved Abbreviated New Animal Drug Application (“ANADA”) is a generic equivalent of an NADA previously approved by the FDA. An NADA in animal health is analogous to a New Drug Application in human pharmaceuticals. Both are administered by the FDA. The drug development process for human therapeutics can be more involved than that for animal drugs. However, because human food safety and environmental safety are issues for food-producing animals, the animal drug approval process for food-producing animals typically takes longer than for non-food-producing animals, such as companion animals.
The FDA may deny an NADA or ANADA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, require additional testing or information, or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product. There can be no assurances that FDA approval of any NADA or ANADA will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. Moreover, if regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which it may be marketed. Finally, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur following initial marketing. Among the conditions for NADA or ANADA approval is the requirement that the prospective manufacturer’s quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practice (“cGMP”) regulations. A manufacturing facility is

periodically inspected by the FDA for determination of compliance with cGMP after an initial pre-approval inspection. Certain subsequent manufacturing changes must be approved by the FDA prior to implementation. In complying with standards set forth in these regulations, manufacturers must continue to expend time, monies and effort in the area of production and quality control to ensure compliance. The process of seeking FDA approvals can be costly, time consuming, and subject to unanticipated and significant delays. There can be no assurance that such approvals will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. Any delay in obtaining or any failure to obtain FDA or foreign government approvals, or the suspension or revocation of such approvals, would adversely affect our ability to introduce and market our products and to generate revenue.
The issue of the potential for increased bacterial resistance to certain antibiotics used in certain food-producing animals is the subject of discussions on a worldwide basis and, in certain instances, has led to government restrictions on the use of antibiotics in these food-producing animals. The sale of antibiotics is a material portion of our business. Legislative bills are introduced in the U.S. Congress from time to time which, if adopted, could have an adverse effect on our business. One of these initiatives is a proposed bill called the Preservation of Antibiotics for Medical Treatment Act (PAMTA), which has been introduced in every Congress since the mid 2000’s. To date, such bills have not had sufficient support to become law. Should statutory, regulatory or other developments result in restrictions on the sale of our products, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In November 2004, the CVM released a draft for comment of its risk assessment of streptogramin resistance for treatment of certain infections in humans attributable to the use of streptogramins in animals (the “risk assessment”). The risk assessment was initiated after approval of a human drug called Synercid (quinupristin/dalfopristin) for treating vancomycin resistant Enterococcus faecium (VREf), which led to increased attention regarding the use of streptogramins in animals. Synercid and virginiamycin are both members of the streptogramin class of antimicrobial drugs. The risk assessment was unable to produce any firm conclusions as to whether, and, if so, how much, the use of virginiamycin in food animals contributes to the occurrence of streptogramin-resistant infections in humans via a foodborne pathway.
The stated concern underlying the status of virginiamycin as a “medically important antimicrobial” (“MIA”) on the CVM’s Guidance for Industry (“GFI”) 152 list, a guidance document for evaluating the microbial safety of antimicrobial new animal drugs on food for human consumption, was the potential impact on use of Synercid for treating VREf in humans. In 2010, the U.S. label for Synercid was changed and the VREf indication was removed. The FDA determined that data submitted by the sponsor of Synercid failed to verify clinical benefit of the product for the treatment VREf infections in humans. In September 2011, we requested that FDA remove the streptogramin class of antimicrobials from GFI 152 to reflect that they are not “medically important” for human therapy. In March 2012, the FDA declined our request, citing primarily the need to engage all stakeholders on any possible changes to GFI 152 through the processes mandated by the FDA’s good guidance practices, including issuing guidance revisions in draft and giving the public an opportunity to comment. There can be no assurance that the FDA will in the future agree with our view that removal of the VREf indication for Synercid requires the FDA to remove virginiamycin from the GFI 152 list.
In April 2012, the CVM released its GFI 209 (“The Judicious Use of Medically Important Antimicrobial Drugs in Food-Producing Animals”). In December 2013, the CVM released the final version of GFI 213 (“New Animal Drugs and New Animal Drug Combination Products Administered in or on Medicated Feed or Drinking Water of Food-Producing Animals: Recommendations for Drug Sponsors for Voluntarily Aligning Product Use Conditions with GFI #209”), and the proposed language relating to amending the current Veterinary Feed Directive (“VFD”) regulations. The two Guidance documents and the proposed revised VFD language are all relevant to the use of MIAs in the feed or drinking water of food-producing animals. The two key principles of GFI 209 are that MIAs should be limited to those uses that are considered necessary for assuring animal health, namely for the prevention, control, and/or treatment of disease and that MIA use in food-producing animals should include veterinary oversight/consultation. GFI 213 outlines CVM’s proposal with respect to removing production claims for MIAs as well as the path a sponsor may take for new claims. These Guidance documents are not legally binding, but they do reflect the FDA’s current thinking. These GFIs provide an opportunity for sponsors to seek to amend product claims to more accurately reflect the health function of antimicrobial products; however,

there can be no assurance that if a sponsor presents a specific proposal to pursue such changes the FDA will agree with that proposal or, even if the FDA does agree, that the execution of the work and the subsequent submission to the FDA will successfully achieve the desired label amendments.
The proposed revision to the current VFD language describes changes to the control of use of antimicrobial products and certain other drugs for use in animal feed. Currently in the United States, many approved antimicrobial products may be obtained and used without formal veterinary authorization. If the proposed VFD language is adopted, affected antimicrobial products could only be used if authorized by a veterinarian in accordance with the VFD. The current use of our antimicrobial products in the U.S. typically, but not always, involves veterinary oversight. However, the proposed VFD language could impose additional costs on some producers that may discourage them from using our antimicrobial products. The FDA has indicated it expects to complete the amendment to the VFD language by the end of 2016. The FDA has indicated that, provided it completes the VFD amendments within the proposed timeline, it would like sponsors to complete the process for label changes relating to the new GFI 213 within three years, that is, late 2016.
In the United States, the antibacterial products within our poultry business, our largest business in this region, as well as our cattle business, have both approved therapeutic and non-therapeutic indications. We believe, based on current producer usage patterns, that the large majority of use of our products in these segments is for therapeutic purposes. We currently generate a portion of our revenues from antibacterial products sold for use in turkey and swine in the United States where we do not currently have therapeutic claims that match our customers’ usage patterns. We intend to ensure that our antibacterial product offerings are in full alignment with the FDA’s guidance documents within the FDA’s three-year implementation period, and will pursue both new and additional therapeutic claims for these products under the process provided by the FDA. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such claims. While it is difficult to predict exactly what impact the removal of non-therapeutic claims for our products that are medically important antibacterials will ultimately have on our sales, we estimate that, had we voluntarily decided to withdraw all of our non-therapeutic claims in the United States, and did not add any new therapeutic claims, for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, our MFA & Other net sales would have been reduced by approximately $15 to $20 million.
Our carbadox product has been approved for use in food animals for over 40 years. In 1998, following a submission by the drug sponsor, the FDA conducted an evaluation of carbadox and found that it was safe based on the U.S. “sensitivity of the method” policy. Accordingly, the FDA continues to permit the approved use of carbadox. In June 2011, the FDA issued a letter to us requiring us to submit information relevant to the safety evaluation of carbadox. We have participated in a number of meetings with the CVM to discuss the approved conditions of use of carbadox in the United States and address the CVM’s concerns that certain residues may persist in tissues for longer than previously determined. These discussions are ongoing, and we have indicated our willingness to work with the FDA and undertake further scientific studies if necessary to support the safe use of carbadox. There can be no assurance that the FDA will not seek some other course of action which could result in restriction of sales, or even a total ban on the use, of carbadox in the United States or that the results of any additional work we undertake will successfully support the continued market approval of carbadox.
In October of 2012, the FDA conducted a cGMP audit of various quality documents and records at our Teaneck, NJ headquarters. At the conclusion of the audit, the FDA issued inspectional observations (Form 483) relating to various analytical test results and practices, expiration dating and reporting requirements regarding specification non-conformance for one of our product formulations of virginiamycin (Stafac ® 20). The procedures used to generate information and data in our records were consistent with our documented Standard Operating Procedures. We responded to the inspectional observations in writing in December 2012. In May 2013, the FDA sent us a letter indicating they were seeking further explanation and corrective actions regarding the issues raised in the inspectional observations. We provided responses in July and August 2013 outlining changes and providing additional information to address the FDA requests. In December 2013, the FDA replied to our response, noting some changes and proposed refinements to the revised testing procedures for our product, indicating that it would be beneficial for us to engage a third party consultant with cGMP expertise, and indicating that our updated procedures, among additional cGMP requirements, would be reviewed at the FDA’s next

inspection. While we believe we have taken appropriate actions to address our cGMP program, and are working to implement the FDA’s remaining recommendations promptly, there can be no assurance that the FDA will concur. Failure to comply with cGMP standards could have a financially material impact on our business.
In July 2008 and May 2010, the FDA conducted inspections of our Guarulhos, Brazil manufacturing facility. The FDA issued inspectional observations (Form 483) after each inspection, citing observations made with respect to operational procedures and processes. We worked to address the issues cited in the inspectional observations. In April 2012, the FDA conducted a cGMP inspection of the same facility. The inspection resulted in no adverse observations being reported and no inspectional observations (Form 483) were issued. The FDA issued a finalized Establishment Inspection Report (EIR) confirming acceptable cGMP compliance in September 2013.
Following an August 2009 plant inspection at a third party supplier’s plant in Canada, the FDA issued inspectional observations (Form 483) citing observations made with respect to the operational procedures and about which they required further comment, explanation or changes. In October 2011, the FDA issued a satisfactory EIR related to the same site indicating they had no further comment or questions.
European Union
E.U. legislation requires that veterinary medicinal products must have a marketing authorization before they are placed on the market in the European Union. A veterinary medicinal product must meet certain quality, safety, efficacy and environmental criteria to receive a marketing authorization. The European Medicines Agency (and its main veterinary scientific committee, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Veterinary Use) and the national authorities in the various E.U. Member States, are responsible for administering this regime.
A separate E.U. regime applies to feed additives. It provides for a re-registration process for existing additives and this process is still ongoing. For certain types of additives the authorizations are not generic in nature (so that they can be relied upon by any operator) but are limited to the company that obtained the authorization. They are known as Brand Specific Approvals (“BSAs”). The system is similar to the U.S. system, where regulatory approval is for the formulated product or “brand.”
The European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) is responsible for the E.U. risk assessment regarding food and feed safety. In close collaboration with national authorities and in open consultation with its stakeholders, EFSA provides independent scientific advice and communication on existing and emerging risks. EFSA may issue advice regarding the process of adopting or revising European legislation on food or feed safety, deciding whether to approve regulated substances such as pesticides and food additives, or, developing new regulatory frameworks and policies for instance in the field of nutrition. EFSA aims to provide appropriate, consistent, accurate and timely communications on food safety issues to all stakeholders and the public at large, based on the Authority’s risk assessments and scientific expertise. One of the key topics for the moment is containment of antimicrobial resistance.
A number of manufacturers, including us, submitted dossiers in order to re-register various anticoccidials for the purpose of obtaining regulatory approval from the European Commission. Official marketing authorization (BSA) for our nicarbazin product was published in October 2010. We sell nicarbazin under our own BSA and as an active ingredient for another marketer’s product which has obtained a BSA and is sold in the European Union.
Brazil
The Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock Production and Supply (“MAPA”), is the regulatory body in Brazil that is responsible for the regulation and control of pharmaceuticals, biologicals and medicinal feed additives for animal use. MAPA’s regulatory activities are conducted through the Secretary of Agricultural Defense and its Livestock Products Inspection Department. These activities include the inspection and licensing of both manufacturing and commercial establishments for veterinary products, as well as the submission, review and approval of pharmaceuticals, biologicals and medicinal feed additives.

Rest of world
We are also subject to regulatory requirements governing investigation, clinical trials and marketing approval for animal drugs in many other countries in which our products are sold. The regulatory approval process includes similar risks to those associated with FDA and European Commission approval set forth above.
Global policy and guidance
Country-specific regulatory laws have provisions that include requirements for certain labeling, safety, efficacy and manufacturers’ quality procedures (to assure the consistency of the products), as well as company records and reports. With the exception of the European Union, Australia, Canada, Japan and New Zealand, most other countries’ regulatory agencies will generally refer to the FDA, USDA, European Union and other international animal health entities, including the World Organization for Animal Health, Codex Alimentarius Commission, the recognized international standard-setting body for food (“Codex”), in establishing standards and regulations for veterinary pharmaceuticals and vaccines.
The Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives is an international expert scientific committee that is administered jointly by the FAO and the World Health Organization. It provides risk assessments and safety evaluations of residues of veterinary drugs in animal products as well as exposure and residue definition and maximum residue limit proposals for veterinary drugs.
In August 2013, a working group of the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in Food (“CCRVDF”) recommended that Codex adopt risk management advice language for a number of compounds including carbadox. The recommendation states that “authorities should prevent residues of carbadox in food. This can be accomplished by not using carbadox in food producing animals.” The proposed recommended language is to provide advice only and is not binding on individual national authorities, and virtually all national authorities already have long-established regulatory standards for carbadox, including prohibiting the use of carbadox in swine production within their territory, prohibiting the importation of pork from swine that are fed carbadox, or permitting the importation of pork from swine that are fed carbadox provided there is no detection of carbadox residues in the meat. If adopted at the next Codex meeting in July 2014, the proposed recommended language may be considered by national authorities in making future risk management determinations. To the extent additional national authorities elect to follow the proposed risk management advice and prohibit the use of carbadox in food-producing animals and/or the importation of pork from swine that are fed carbadox, such decisions could have an adverse effect on our sales of carbadox in those countries or in countries that produce meat for export to those countries.
Advertising and promotion review.
Promotion of ethical animal health products is controlled by regulations in many countries. These rules generally restrict advertising and promotion to those approved claims and uses that have been reviewed and endorsed by the applicable agency. We conduct a review of promotion material for compliance with the local and regional requirements in the markets where we sell animal health products.
Food Safety Inspection Service/generally recognized as safe.
The FDA is authorized to determine the safety of substances (including “generally recognized as safe” substances, and food and feed additives), as well as prescribing safe conditions of use. The FDA, which has the responsibility for determining the safety of substances, together with the Food Safety and Inspection Service (“FSIS”), the food safety branch within the USDA, maintain the authority in the United States to determine that new substances and new uses of previously approved substances are suitable for use in meat and poultry products.
In 2008, the FDA announced that the agency required formal review of all additives used in the production of ethanol, including our Lactrol ® product (formulated virginiamycin), where the co-products may be used for animal feed. Virginiamycin has been certified by an independent expert panel convened by us as “generally recognized as safe” (“GRAS”) as a processing aid in ethanol production and as related to

the use of the resulting distiller’s co-products for animal feed. We believe that this determination satisfies the FDA requirement. However, there can be no assurance we will be successful in maintaining market access for our Lactrol ® product or other ethanol production additives that we sell.
Global Policy and Guidance
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives . The Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives is an international expert scientific committee that is administered jointly by the FAO and the World Health Organization (“WHO”). They provide a risk assessment/safety evaluation of residues of veterinary drugs in animal products, exposure and residue definition and maximum residue limit proposals for veterinary drugs. We work with them to establish acceptable safe levels of residual product in food-producing animals after treatment. This in turn enables the calculation of appropriate withdrawal times for our products prior to an animal entering the food chain.
Advertising and Promotion Review . Promotion of ethical animal health products is controlled by regulations in many countries. These rules generally restrict advertising and promotion to those claims and uses that have been reviewed and endorsed by the applicable agency. We conduct a review of promotion material for compliance with the local and regional requirements in the markets where we sell animal health products.
Food Safety Inspection Service/Generally Recognized as Safe . The FDA is authorized to determine the safety of substances (including “generally recognized as safe” substances, food additives and color additives), as well as prescribing safe conditions of use. However, although the FDA has the responsibility for determining the safety of substances, the Food Safety and Inspection Service, the public health agency in the USDA, still retains, under the tenets of the Federal Meat Inspection Act and the Poultry Products Inspection Act and their implementing regulations, the authority to determine that new substances and new uses of previously approved substances are suitable for use in meat and poultry products.
Competition
We are engaged in highly competitive industries and, with respect to all of our major products, face competition from a substantial number of global and regional competitors. Some competitors have greater financial, R&D, production and other resources than we have. Our competitive position is based principally on our product registrations, customer service and support, breadth of product line, product quality, manufacturing technology, facility location, and product prices. We face competition in every market in which we participate. Some of our principal competitors include Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, Bayer AG, Ceva, Inc., Boehringer Ingelheim International GMBH, Eli Lilly and Company (Elanco Animal Health), Huvepharma Inc., Lallemand Inc., Merck & Co., Inc. (Merck Animal Health), Novartis AG, Pennfield Corporation, Sanofi (Merial), Southeastern Minerals, Inc., Virbac and Zoetis Inc. Many of our products face competition from products that may be used as an alternative or substitute.
There continues to be consolidation in the animal health and nutrition market, which could strengthen our competitors. Our competitors can be expected to continue to improve the design and performance of their products and to introduce new products with competitive price and performance characteristics. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to maintain our current competitive position.
Employees
As of February 15, 2014 , we had 1,129 employees. Certain employees are covered by individual employment agreements. Employees at our Guarulhos, Brazil facility are covered by a multi-employer regional industry-specific union. Our Israeli operations operate under the terms of Israel’s national collective bargaining agreement. Certain of our Israeli employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe our relations with union and non-union employees are good.

Properties
The following table lists our material properties for our three business segments:
 
Business Segment(s)
Location
Owned/Leased
Purpose(s)
Animal Health
Beit Shemesh, Israel
Land lease
Manufacturing and Research
Animal Health
Braganca Paulista, Brazil
Owned
Manufacturing and Administrative
Animal Health
Corvallis, Oregon
Owned
Research
Animal Health
Guarulhos, Brazil
Owned
Manufacturing, Sales, Premixing, Research and Administrative
Animal Health
Hannibal, Missouri
Land lease
Manufacturing
Animal Health
Manhattan, Kansas
Leased
Research
Animal Health
Naot Hovav, Israel
Land lease
Manufacturing and Research
Mineral Nutrition
Omaha, Nebraska
Owned
Manufacturing and Premixing
Animal Health
Petach Tikva, Israel
Owned
Manufacturing and Premixing
Animal Health and Mineral Nutrition
Quincy, Illinois
Owned
Manufacturing, Sales, Premixing, Research and Administrative
Performance Products
Santa Fe Springs, California
Owned
Manufacturing
Animal Health
St. Paul, Minnesota
Leased
Research
Corporate
Teaneck, New Jersey
Leased
Corporate and Administrative
Manufacturing
The Animal Health business segment manufactures many products internally and supplements that production with contract manufacturing organizations (“CMO”) as necessary.
We manufacture active pharmaceutical ingredients for certain of our antibacterial and anticoccidial related products at our facilities in Guarulhos, Brazil (virginiamycin and semduramicin) and Braganca Paulista, Brazil (nicarbazin). We manufacture active pharmaceutical ingredients (nicarbazin and amprolium) at our facility in Noat Hovav (formerly Ramat Hovav), Israel. We produce vaccines at our facility in Beit Shemesh, Israel. We produce pharmaceuticals, disinfectants and other animal health products at our facility in Petach Tikva, Israel. We produce certain of our major nutritional specialty products at our facility in Quincy, Illinois.
We supplement internal manufacturing and production capabilities with contract manufacturing organizations. We purchase active pharmaceutical ingredients for other medicated products from contract manufacturing organizations in China, India and other locations. We then formulate the final dosage form in our facilities and in contract facilities located in the United States, Brazil, Canada, Mexico, Australia, China and Israel.
Additionally, we are joint investors in a fermentation facility in Hannibal, Missouri.
We believe that our existing sites, as supplemented by CMOs, are adequate for our current requirements and for our operations in the foreseeable future.
Research and Development
Most of our manufacturing facilities have chemists and technicians on staff involved in product development, quality assurance, quality control and providing technical services to customers. Research, development and technical service efforts are conducted by our veterinarians (DVMs) and nutritionists at various facilities.

We operate Animal Health R&D in: (i) our facility in Guarulhos, Brazil; (ii) our facilities in Beit Shemesh, Israel and Noat Hovav (formerly Ramat Hovav), Israel; (iii) our facilities in Quincy, Illinois and in Corvallis, Oregon; and (iv) our facility in Minneapolis, Minnesota.
We operate Performance Products R&D in our facility in Santa Fe Springs, California.
These facilities provide R&D services relating to: fermentation development and micro-biological strain improvement; vaccine development; chemical synthesis and formulation development; nutritional specialty product development; and ethanol-related products.
For fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, our R&D expenses were $6.6 million, $7.2 million and $6.8 million, respectively.
Sales and Administrative
We maintain sales offices throughout the world in countries including the United States, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Chile, the United Kingdom, Belgium, Turkey, Israel, South Africa, China, Malaysia and Australia. Our principal headquarters is in leased space in Teaneck, New Jersey.
Environmental, Health and Safety
Our operations and properties are subject to Environmental Laws and regulations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to attain and maintain compliance with Environmental Laws. While we believe that our operations are currently in material compliance with Environmental Laws, we have, from time to time, received notices of violation from governmental authorities, and have been involved in civil or criminal action for such violations, including for odor releases or wastewater discharges in Guarulhos, Brazil and Naot Hovav (formerly Ramat Hovav), Israel. In May 2013, the parties involved in the wastewater discharge violation at the Naot Hovav facility in Israel reached a final settlement resolving all outstanding charges with no significant effect on the Company or any of its employees. Additionally, at various sites, our subsidiaries are engaged in continuing investigation, remediation and/or monitoring to address contamination associated with historical operations. We maintain budgets and accounting reserves for costs and liabilities associated with Environmental Laws, which we currently believe are adequate. In many instances, it is difficult to predict the ultimate costs under Environmental Laws and the time period during which such costs are likely to be incurred.
Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with their regulations. Violators of Environmental Laws may be subject to civil, criminal and administrative penalties, injunctions or both. Failure to comply with Environmental Laws may result in the temporary or permanent suspension of operations and/or permits, limitations on production, or increased operating costs. In addition, private plaintiffs may initiate lawsuits for personal injury, property damage, diminution in property value or other relief as a result of our operations. Environmental Laws, and the interpretation or enforcement thereof, are subject to change and may become more stringent in the future, potentially resulting in substantial future costs or capital or operating expenses. We devote considerable resources to complying with Environmental Laws and managing environmental liabilities. We have developed programs to identify requirements under and maintain compliance with Environmental Laws; however, we cannot predict with certainty the impact of increased and more stringent regulation on our operations, future capital expenditure requirements, or the cost of compliance. Based upon our experience to date, we believe that the future cost of compliance with existing Environmental Laws, and liabilities for known environmental claims pursuant to such Environmental Laws, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
Environmental Health and Safety Regulations.
The following summarizes the principal Environmental Laws affecting our business.
Waste Management . Our operations are subject to statutes and regulations addressing the contamination by, and management of, hazardous substances and solid and hazardous wastes. In the U.S., the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, (“CERCLA”), also known as the “Superfund” law, and comparable state laws, generally impose joint, strict

and several liability for costs of investigation and remediation and related liabilities, on defined classes of “potentially responsible parties” (“PRPs”). PRPs can be required to bear all of such costs regardless of fault, the legality of the original disposal or ownership of the disposal site. We have been, and may become, subject to liability under CERCLA for cleanup costs or investigation or clean up obligations or related third-party claims in connection with releases of hazardous substances at or from our current or former sites or offsite waste disposal facilities used by us, including those caused by predecessors or relating to divested properties or operations.
We must also comply with the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, (“RCRA”) and comparable state laws regulating the treatment, storage, disposal, remediation and transportation of solid and hazardous wastes. These laws impose management requirements on generators and transporters of such wastes and on the owners and operators of treatment, storage and disposal facilities. As current or historic recyclers of chemical waste, certain of our subsidiaries have been, and are likely to be, the focus of extensive compliance reviews by environmental regulatory authorities under RCRA. Our subsidiary Phibro-Tech currently has a RCRA operating permit for its Santa Fe Springs, California facility, for which a renewal application is under review. Phibro-Tech submitted an application for renewal of its permit for the Santa Fe Springs facility in 2006. The State of California is expected to issue a draft permit in 2014 for public review and comment. In addition, because we or our subsidiaries have closed several facilities which had been the subject of RCRA permits, we or our subsidiaries have been and will be required to investigate and remediate certain environmental contamination conditions at these shutdown plant sites within the requirements of RCRA corrective action programs.
Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (the “Clean Water Act”). We must comply with regulations related to the discharge of pollutants to the waters of the United States without governmental authorization, including those pursuant to the Clean Water Act.
Chemical Product Registration Requirements. We must comply with regulations related to the testing, manufacturing, labeling, registration and safety analysis of our products in order to distribute many of our products, including, for example, in the U.S., the federal Toxic Substances Control Act and Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, and in the European Union, the Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical Substances (“REACH”).
Air Emissions . Our operations are subject to the U.S. Clean Air Act (the “CAA”) and comparable U.S. state and foreign statutes and regulations, which regulate emissions of various air pollutants and contaminants. Certain of the CAA’s regulatory programs are the subject of ongoing review and/or are subject to ongoing litigation, such as the rules establishing new Maximum Achievable Control Technology for industrial boilers; significant expenditures may be required to meet current and emerging air quality standards. Regulatory agencies can also impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance with air permits or other air quality regulations. States may choose to set more stringent air emissions rules than those in the CAA. State, national and international authorities have also issued requirements focusing on greenhouse gas (“GHG”) reductions. In the U.S., the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has promulgated federal GHG regulations under the CAA affecting certain sources. In addition, a number of state, local and regional GHG initiatives are also being developed or are already in place. In Israel and Brazil, implementation of the Kyoto Protocol requirements regarding GHG emission reductions consists of energy efficiency regulations, carbon dioxide emissions allowances trading and renewable energy requirements.
Capital Expenditures.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur costs to maintain compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. We estimate that our capital expenditures relating to environmental, health and safety regulations will be $4.7 million, $3.6 million and $2.4 million in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively; however, these estimates are subject to change given the uncertainty of future Environmental Laws and the interpretation and enforcement thereof, as further described in this prospectus. Our environmental capital expenditure plans cover, among other things, the currently expected costs associated with known permit requirements relating to facility improvements.
Contamination and Hazardous Substance Risks.
Investigation, Remediation and Monitoring Activities . Certain of PAHC’s subsidiaries that are currently or were historically engaged in recycling and other activities involving hazardous materials have

been required to perform site investigations at their active, closed and former facilities and neighboring properties. Contamination of soil, groundwater and other environmental media has been identified or is suspected at several of these locations, including Santa Fe Springs, California; Powder Springs, Georgia; Union, Illinois; Sewaren, New Jersey; Sumter, South Carolina; and Joliet, Illinois, and regulatory authorities have required, and will continue to require, further investigation, corrective action and monitoring over future years. These subsidiaries also have been, and in the future may be, required to undertake additional capital improvements as part of these actions. In addition, RCRA and other applicable statutes and regulations require these subsidiaries to develop closure and post-closure plans for their facilities and in the event of a facility closure, obtain a permit which sets forth a closure plan for investigation, remediation and monitoring and requires post-closure monitoring and maintenance for up to 30 years. We believe we are in material compliance with these requirements and maintain adequate reserves to complete remediation and monitoring obligations at these locations.
In connection with past acquisitions and divestitures, we have undertaken certain indemnification obligations that require us, or may in the future require us, to conduct or finance environmental cleanups at sites we no longer own or operate. Under the terms of the sale of the former facility in Joliet, Illinois, Phibro-Tech remains responsible for any required investigation and remediation of the site attributable to conditions at the site at the time of the February 2011 sale date and we believe we have sufficient reserves to cover the cost of the remediation.
PRP at Omega Chemical Superfund Site . The EPA is investigating and planning for the remediation of offsite contaminated groundwater that has migrated from the Omega Chemical Corporation Superfund Site (“Omega Chemical Site”), which is upgradient of Phibro-Tech’s Santa Fe Springs, California facility. The EPA has named Phibro-Tech and certain other subsidiaries of PAHC as potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) due to groundwater contamination from Phibro-Tech’s Santa Fe Springs facility that has allegedly commingled with contaminated groundwater from the Omega Chemical Site. In September 2012, the EPA notified approximately 140 PRPs, including Phibro-Tech and the other subsidiaries, that they have been identified as potentially responsible for remedial action for the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site and for EPA oversight and response costs. Phibro-Tech contends that groundwater contamination at its site is due to historical operations that pre-date Phibro-Tech and/or contaminated groundwater that has migrated from upgradient properties. In addition, a successor to a prior owner of the Phibro-Tech site has asserted that PAHC and Phibro-Tech are obligated to provide indemnification for its potential liability and defense costs relating to the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site. Phibro-Tech has vigorously contested this position and has asserted that the successor to the prior owner is required to indemnify Phibro-Tech for its potential liability and defense costs. Furthermore, a nearby property owner has filed a complaint in the Superior Court of the State of California against many of the PRPs associated with the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site for alleged contamination of groundwater underneath its property. Due to the ongoing nature of the EPA’s investigation and Phibro-Tech’s dispute with the prior owner’s successor, at this time we cannot predict with any degree of certainty what, if any, liability Phibro-Tech or the other subsidiaries may ultimately have for investigation, remediation and the EPA oversight and response costs associated with the affected groundwater plume.
Potential Claims . In addition to cleanup obligations, we could also be held liable for any and all consequences arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances or other environmental damage, which liability may not be covered by insurance.
Environmental Accruals and Financial Assurance. We have established environmental accruals to cover known remediation and monitoring costs at certain of our current and former facilities. Our accruals for environmental liabilities are recorded by calculating our best estimate of probable and reasonably estimable future costs using current information that is available at the time of the accrual. Our accruals for environmental liabilities totaled $7.6 million, $8.3 million and $7.2 million as of December 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively.
In certain instances, regulatory authorities have required us to provide financial assurance for estimated costs of remediation, corrective action, monitoring and closure and post-closure plans. Our subsidiaries have, in most instances, chosen to provide the required financial assurance by means of letters

of credit issued pursuant to our Domestic Senior Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2013, the total outstanding balance of letters of credit providing such financial assurance was $12.3 million. In addition, we will also be required during 2014 to provide 50% of the financial assurance required under an Administrative Order on Consent that we, together with certain other parties, signed with the EPA in September 2013 for meeting the investigative, remedial and ongoing post-remedial requirements associated with a property in Sewaren, New Jersey; at this time we are unable to quantify the amount of financial assurance that will be required but do not expect the amount to be material to our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
Workplace Health and Safety.
We are committed to manufacturing safe products and achieving a safe workplace. Our Environmental Health and Safety (“EHS”) Global Director, along with regional and site-based EHS professionals, manage environmental, health and safety matters throughout the Company. The site managers are responsible for implementing the established EHS controls. To protect employees, we have established health and safety policies, programs and processes at all our manufacturing sites. An external EHS audit is performed at each of our sites as needed based on the conditions at the respective sites.
Legal Proceedings
We are from time to time subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These claims and litigation may include, among other things, allegations of violation of United States and foreign competition law, labor laws, consumer protection laws, and Environmental Laws and regulations, as well as claims or litigation relating to product liability, intellectual property, securities, breach of contract and tort. We operate in multiple jurisdictions and, as a result, a claim in one jurisdiction may lead to claims or regulatory penalties in other jurisdictions.
Certain customers have claimed damages to their poultry resulting from the use of one of our animal health products. We believe we are entitled to coverage for the claimed damages under our insurance policies, above any applicable self-insured retention or deductible. Our insurance carrier thus far has refused to cover the damages claimed and has denied coverage. We have taken actions to enforce our rights under the policies and believe we are likely to prevail. We have accrued a $5.6 million liability for the claims presented by our customers and have recorded a $5.4 million asset for recovery under these insurance policies. Our judgment that we will be successful in obtaining coverage under our insurance policies for the customers’ claims is based on the policy language and relevant case law precedents.
We are currently a defendant in a mass tort lawsuit commenced in 2007 by a class of approximately 100 citizens who live in the area of the Ramat Hovav Industrial Local Council in Israel, against the Industrial Council and the State of Israel, and including as additional defendants 18 manufacturers in the Industrial Council including our Koffolk subsidiary, based on alleged injury (including lung diseases, symptoms of cancer and miscarriages, from the Industrial Council’s plants and the sewage treatment facilities run by the Industrial Council). In January 2013, the Be’er Sheva District Court rejected the plaintiffs’ claims. The plaintiffs have appealed the judgment and a hearing is scheduled for March 2014. The plaintiffs initially requested damages against all defendants totaling NIS 184 million (or approximately US $53 million based on currency conversion rates as of December 30, 2013) when the lawsuit was commenced in 2007.
We, C.P. Chemicals, Inc. (“CP”), our subsidiary, and other defendants have reached a phased settlement with Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (“Chevron”), and a Settlement Agreement and Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) has been filed and entered by the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the “Court”), resolving a 1997 complaint filed by Chevron. The complaint alleged that the operations of CP at its Sewaren, New Jersey plant affected adjoining property owned by Chevron and we were also responsible to Chevron. Pursuant to the Consent Order, CP, the Company and co-defendant Legacy Vulcan Corp. (“Vulcan”), through an entity known as North Field Extension, LLC (“NFE”), have acquired a portion of the Chevron property, and NFE will proceed with any required investigation and remediation of the acquired property and has also assumed responsibility for certain types of environmental conditions (if they exist) on the portion of the property retained by Chevron. We (together with CP) and Vulcan will each be responsible for 50% of the investigation and remediation costs, which are

to be paid by us directly or through NFE. Another defendant has also made a contribution toward the remediation costs to be incurred by NFE in the amount of $0.2 million. Chevron retained responsibility for further investigation and remediation of certain identified environmental conditions on the portion of the property retained by it, as well as in one area of the property acquired by NFE. We believe that insurance recoveries will be available to offset some of those costs.
We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which they are resolved. In addition, regardless of their merits or their ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention and may materially adversely affect our reputation, even if resolved in our favor.

MANAGEMENT
Set forth below is the name, age (as of February  28 , 2014 ) , position upon completion of this offering and a description of the business experience of each of our executive officers and directors:
 
Name
Age
Position
Jack C. Bendheim
67
Chairman of the Board of Directors , President and Chief Executive Officer
Gerald K. Carlson
70
Director and Chief Operating Officer
Richard G. Johnson
64
Chief Financial Officer
Daniel M. Bendheim
42
Director and Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy
Thomas G. Dagger
55
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Larry L. Miller
50
President, Animal Health
David C. Storbeck
59
Vice President Finance and Treasurer
Dean J. Warras
4 5
President, Prince Agri Products
Daniel A. Welch
6 4
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
E. Thomas Corcoran
66
Director
Sam Gejdenson
65
Director
Ken Hanau
48
Director
Mary Lou Malanoski
57
Director
Carol A. Wrenn
53
Director
Background of Executive Officers and Directors
Set forth below is information about each of our executive officers and directors, their roles in the Company and their backgrounds:
Jack C. Bendheim , Chairman of the Board of Directors , President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Bendheim served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since 1988 and he was appointed Chief Executive Officer in March 2014 . He has been a Director since 1984. Mr. Bendheim also serves as a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Bendheim joined us in 1969 and served as Executive Vice President and Treasurer from 1983 to 1988 and as Vice President and Treasurer from 1975 to 1983. Mr. Bendheim is also a director of Empire Resources, Inc., a metals trading company in Fort Lee, New Jersey, where he also serves as a member of the compensation and audit committees. Mr. Bendheim is also the current Chairman of the Animal Health Institute, an industry organization advocating for animal health issues, including efficient and effective FDA, USDA and EPA regulatory and approval processes. Mr. Bendheim is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his almost 45 years of experience in the animal health industry and with our Company in particular and his control over a majority of the voting rights in our common stock.
Gerald K. Carlson , Director and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Carlson joined us as Chief Executive Officer in May 2002, and was appointed Chief Operating Officer in March 2014 . He has been a Director since 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Carlson served as the Commissioner of Trade and Development for the State of Minnesota from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Carlson served as Senior Vice President—Corporate Planning and Development prior to his retirement in 1998 from Ecolab Inc., a global provider of cleaning and sanitation products, systems and services. During his thirty-two year career at Ecolab, Mr. Carlson also served as Senior Vice President of International as well as Senior Vice President and General Manager—Institutional North America. Mr. Carlson is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his broad experience and track record in leading and building businesses, and his strong background in corporate strategy and business development.
Richard G. Johnson, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Johnson joined us in September 2002 and has served as Chief Financial Officer since then. Prior to joining us, Mr. Johnson served as Director of Financial Management for Laserdyne Prima, Inc., a manufacturer of laser cutting and welding systems,

from 2001 to 2002 and as Vice President—Planning and Control, Latin America for Ecolab, Inc., a global provider of cleaning and sanitation products, systems and services, from 1992 to 1999. Mr. Johnson served in various senior financial positions at Ecolab over a fifteen year period.
Daniel M. Bendheim, Director and Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy. Mr. Bendheim joined us in the Fall of 1997. In 2001 he was appointed Vice President of Business Development, was appointed President, Performance Products in 2004, and he was appointed Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy in March 2014 . Prior to joining us, Mr. Bendheim worked as an analyst at South Coast Capital, a boutique investment bank. He obtained a B.A. degree in political science with honors from Yeshiva University in 1993 and a J.D. degree with honors from Harvard Law School in 1996. Mr. Bendheim is a son of Jack C. Bendheim and a manager of certain economic rights pertaining to common shares of BFI. Mr. Bendheim is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive management experience in all facets of the animal health and nutrition and performance products businesses during his tenure with the Company and his management role within BFI.
Thomas G. Dagger, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Mr. Dagger joined us in his current role in November 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dagger served as in-house legal counsel for AT&T Corp., a major communications company, from 1992 to 2006, where most recently he was Law Vice President and Vice President and General Counsel for AT&T’s Teleport Communications Group Inc. subsidiary. In this role, he was responsible for legal support for all of AT&T’s U.S. network operations, R&D (AT&T Labs), worldwide customer care and business local services. Earlier in his career, Mr. Dagger was an associate at the law firm of Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton. Mr. Dagger obtained his A.B. degree summa cum laude from Duke University, and his J.D. degree with honors from the University of Chicago Law School, where he served as Editor-in-Chief of the University of Chicago Law Review.
Larry L. Miller, President, Animal Health. Mr. Miller joined us in his current role in May 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Miller was, from 2004 to 2008, Vice President of the Global Ruminant Business with Intervet/Schering-Plough Animal Health, which at that time was the largest animal health ruminant business in the world. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Miller was General Manager for Schering-Plough’s Australia and New Zealand Animal Health businesses, which included a diversified portfolio of animal health and nutrition products for beef and dairy cattle, sheep, swine, poultry and companion animals. Mr. Miller held numerous roles in sales and marketing management during his 17 years with Schering-Plough, and prior to that with American Cyanamid Animal Health and Nutrition. He holds a B.S. degree in Animal Science from the University of Nebraska and an Executive MBA degree from the City University of New York.
David C. Storbeck, Vice President Finance and Treasurer. Mr. Storbeck joined us in January 2001 and has served in his current role since September 2002. From 1995 to 2000 he was Vice President Finance of Matheson Gas Products, Inc., a specialty gas and equipment company serving the U.S. semiconductor industry. For the 15 years prior to that, he held various positions in the Controller’s Department of Witco Chemical Corporation, a Fortune 500 global specialty chemical company.
Dean J. Warras, President, Prince Agri Products. Mr. Warras joined us in August 2005 as Vice President, Sales, for Prince Agri Products. He was promoted to his current position of President, Prince Agri Products in June 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Warras spent his entire career with Cargill, an international producer and marketer of food, agricultural, financial and industrial products and services, in the animal nutrition business. From 2001 to 2005, he was District General Manager for the Upper Midwest USA business, headquartered in Sioux City, Iowa, and from 1998 to 2001, he was Country and District General Manager for Hungary. From 1991-1998, he served in a number of roles throughout the United States and Latin America, including Plant Manager, Administrative Manager and Manager of the Global Product Services Department. He holds a B.A. degree in Finance and Marketing from the University of St. Thomas in St. Paul, Minnesota.
Daniel A. Welch, Senior Vice President, Human Resources. Mr. Welch joined us in his current role in August 2004. From 2001 until 2004, he was Director and Global Human Resource Generalist at Pfizer Inc., a leading global pharmaceutical company, overseeing HR support for over 3,000 employees in the Regulatory Affairs, Clinical Safety, Document Management and Global Project Management groups within Pfizer’s R&D organization at three domestic and 4 international sites. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Welch was the President of Value Growth Dynamics, LLC, a consulting firm focused on strategic change.

E. Thomas Corcoran, Director. Mr. Corcoran has been a Director since May 2008. Mr. Corcoran also serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Corcoran joined Fort Dodge Animal Health, a division of Wyeth, Inc. in 1985. Wyeth was a researched based corporation with businesses focused on human health through its ethical and over the counter divisions and the animal health division. Mr. Corcoran served on the Management, the Operations, the Legal, and the Human Resources and Benefits committees of the corporation until his retirement in March 2008. Mr. Corcoran also served as the Chairman of the Animal Health Institute, the trade association for the animal health industry. Mr. Corcoran serves on the Board of Directors of Putney, Inc. and the Board of Trustees of the University of South Alabama. Mr. Corcoran is also the recipient of the Animal Pharm Lifetime Achievement Award, the Banfield Industry Leadership Award, the Lifetime Achievement Award from the American Veterinary Distributors Association and the Industry Leadership Award from the Kansas City Animal Health Corridor. Mr. Corcoran is the recipient of the Distinguished Alumni Award from the University of South Alabama. Mr. Corcoran is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive experience and executive leadership in the animal health industry.
Sam Gejdenson , Director. Mr. Gejdenson has been a Director since January 2004. Mr. Gejdenson also serves as a member of the Audit Committee and as Chairman of Compensation Committee. Since 2001, Mr. Gejdenson has been involved in international trade through his own company, Sam Gejdenson International, through which he has worked with various multi-national clients on projects in Europe, Asia and Africa. Mr. Gejdenson also presently serves on the Board of the National Democratic Institute and as a Commissioner on the U.S. Commission for International Religious Freedom. From 1981 to 2001, Congressman Sam Gejdenson served eastern Connecticut in the U.S. House of Representatives where Mr. Gejdenson was the senior Democrat on the House International Relations Committee. In 1974, he was elected to the Connecticut House of Representatives, serving two terms. He received an A.S. degree from Mitchell College in New London, Connecticut in 1968 and a B.A. from the University of Connecticut in Storrs, Connecticut in 1970. Mr. Gejdenson is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his understanding of our business from his service on our Board for the past nine years and his extensive knowledge of global business and governments around the world.
Ken Hanau , Director. Mr. Hanau has been a Director since July 2012. Mr. Hanau was appointed by the stockholders of PAHC as Mayflower’s designee on our Board of Directors and Compensation Committee. Since July 2006, Mr. Hanau has been Managing Partner of 3i North America, the regional business of 3i Group plc in North America. 3i Group plc is the ultimate parent company of both 3i Corporation and 3i Investments plc, where 3i Corporation acts as investment advisor to 3i Investments plc in its capacity as manager of Mayflower. Prior to joining 3i, Mr. Hanau held senior positions with Weiss, Peck & Greer and Halyard Capital, leading investments in the industrial and business services sectors. Previously, Mr. Hanau worked in investment banking at Morgan Stanley and at K&H Corrugated Case Corporation, a family-owned packaging business. Mr. Hanau is a former CPA and started his career with Coopers & Lybrand. He received his B.A. with honors from Amherst College and his MBA from Harvard Business School. Mr. Hanau is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive international business and management experience as an investor, advisor and board director.
Mary Lou Malanoski , Director. Ms. Malanoski has been a Director since May 2004. Ms. Malanoski currently serves as Vice Chair and Chief Operating Officer at Morgan Joseph TriArtisan Group, Inc., an investment bank focused on the mid-market, which she joined in July 2001 as a Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Malanoski became Co-Head of Investment Banking in 2008, and served as Head of Investment Banking from March 2009 through March 2012, prior to becoming Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Malanoski has also served on the Board of Directors of Morgan Joseph TriArtisan Group, Inc. since the Spring of 2008. From 1994 until 2001, Ms. Malanoski served as Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of New Street Advisors LP, a private equity firm that she co-founded. Prior to 1994, Ms. Malanoski was a Managing Director at New Street Capital, the successor to the reorganized Drexel Burnham Lambert, where she began her career in the Corporate Finance Department. In addition to her understanding of our business from her service on our Board of Directors for the past nine years, Ms. Malanoski brings to our Board substantial management, finance and investment banking experience.
Carol A. Wrenn, Director. Ms. Wrenn has been a Director since July 2010. Ms. Wrenn also serves as a member of the Audit Committee. She has been the President and founder of Sky River Helicopters, LLC, a company which provides helicopter charters, tours, commercial services and lessons, since

January 2010. She previously served as an Executive Vice President and the President of the Animal Health Division at Alpharma Inc., a human and animal pharmaceutical company, from November 2001 to June 2009. From April 2007 to April 2009, Ms. Wrenn also held the position of Chairman of the Animal Health Institute, an industry organization advocating for animal health issues, including efficient and effective FDA, USDA and EPA regulatory and approval processes. From January 2002 to June 2009, she was an active member of the board of directors of the International Federation of Animal Health. Prior to joining Alpharma, Ms. Wrenn held various executive positions at Honeywell International Inc. (formerly, AlliedSignal Inc.) from 1984 to 2001. She served as Business Director of Honeywell’s Refrigerants, Fluorine Products Division from 2000 to 2001 and was the Commercial Director and Managing Director of Honeywell’s European Fluorochemical operations based in Haasrode, Belgium from 1997 to 2000. Ms. Wrenn also held a number of positions in sales, marketing, business development and finance during her tenure with AlliedSignal. Beginning in January 2013, Ms. Wrenn has served as a Director of Heska Corporation. She holds a Bachelor’s Degree from Union College and an MBA from Lehigh University. Ms. Wrenn is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to her relevant industry experience, strategic and problem-solving skills, and strong interpersonal and negotiation skills.
Controlled Company
Upon completion of this offering, BFI will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards will free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:
  • that a majority of our Board of Directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ;
  • that we have, to the extent applicable, a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
  • that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
  • for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committees and compensation committee.
Since we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the NASDAQ rules, we will not have a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and our Compensation Committee will not be composed entirely of independent directors. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our Audit Committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of NASDAQ within the applicable time frame. These rules require that our Audit Committee be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and all of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.
Board Committees
Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have two standing committees: an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Each of the committees will report to the Board of Directors as they deem appropriate, and as the Board of Directors may request. The expected composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. In the future, our Board of Directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating; retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of

their audit; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual consolidated financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; and (8) reviewing and approving related person transactions.
Upon completion of this offering, our Audit Committee will consist of E. Thomas Corcoran, Sam Gejdenson and Carol Wrenn. The SEC rules and the NASDAQ rules require us to have one independent Audit Committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on NASDAQ, a majority of independent directors on the Audit Committee within 90 days of the date of the completion of this offering and all independent Audit Committee members within one year of the date of the completion of this offering. Our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Corcoran, Mr. Gejdenson and Ms. Wrenn meet the definition of “independent directors” for purposes of serving on an Audit Committee under applicable SEC and the NASDAQ rules, and we fully comply with these independence requirements. In addition, Mr. Corcoran will qualify as our “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K.
Our Board of Directors will adopt a new written charter for the Audit Committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.pahc.com upon the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; and (4) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans, if any.
Upon completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will consist of Mr. Gejdenson, Mr. Jack Bendheim and Mr. Hanau.
Our Board of Directors will adopt a new written charter for the Compensation Committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.pahc.com upon the completion of this offering. The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
Risk Oversight
Our Board of Directors is currently responsible for overseeing our risk management process. The Board of Directors focuses on our general risk management strategy and the most significant risks facing us, and ensures that appropriate risk mitigation strategies are implemented by management. The Board of Directors is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.
Following the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will delegate to the Audit Committee oversight of our risk management process. Our other board committees will also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full Board of Directors as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.
Our management is responsible for day-to-day risk management. This oversight includes identifying, evaluating, and addressing potential risks that may exist at the enterprise, strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reporting levels.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

Code of Ethics
We have adopted a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Business Conduct”) which applies to all of our directors, officers and other employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. In addition, we have adopted a written Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers (“Code of Ethics”) which applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and other designated members of our management. We will provide any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of our Code of Business Conduct or Code of Ethics. Such requests should be made in writing to the attention of our General Counsel at the following address: Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl., 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Suite 21, Teaneck, New Jersey 07666-6712.
Director Compensation
In the year ended June 30, 2013, Ken Hanau, Carol A. Wren, Sundip Murthy, E. Thomas Corcoran, Sam Gejdenson and Mary Lou Malanoski received compensation for their services on our Board of Directors. Each non-employee director receives an annual cash compensation of $30,000. The non-employee members of the Audit and Compensation Committees receive a supplemental annual cash compensation of $10,000 for each committee on which they serve. Directors have been and will continue to be reimbursed for travel, food, lodging and other expenses directly related to their activities as directors. Directors are also entitled to the protection provided by their indemnification agreements and the indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the protection provided by director and office liability insurance provided by us.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following sets forth all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to our named executive officers.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the total compensation that was paid or accrued for the Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The Named Executive Officers are, our President, our Chief Executive Officer and our President, Animal Health. These were the three most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year.
 
Name and principal position (1)
Year
Salary (2)
Bonus
Program
Option
Awards (3)
Change in
pension value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
All Other
Compensation (4)
Total
Jack C. Bendheim
Chairman of the Board;
President
2013
$
1,854,000
$
630,900
$
$
34,141
$
182,108
$
2,701,149
2012
1,800,000
622,500
277,528
210,272
2,910,300
Gerald K. Carlson
Chief Executive Officer
2013
566,500
347,000
82,091
26,135
40,093
1,061,819
2012
550,000
342,400
99,468
37,909
1,029,777
Larry L. Miller
President, Animal Health
2013
425,000
260,900
62,083
16,450
18,986
783,419
2012
400,000
285,900
140,903
36,397
18,205
881,405
 
(1)
  • The principal position pertains to the years presented in this table. Prior to this offering, Mr. Bendheim was named Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Carlson was named Chief Operating Officer.
(2)
  • Messrs. Bendheim and Carlson also serve on the Company’s Board of Directors, but they receive no compensation for such service on the Board of Directors.
(3)
  • Represents the dollar amount of stock option expense recognized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with ASC 718, rather than an amount paid to or realized by the Named Executive Officer. The value of the grants was determined by application of the Black-Sholes option-pricing model with no discount for estimated forfeitures. Key assumptions include risk free rate of return, expected life of the option, expected stock price volatility and expected dividend yield.
(4)
  • The table below sets forth information regarding all other types of compensation to our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Employment Agreements
We entered into an employment agreement with Jack C. Bendheim on March  12, 2008, which was amended and restated on March 27 , 2014 , whereby Mr. Bendheim will serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors , President , and, as provided in the 2014 amendment, Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Pursuant to Mr. Bendheim’s employment agreement, for our 2014 fiscal year, he receives a base salary of $1,890,000, which is subject to periodic review by the Company, and a target bonus opportunity of $945,000 or 50% of his base salary. The range of the bonus can be from 50% to 150% of the target bonus, which equates to 25% to 75% of Mr. Bendheim’s base salary, if the minimum thresholds are met and zero payout if minimum thresholds are not met. Mr. Bendheim receives a bonus of 50% of his base salary if the targets are 100% satisfied. Mr. Bendheim’s salary and bonus are subject to adjustment with the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, with Mr. Bendheim abstaining. Such employment is “at will” with 180 days’ notice from the Company. Upon termination of employment or upon request, Mr. Bendheim will be entitled to the Company’s subscription rights for tickets to a New York sports team.

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Bendheim’s employment agreement, we make payments for his family’s legal, audit, and tax services, and payments for members of his family for non-full time employment and consulting arrangements and medical and other insurance coverage up to an aggregate maximum cost of $ 450 ,000 per annum.
If Mr. Bendheim’s employment terminates due to death or disability, his estate shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Benefits (defined as earned but unpaid base salary, reimbursements of previously incurred business expenses, and any other payments, benefits, or fringe benefits provided for under applicable compensation arrangements or benefit, equity or fringe benefit plans or programs) and six months of continued base salary payments. Upon a termination due to disability, he shall also be entitled to receive continued health care coverage for one year. Upon a termination without “cause” or voluntarily by Mr. Bendheim, he shall be entitled to receive (i) the Accrued Benefits and (ii) continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) for a period of 18 months, provided that the Company will not provide such coverage to the extent that it would incur excise taxes under the nondiscrimination provisions of Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (“PPACA”). “Cause” is defined as Mr. Bendheim’s (i) willful or repeated failure to substantially perform his duties to the Company (other than a failure resulting from complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment), (ii) material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or that adversely affects the image of the Company, (iii) commission of a willful act that constitutes gross misconduct and is injurious to the Company, or (iv) willful breach of a material provision of the employment agreement. Mr. Bendheim will be required to sign a customary release prior to receiving any benefits in addition to the Accrued Benefits. Mr. Bendheim is also bound by customary noncompete, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, intellectual property, and cooperation provisions, which generally apply during employment and thereafter (with the noncompete and nonsolicitation provisions applying during employment and the one-year period thereafter). Mr. Bendheim’s employment agreement also includes an arbitration clause for the settlement of all disputes arising therein.
We entered into an employment agreement with Gerald K. Carlson in May 2002, amended in March 2008, December 2009 and December 2011, whereby Mr. Carlson formerly served as our Chief Executive Officer. We further amended Mr. Carlson’s employment agreement on March 27 , 2014 to provide among other things , that his title would change to Chief Operating Officer. Pursuant to Mr. Carlson’s employment agreement, for our 2014 fiscal year, he receives a base salary of $578,000, which is subject to periodic review by the Company, and a target bonus opportunity of $289,000 or 50% of his base salary.
Mr. Carlson’s employment agreement provides that upon death, his estate shall receive the Accrued Benefits (as defined in Mr. Bendheim’s employment agreement), and upon a termination for disability, he shall receive the Accrued Benefits and continuation of health and life insurance benefits for a period of one year. Upon a termination without “cause” (defined substantially the same as in Mr. Bendheim’s employment agreement) or by Mr. Carlson for any reason, he shall be entitled to receive (i) the Accrued Benefits, (ii) a lump sum payment of any earned but unpaid annual bonus from the most previous fiscal year, (iii) a pro rata portion of his annual bonus (based on actual results and payable when bonuses are generally paid), (iv) an amount equal to two-thirds his annual base salary paid over eight months, and (v) continuation of COBRA coverage for a period of 18 months, provided that the Company will not provide such coverage to the extent that it would incur excise taxes under the nondiscrimination provisions of PPACA. If Mr. Carlson’s employment is terminated without cause or by him for “good reason” in the six-month period following a “change in control” (as defined therein), he will receive, in addition to the benefits described in the preceding sentence but in lieu of continued base salary payments for eight months, a lump sum payment equal to one year’s base salary and 50% of the target bonus amount for the year in which termination occurs. “Good Reason” is defined in Mr. Carlson’s employment agreement as (i) a material adverse change in his duties, responsibilities or authority (including status, office, title, reporting relationships or working conditions, or (ii) a relocation of his principal place of employment more than 50 miles from Teaneck, New Jersey without his consent; provided, that in both cases, Mr. Carlson must notify us within 90 days of either such occurrence and we shall have 30 days to cure such occurrence. Mr. Carlson’s amended and restated employment agreement will also include a modified Section 280G cutback provision such that if any payments provided therein are determined to be “parachute payments” as defined by Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), such

payments shall be reduced so that no excise tax shall be imposed by Section 4999 Code, but only if such reduction would result in a higher after-tax payment as compared to the payment amount Mr. Carlson would retain after paying all applicable taxes, including the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. Mr. Carlson will be required to sign a customary release prior to receiving any severance in addition to the Accrued Benefits. Mr. Carlson is also bound by customary noncompete, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, intellectual property, and cooperation provisions, which generally apply during employment and thereafter (with the noncompete and nonsolicitation provisions applying during employment and the one-year period thereafter). Mr. Carlson’s agreement also includes an arbitration clause for the settlement of all disputes arising therein.
We entered into an employment agreement with Larry L. Miller in May 2008, amended in December 2009 and December 2011, whereby Mr. Miller serve d as our President, Phibro Animal Health and Nutrition, and he currently serves as our President, Animal Health. Pursuant to Mr. Miller’s employment agreement, for our 2014 fiscal year, he receives a base salary of $433,500, which is subject to periodic review by the Company, and a target bonus opportunity of $216,800 or 50% of his base salary. Mr. Miller’s employment agreement provides that in the event of a termination without “cause” (defined substantially the same as in Messrs. Bendheim’s and Carlson’s employment agreements) or his resignation with “good reason” (defined substantially the same as in Mr. Carlson’s employment agreement) , he would be entitled to receive a lump sum payment of 100% of his annual base salary in effect at the time of termination, plus a pro rata portion of his bonus. Mr. Miller will be required to sign a customary release prior to receiving such severance payments. Mr. Miller is bound by customary noncompete, nonsolicitation, and intellectual property provisions , which generally apply during employment and thereafter (with the noncompete and nonsolicitation provisions applying during employment and the one-year period thereafter) .
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
Our non-equity incentive plan (the “Bonus Program”) is a cash-based program to reward employees for achieving critical Company goals. Goals are established at the beginning of each fiscal year and are reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee. Target award opportunities vary by job level and can range from 20% to 50% of annual base salary. Where minimum threshold performance targets are satisfied, annual incentive payments can range from 50% to 150% of the target award opportunity, based on performance relative to goals as determined by the Compensation Committee.
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, Messrs. Bendheim, Carlson, and Miller had target award opportunities of, respectively, $515,000, $282,250, and $212,500, and based on performance relative to the goals, each received payments set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above.
Option Awards
The Company’s 2008 Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”) enables us to provide directors, officers, employees and consultants with opportunities to purchase common shares pursuant to options that may be granted, and receive grants of restricted shares and other share-based awards granted, from time to time, by the Board of Directors or a committee approved by the Board. Stock options are designed to motivate executives to make decisions that focus on long-term stockholder value creation. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock awards and other incentives of up to 6,630,000 shares. Common shares available for grants as of June 30, 2013 were 5,131,620 . At June 30, 2013, pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan, 1,498,380 stock options with an exercise price of $ 11.83 per share are outstanding, and 1,123,785 of such outstanding stock options are vested and exercisable. The balance of the outstanding options became vested and exercisable on March 1, 2014.
On April 29, 2013, Mr. Carlson was granted 309,400 options with an exercise price of $ 11.83 per share under the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan. 232,050 of Mr. Carlson’s options vested upon the grant date, and the remaining 77,350 became vested on March 1, 2014. On March 1, 2009, Mr. Miller was granted 552,500 options with an exercise price of $ 11.83 per share under the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan. 276,250 of Mr. Miller’s options vested upon the third anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 276,250 options vested in pro rata portions on the fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date.

All Other Compensation
We maintain for the benefit of our United States employees a 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan which is a defined contribution plan qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Our employees are eligible for participation in the plan without any waiting period once they have attained age 21. Employees may make pre-tax contributions of up to the lesser of 60% of such employee’s compensation or the maximum amount permitted under the Code. We make a matching contribution equal to 100% of the first 1% of an employee’s contribution and make a matching contribution equal to 50% of the next 5% of an employee’s contribution. Participants are fully vested in employer contributions after two years of service. Distributions are generally payable in a lump sum after termination of employment, retirement, death, disability, plan termination, attainment of age 59.5, disposition of substantially all of our assets or upon financial hardship. The plan also provides for loans to participants. In 2013, we provided Messrs. Carlson and Miller with 401(k) matching contributions in the amount of, respectively, $9,100 and $9,188. In 2012, we provided Messrs. Carlson and Miller with 401(k) matching contributions in the amount of $8,575 each.
 
Name
Year
Commuting (1)
Housing
Allowance (2)
401(k) Plan
Company Match (3)
Other (4)
Total
Jack C. Bendheim
2013
$
$
$
$
182,108
$
182,108
2012
210,272
210,272
Gerald K. Carlson
2013
24,000
9,100
6,993
40,093
2012
24,000
8,575
5,334
37,909
Larry L. Miller
2013
9,000
9,188
798
18,986
2012
9,000
8,575
630
18,205
 
(1)
  • Mr. Miller receives an annual $9,000 car allowance.
(2)
  • Mr. Carlson commutes to work from his home in Minnesota and is provided with a housing allowance to maintain an apartment near our headquarters.
(3)
  • Represents our 401(k) Plan. We maintain for the benefit of our United States employees a 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan which is a defined contribution plan qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Our employees are eligible for participation in the plan without any waiting period once they have attained age 21. Employees may make pre-tax contributions of up to the lesser of 60% of such employee’s compensation or the maximum amount permitted under the Code. We make a matching contribution equal to 100% of the first 1% of an employee’s contribution and make a matching contribution equal to 50% of the next 5% of an employee’s contribution. Participants are fully vested in employer contributions after two years of service. Distributions are generally payable in a lump sum after termination of employment, retirement, death, disability, plan termination, attainment of age 59.5, disposition of substantially all of our assets or upon financial hardship. The plan also provides for loans to participants.
(4)
  • Represents group term life insurance and financial and tax services.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
 
Name
Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised options
(exerciseable)
Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised options
(unexerciseable)
Option
Exercise
Price
Option
Expiration
Date
Jack Bendheim (1)
Gerald Carlson
232,050
77,350
$
11.83
February 28, 2019
Larry Miller (2)
414,375
138,125
$
11.83
February 28, 2019
 
(1)
  • Mr. Carlson’s options were granted on April 19, 2013. 232,050 of the options vested upon grant, and 77,350 of the options vested on March 1, 2014.
(2)
  • Mr. Miller’s options were granted on March 1, 2009. 276,250 of Mr. Miller’s options vested upon the third anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 276,250 options vested in pro rata portions on the fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date.

Additional Narrative Description
Pension Plan
We maintain for the benefit of our United States employees employed on or prior to December 31, 2013 a defined benefit pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. Our employees are eligible for participation in the Pension Plan once they have attained age 21 and completed a year of service (which is a plan year in which the employee completes 1,000 hours of service). The Pension Plan provides benefits equal to the sum of (a) 1.0% of an employee’s “average salary” plus 0.5% of the employee’s “average salary” in excess of the average of the employee’s social security taxable wage base, times years of service after July 1, 1989, plus (b) the employee’s frozen accrued benefit, if any, as of June 30, 1989 calculated under the Pension Plan formula in effect at that time. For purposes of calculating the portion of the benefit based on “average salary” in excess of the average wage base, years of service shall not exceed 35. “Average salary” for these purposes means the employee’s salary over the consecutive five year period in the last ten years preceding retirement or other termination of employment which produces the highest average. An employee becomes vested in his plan benefit once he completes five years of service with us. In general, benefits are payable after retirement or disability in the form of a 50%, 75% or 100% joint and survivor annuity, life annuity or life annuity with a five or ten year term certain. In some cases benefits may also be payable under the Pension Plan in the event of an employee’s death.
Mr. Bendheim, Mr. Carlson and Mr. Miller each participate in the Pension Plan. As of June 30, 2013, Mr. Bendheim had an accumulated benefit of $764,810, Mr. Carlson had an accumulated benefit of $411,922 and Mr. Miller had an accumulated benefit of $90,597.
Most of our foreign subsidiaries have retirement plans covering substantially all employees. Contributions to these plans are generally deposited under fiduciary-type arrangements.
Retirement Income Plan
In 1994, we adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan as an incentive for certain executives. The plan provides for (i) a Retirement Income Benefit (as defined), (ii) a Survivor’s Income Benefit (as defined), and (iii) a Deferred Compensation Benefit (as defined). Mr. Bendheim currently participates in this plan and three retired executives receive benefits. A grantor trust has been established to provide the benefits described above.
We determined the Retirement Income Benefit based upon the employee’s salary, years of service and age at retirement. At present, it is contemplated that a benefit of 1% of each participant’s eligible compensation will be accrued each year. The benefit is payable upon retirement (after age 65 with at least 10 years of service) in monthly installments over a 15 year period to the participant or his named beneficiary. The Survivor’s Income Benefit for the current participants is one times annualized compensation at the time of death, capped at $1,500,000, payable in 24 equal monthly installments.
As of June 30, 2013, Mr. Bendheim has a survivor’s income benefit of $1,500,000 and an annual retirement income benefit of $86,755.
Retirement Health Care Plan
Under the Retirement Health Care Plan, we provide retirement health care insurance coverage to Mr. Bendheim, Mr. Carlson and certain other persons that is supplemental to Medicare benefits. To be eligible, a person must have been (i) a corporate officer of the Company, reached the age of 65, and employed by the Company for a minimum of 35 years; or (ii) a corporate officer and director of the Company, reached the age of 65, and hired by the Company prior to June 1, 2002; or (iii) an employee of the Company who retires after reaching a minimum age of 75 as of October 1, 2007 with a minimum of 10 years of service to the Company; provided that in the case of (i) and (ii), such participants shall have eligibility deferred until such participant is no longer eligible for participation in the Company’s health care plan (excluding COBRA eligibility). The Company pays all premium costs for participants, and, in addition to participants, coverage is provided for a participant’s spouse both during the lifetime of any such participant and for the lifetime of any person who was the spouse of a participant at the time of such participant’s death.

Executive Income Program
On March 1, 1990, we entered into an Executive Income Program to provide a pre-retirement death benefit and a retirement benefit to certain executives. The program provides that upon the executive’s retirement, at or after attaining age 65, we will make retirement payments to the executive during his life for 10 years or until he or his beneficiaries have received a total of 120 monthly payments. Participants have no claim against us other than as unsecured creditors. We intend to fund the payments using the cash value or the death benefit from the life insurance policies insuring each executive’s life. Mr. Bendheim currently participates in this plan and his annual retirement benefit is $30,000.
Each policy also contains additional paid-up insurance and extended term insurance. On the death of the executive prior to his actual retirement date: (i) the first $1,000,000 of the death benefit is payable to the executive’s spouse or issue; (ii) the excess is payable to us up to the aggregate amount of premiums paid by us; and (iii) any balance is payable to the executive’s spouse or issue.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
The following table shows the executive contributions, earnings and account balances for the unfunded, unsecured deferred compensation plan.
 
Name
Executive
Contributions
in FY 2013
Company
Contributions
in FY 2013
Aggregate
Earnings
in FY 2013
Balance at
June 30,
2013
Jack C. Bendheim
$
$
$
26,596
$
708,673
1993 Split Dollar Agreement
On August 12, 1993, we entered into a Split Dollar Agreement with David Butler and Gail Bendheim, as trustees under an Indenture of Trust dated August 12, 1993 (the “Trust”). This Agreement provides for the Trust to purchase and own life insurance policies on the life of Jack C. Bendheim in the aggregate face amount of $5,000,000 (plus additions). The premiums for such insurance are paid in part by the Trust (to the extent of the lesser of the P.S. 58 rates, or the insurers’ current published premium rate for annually renewable term insurance for standard risks) and in part by us (we pay the balance of the premiums not paid by the Trust). Upon the death of Jack C. Bendheim or upon the cancellation of the policies or the termination of the Agreement, we have the right to be repaid the total amount we advanced toward payment of premiums. To secure our right to be repaid, the Trust has assigned each policy to us as collateral. After repayment of the amount due to us, the remaining cash surrender value or the remaining death benefit is payable to the Trust, the beneficiaries of which are the wife and issue of Jack C. Bendheim.
2008 Incentive Plan
On March 12, 2008, PAHC’s Board and stockholders adopted the 2008 Incentive Plan (the “2008 Incentive Plan”). The 2008 Incentive Plan provides directors, officers, employees and consultants to the Company with opportunities to purchase common shares pursuant to options that may be granted, and receive grants of restricted stock and other stock-based awards granted, from time to time by the Board of directors or a committee approved by the Board. The 2008 Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock awards and other incentives for up to 6,630,000 shares. Common shares available for grants pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2013 were 5,131,620 .
On February 26, 2009 and April 29, 2013, PAHC’s Compensation Committee awarded stock options with an exercise price of $ 11.83 per share, pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Plan. The exercise price per share was not less than the fair value of the common stock at the grant date. The awards granted are non-qualified stock options that vested at various dates through March 1, 2014. The options expire February 28, 2019.

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table shows information about the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as of February 28 , 2014 by:
  • Mayflower, the selling stockholder;
  • each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding Class A common stock or our outstanding Class B common stock;
  • each of our directors and executive officers; and
  • all of our directors and executive officers as a group,
  • in each case giving effect to the 0.442 -for- 1 stock split of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
The numbers listed below are based on 9,109,620 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of February 28 , 2014, after giving effect to the 0.442 -for- 1 split and reclassification of our common stock to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Jack Bendheim will beneficially own approximately 54.8 % of our common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ.
 
Common stock owned
before the offering
Percentage
of voting
power prior
to this
offering
Common stock owned
after the offering
(no option exercise)
Percentage
of voting
power
after this
offering (14)
Common stock owned
after the offering
(full option exercise)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)
Number
Percentage
Number
Percentage
Number
Percentage
Percentage
of voting
power
after this
offering (15)
Principal and Selling Stockholders:
                                                                                                                             
BFI (2)
21,735,350
67.2
%
95.3
%
21,735,350
54.8
%
92.4
%
21,735,350
54.8
%
92.4
%
Mayflower (3)
9,109,620
28.2
%
4.0
%
4,697,561
11.8
%
2.0
%
2,932,811
7.4
%
1.2
%
Executive Officers and Directors:
                                                                                                                             
Jack C. Bendheim (2) (3)
21,735,350
67.2
%
95.3
%
21,735,350
54.8
%
92.4
%
21,735,350
54.8
%
92.4
%
Gerald K. Carlson (4)
309,400
*
*
309,400
*
*
309,400
*
*
Richard G. Johnson (5)
132,600
*
*
132,600
*
*
132,600
*
*
Daniel M. Bendheim (6)
79,560
*
*
79,560
*
*
79,560
*
*
Thomas G. Dagger (7)
44,200
*
*
44,200
*
*
44,200
*
*
Larry L. Miller (8)
552,500
1.7
%
*
552,500
1.4
%
*
552,500
1.4
%
*
David Storbeck
Dean Warras (9)
79,560
*
*
79,560
*
*
79,560
*
*
Daniel A. Welch (10)
44,200
*
*
44,200
*
*
44,200
*
E. Thomas Corcoran
Sam Gejdenson
Ken Hanau (11)
Mary Lou Malanoski
Carol A. Wrenn
Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (14 persons) (12) (13)
22,977,370
71.0
%
95.9
%
22,977,370
57.9
%
92.9
%
22,977,370
57.9
%
92.9
%
 
*
  • Less than 1%
(1)
  • A “beneficial owner” of a security is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and generally means any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares:
  • voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or
  • investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

Unless otherwise indicated, each person named in the table above has sole voting and investment power, or shares voting and investment power with his spouse (as applicable), with respect to all shares of stock listed as owned by that person. Shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable on February 28 , 2014 or within 60 days thereafter are considered outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing such person’s percentage beneficial ownership, but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of any other person. The address of our executive officers is Phibro Animal H ealth Corporation, Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl, 300 Frank W . Burr Blvd., Ste 21, Teaneck, NJ 07666-6712.
(2)
  • Mr. Jack Bendheim has sole authority to vote the common stock of PAHC owned by BFI and, together with three of his adult children, is the manager of BFI with respect to the economic rights pertaining to such common stock of PAHC owned by BFI. The address of BFI is c/o Jack C. Bendheim, Class A Manager, Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl, 300 Frank W. Burr Blvd., Ste 21, Teaneck, NJ 07666-6712. The address of Mr. Bendheim is c/o Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl, 300 Frank W. Burr Blvd., Ste 21, Teaneck, NJ 07666-6712.
(3)
  • Includes 21,348,600 shares of Class A common stock held by BFI and 386,750 shares of Class B common stock deliverable to BFI upon the exercise of the BFI Warrant.
(4)
  • Includes 309,400 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(5)
  • Includes 132,600 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(6)
  • Includes 79,560 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(7)
  • Includes 44,200 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(8)
  • Includes 552,500 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(9)
  • Includes 79,560 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(10)
  • Includes 44,200 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
( 11 )
  • Investment and divestment decisions with respect to the shares held by Mayflower are made by the investment committee of 3i Investments plc, which is the manager of Mayflower. Simon Borrows, Alan Giddins, Menno Antal and Ian Lobley are the members of the investment committee primarily responsible for matters related to Mayflower’s investment in the Company. 3i Investments plc is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of 3i Group plc, a public company listed on the London Stock Exchange. 3i Investments plc is advised by 3i Corporation, which is also an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of 3i Group plc. Mr. Hanau, who disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Mayflower, is a member of the board of directors of 3i Corporation but is not a member of the investment committee of 3i Investments plc. However, Mr. Hanau does make recommendations to such investment committee members with respect to investment and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares. The address of Mayflower is 22 Grenville Street, St. Helier, JE4 8PX, Jersey. The business address of Mr. Hanau is c/o 3i Private Equity, 400 Madison Avenue—9th floor, New York, NY 10017. We are party to the Mayflower Term Loan with Mayflower and a consult ancy agreement with 3i Investments, plc, and we expect to be party to a registration rights agreement with Mayflower upon consummation of this offering.
( 12 )
  • Includes 1,242,020 shares of Class A common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 386,750 shares of Class B common stock deliverable upon the exercise of the BFI Warrant.
( 13 )
  • Includes our current directors (8 persons).
( 14 )
  • Assumes no exercise of underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock— Common Stock.”
(15)
  • Assumes the exercise of underwriters’ optio n t o purchase additional shares. Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock Common Stock.”

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Registration Rights Agreements
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with BFI (the “BFI Registration Rights Agreement”) and a registration rights agreement with Mayflower (the “Mayflower Registration Rights Agreement,” and together with the BFI Registration Rights Agreements, the “Registration Rights Agreements”). The Registration Rights Agreements will grant BFI and Mayflower, certain of their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock, including shares of Class A common stock received upon conversion of shares of Class B common stock.
Deman d Re gistration. A t any time we are eligible to use Form S-3, BFI will have the ability to require us to register shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act and if we do not have an effective registration statement on Form S-3, BFI will have the ability to require us to register shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act as long as the anticipated aggregate offering price is at least $10,000,000. Beginning on the date that is six months following the completion of this offering and ending on the date that is one year following the completion of this offering, Mayflower will have the ability to require us to effect one registration statement on Form S-1 to register its shares under the Securities Act (subject to the limitations described in the Mayflower Registration Rights Agreement). Additionally, beginning on the date that is one year following the completion of this offering, Mayflower will have the ability to require us to effect two registration statements to register its shares under the Securities Act; provided that (i) Mayflower will only have the ability to require us to effect one registration statement if Mayflower has previously exercised its right to register its shares under the Securities Act in the period between the date that is six months following the completion of this offering and one year following the completion of this offering, (ii) if we are eligible to use Form S-3, we will be permitted to register such shares on Form S-3 and (iii) each of clauses (i) and (ii) are subject to the limitations described in the Mayflower Registration Rights Agreement.
Piggybac k Rig ht s . B oth BFI and Mayflower will have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of shares of Class A Common Stock held by them in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us.
BFI Term Loan Agreement and Mayflower Term Loan Agreement
We are party to the BFI Term Loan Agreement with BFI and the Mayflower Term Loan Agreement with Mayflower. For further information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—BFI Term Loan” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Mayflower Term Loan,” respectively.
BFI Warrant
Pursuant to the BFI Subordinated Term Loan Agreement, dated as January of 29, 2009, between the Company, the guarantors named therein and BFI (the “BFI Term Loan Agreement”), we entered into the Common Stock Purchase Warrant by which we issued warrants to purchase 386,750 common shares of the Company to BFI. The warrants have an exercise price of $ 11.83 per share and expire on August 1, 2014.
Stockholders Agreement
On March 12, 2008, we and the stockholders, from time to time party thereto, including 3i QPEP (as defined below) and BFI, entered into the Stockholders Agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”). On April 28, 2009, 3i QPEP sold its interest in the Company to 3i Group plc and 3i Group plc became a party to the Stockholders Agreement. On June 16, 2009, 3i Group plc sold its interest in the Company to Mayflower and Mayflower became a party to the Stockholders Agreement. The Stockholders Agreement provides certain restrictions and rights with respect to sale and issuance of our common shares and provides the parties thereto with participation and tag along rights. In addition, under the Stockholders Agreement, BFI and Mayflower each have the ability to elect a representative to the Board of Directors. The Stockholders Agreement further provides that that Jack C. Bendheim shall be the designated director

for BFI until his death, disability or retirement from his position. The Stockholders Agreement also provides that certain matters require the approval of both Mayflower and BFI, including redemptions of common shares, certain amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, certain reclassifications, dividend, distribution, stock split or other recapitalization transactions, and certain stock issuances. Upon completion of this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will be terminated.
Employment Arrangements
Certain relatives of Jack C. Bendheim provided services to us as employees or consultants and received aggregate compensation and benefits of $1.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2013. The amounts primarily included Daniel Bendheim, Director and Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy; Jonathan Bendheim, Vice President MACIE Region and General Manager, Phibro Israel; Etan Bendheim, Manager, Financial Planning & Analysis; Dr. Zev Jacobson, Human Pharma Liaison; and Marvin Sussman, Consultant.
3i Investments Consult ancy Agreement
In March 2008, PAHC and 3i Investments plc, an affiliate of Mayflower, entered into a consultancy agreement pursuant to which 3i Investments plc agreed to provide such services as PAHC requires for a fee that is currently $20,000 per annum. Upon completion of this offering, the consultancy agreement will be terminated.
Indemnification Agreements
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.
Exchange Agreement
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into an exchange agreement with BFI (the “Exchange Agreement ), pursuant to which BFI will exchange all of its shares of Class A common stock for shares of Class B common stock.
Policies and Procedures With Respect to Related Party Transactions
Our policy with respect to the sale, lease or purchase of assets or property of any related party is that such transaction should be on terms that are no less favorable to us or our subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could reasonably be obtainable at such time in a comparable arm’s length transaction from an unrelated third party. The indentures governing the Senior Notes and our existing senior credit facility each include a similar restriction on us and our restricted subsidiaries with respect to the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services, subject to certain limitations as to the applicability thereof.
Upon the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt written policies and procedures whereby the Audit Committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions and reviewing and investigating any potential conflicts of interest. In addition, our Code of Ethics will require that all of our employees and directors inform the Company of any material transaction or relationship that comes to their attention that could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest. Further, at least annually, each director and executive officer will complete a detailed questionnaire that asks questions about any business relationship that may give rise to a conflict of interest and all transactions in which we are involved and in which the executive officer, a director or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
New Credit Facilities
In connection with and conditioned upon this offering, we expect to enter into the New Credit Facilities. The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility will have an interest rate of 2.75% plus LIBOR. The 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility will have an interest rate of 3.00% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The maturity date of the 2014 Revolving Credit Facility and the maturity date of the 2014 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility will be the fifth and seventh anniversaries of the closing date of the New Credit Facilities, respectively.
The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility will include borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and the New Credit Facilities permit incremental commitments of $80 million plus additional amounts that do not cause us to exceed a maximum ratio of consolidated first lien net debt to consolidated EBITDA. The 2014 Revolving Credit Facility is expected to contain one financial covenant a consolidated first lien net debt to consolidated EBITDA leverage ratio. In general, we expect that the New Credit Facilities will contain representations and warranties that are customary for this type of financing. The New Credit Facilities will contain various covenants which, among other things and subject to the permitted exceptions described therein , will restrict us and our subsidiaries with respect to: (i) incurring additional debt; (ii) making certain restricted payments or making optional redemptions of other indebtedness; (iii) making investments or acquiring assets ; (iv) disposing of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business); (v) creating any liens on our assets; (vi) entering into transactions with affiliates; (vii) entering into merger or consolidation transactions; and (viii) creating guarantee obligations; provided, however, that we are permitted to pay distributions to stockholders out of available cash subject to certain annual limitations and so long as no default or event of default under the New Credit Facilities shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such distribution is declared. We expect that the New Credit Facilities will contain events of default that are customary for this type of financing. The actual terms of the New Credit Facilities will depend on the results of completion of negotiations with lenders. We expect that affiliates of certain of the underwriters will participate as arrangers and/or lenders under the New Credit Facilities.
A portion of the proceeds from the New Credit Facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be used to repay in full our 9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018, the amounts currently outstanding under the term loan payable to Mayflower, the term loan payable to BFI and the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility will be terminated following such repayment. We will record a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $ 26.7 million upon repayment of our existing debt. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Domestic Senior Credit Facility
In April 2013, we amended the domestic senior credit facility (the “Domestic Senior Credit Facility”) to increase the borrowing capacity to $100.0 million and extend the term of the agreement to April 30, 2018. We paid $0.7 for the amendment, which has been recorded as deferred financing fees.
As of December 31, 2013, we had $32.0 million of outstanding borrowings and had outstanding letters of credit and other commitments of $16.4 million, leaving $51.6 million available for borrowings and letters of credit under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility. Interest rate elections under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility are dependent on the senior secured funded debt to EBITDA ratio. For a ratio that is less than 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.50% or Prime Rate plus 1.50%. For a ratio that is greater than or equal to 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.75% or Prime Rate plus 1.75%. The applicable rate of interest on the outstanding borrowings was 2.67% and 3.21% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Domestic Senior Credit Facility matures April 30, 2018. Indebtedness under the Domestic Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by a first priority lien on substantially all assets of PAHC and our domestic subsidiaries.
The Domestic Senior Credit Facility contains various covenants which, among other things, restrict us and our subsidiaries with respect to: (i) incurring additional debt; (ii) making certain restricted payments or making optional redemptions of the Senior Notes unless certain conditions are satisfied;

(iii) making investments or acquiring assets (with permitted exceptions); (iv) disposing of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business); (v) creating any liens on our assets; (vi) entering into transactions with affiliates; (vii) entering into merger or consolidation transactions; (viii) creating guarantee obligations; and (ix) entering into sale and leaseback transactions.
The Domestic Senior Credit Facility requires, among other things, the maintenance of a minimum level of consolidated EBITDA, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, each calculated on a trailing four quarter basis, and contains an acceleration clause should an event of default (as defined in the agreement) occur. The required minimum level of consolidated EBITDA was $55.0 million for measurement periods ending through June 30, 2013. The required minimum level of consolidated EBITDA is $58.0 million; $65.0 million; $66.0 million; $75.0 million; and $78.0 million for measurement periods ending on or after September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the financial covenants of the Domestic Senior Credit Facility.
Long-Term Debt
 
As of
December 31,
2013
As of June 30,
(in thousands)
2013
2012
Senior Notes due July 1, 2018
$
300,000
$
300,000
$
300,000
Term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
24,000
24,000
24,000
Term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10,000
10,000
10,000
Term note payable to Teva due annually through January 29, 2013
5,500
Capitalized lease obligations
93
132
209
334,093
334,132
339,709
Unamortized imputed interest and debt discount
(2,272
)
(2,528
)
(3,588
)
331,821
331,604
336,121
Less: current maturities
(9,994
)
(64
)
(5,350
)
$
321,827
$
331,540
$
330,771
9.25% Senior Notes Due 2018
The 9.25% senior notes (the “Senior Notes”), with an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million, are payable in full at maturity on July 1, 2018. The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture dated July 9, 2010, as amended and supplemented, by and among PAHC, the guarantors named therein and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee (the “Indenture”).
The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our existing domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Notes rank equally with all of our and the guarantors’ (see “Consolidated Financial Information” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements) existing and future senior unsecured debt and rank senior to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated to the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ collateralized indebtedness, including the Domestic Senior Credit Facility.
The Indenture governing the Senior Notes contains covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of PAHC and its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness or liens; (ii) pay dividends or make distributions on their capital stock or repurchase their stock; (iii) make certain investments or other restricted payments; (iv) place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions; (v) issue stock of subsidiaries; (vi) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; (vii) sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; and (viii) enter into certain types of transactions with stockholders and affiliates.
Mayflower Term Loan
In February 2013, Mayflower L.P. (“Mayflower”) agreed to extend the maturity of its term loan to December 31, 2016. We paid a $0.2 million fee to Mayflower for the extension, which has been recorded as deferred financing fees. All other terms and conditions were unchanged.

The Mayflower term loan of $24.0 million is payable in full at maturity on December 31, 2016 and bears interest, payable quarterly, at the rate of 11% per annum. The term loan ranks equal to the Domestic Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Notes. It is guaranteed by the same subsidiaries that guarantee the Domestic Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Notes and the BFI Co., LLC (“BFI”) term loan. The term loan is made pursuant to a certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 2009, as amended, among Mayflower, PAHC and certain subsidiaries of PAHC (the “Mayflower Term Loan Agreement”).
Pursuant to the Mayflower Term Loan Agreement, PAHC issued to Mayflower a Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the purchase of 2,134,021 common shares of the Company, at an exercise price of $5.23 per share. The warrant expired unexercised in August 2013. The $943,000 fair value of the warrant was credited to paid-in capital reducing the carrying value of the term loan, and was amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loan.
Mayflower owns common stock representing approximately 29.9% of the voting power of the outstanding common stock of PAHC. After this offering, Mayflower will own common stock representing approximately 2.1 % of the voting power of the outstanding common stock of PAHC. Prior to approving the term loan from Mayflower, the directors of PAHC received an opinion from an independent financial advisor to PAHC that the terms of the term loan and warrant were fair to PAHC and its stockholders from a financial point of view, and such directors (without the participation of the director appointed by Mayflower) determined that the terms of the term loan and warrant were no less favorable to the Company than those that would reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction on an arm’s-length basis by the Company from a person that is not an affiliate of PAHC.
BFI Term Loan
The BFI term loan of $10.0 million is payable in full at maturity on August 1, 2014 and bears interest, payable monthly, at the rate of 12% per annum. The BFI term loan is subordinate to the Domestic Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Notes and the Mayflower term loan. It is guaranteed by the same subsidiaries that guarantee the Domestic Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Notes and the Mayflower term loan. If there is a change in control of PAHC as defined in the term loan agreement dated as of January 29, 2009, as amended, among BFI, PAHC and certain subsidiaries of PAHC, PAHC must offer to repay the BFI subordinated term loan at 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The term loan is made pursuant to a certain term loan agreement dated as of January 29, 2009, as amended, among BFI, PAHC and certain subsidiaries of PAHC (the “BFI Term Loan Agreement”).
Pursuant to the BFI Term Loan Agreement, PAHC issued to BFI a Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the purchase of 386,750 Class B common shares of the Company at an exercise price of $ 11.83 per share (the “BFI Warrant”) . The BFI Warrant is exercisable at any time at the holder’s option, including by a net issue election, until it expires on August 1, 2014. The $488,000 fair value of the BFI Warrant was credited to paid-in capital reducing the carrying value of the term loan, and is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loan.
Prior to the offering, BFI owns common stock representing approximately 70.1% of the voting power of the outstanding common stock of PAHC. After the offering, BFI will own common stock representing approximately 92.8 % of the voting power of the outstanding common stock of PAHC. Mr. Jack C. Bendheim, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of PAHC, is a managing member of BFI and has sole authority to vote the common stock of PAHC owned by BFI. BFI is a Bendheim family investment vehicle formed as a limited liability company owned by Mr. Bendheim, his wife, their children and spouses and trusts for their benefit and the benefit of his grandchildren. Prior to approving the BFI term loan, the directors of PAHC received an opinion from an independent financial advisor to PAHC that the terms of the term loan and the BFI Warrant were fair to PAHC and its stockholders from a financial point of view, and such directors (without the participation of Mr. Bendheim) determined that the terms of the term loan and the BFI Warrant were no less favorable to the Company than those that would reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction on an arm’s-length basis by the Company from a person that is not an affiliate of the Company.
Israel Credit Facility
Our Israel subsidiaries have aggregate credit facilities available of approximately $15 million (the “Israel Credit Facility” ) . As of December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings or other

commitments outstanding under the Israel Credit Facility. Interest rate elections under the Israel Credit Facility are LIBOR plus 2.25% or Prime Rate plus 1.00%. The Israel Credit Facility matures on December 31, 2014. Indebtedness under the Israel Credit Facility is collateralized by a first priority lien on all accounts receivables and inventories of our Israel subsidiaries. The Israel Credit Facility requires, among other things, that our Israel consolidated subsidiaries maintain (i) a minimum level of stockholder’s equity; (ii) a minimum ratio of stockholder’s equity to total assets; (iii) a maximum ratio of funded debt to EBITDA; (iv) a minimum ratio of EBITDA to debt service; and, (v) a minimum ratio of accounts receivables to funded debt.
Aggregate Maturities of Long-Term Debt
In addition to amounts outstanding under our Domestic Senior Credit Facility, which matures in April 2018, the maturities of our long-term debt as of June 30, 2013 were as follows:
 
(in thousands)
For the Years Ended June 30,
2014
$
64
2015
10,058
2016
10
2017
24,000
Thereafter
300,000
Total
$
334,132

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following summary of certain provisions of our capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and the provisions of applicable law. Copies of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. Unless the context otherwise requires, the descriptions below assume we have taken the corporate action to reincorporate in Delaware and amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which we expect to complete prior to the completion of this offering.
Authorized Capitalization
General
Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $ 0.000 1 per share, 30,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $ 0.000 1 per share, and 16,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of December 31, 2013, we had 30,458,220 common shares outstanding under our current certificate of incorporation ( after giving effect to the 0.442 -for- 1 stock split to take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering). As of February 28, 2014 , there were 2 stockholders of record of our common shares.
After giving effect to this offering and assuming the shares are sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus , we will have 16,462,561 shares of Class A common stock, 21,348,600 shares of Class B common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following summary describes all material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Common Stock
Class A Common Stock
Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or applicable law, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall vote together as a single class. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that the presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote at a stockholders’ meeting shall constitute a quorum. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law or our certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. There are no cumulative voting rights.
Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefore and pro rata with holders of shares of our Class B common stock, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata with holders of shares of our Class B common stock our remaining assets available for distribution.
Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. Our Class A common stock is not convertible and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class A common stock. Unless our Board of Directors determines otherwise, we will issue all of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Assuming the shares are sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, Mayflower will hold 4,697,561 shares of our Class A common stock and hold 2.1 % of the voting power of the Company immediately after giving effect to this offering.
Class B Common Stock
Upon completion of this offering, our outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be held by BFI. Holders of shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes for each share of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or applicable law, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall vote together as a single class. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that the presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote at a stockholders’ meeting shall constitute a quorum. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law or our certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. There are no cumulative voting rights.
Holders of shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefore and pro rata with holders of shares of all Class A common stock, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata with holders of shares of our Class A common stock our remaining assets available for distribution.
Holders of shares of our Class B common stock do not have preemptive or subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class B common stock.
Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers by and among BFI, its affiliates and certain Bendheim family members, as described in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued. In addition, all shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert to shares of Class A common stock when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock held by BFI, its affiliates and certain Bendheim family members, together, is less than 15 % of the total outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, taken as a single class.
BFI will hold 21,348,600 shares of our Class B common stock and hold 92.8 % of the voting power of the Company immediately after giving effect to this offering. 386,750 shares of Class B common stock are issuable upon the exercise of the outstanding BFI Warrant.
Preferred Stock
We do not have any shares of preferred stock outstanding. Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time on terms it may determine, to divide shares of preferred stock into one or more series and to fix the designations, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The issuance of our preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the trading price of our Class A common stock, restricting dividends on our capital stock, diluting the voting power of our Class A common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our capital stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Dividend Rights
Each holder of shares of our capital stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property as may be declared by our Board of Directors from time to time out of our assets or funds legally available for dividends or other distributions. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.” These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our preferred stock.
Other Rights
Each holder of common stock is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. This offering is not subject to pre-emptive rights.
Liquidation Rights
If our company is involved in a consolidation, merger, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar event, each holder of common stock will participate pro rata in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.
Anti-takeover Effects of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the Board of Directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give the Board of Directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.
Action by Written Consent, Special Meeting of Stockholders and Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once BFI and its affiliates cease to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that we would have if there were no vacancies or, until the date that BFI ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, at the request of holders of 50% or more of the voting power of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders, including the nomination of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice in proper form to our secretary, of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting.
These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting any stockholder actions, even if they are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Classified Board
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. Daniel Bendheim and Sam Gejdenson will serve as Class I directors, with an initial term expiring after the first annual meeting of the Company following this offering and the due election and qualification of their respective successors. Gerald Carlson, Mary Lou Malanoski and Carol Wrenn will serve as Class II directors, with an initial term expiring after the second annual meeting of the Company following this offering and the due election and qualification of their respective successors. Jack Bendheim, E. Thomas Corcoran and Ken Hanau will serve as Class III directors, with an initial term expiring after the third annual meeting of the Company following this offering and the due election and qualification of their respective successors. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board.
Dual Class Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure, which provides BFI with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if BFI owns significantly less than a majority of the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together on a combined basis, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed by a majority vote of our Board of Directors, provided that, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, after the date on which BFI ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding shares, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal our amended and restated bylaws. Additionally, after the date on which BFI ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding shares, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute
Section 203 of the DGCL provides that if a person acquires 15% or more of the voting stock of a Delaware corporation, such person becomes an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in certain “business combinations” with the corporation for a period of three years from the time such person acquired 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, unless: (1) the board of directors approves the acquisition of stock or the merger transaction before the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, (2) the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at the time the merger transaction commences (excluding voting stock owned by directors who are also officers and certain employee stock plans), or (3) the merger transaction is approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote at a meeting, not by written consent, of stockholders of 2/3 of the holders of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. A Delaware corporation may elect in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws not to be governed by this particular Delaware law.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL, and will therefore not be subject to Section 203.
Corporate Opportunity
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may from time to time be presented to BFI or any of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, managers, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) and that may be a business opportunity for BFI, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us. Neither BFI, nor any of its representatives has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers.
Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require to the fullest extent permitted by law that derivative actions brought in the name of the Company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and certain other actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.
Listing
We have applied for listing of our Class A common stock on NASDAQ, under the trading symbol “PAHC.”

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.
Sale of Restricted Shares
Assuming the shares are sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, u pon completion of this offering, we will have 16,462,561 shares of Class A common stock outstanding. Of these shares of Class A common stock, 11,765,000 shares of Class A common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining 4,697,561 shares of Class A common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares of Class A common stock, including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of Class B common stock, held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market (after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below) only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as described below.
In addition, upon consummation of this offering, BFI will beneficially own 21,348,600 shares of our Class B common stock. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, shares of Class B common stock are convertible to shares of Class A common stock at any time and shall automatically convert to Class A common stock upon transfer (other than transfers to certain permitted transferees).
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, persons who are not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale may sell shares of our Class A common stock beneficially held upon the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (2) a one-year holding period.
At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
  • 1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 164,626 shares immediately after this offering (assuming the shares are sold at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus ) , based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering ; or
  • the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general and subject to certain restrictions and expiration of the applicable lock-up restrictions, under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors or officers who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding periods of Rule 144 and subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.
Stock Plans
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our existing option plan and the new equity incentive plan we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.
Lock-Up Agreements
We, and each of our directors, officers and the holders of approximately 26,046,161 shares of our common stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances). For additional information, see “Underwriting.” The holders of approximately 100 % of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock as of March 31, 2014 have executed such lock-up agreements.
Registration Statement
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of Class A common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under the 2008 Incentive Plan. For a more complete discussion of our stock plans, see “Executive Compensation—2008 Incentive Plan.” We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

Registration Rights
Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 4,697,561 shares of our Class A common stock and 21,348,600 shares of our Class B common stock, which are convertible to shares of Class A common stock on a 1-for-1 basis, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Except for shares purchased by affiliates, registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period, with respect to certain of the shares, described under “Underwriting” in this prospectus, and to the extent such shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreements” for more information.

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
Overview
The following is a general summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock. This summary deals only with shares of Class A common stock purchased in this offering that are held as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) by a non-U.S. holder.
For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:
  • an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
  • a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
  • any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
  • an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
  • a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partnership considering an investment in shares of our Class A common stock, or a partner in such partnership, you should consult your own tax advisors.
This summary is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and other administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations described in this summary.
This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation, does not address any aspects of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 and does not deal with the alternative minimum tax or other federal taxes (such as estate or gift tax) or with foreign, state or local tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate or U.S. expatriated entity, a financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a trader, broker or dealer in securities or currencies, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity), a person who acquired shares of our Class A common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment).
We have not sought and do not expect to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our Class A common stock that differ from those discussed below.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.
This discussion generally assumes that a non-U.S. holder will structure its investment in shares of our Class A common stock so as to avoid the additional withholding tax described below under “—Legislation Affecting Taxation of Class A Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities.”
Dividends
In general, cash distributions on shares of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first be treated as a return of capital reducing your tax basis in our Class A common stock (determined on a share by share basis), but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
In the event that we do pay dividends and subject to the discussions below of the backup withholding tax and FATCA legislation, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to such withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied (including the provision of a properly completed IRS Form W-8 ECI or other applicable form). Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. However, an applicable income tax treaty may provide that the dividends would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis if the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that the non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States. A corporate non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% on its earnings and profits (subject to adjustments) that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise).
A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to furnish a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if shares of our Class A common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations.
A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Gain on Disposition of Shares of Class A Common Stock
Subject to the discussions below of the backup withholding tax and the FATCA legislation, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:
  • the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment);
  • the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

  • we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our Class A common stock (the “applicable period”).
In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise), and a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate of 30% on its effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to adjustments), unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code.
We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not currently or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, so long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain not otherwise taxable only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned more than five percent of our outstanding Class A common stock at some time during the applicable period. You should consult your own tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a USRPHC.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.
A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (as defined under the Code), and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-U.S. holder is a United States person, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Legislation Affecting Taxation of Class A Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities
Legislation enacted in 2010, known as the “FATCA” legislation, generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our Class A common stock and on the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). Absent any

applicable exception, this legislation also generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our Class A common stock and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution unless such entity provides the applicable withholding agent either with (i) a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity, which generally include any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity (or more than zero percent in the case of certain entities) or (ii) a certification that the entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Under final Treasury regulations and related guidance, this legislation only applies to payments of dividends made after June 30, 2014 and payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of Class A common stock made after December 31, 2016. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our Class A common stock.
THE SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholder and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.
 
Underwriter
Number
of Shares
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Barclays Capital Inc.
Guggenheim Securities, LLC
Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.
Total
11,765,000
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholder that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
 
Per Share
Without Option
With Option
Public offering price
$
$
$
Underwriting discount
$
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder
$
$
$
The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $      and are payable by us and the selling stockholder. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us an amount of up to $            for certain expenses of the offering .

Option to Purchase Additional Shares
The selling stockholder has granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,764,750 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We and the selling stockholder, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and the selling stockholder have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:
  • offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;
  • sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;
  • purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;
  • grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;
  • lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;
  • request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or
  • enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.
This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.
Listing
We have applied for listing of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ, under the symbol “PAHC.”
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholder and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:
  • the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;
  • our financial information;
  • the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in which we compete;
  • an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
  • the present state of our development; and
  • the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on NASDAQ , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Distribution
In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.
Other Relationships
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or

instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
An affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is the Administrative Agent with respect to our Domestic Senior Credit Facility. In addition, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is a lender under our Domestic Senior Credit Facility and will receive its respective share of any repayment by us of amounts outstanding under our Domestic Senior Credit Facility with the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition , affiliates of certain of the underwriters, including the Representatives, are expected to be agents and lenders under our New Credit Facilities.
Perella Weinberg Partners LP (“Perella Weinberg ”), a Financial Industry Regulatory Association, Inc. (“FINRA”) member, is acting as our financial advisor in connection with the offering. We expect to pay Perella Weinberg , upon the successful completion of this offering, a fee of $1,000,000 for its services. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for $700,000 of such fees. We have also agreed to reimburse Perella Weinberg for certain expenses incurred in connection with the engagement of up to $50,000, and, in our sole discretion, may pay Perella Weinberg an additional incentive fee in an amount up to 0.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering . Perella Weinberg is not acting as an underwriter and will not sell or offer to sell any securities and will not identify, solicit or engage directly with potential investors. In addition, Perella Weinberg will not underwrite or purchase any of the offered securities or otherwise participate in any such undertaking.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
A.
  • to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
B.
  • to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or
C.
  • in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The Company, the representatives and its affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus

may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

LEGAL MATTERS
Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York will pass upon the validity of the Class A common stock offered hereby on our behalf. The validity of the Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information will be available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and free of charge through our website at www.pahc.com. To receive copies of public records not posted to the SEC’s website at prescribed rates, you may complete an online form at www.sec.gov, send a fax to (202) 772-9337 or submit a written request to the SEC, Office of FOIA/PA Operations, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information. Please note that our website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus and is therefore not incorporated by reference.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Phibro Animal Health Corporation:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Phibro Animal Health Corporation and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
September 17, 2013, except for the effects of the revisions and restatement described in Note 2 and the change in composition of the reportable segments discussed in Note 17, as to which the date is January 9, 2014

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
(in thousands, except per share)
Net sales
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
Cost of goods sold
474,187
489,962
471,668
Gross profit
178,964
164,139
146,665
Selling, general and administrative expenses
122,233
114,814
105,429
Operating income
56,731
49,325
41,236
Interest expense
31,383
31,436
30,369
Interest expense, shareholders
4,388
4,264
4,226
Interest (income)
(142
)
(281
)
(307
)
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
3,103
1,192
(5,758
)
Other (income) expense, net
151
(400
)
593
Loss on extinguishment of debt
20,002
Income (loss) before income taxes
17,848
13,114
(7,889
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
(7,043
)
6,138
5,033
Net income (loss)
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                         
Fair value of derivative instruments
$
(222
)
$
(841
)
$
58
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(5,968
)
(15,077
)
2,940
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
5,390
(10,413
)
1,014
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
(2,016
)
(358
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
$
(2,816
)
$
(26,331
)
$
3,654
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
22,075
$
(19,355
)
$
(9,268
)
Net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted
$
0.36
$
0.10
$
(0.19
)
Weighted average number of shares—basic and diluted
68,910
68,910
68,910
Pro forma net income per share (unaudited )—
basic and diluted
$
0.82
                           
Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited)—basic and diluted
30,458

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
(in thousands)
ASSETS
                           
Cash and cash equivalents
$
27,369
$
53,900
Accounts receivable, net
99,137
99,140
Inventories
140,032
120,123
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
29,848
28,724
Total current assets
296,386
301,887
Property, plant and equipment, net
104,422
101,661
Intangibles, net
35,155
15,049
Other assets
38,179
22,311
Total assets
$
474,142
$
440,908
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
                           
Current portion of long-term debt
$
64
$
5,350
Accounts payable
57,902
67,932
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
57,438
52,583
Total current liabilities
115,404
125,865
Domestic senior credit facility
34,000
14,000
Long-term debt
297,666
297,305
Long-term debt, shareholders
33,874
33,466
Other liabilities
62,136
58,500
Total liabilities
543,080
529,136
Commitments and contingencies
                           
Common shares
7
7
Paid-in capital
42,948
42,733
Accumulated deficit
(94,121
)
(116,012
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(17,772
)
(14,956
)
Total shareholders’ deficit
(68,938
)
(88,228
)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit
$
474,142
$
440,908

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
(in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                                         
Net income (loss)
$
24,891
$
6,976
$
(12,922
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                                         
Depreciation and amortization
19,023
17,527
16,696
Amortization of deferred financing costs
1,366
1,418
1,405
Amortization of imputed interest and debt discount
560
327
428
Deferred income taxes
(12,035
)
(2,392
)
653
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
2,887
3,414
(7,568
)
Other
(1,438
)
(482
)
1,168
Loss on extinguishment of debt
20,002
Payments of premiums and costs on extinguished debt
(15,574
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                         
Accounts receivable
(729
)
(3,775
)
(4,586
)
Inventories
(25,106
)
(745
)
(8,677
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(7,548
)
(3,407
)
4,727
Other assets
(363
)
(5,792
)
496
Accounts payable
(6,601
)
6,410
1,147
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
5,508
12,403
(2,075
)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
415
31,882
(4,680
)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                         
Capital expenditures
(19,947
)
(14,824
)
(21,635
)
Business acquisitions
(18,692
)
(3,384
)
Sales of assets
1,303
571
2,172
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
(37,336
)
(17,637
)
(19,463
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                         
Borrowings under the domestic senior credit facility
75,000
1,000
64,362
Repayments of the domestic senior credit facility
(55,000
)
(4,500
)
(46,862
)
Proceeds from long-term debt
296,795
Payments of long-term debt and capital leases
(5,201
)
(4,718
)
(245,971
)
Debt issuance costs
(924
)
(8,161
)
Dividends paid to common shareholders
(3,000
)
(50,000
)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
10,875
(8,218
)
10,163
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(485
)
(725
)
(127
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(26,531
)
5,302
(14,107
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
53,900
48,598
62,705
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
27,369
$
53,900
$
48,598
Supplemental cash flow information
                                         
Interest paid
$
33,824
$
34,059
$
30,079
Income taxes paid
7,061
7,217
3,799
Non-cash investing and financing activities
                                         
Business acquisitions
$
4,550
$
3,000
$
Leasehold improvements
1,569
Capital lease additions
103
120
102

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
Common
Shares
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
(in thousands)
As of June 30, 2010
$
7
$
42,134
$
(60,066
)
$
7,721
$
(10,204
)
Net income (loss)
(12,922
)
(12,922
)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                     
Fair value of derivative instruments
58
58
Foreign currency translation adjustment
2,940
2,940
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
1,014
1,014
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
(358
)
(358
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
(9,268
)
Dividend to common shareholders
(50,000
)
(50,000
)
Share-based compensation expense
404
404
As of June 30, 2011
$
7
$
42,538
$
(122,988
)
$
11,375
$
(69,068
)
Net income (loss)
6,976
6,976
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                     
Fair value of derivative instruments
(841
)
(841
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(15,077
)
(15,077
)
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
(10,413
)
(10,413
)
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss)
(19,355
)
Share-based compensation expense
195
195
As of June 30, 2012
$
7
$
42,733
$
(116,012
)
$
(14,956
)
$
(88,228
)
Net income (loss)
24,891
24,891
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                     
Fair value of derivative instruments
(222
)
(222
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(5,968
)
(5,968
)
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
5,390
5,390
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
(2,016
)
(2,016
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
22,075
Dividend to common shareholders
(3,000
)
(3,000
)
Share-based compensation expense
215
215
As of June 30, 2013
$
7
$
42,948
$
(94,121
)
$
(17,772
)
$
(68,938
)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE)
1. Description of Business
Phibro Animal Health Corporation (“PAHC” or “Phibro”) and its subsidiaries (together, the “Company”) is a diversified global developer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of animal health and nutrition products to the poultry, swine, cattle, dairy, aquaculture and ethanol markets. The Company is also a manufacturer and marketer of performance products for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries. Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this report to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” and similar expressions refer to PAHC and its subsidiaries.
2. Revisions to and Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements
We have revised or restated our previously issued consolidated financial statements to correct certain errors primarily related to differences in reconciliations, differences in accruals, reserves and cut-off estimates, income tax provision calculations and various other items. The revisions and restatement are reflected in these consolidated financial statements. We revised fiscal years 2013 and 2012 because we concluded the changes were not material individually or in the aggregate to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements. We restated fiscal year 2011 because we concluded the changes were material in the aggregate to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements.
3. Summary of New Accounting Standards and Significant Accounting Policies
New Accounting Standards
In January 2013, the FAS B issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2013-1, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, an update to ASU 2011-11. The ASU clarifies the scope of transactions that are subject to the disclosures about offsetting in the balance sheet. The ASU update clarifies that ordinary trade receivables and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2011-11. Specifically, ASU 2011-11 applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in FASB Accounting Standards Codification or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. We do not expect the ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . This guidance requires an entity to provide information about the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component and to present either on the face of the statement where net income is presented, or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. The guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 for non-public entities. We do not expect the ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued an ASU regarding the measurement of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements that may include debt agreements, other contractual obligations and settled litigation or judicial rulings. The provisions of this standard require that these obligations are measured at the amount representing the agreed upon obligation of the company as well as additional liability amounts it expects to assume on behalf of other parties in the arrangement. The provisions of the new standard are effective January 1, 2014. We do not expect the ASU to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date, which provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

joint and several liability arrangements. For liabilities within its scope, the ASU requires an entity to measure the obligation as the sum of the amount the entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and any additional amount the entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. We do not expect the ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets with a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity, which clarifies the applicable guidance for a parent company’s accounting for the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income upon derecognition of certain subsidiaries or groups of assets within a foreign entity or of an investment in a foreign entity. The ASU is effective for fiscal year ends and interim periods with those years beginning after December 15, 2013 on a prospective basis. We do not expect the ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The guidance clarifies when it is appropriate for an unrecognized tax benefit, or portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset. ASU 2013-11 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date; however, retrospective application is also permitted. The Company has elected to early adopt the provisions of this pronouncement, and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAHC and all majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. The decision whether or not to consolidate an entity requires consideration of majority voting interests, as well as effective economic control over the entity.
We present our financial statements on the basis of our fiscal year ending June 30. All references to years in these financial statements refer to the fiscal year ending or ended June 30 of that year.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.
Risks, Uncertainties and Liquidity
Our ability to fund our operating plan depends upon the continued availability of borrowings under the domestic senior credit facility. We believe we will be able to comply with the terms of the covenants under the domestic senior credit facility based on our forecasted operating plan. In the event of adverse operating results and/or violation of covenants under this facility, there can be no assurance we would be able to obtain waivers or amendments on favorable terms, if at all. Our operating plan projects adequate liquidity throughout the year. We also have availability under foreign credit lines that would be available as needed.
An expansion of the regulatory restrictions on the use of antibiotics or antibacterials in food-producing animals could result in a decrease in our sales. The issue of the potential for increased bacterial resistance to certain antibiotics used in certain food-producing animals is the subject of discussions on a worldwide basis and, in certain instances, has led to government restrictions on or banning of the use of antibiotics in these food-producing animals. Legislative bills are introduced in Congress from time to time, some of which, if adopted, could have an adverse effect on our business. In the past, such bills that could have had a material adverse effect have not had sufficient support to become law. The sale of antibiotics and antibacterials is a material portion of our business. Should regulatory or other developments result in restrictions on the sale of such products, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The testing, manufacturing, and marketing of certain of our products are subject to extensive regulation by numerous government authorities in the United States and other countries.
We have significant assets in Israel, Brazil and other locations outside of the United States and a significant portion of our sales and earnings are attributable to operations conducted abroad. Our assets, results of operations and future prospects are subject to currency exchange fluctuations and restrictions, energy shortages, other economic developments, political or social instability in some countries, and uncertainty of, and governmental control over, commercial rights, which could result in a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to environmental laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling, generation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of certain materials and wastes, the remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater, the manufacture, sale and use of regulated materials, including pesticides and the health and safety of employees. As such, the nature of our current and former operations and those of our subsidiaries expose us and our subsidiaries to the risk of claims with respect to such matters.
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share
The unaudited pro forma net income per share has been calculated after giving effect to the stock split that will take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Use of Estimates
Preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates include reserves for bad debts, inventory obsolescence, depreciation and amortization periods of long-lived and intangible assets, recoverability of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill, realizability of deferred income tax and value-added tax assets, environmental matters and actuarial assumptions related to our pension plans. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors. Our estimates are based on complex judgments, probabilities and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable.
Prepaid expenses and other current assets include $7,138 and $6,849 of Brazil value-added tax assets as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Based on current regulations, the Company believes the carrying value of the assets will be realized. However, should the regulations change, or the application of the regulations by the taxing authority be modified, some portion of the assets may become unrecoverable.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized upon transfer of title and when risk of loss passes to the customer. Certain of our businesses have terms of FOB shipping point where title and risk of loss transfer on shipment. Certain of our businesses have terms of FOB destination where title and risk of loss transfer on delivery. In the case of FOB destination, revenue is not recognized until products are received and accepted by the customer. Additional conditions for recognition of revenue are that collections of sales proceeds are reasonably assured and we have no further performance obligations. We record estimated reductions to revenue for customer programs and incentive offerings, including pricing arrangements and other volume-based incentives, at the time the sale is recorded. Royalty and licensing income from licensing agreements are recognized as earned under the terms of the related agreements and are included in net sales in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Net Sales also include shipping and handling fees billed to customers. Delivery costs to our customers are included in cost of goods sold on the statement of operations and comprehensive income.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased. Cash and cash equivalents held at financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured amounts. The Company believes it mitigates its risks by investing in or through major financial institutions.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We grant credit terms in the normal course of business and do not normally require collateral or other security to support credit sales. Our ten largest customers represented, in the aggregate, approximately 24% and 19% of accounts receivable at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. We monitor the financial performance and creditworthiness of our customers so that we can properly assess and respond to changes in their credit profile. We also monitor domestic and international economic conditions for the potential impact on our customers. Past due balances are reviewed individually for collectability. Bad debts have been minimal. Account balances are charged against the allowance when we determine it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined principally under weighted average and standard cost methods, which approximate first-in, first-out (FIFO). Obsolete and unsalable inventories, if any, are reflected at estimated net realizable value. Inventory costs include materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. We capitalize interest expense as part of the cost of construction of facilities and equipment. No interest expense was capitalized in 2013, 2012 and 2011.
Depreciation is charged to results of operations using the straight-line method based upon the assets’ estimated useful lives ranging from 8 to 25 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 16 years for machinery and equipment.
We capitalize costs that extend the useful life or productive capacity of an asset. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. In the case of disposals, the assets and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and the net amounts, less proceeds from disposal, are included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.
Capitalized Software Costs
Costs paid to third parties to obtain, develop and implement software for internal use are capitalized. The capitalization rules specify different stages of development and the related accounting guidance that accompanies each stage. Internal costs of employees who are directly associated with the software project are also capitalized. Software costs that do not meet the capitalization criteria are expensed. Capitalized software costs are included in property, plant and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over seven years.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs related to our debt are amortized over the respective lives of the instruments evidencing such debt. For our long-term debt which have fixed interest rates, the amortization approximates the effective interest rate method. Amortization of deferred financing costs is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.
Acquisitions, Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Our consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the transaction. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at the date of acquisition at their fair values, with any excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Significant judgment is required to determine the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. Accordingly, we typically obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair values are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain. We typically use an income method to measure the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants, and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product or technology life cycles, economic barriers to entry and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions. Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment. Our estimates of the useful lives of intangible assets are primarily based on a number of factors including competitive environment, underlying product life cycles, operating plans and the macroeconomic environment of the countries in which the products are sold. All of our acquired intangible assets are expected to have determinable useful lives. The costs of intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated lives.
Impairments of Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets, including intangible assets and goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Indications of impairment could include such factors as unplanned negative cash flow or a reduction in expected future cash flows. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Application of alternative assumptions, such as changes in the estimate of future cash flows, could produce significantly different results. Because of the significance of the judgments and estimation processes, it is likely that different amounts could be recorded if we used different assumptions or if the underlying circumstances were to change.
We evaluate individual intangible assets for impairment by comparing the book values of each asset to the estimated fair value. We evaluate goodwill for impairment by comparing the book value to the fair value of the business to which the goodwill relates. We determine the fair value of our intangible assets and businesses using the income approach, based on estimated future cash flows. Considerable management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows to measure fair value. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates, are consistent with internal projections and operating plans. If the fair value of an asset exceeds its net book value, no impairment exists. When fair value is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment test is performed to measure and recognize the amount of the impairment loss, if any.
Foreign Currency Translation
The financial position and results of operations of our international subsidiaries generally are measured using local currencies as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these operations are translated at the exchange rates in effect at each fiscal year end. The translation adjustments related to assets and liabilities that arise from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ deficit. Income statement accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year.
Certain of our Israeli operations have designated the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Gains and losses arising from remeasurement of local currency accounts into U.S. dollars are included in determining net income or loss.
Foreign currency transaction gains and losses primarily arise from intercompany balances.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Comprehensive Income (Loss)
FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 220, “ Comprehensive Income ” (“ASC 220”), establishes rules for reporting and display of comprehensive income (loss) and its components in the financial statements. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and the net change in: (i) fair value of derivative instruments, net; (ii) foreign currency translation adjustment; and (iii) unrecognized net pension gains (losses), net.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We record all derivative financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in results of operations or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), depending on whether a derivative is designated and effective as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction. Gains and losses on derivative instruments reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are included in the results of operations in the periods in which operations are affected by the hedged item.
We utilize certain financial instruments to manage foreign currency and commodity exposures, primarily related to forecasted transactions. To qualify a derivative as a hedge, we document the nature and relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objectives, strategies for undertaking the various hedge transactions and method of assessing hedge effectiveness. We hedge forecasted transactions for periods not exceeding the next twenty-four months. We do not engage in trading or other speculative uses of financial instruments.
From time to time, we use forward contracts and options to mitigate exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and as a means of hedging forecasted operating costs. When using options as a hedging instrument, we exclude the time value from the assessment of effectiveness. For contracts that qualify as a hedge, all cumulative changes in a foreign currency option’s fair value are deferred as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the underlying hedged transactions are reported on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. We also utilize, on a limited basis, certain commodity derivatives, primarily for copper used in the manufacturing process, to hedge the cost of anticipated production requirements.
Fair Value Measurements
ASC No. 820, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ” (“ASC 820”), defines fair value as the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability. Fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC 820 uses a three level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in measuring fair value. Level 1 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs include observable inputs other than level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs include unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation.
Environmental Liabilities
Expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that relate to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. We capitalize expenditures made to improve the condition of property, compared with the condition of that property when constructed or acquired. Expenditures that prevent future environmental contamination are also capitalized. Other expenditures are expensed as incurred and are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. We record the expense and related liability in the period an environmental assessment indicates remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

estimated, and we record anticipated recoveries under existing insurance contracts. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. All available evidence is considered, including prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ experiences, and data released by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. When such costs will be incurred over a long-term period and can be reliably estimated as to timing, the liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated liabilities are not discounted.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes includes U.S. federal, state, and foreign income taxes. Our annual tax rate is determined based on our income, statutory tax rates, tax planning opportunities available in the various jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax impacts of items treated differently for tax purposes than for financial reporting purposes. Tax law requires certain items be included in the tax return at different times than the items are reflected in the financial statements. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in our tax return, and some differences are temporary, reversing over time, such as depreciation expense. These temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent the tax effect of items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in our income statement. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in our financial statements for which payment has been deferred, the tax effect of expenditures for which a deduction has already been taken in our tax return but has not yet been recognized in our financial statements or assets recorded at fair value in business combinations for which there was no corresponding tax basis adjustment.
Significant judgment is required in determining our tax provision and in evaluating our tax positions. The recognition and measurement of a tax position is based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. Inherent in determining our annual tax rate are judgments regarding business plans, planning opportunities and expectations about future outcomes. Realization of certain deferred tax assets, primarily net operating loss carryforwards, is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income in the appropriate jurisdiction prior to the expiration of the carryforward periods. We establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets when the amount of expected future taxable income is not likely to support the use of the deduction or credit.
We operate in multiple jurisdictions with complex tax policy and regulatory environments. In certain of these jurisdictions, we may take tax positions that management believes are supportable, but are potentially subject to successful challenge by the applicable taxing authority. We evaluate our tax positions and establish liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. We review these tax uncertainties in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, and adjust them accordingly.
Because there are a number of estimates and assumptions inherent in calculating the various components of our tax provision, certain changes or future events such as changes in tax legislation, geographic mix of earnings, completion of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans could have an impact on those estimates and our effective tax rate.
Research and Development Expenditures
Research and development expenditures are expensed as incurred and are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Most of our manufacturing facilities have chemists and technicians on staff involved in product development, quality assurance, quality control and also providing technical services to customers. Research, development and technical service efforts are conducted at various facilities. We operate animal health and nutrition research and development facilities in Guarulhos, Brazil; Beit Shemesh, Israel; Naot Hovav, Israel; Quincy, Illinois; St. Paul, Minnesota; Corvallis, Oregon; and Manhattan, Kansas. These facilities provide research and development services relating to: fermentation development and micro-biological strain improvement; vaccine development; chemical synthesis and formulation development; nutritional supplement development; and ethanol-related products.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Share-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes compensation cost in accordance with ASC No. 718, “ Compensation— Stock Compensation ” (“ASC 718”), which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, to be expensed over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value of the awards. The Company determines the fair value of certain share-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which uses both historical and current market data to estimate the fair value. This method incorporates various assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected life of the options.
Subsequent Events
We evaluate events and transactions that occur subsequent to the balance sheet date and through the issuance date of our financial statements to determine the necessity for recognition and/or reporting of any of these events and transactions in our financial statements.
Dividend (unaudited)
In February 2014, we declared and paid a $25.0 million dividend to our shareholders. The dividend principally was funded by cash repatriated from our international subsidiaries. We amended our Domestic Senior Credit Facility to permit the dividend and exclude the payment from the financial covenant calculations.
As of March 7, 2014, there are no other subsequent events to be recognized or reported.
4. Statements of Operations—Additional Information
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Interest expense
                                         
Domestic senior credit facility
$
1,250
$
977
$
793
Senior notes and senior subordinated notes
27,750
27,750
26,482
Mayflower, Teva and BFI term loans
4,132
4,605
5,036
Amortization of deferred financing fees
1,366
1,418
1,405
Amortization of debt discount and other
1,273
950
879
$
35,771
$
35,700
$
34,595
Depreciation and amortization
                                         
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
$
14,917
$
14,425
$
12,163
Amortization of intangible assets
4,106
3,048
3,805
Amortization of other assets
54
728
Depreciation and amortization
$
19,023
$
17,527
$
16,696
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment includes amortization of capitalized software costs of $1,627, $1,686 and $992 during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Amortization of intangible assets is expected to be $4,745; $4,281; $3,752; $2,917; $2,746; and $16,714 for 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 and thereafter, respectively.
 
Research and development expenditures
$
6,638
$
7,189
$
6,807
5. Balance Sheets—Additional Information
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Accounts receivable, net
                           
Trade accounts receivable
$
99,795
$
100,181
Allowance for doubtful accounts
(658
)
(1,041
)
Trade accounts receivable, net
$
99,137
$
99,140

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Allowance for doubtful accounts
                           
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,041
$
1,029
Provision for bad debts
(124
)
(115
)
Effect of changes in exchange rates
(265
)
127
Bad debt write-offs (recovery)
6
Balance at end of period
$
658
$
1,041
Inventories
                           
Raw materials
$
35,702
$
35,285
Work-in-process
7,541
5,728
Finished goods
96,789
79,110
$
140,032
$
120,123
Property, plant and equipment, net
                           
Land
$
9,746
$
9,065
Buildings and improvements
46,960
46,414
Machinery and equipment
156,247
144,712
212,953
200,191
Accumulated depreciation
(108,531
)
(98,530
)
$
104,422
$
101,661
Certain facilities in Israel are on land leased for a nominal amount from the Israel Land Authority. The lease expires July 9, 2027. Certain facilities in Israel are on leased land. The lease expires November 30, 2035.
Net equipment under capital leases was $152 and $604 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, including accumulated depreciation of $39 and $783, respectively.
Property, plant and equipment, net includes internal-use software costs, net of accumulated depreciation, of $7,845 and $8,200 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Machinery and equipment includes construction-in-progress of $5,543 and $4,967 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Intangibles, net
                           
Cost
                           
Medicated feed additive product registrations
$
12,115
$
12,125
Rights to sell in international markets
4,292
4,292
Customer relationships
10,691
10,728
Technology
28,259
4,480
Distribution agreements
3,493
2,970
Trade names, trademarks and other
2,740
2,740
61,590
37,335
Accumulated amortization
                           
Medicated feed additive product registrations
(10,778
)
(10,638
)
Rights to sell in international markets
(3,861
)
(3,431
)
Customer relationships
(3,203
)
(2,137
)
Technology
(3,729
)
(2,187
)
Distribution agreements
(3,179
)
(2,538
)
Trade names, trademarks and other
(1,685
)
(1,355
)
(26,435
)
(22,286
)
$
35,155
$
15,049

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Other assets
                           
Goodwill
$
12,613
$
1,717
Insurance claim receivable
5,350
5,350
Deferred financing fees
5,212
5,654
Deferred taxes
4,755
112
Other
10,249
9,478
$
38,179
$
22,311
Goodwill roll-forward
                           
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,717
$
1,717
OGR acquisition
10,896
Balance at end of period
$
12,613
$
1,717
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
                           
Employee related accruals
$
17,823
$
17,630
Interest and income tax accruals
15,686
14,442
Commissions and rebates
3,196
2,932
Insurance premiums and casualty claims
1,286
1,295
Professional fees
4,064
3,527
Other accrued liabilities
15,383
12,757
$
57,438
$
52,583
Other liabilities
                           
Pension and other retirement benefits
$
26,021
$
28,995
Long term and deferred taxes
17,580
13,861
Deferred consideration on acquisitions
5,009
2,239
Product liability claims
5,600
5,600
Other long term liabilities
7,926
7,805
$
62,136
$
58,500
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
                           
Derivative instruments
$
(639
)
$
(417
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(2,519
)
3,449
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
(12,240
)
(17,630
)
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
(2,374
)
(358
)
$
(17,772
)
$
(14,956
)
6. Acquisition
On December 20, 2012, Prince Agri Products, Inc. (“Prince Agri”), a subsidiary of Phibro, acquired 100% of the membership interests of OmniGen Research, LLC (“OGR”). This transaction gives the Company all rights to OmniGen-AF ® patents and related intellectual property and ownership of certain property, plant and equipment. OmniGen-AF ® is a proprietary nutritional supplement that helps maintain a dairy cow’s healthy immune system. Prior to the transaction, Prince Agri had been the exclusive manufacturer and marketer of OmniGen-AF ® for 9 years, under a licensing arrangement with OGR.
The purchase price was $22,750, with an initial cash payment of $18,500 and deferred payments of $4,250. The deferred payments are scheduled to be paid $1,000 on or before December 20, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and $1,250 on or before December 20, 2016 (with interest payable solely on the final installment at the rate of 5% annually from December 20, 2012 to the date of payment). The acquisition was financed through cash on hand and the existing domestic senior credit facility of the Company.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC No. 805, “ Business Combinations ” (“ASC 805”). The results of the business have been included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income since the date of acquisition. The identifiable intangibles will be amortized over the remaining 12-year life of the principal patents acquired. The allocation of the purchase price after valuation adjustments was:
 
Assets
             
Property, plant and equipment
$
1,202
Intangibles
23,781
Goodwill
10,896
Total assets
$
35,879
Liabilities
             
Other current and long-term liabilities
$
13,129
Total liabilities
13,129
Net assets acquired
$
22,750
The Company accounted for the OGR acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC No. 805, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The goodwill relating to this acquisition is not tax deductible for U.S. federal or state tax reporting.
OGR’s only revenues were the royalties paid by Prince Agri. As a result, our operating results benefited from the elimination of the royalties previously paid to OGR, net of operating expenses related to the acquired research and development activities. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations, as if such acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, are as follows:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
Net sales
$
653,151
$
654,101
Operating income (loss)
57,854
51,569
Net income (loss)
25,989
9,170
Net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted
0.38
0.13
Depreciation and amortization
19,877
19,235
7. Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
In July and August 2010, we retired our 10% senior notes due 2013 and 13% senior subordinated notes due 2014. Our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the year ended June 30, 2011 includes a loss on early extinguishment of debt as follows:
 
Tender, consent and redemption premiums
$
14,172
Other costs
1,402
Write-off of deferred financing costs related to retired notes and cancelled domestic senior credit facility
4,428
$
20,002
8. Debt
Domestic Senior Credit Facility
In April 2013, we amended the domestic senior credit facility to increase the borrowing capacity to $100,000 and extend the term of the agreement to April 30, 2018. We paid $744 for the amendment, which have been recorded as deferred financing fees.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of June 30, 2013, we had $34,000 of outstanding borrowings and had outstanding letters of credit and other commitments of $14,954, leaving $51,046 available for borrowings and letters of credit under the domestic senior credit facility. As of June 30, 2012, we had $14,000 of outstanding borrowings and had outstanding letters of credit and other commitments of $14,828, leaving $46,172 available for borrowings and letters of credit under the domestic senior credit facility. Interest rate elections under the domestic senior credit facility are dependent on the senior secured funded debt to EBITDA ratio. For a ratio that is less than 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.50% or Prime Rate plus 1.50%. For a ratio that is greater than or equal to 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.75% or Prime Rate plus 1.75%. The applicable rate of interest on the outstanding borrowings was 2.69% and 3.24% at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The domestic senior credit facility matures April 30, 2018. Indebtedness under the domestic senior credit facility is collateralized by a first priority lien on substantially all assets of PAHC and our domestic subsidiaries.
We obtain letters of credit in connection with certain regulatory and insurance obligations, inventory purchases and other contractual obligations. The terms of these letters of credit are all less than one year.
The domestic senior credit facility contains various covenants which, among other things, restrict us and our subsidiaries with respect to: (i) incurring additional debt; (ii) making certain restricted payments or making optional redemptions of the Senior Notes unless certain conditions are satisfied; (iii) making investments or acquiring assets (with permitted exceptions); (iv) disposing of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business); (v) creating any liens on our assets; (vi) entering into transactions with affiliates; (vii) entering into merger or consolidation transactions; (viii) creating guarantee obligations; and (ix) entering into sale and leaseback transactions.
The domestic senior credit facility requires, among other things, the maintenance of a minimum level of consolidated EBITDA, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, each calculated on a trailing four quarter basis, and contains an acceleration clause should an event of default (as defined in the agreement) occur. The required minimum level of consolidated EBITDA is $55,000 for measurement periods ending through June 30, 2013. The required minimum level of consolidated EBITDA is $58,000; $65,000; $66,000; $75,000; and $78,000 for measurement periods ending on or after September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with the financial covenants of the domestic senior credit facility.
Long-Term Debt
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Senior notes due July 1, 2018
$
300,000
$
300,000
Term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
24,000
24,000
Term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10,000
10,000
Term note payable to Teva due annually through January 29, 2013
5,500
Capitalized lease obligations
132
209
334,132
339,709
Unamortized imputed interest and debt discount
(2,528
)
(3,588
)
331,604
336,121
Less: current maturities
(64
)
(5,350
)
$
331,540
$
330,771
9.25% Senior Notes Due 2018
The 9.25% senior notes (the “Senior Notes”) are payable in full at maturity on July 1, 2018. The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture dated July 9, 2010, as amended and supplemented, by and among PAHC, the guarantors named therein and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee (the “Indenture”).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our existing domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Notes rank equally with all of our and the guarantors’ (see “Consolidating Financial Information” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements) existing and future senior unsecured debt and rank senior to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated to the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ collateralized indebtedness, including the domestic senior credit facility.
The Indenture governing the Senior Notes contains covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of PAHC and its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness or liens; (ii) pay dividends or make distributions on their capital stock or repurchase their stock; (iii) make certain investments or other restricted payments; (iv) place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions; (v) issue stock of subsidiaries; (vi) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; (vii) sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; and (viii) enter into certain types of transactions with shareholders and affiliates.
Mayflower Term Loan
In February 2013, Mayflower L.P. (“Mayflower”) agreed to extend the maturity of its term loan to December 31, 2016. We paid a $180 fee to Mayflower for the extension, which has been recorded as deferred financing fees. All other terms and conditions were unchanged.
The Mayflower term loan of $24,000 is payable in full at maturity on December 31, 2016 and bears interest, payable quarterly, at the rate of 11% per annum. The term loan ranks equal to the domestic senior credit facility and the Senior Notes. It is guaranteed by the same subsidiaries that guarantee the domestic senior credit facility, the Senior Notes and the BFI Co., LLC (“BFI”) term loan. The term loan is made pursuant to a certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 2009, as amended, among Mayflower, PAHC and certain subsidiaries of PAHC (the “Mayflower Term Loan Agreement”).
Pursuant to the Mayflower Term Loan Agreement, PAHC issued to Mayflower a Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the purchase of 2,134,021 common shares of the Company, at an exercise price of $5.23 per share. The warrant expired unexercised in August 2013. The $943 fair value of the warrant was credited to paid-in capital reducing the carrying value of the term loan, and was amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loan.
Mayflower owns approximately 30% of the outstanding common shares of PAHC. Prior to approving the term loan from Mayflower, the directors of PAHC received an opinion from an independent financial advisor to PAHC that the terms of the term loan and warrant were fair to PAHC and its shareholders from a financial point of view, and such directors (without the participation of the director appointed by Mayflower) determined that the terms of the term loan and warrant were no less favorable to the Company than those that would reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction on an arm’s-length basis by the Company from a person that is not an affiliate of PAHC.
BFI Term Loan
The BFI term loan of $10,000 is payable in full at maturity on August 1, 2014 and bears interest, payable monthly, at the rate of 12% per annum. The BFI term loan is subordinate to the domestic senior credit facility, the Senior Notes and the Mayflower term loan. It is guaranteed by the same subsidiaries that guarantee the domestic senior credit facility, the Senior Notes and the Mayflower term loan. The term loan is made pursuant to a certain term loan agreement dated as of January 29, 2009, as amended, among BFI, PAHC and certain subsidiaries of PAHC (the “BFI Term Loan Agreement”).
Pursuant to the BFI Term Loan Agreement, PAHC issued to BFI a Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the purchase of 875,000 common shares of the Company at an exercise price of $5.23 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time at the holder’s option, including by a net issue election, until it expires on August 1, 2014. The $488 fair value of the warrant was credited to paid-in capital reducing the carrying value of the term loan, and is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loan.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BFI owns approximately 70% of the outstanding common shares of PAHC and Mr. Jack C. Bendheim, the Chairman and President of PAHC, is a managing member of BFI and has sole authority to vote the common shares of PAHC owned by BFI. BFI is a Bendheim family investment vehicle formed as a limited liability company owned by Mr. Bendheim, his wife, their children and spouses and trusts for their benefit and the benefit of his grandchildren. Prior to approving the BFI term loan, the directors of PAHC received an opinion from an independent financial advisor to PAHC that the terms of the term loan and warrant were fair to PAHC and its shareholders from a financial point of view, and such directors (without the participation of Mr. Bendheim) determined that the terms of the term loan and warrant were no less favorable to the Company than those that would reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction on an arm’s-length basis by the Company from a person that is not an affiliate of the Company.
Foreign Bank Loans
Our Israeli operations have aggregate credit lines of $15,000, and at June 30, 2013, had $15,000 available for borrowings under these credit lines.
Aggregate Maturities of Long-Term Debt
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2014
$
64
2015
10,058
2016
10
2017
24,000
Thereafter
300,000
Total
$
334,132
9. Preferred and Common Shares
Preferred shares and common shares at June 30, 2013 and 2012 were:
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Authorized shares
Par value
Issued and outstanding shares
Preferred shares
1,000,000
$
1.00
Common shares
200,000,000
$
0.0001
68,910,000
68,910,000
10. Stock Option Plan
On March 12, 2008, PAHC’s Board and shareholders adopted the 2008 Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The Incentive Plan provides directors, officers, employees and consultants to the Company with opportunities to purchase common shares pursuant to options that may be granted, and receive grants of restricted stock and other stock-based awards granted, from time to time by the Board of directors or a committee approved by the Board. The Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock awards and other incentives for up to 15,000,000 shares. Common shares available for grants pursuant to the Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2013 were 11,610,000.
On February 26, 2009 and April 29, 2013, PAHC’s Compensation Committee awarded stock options with an exercise price of $5.23 per share, pursuant to the Incentive Plan. The exercise price per share was not less than the fair value of the common stock at the grant date. The awards granted are non-qualified stock options that vest at various dates through March 1, 2014. The options expire February 28, 2019.
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options was $0.439 per share. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the options over the vesting period.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Outstanding option shares
3,390,000
2,690,000
Vested and exercisable option shares
2,542,500
1,345,000
Fair value of options vested
$
1,102
$
712
Unrecognized compensation expense
$
73
$
184
Unrecognized compensation expense will be recognized in 2014. As of June 30, 2013, no options were exercised and none expired.
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Forfeited option shares
380,000
Compensation expense
$
215
$
195
$
404
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining the fair value of option grants. The Black-Scholes model requires several assumptions including:
 
Risk-free rate of return
2.70%
Expected life
3.0 to 7.5 years
Expected volatility
35%  –  50%
Expected dividend yield
0.0%
The risk-free rate of return is based on U.S. treasury rates as of the grant date. The expected life is based on historical turnover rates by employee classification. Expected volatility is estimated based on implied volatility and a comparison to similar publicly traded companies in similar industries. The expected dividend yield assumes the Company will not pay dividends for the expected life of the options.
11. Related Party Transactions
The Mayflower term loan and the BFI term loan are related party transactions. See “Debt” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of these loans.
Certain relatives of Mr. Bendheim provided services to us as employees or consultants and received aggregate compensation and benefits of approximately $1,858, $1,655 and $1,224 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Phibro and 3i Investments plc have entered into a consultancy agreement pursuant to which 3i Investments plc agrees to provide such services as Phibro requires for a fee of $20 per annum.
12. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for all domestic nonunion employees who meet certain requirements of age, length of service and hours worked per year. Plan benefits are based upon years of service and average compensation, as defined. The measurement dates for the pension plan were as of June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
Summarized information about the changes in projected benefit obligation, plan assets and the funded status is as follows:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
Change in benefit obligation
                           
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
46,811
$
36,655
Service cost
2,729
2,093
Interest cost
2,058
1,957
Benefits paid
(796
)
(627
)
Actuarial (gain) loss
(4,233
)
6,733
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
46,569
$
46,811

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
Change in plan assets
                           
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
27,856
$
26,247
Actual return on plan assets
1,888
(1,895
)
Employer contributions
2,553
4,131
Benefits paid
(796
)
(627
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$
31,501
$
27,856
Funded status at end of year
$
(15,068
)
$
(18,955
)
The funded status is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. At June 30, 2013 and 2012, the accumulated benefit obligation was $41,859 and $41,967, respectively.
The Company expects to contribute approximately $4,833 to the pension plan during 2014. The Company’s policy is to fund the pension plan as required by law or contractual obligation.
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss related to the pension plan includes the following:
 
As of June 30, 2013
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss and prior service cost
$
12,240
 
Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss
2013
2012
Balance at beginning of period
$
17,630
$
7,217
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost
(1,405
)
(255
)
Current period net actuarial loss (gain)
(3,985
)
10,668
Net change
(5,390
)
10,413
Balance at end of period
$
12,240
$
17,630
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss and prior service cost will be approximately $812 during 2014.
Net periodic pension expense was:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Service cost—benefits earned during the year
$
2,729
$
2,093
$
1,948
Interest cost on benefit obligation
2,058
1,957
1,721
Expected return on plan assets
(2,136
)
(2,040
)
(1,626
)
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss and prior service costs
1,405
255
463
Net periodic pension expense
$
4,056
$
2,265
$
2,506
Significant actuarial assumptions for the plan were:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Discount rate for service and interest
4.4%
5.5%
5.4%
Expected rate of return on plan assets
7.5%
7.5%
7.5%
Rate of compensation increase
3.0%  –  3.75%
3.0%  –  4.5%
3.0%  –  4.5%
Discount rate for year-end benefit obligation
5.0%
4.4%
5.5%
The plan used the Aon Hewitt AA Bond Universe as a benchmark for its discount rate as of June 30, 2013 and 2012. The plan used the Citigroup Yield Curve as a benchmark for its discount rate as of June 30, 2011. The discount rate is determined by matching the pension plan’s timing and the amount of

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

expected cash outflows to a bond yield curve constructed from a population of AA-rated corporate bond issues which are generally non-callable and have at least $250 million par outstanding. From this, the discount rate that results in the same present value is calculated.
Estimated future benefit payments, including benefits attributable to future service, are:
 
2014
$
1,264
2015
1,398
2016
1,636
2017
1,813
2018
1,968
2019  –  2023
13,905
The plan’s target asset allocations for 2014 and the weighted-average asset allocation of plan assets as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 are:
 
Target Allocation
Percentage of Plan Assets
For the Years Ended June 30
2014
2013
2012
Debt securities
20%  –  40%
25
%
30
%
Equity securities
50%  –  80%
70
%
57
%
Other
6%  –  12%
5
%
13
%
The expected long-term rate of return for the plan’s total assets is based on the expected return of each of the above categories, weighted based on the median of the target allocation of each class. Equity securities are expected to return 8% to 10% annually over the long-term, while debt securities are expected to return 4% to 6%. Based on historical experience, the Company expects that the plan’s asset managers will provide a​ 1 2 % to 1% annual premium to their respective market benchmark indices.
The investment policy and strategy is to earn a long term investment return sufficient to meet the obligations of the plans, while assuming a moderate amount of risk in order to maximize investment return. In order to achieve this goal, assets are invested in a diversified portfolio consisting of equity securities, debt securities, and other investments in a manner consistent with ERISA’s fiduciary requirements.
The fair values of the Company’s plan assets by asset category are as follows:
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
As of June 30, 2013
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
$
581
$
404
$
$
985
Common-collective funds
                                                       
Global large cap equities
6,555
4,743
11,298
Fixed income securities
6,730
6,730
Mutual funds
                                                       
Global small and mid-cap equities
10,887
10,887
Real estate
1,320
1,320
Other
280
280
$
19,343
$
11,877
$
280
$
31,500

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Fair Value Measurements Using
As of June 30, 2012
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
$
524
$
1,473
$
$
1,997
Common-collective funds
                                                       
Global large cap equities
3,241
3,546
6,787
Fixed income securities
6,220
6,220
Mutual funds
                                                       
Global small and mid-cap equities
8,971
8,971
Real estate
2,163
2,163
Foreign currency deposits
1,268
1,268
Other
450
450
$
14,899
$
12,507
$
450
$
27,856
The table below provides a summary of the changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets:
 
Change in Fair Value of Level 3 Assets
2013
2012
Balance at beginning of period
$
450
$
466
Redemptions
(122
)
Purchases
51
68
Change in fair value
(221
)
38
Balance at end of period
$
280
$
450
The following outlines the valuation methodologies used to estimate the fair value of our pension plan assets:
  • Cash and cash equivalents are valued at $1 per share;
  • Common-collective funds are determined based on current market values of the underlying assets of the fund; and
  • Mutual funds and foreign currency deposits are valued using quoted market prices in active markets.
The Company’s international subsidiaries have defined contribution retirement plans covering substantially all employees. Our Belgium subsidiary maintains a defined benefit plan for eligible employees. Contributions to these plans are generally deposited under fiduciary-type arrangements. Expense under these plans was $2,533, $2,937 and $2,270 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
We provide a 401(k) retirement savings plan, under which United States employees may make a pre-tax contribution of up to the lesser of 60% of compensation or the maximum amount permitted under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. We make a matching contribution equal to 100% of the first 1% of an employee’s contribution and make a matching contribution equal to 50% of the next 5% of an employee’s contribution. Participants are fully vested in employer contributions after two years of service. Our contributions were $1,175, $1,010 and $959 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
We have a deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan for certain senior executives. The benefits provided by the plan are based upon years of service and average compensation, subject to certain limits. The plan also provides for death benefits before retirement. Expense under this plan was $259, $249 and $213 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The aggregate liability under this plan amounted to $2,537 and $2,674 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. To assist in funding the benefits of the plan, we invested in corporate-owned life insurance policies, through a trust, which had cash surrender values of $2,178 and $1,877 at June 30, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, and are included in other assets.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have an executive income program to provide a pre-retirement death benefit and a supplemental retirement benefit for certain senior executives. The aggregate liability under this plan amounted to $576 and $582 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. To assist in funding the benefits of the plan, we invested in split-dollar life insurance policies, which had values to the Company of $700 and $686 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are included in other assets.
13. Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income taxes was:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Domestic
$
(6,581
)
$
(10,002
)
$
(6,077
)
Foreign
24,429
23,116
(1,812
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
17,848
$
13,114
$
(7,889
)
Components of the provision for income taxes were:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Current tax provision (benefit):
                                         
Federal
$
$
66
$
(994
)
State and local
391
219
271
Foreign
4,487
7,555
5,461
Total current tax provision
4,878
7,840
4,738
Deferred tax provision (benefit):
                                         
Federal
(12,160
)
(6,282
)
(6,652
)
State and local
(616
)
(1,275
)
(652
)
Foreign
(1,204
)
(290
)
534
Change in valuation allowance—domestic
1,704
7,557
6,946
Change in valuation allowance—foreign
355
(1,412
)
119
Total deferred tax provision
(11,921
)
(1,702
)
295
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
$
(7,043
)
$
6,138
$
5,033
Reconciliations of the Federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate are:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Federal income tax rate
35.0
%
35.0
%
(35.0
)%
State and local taxes, net of federal income tax effect
1.4
1.1
2.2
Foreign tax rate differential, foreign withholding and change in foreign valuation allowance
(24.6
)
(22.7
)
86.7
Change in federal valuation allowance
7.8
47.9
84.3
OGR acquisition adjustment
(50.7
)
Taxable income not recorded on books
0.6
2.4
3.7
Permanent items
(7.9
)
(16.1
)
(76.4
)
Other
(1.1
)
(0.8
)
(1.7
)
Effective tax rate
(39.5
)%
46.8
%
63.8
%
Provision has not been made for United States or additional foreign taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $87,569 whose earnings have been or are intended to be reinvested. It is not practicable at this time to determine the amount of income tax liability that would result should such earnings be repatriated. Taxes are not provided for foreign currency translation adjustments relating to investments in international subsidiaries that will be held indefinitely.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The tax effects of significant temporary differences that comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities were:
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Deferred tax assets:
                           
Employee related accruals
$
10,709
$
12,150
Environmental remediation
2,348
2,228
Net operating loss carry forwards—domestic
18,790
18,228
Net operating loss carry forwards—foreign
9,860
11,128
Other
8,413
2,831
50,120
46,565
Valuation allowance
(27,753
)
(36,763
)
22,367
9,802
Deferred tax liabilities:
                           
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(14,645
)
(5,529
)
Unrealized foreign exchange gains
(4,827
)
(4,248
)
Other
(573
)
(60
)
(20,045
)
(9,837
)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
$
2,322
$
(35
)
Deferred taxes are included in the following line items in the consolidated balance sheets:
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
$
2,294
$
7,029
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
(1,732
)
(2
)
Other assets
4,755
112
Other liabilities
(2,995
)
(7,174
)
$
2,322
$
(35
)
The authoritative guidance for accounting for income taxes requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A review of all available positive and negative evidence needs to be considered, including a company’s performance, the market environment in which the company operates, the utilization of past tax credits, and length of carryback and carryforward periods.
The authoritative guidance further states that where there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years, concluding that a valuation allowance is not required is problematic. Therefore, cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment. Management has determined that it is not more likely than not that the Company would be able to utilize certain deferred tax assets. This conclusion was reached due to cumulative losses recognized by the Company and certain subsidiaries in preceding years. Management intends to maintain a valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support its reversal.
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was:
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Balance at beginning of period
$
36,763
$
30,618
Change in valuation allowance
2,059
6,145
Permanent adjustment for Other Comprehensive Income
(2,016
)
OGR acquisition adjustments
(9,053
)
Balance at end of period
$
27,753
$
36,763
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2013 includes $22,539 related to domestic jurisdictions and $5,214 related to foreign jurisdictions.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The change in valuation allowance for the year ended June 30, 2013 includes a reversal of $9,053 of valuation allowance previously established against the Company’s deferred tax assets in the United States. The reversal was required to offset deferred tax liabilities established as part of the OGR acquisition related to acquired amortizable intangible assets.
The Company has domestic federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $45,255 that expire in 2027 through 2033, state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $70,825 that expire over various periods beginning in 2013 and foreign net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $29,957 that expire over various periods beginning in 2013.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) is as follows:
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
2011
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period
$
6,565
$
6,180
$
5,112
Additions based on tax positions related to prior periods
4,996
216
144
Additions based on tax positions related to the current period
404
646
804
Exchange impact
296
(477
)
120
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period
$
12,261
$
6,565
$
6,180
The entire liability for UTB relates to unrecognized tax positions that, if recognized, would affect the annual effective tax rate. The entire amount of the liability for UTB is classified as a long-term liability.
We recognize interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes. We accrued interest and penalties of $1,952, $822 and $652 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various U.S. state and international jurisdictions. Our U.S. federal and material U.S. state income tax returns have been closed for periods through June 30, 2003. Our tax returns in Brazil and Israel, our major foreign jurisdictions, are closed for periods through June 30, 2007. We do not have any open examinations that would result in a material change to our liability for uncertain tax positions. We do not believe that it is reasonably possible that our UTB will significantly change within the next twelve months.
14. Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
We lease land and office, warehouse and manufacturing equipment and facilities for minimum annual rentals (plus certain cost escalations). We record rent expense on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. At June 30, 2013 we had the following future minimum lease commitments:
 
For the Years Ended June 30
Capital leases
Non-cancellable operating leases
2014
$
79
$
2,930
2015
63
2,180
2016
11
1,848
2017
1,653
2018
1,664
Thereafter
5,046
Total minimum lease payments
$
153
$
15,321
Amounts representing interest
(21
)
Present value of minimum lease payments
$
132
Rent expense under operating leases was $6,084, $6,085 and $5,706 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Environmental
Our operations and properties are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, including those governing pollution; protection of the environment; the use, management, and release of hazardous materials, substances and wastes; air emissions; greenhouse gas emissions; water use, supply and discharges; the investigation and remediation of contamination; the manufacture, distribution, and sale of regulated materials, including pesticides; the importing, exporting and transportation of products; and the health and safety of our employees (collectively, “Environmental Laws”). As such, the nature of our current and former operations exposes us to the risk of claims with respect to such matters, including fines, penalties, and remediation obligations that may be imposed by regulatory authorities. Under certain circumstances, we might be required to curtail operations until a particular problem is remedied. Known costs and expenses under Environmental Laws incidental to ongoing operations, including the cost of litigation proceedings relating to environmental matters, are generally included within operating results. Potential costs and expenses may also be incurred in connection with the repair or upgrade of facilities to meet existing or new requirements under Environmental Laws or to investigate or remediate potential or actual contamination and from time to time we establish reserves for such contemplated investigation and remediation costs. In many instances, the ultimate costs under Environmental Laws and the time period during which such costs are likely to be incurred are difficult to predict.
While we believe that our operations are currently in material compliance with Environmental Laws, we have, from time to time, received notices of violation from governmental authorities, and have been involved in civil or criminal action for such violations. Additionally, at various sites, our subsidiaries are engaged in continuing investigation, remediation and/or monitoring efforts to address contamination associated with historic operations of the sites. We devote considerable resources to complying with Environmental Laws and managing environmental liabilities. We have developed programs to identify requirements under, and maintain compliance with Environmental Laws; however, we cannot predict with certainty the impact of increased and more stringent regulation on our operations, future capital expenditure requirements, or the cost of compliance.
The nature of our current and former operations exposes us to the risk of claims with respect to environmental matters and we cannot assure we will not incur material costs and liabilities in connection with such claims. Based upon our experience to date, we believe that the future cost of compliance with existing Environmental Laws, and liabilities for known environmental claims pursuant to such Environmental Laws, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
C.P. Chemicals, Inc. (“CP”), a subsidiary of PAHC, PAHC and other defendants have reached a phased settlement agreement, subject to the satisfaction of specific conditions precedent, with Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (“Chevron”), and a Settlement Agreement and Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) has been filed and entered by the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the “Court”), resolving a 1997 complaint filed by Chevron. The complaint alleged that the operations of CP at its Sewaren, New Jersey plant affected adjoining property owned by Chevron and that PAHC, the parent of CP, was also responsible to Chevron. If the conditions precedent of the Consent Order (described below) are met, CP, PAHC and co-defendant Legacy Vulcan Corp. (“Vulcan”), through an entity known as North Field Extension, LLC (“NFE”), will acquire a portion of the Chevron property. NFE would then proceed with any required investigation and remediation of the acquired property and would also assume responsibility for certain types of environmental conditions (if they exist) on the portion of the property retained by Chevron. CP/PAHC and Vulcan will each be responsible for 50% of the investigation and remediation costs, which are to be paid by CP/PAHC directly or through NFE. Another defendant will also make a contribution toward the remediation costs to be incurred by NFE in the amount of $175. Chevron would also retain responsibility for further investigation and remediation of certain identified environmental conditions on the portion of the property retained by it, as well as in one area of the property to be acquired by NFE. We believe that insurance recoveries will be available to offset some of those costs. The Consent Order provides for several conditions that must be met initially, including execution of an Order on

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consent with the United States Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) by CP, PAHC and Vulcan and the removal of the property being acquired by NFE from the HSWA Permit issued by the EPA to Chevron. If these conditions are not met within certain timeframes, the settlement may not proceed and the parties may return first to mediation and then may ask the court to grant relief.
The EPA is investigating and planning for the remediation of offsite contaminated groundwater that has migrated from the Omega Chemical Corporation Superfund Site (“Omega Chemical Site”), which is upgradient of Phibro-Tech’s Santa Fe Springs, California facility. The EPA has named Phibro-Tech and certain other subsidiaries of PAHC as potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) due to groundwater contamination from Phibro-Tech’s Santa Fe Springs facility that has allegedly commingled with contaminated groundwater from the Omega Chemical Site. In September 2012, the EPA notified approximately 140 PRPs, including Phibro-Tech and the other subsidiaries, that they have been identified as potentially responsible for remedial action for the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site and for EPA oversight and response costs. Phibro-Tech contends that groundwater contamination at its site is due to historical operations that pre-date Phibro-Tech and/or contaminated groundwater that has migrated from upgradient properties. In addition, a successor to a prior owner of the Phibro-Tech site has asserted that PAHC and Phibro-Tech are obligated to provide indemnification for its potential liability and defense costs relating to the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site. Phibro-Tech has vigorously contested this position and has asserted that the successor to the prior owner is required to indemnify Phibro-Tech for its potential liability and defense costs. Furthermore, a nearby property owner has filed a complaint in the Superior Court of the State of California against many of the PRPs associated with the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site for alleged contamination of groundwater underneath its property. Due to the ongoing nature of the EPA’s investigation and Phibro-Tech’s dispute with the prior owner’s successor, at this time we cannot predict with any degree of certainty what, if any, liability Phibro-Tech or the other subsidiaries may ultimately have for investigation, remediation and the EPA oversight and response costs associated with the affected groundwater plume.
Based upon information available, to the extent such costs can be estimated with reasonable certainty, we estimated the cost for complying with the NFE Consent Order and for further investigation and remediation of identified soil and groundwater problems at operating sites, closed sites and third-party sites, and closure costs for closed sites, to be approximately $8,292 and $7,235 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which is included in current and long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. However, future events, such as new information, changes in existing Environmental Laws or their interpretation, and more vigorous enforcement policies of regulatory agencies, may give rise to additional expenditures or liabilities that could be material. For all purposes of the discussion under this caption and elsewhere in this report, it should be noted that we take and have taken the position that neither PAHC nor any of our subsidiaries is liable for environmental or other claims made against one or more of our other subsidiaries or for which any of such other subsidiaries may ultimately be responsible.
Claims and Litigation
Certain customers have claimed damages to their poultry resulting from the use of one of our animal health products. We believe we are entitled to coverage for the claimed damages under our insurance policies, above any applicable self-insured retention or deductible. Our insurance carrier thus far has refused to cover the damages claimed and has denied coverage. We have taken actions to enforce our rights under the policies and believe we are likely to prevail. We have accrued a $5,600 liability for the claims presented by our customers and have recorded a $5,350 asset for recovery under these insurance policies. Our judgment that we will be successful in obtaining coverage under our insurance policies for the customers’ claims is based on the policy language and relevant case law precedents.
A subsidiary of PAHC and certain of its employees were defendants in a criminal action in Israel seeking penalties for alleged unlawful discharges of waste water and alleged violation of regulations regarding the storage of liquids at a facility in Israel in 2005. In May 2013, the parties reached a final settlement resolving all outstanding charges with no significant effect on the Company or any of its employees.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PAHC and its subsidiaries are party to a number of claims and lawsuits arising out of the normal course of business including product liabilities, payment disputes and governmental regulation. Certain of these actions seek damages in various amounts. In many cases, such claims are covered by insurance. We believe that none of the claims or pending lawsuits, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
Employment and Severance Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with certain executive management and other employees which specify severance benefits of up to one year of the employee’s compensation.
15. Derivatives
The Company monitors its exposure to commodity prices, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, and uses derivatives to manage certain of these risks. The Company designates derivatives as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of the cash flows to be received or paid in the future related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). The portion of the changes in the expected cash flows related to a recognized asset or liability (the effective portion) is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As the hedged item is realized, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income on the same line as the hedged item. The portion of the changes in fair value of derivatives used as cash flow hedges that is not offset by changes in the expected cash flows related to a recognized asset or liability (the ineffective portion) is immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in the same line as the hedged item.
The Company continually assesses whether the derivatives used to hedge transactions are effective. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be an effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting, and any gains or losses on the derivative are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in the period it no longer qualifies as a hedge.
The Company records its derivatives in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The fair value of these derivative instruments is determined based upon pricing models using observable market inputs for these types of financial instruments (level 2 inputs per ASC 820).
At June 30, 2013 significant outstanding derivatives employed to manage market risk and designated as cash flow hedges were as follows:
 
Instrument
Hedge
Notional
amount at
June 30, 2013
Fair value as of June 30,
2013
2012
Options
Brazilian Real calls
R$
111,000
$
365
$
327
Options
Brazilian Real puts
(R$
111,000
)
(1,004
)
(728
)
The unrecognized gains (losses) at June 30, 2013 are unrealized and will change depending on future exchange rates until the underlying contracts mature. Of the ($639) of unrecognized gains (losses) on derivative instruments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at June 30, 2013, the Company anticipates approximately ($366) of the current fair value would be recorded in earnings within the next twelve months. The Company recognizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments as a component of cost of goods sold when the hedged item is sold. The Company hedges forecasted transactions for periods not exceeding the next twenty-four months.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16. Fair Value Measurements
In assessing the fair value of financial instruments at June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company has used a variety of methods and assumptions which were based on estimates of market conditions and risks existing at the time.
Current Assets and Liabilities
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and short-term debt are considered to be representative of their fair value because of the current nature of these investments.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
The carrying value of life insurance policies was calculated using the net cash surrender value, which is a level 2 input per ASC 820.
Letters of Credit
We obtain letters of credit in connection with certain regulatory and insurance obligations, inventory purchases and other contractual obligations. The contract values of the letters of credit at June 30, 2013 and 2012 were $14,954 and $14,828 respectively. The carrying values of these letters of credit are considered to be representative of their fair values because of the nature of the instruments.
Long Term Debt
The fair values of the Senior Notes are estimated based on quoted broker prices (level 2 inputs per ASC 820) and the fair values of the term loans are estimated based on quoted yields for the Senior Notes which are similar in structure, maturity and interest rate (level 2 inputs per ASC 820).
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Carrying values
                           
Senior Notes due July 1, 2018
$
300,000
$
300,000
Less unamortized original issue discount
(2,402
)
(2,762
)
297,598
297,238
Term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
24,000
24,000
Less unamortized discount
(307
)
24,000
23,693
Term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10,000
10,000
Less unamortized discount
(126
)
(227
)
9,874
9,773
Term note payable to Teva due annually through January 29, 2013
5,500
Less unamortized imputed interest
(292
)
5,208
Fair values
                           
Senior Notes due July 1, 2018
$
322,500
$
294,750
Term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
26,968
24,257
Term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10,644
10,450
Term note payable to Teva due annually through January 29, 2013
5,334

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. Business Segments
The Animal Health segment manufactures and markets products for the poultry, swine, cattle, dairy, aquaculture and ethanol markets. The business includes net sales of medicated feed additives and other related products, nutritional specialty products and vaccines. The Mineral Nutrition segment manufactures and markets trace minerals for the cattle, swine, poultry and pet food markets. The Performance Products segment manufactures and markets a variety of products for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries.
We evaluate performance and allocate resources based on the Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products segments. Certain of our costs and assets are not directly attributable to these segments. We do not allocate such items to the principal segments because they are not used to evaluate their operating results or financial position. Corporate costs include the departmental operating costs of the Board of Directors, the Chairman and President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the Senior Vice President of Human Resources, the Chief Information Officer and the Business Development function. Costs include the executives and their staffs and include compensation and benefits, outside services, professional fees and office space. Assets include certain cash and cash equivalents, debt issue costs and certain other assets.
The accounting policies of our segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.
During our fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013, we reorganized our reportable segments for financial reporting to better align them with how we currently review operating results for purposes of allocating resources and managing performance. We created two new reportable segments, the Animal Health segment and the Mineral Nutrition segment, and eliminated the Animal Health & Nutrition (AH&N) segment. The Animal Heath segment consists of the business units within the former AH&N segment, excluding the Mineral Nutrition business unit, which is now a separate reportable segment. In accordance with ASC No. 280, “ Segment Reporting ” (“ASC 280”), we have reclassified all amounts to conform to our new reportable segment presentation.
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Net sales
                                         
Animal Health
$
384,941
$
375,167
$
345,162
Mineral Nutrition
203,169
210,091
209,302
Performance Products
65,041
68,843
63,869
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
Operating income
                                         
Animal Health
$
69,090
$
57,447
$
47,034
Mineral Nutrition
9,794
10,790
11,323
Performance Products
2,685
5,058
2,932
Corporate
(24,838
)
(23,970
)
(20,053
)
$
56,731
$
49,325
$
41,236
Depreciation and amortization
                                         
Animal Health
$
13,907
$
13,009
$
13,078
Mineral Nutrition
2,275
2,217
2,010
Performance Products
242
74
31
Corporate
2,599
2,227
1,577
$
19,023
$
17,527
$
16,696

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Capital expenditures
                                         
Animal Health
$
15,207
$
9,637
$
13,092
Mineral Nutrition
1,632
717
3,986
Performance Products
1,053
887
343
Corporate
2,055
3,583
4,214
$
19,947
$
14,824
$
21,635
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Identifiable assets
                           
Animal Health
$
354,422
$
287,070
Mineral Nutrition
62,933
63,423
Performance Products
21,710
24,304
Corporate
35,077
66,111
$
474,142
$
440,908
All goodwill is included in the Animal Health segment. The Animal Health segment includes investment in equity method investee of $3,240 and $2,443 as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Performance Products segment includes investment in equity method investee of $275 and $498 as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
18. Geographic Information
The following is information about our geographic operations. Information is attributed to the geographic areas based on the locations of our subsidiaries.
 
For the Years Ended June 30
2013
2012
2011
Net sales
                                         
United States
$
414,768
$
424,373
$
404,156
Israel
93,248
101,301
91,341
Latin America and Canada
68,575
61,407
50,701
Europe and Africa
32,501
30,087
26,394
Asia Pacific
44,059
36,933
45,741
$
653,151
$
654,101
$
618,333
 
As of June 30
2013
2012
Property, plant and equipment, net
                           
United States
$
40,601
$
38,826
Israel
30,837
28,212
Brazil
30,988
32,479
Other
1,996
2,144
$
104,422
$
101,661

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
Three Months
Six Months
For the Periods Ended December 31
2013
2012
2013
2012
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Net sales
$
172,742
$
164,159
$
334,970
$
326,265
Cost of goods sold
121,586
120,973
234,302
241,213
Gross profit
51,156
43,186
100,668
85,052
Selling, general and administrative expenses
34,138
29,030
67,253
57,687
Operating income
17,018
14,156
33,415
27,365
Interest expense
7,783
7,894
15,557
15,715
Interest expense, shareholders
1,004
1,075
2,009
2,147
Interest (income)
(68
)
(14
)
(112
)
(82
)
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
1,165
126
1,813
294
Other (income) expense, net
58
46
Income before income taxes
7,134
5,017
14,148
9,245
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
4,832
(7,056
)
6,003
(5,487
)
Net income
$
2,302
$
12,073
$
8,145
$
14,732
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Fair value of derivative instruments
$
(235
)
$
182
$
137
$
418
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(3,003
)
(366
)
(3,135
)
(468
)
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
226
309
429
619
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
3
(187
)
(221
)
(394
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
$
(3,009
)
$
(62
)
$
(2,790
)
$
175
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
(707
)
$
12,011
$
5,355
$
14,907
Net income per share—basic and diluted
$
0.03
$
0.18
$
0.12
$
0.21
Weighted average number of shares—basic and diluted 
68,910
68,910
68,910
68,910
Pro forma net income per share (unaudit ed)—
basic and diluted
$
0.27
             
Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited)—basic and diluted
30,458

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
As of
December 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
$
30,474
$
27,369
Accounts receivable, net
103,253
99,137
Inventories
140,445
140,032
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
28,359
29,848
Total current assets
302,531
296,386
Property, plant and equipment, net
105,693
104,422
Intangibles, net
32,587
35,155
Other assets
40,017
38,179
Total assets
$
480,828
$
474,142
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current portion of long-term debt
$
62
$
64
Current portion of long-term debt, shareholders
9,932
Accounts payable
60,109
57,902
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
52,527
57,438
Total current liabilities
122,630
115,404
Domestic senior credit facility
32,000
34,000
Long-term debt
297,827
297,666
Long-term debt, shareholders
24,000
33,874
Other liabilities
67,899
62,136
Total liabilities
544,356
543,080
Commitments and contingencies
Common shares
7
7
Paid-in capital
43,003
42,948
Accumulated deficit
(85,976
)
(94,121
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(20,562
)
(17,772
)
Total shareholders’ deficit
(63,528
)
(68,938
)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit
$
480,828
$
474,142

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Six Months
For the Periods Ended December 31
2013
2012
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
             
Net income
$
8,145
$
14,732
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
             
Depreciation and amortization
10,493
9,318
Amortization of deferred financing costs
530
705
Amortization of imputed interest and debt discount
256
602
Deferred income taxes
(108
)
(8,461
)
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
1,266
(282
)
Other
(191
)
(391
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
             
Accounts receivable
(4,380
)
3,365
Inventories
(2,471
)
(10,562
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
1,070
(1,070
)
Other assets
(1,650
)
(456
)
Accounts payable
2,459
(5,266
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
978
(4,236
)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
16,397
(2,002
)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
             
Capital expenditures
(9,765
)
(9,640
)
Business acquisition
(18,500
)
Sales of assets
8
283
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
(9,757
)
(27,857
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
             
Borrowings under the domestic senior credit facility
75,500
7,000
Repayments of the domestic senior credit facility
(77,500
)
(1,000
)
Payments of long-term debt, capital leases and other
(1,178
)
(98
)
Dividend paid to common shareholders
(3,000
)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
(3,178
)
2,902
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(357
)
80
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
3,105
(26,877
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
27,369
53,900
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
30,474
$
27,023
Supplemental cash flow information
                           
Interest paid
$
16,760
$
16,578
Income taxes paid, net
3,835
4,832
Non-cash investing and financing activities
                           
Capital expenditures
1,315
Business acquisition
4,250
Capital lease additions
69

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
Common
Shares
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
Total
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
As of June 30, 2013
$
7
$
42,948
$
(94,121
)
$
(17,772
)
$
(68,938
)
Comprehensive income:
Net income
8,145
8,145
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Fair value of derivative instruments
137
137
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(3,135
)
(3,135
)
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
429
429
Tax provision (benefit) on other comprehensive income (loss)
(221
)
(221
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
5,355
Compensation expense related to share-based compensation plans
55
55
As of December 31, 2013
$
7
$
43,003
$
(85,976
)
$
(20,562
)
$
(63,528
)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
1.
  • General
Phibro Animal Health Corporation (“PAHC” or “Phibro”) and its subsidiaries (together, the “Company”) is a diversified global developer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of animal health and nutrition products to the poultry, swine, cattle, dairy, aquaculture and ethanol markets. The Company is also a manufacturer and marketer of performance products for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries. Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this report to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” and similar expressions refer to PAHC and its subsidiaries.
The unaudited consolidated financial information for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is presented on the same basis as the financial statements included in our annual report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. In the opinion of management, these financial statements include all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods, and the adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The financial results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year. The consolidated balance sheet information as of June 30, 2013 was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The unaudited consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in our annual report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAHC and all majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share
The unaudited pro forma net income per share has been calculated after giving effect to the stock split that will take place immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Subsequent Events
We evaluate events and transactions that occur subsequent to the balance sheet date and through the issuance date of our financial statements to determine the necessity for recognition and/or reporting of any of these events and transactions in our financial statements. As of February 14, 2014, there are no subsequent events to be recognized or reported.
2.
  • Revision to Prior Period Consolidated Financial Statements
We previously identified errors that should have been recorded in prior period consolidated financial statements. The errors included differences in reconciliations, differences in accruals, reserves and cut-off estimates, income tax provision calculations and various other items. We assessed the materiality of the items and concluded the items were not material individually or in the aggregate to prior annual or interim periods presented in our interim consolidated financial statements. However, we have elected to revise in this report the prior period comparative amounts.
During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we identified and corrected errors that originated in prior periods. The error corrections increased income before income taxes by $358 in the current year. We have assessed the effects of the corrections and have concluded the items were not material, either individually or in the aggregate, to our current year results of operations or any prior period consolidated financial statements.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

3.
  • Statements of Operations—Additional Information
 
Three Months
Six Months
For the Periods Ended December 31
2013
2012
2013
2012
Interest expense
Domestic senior credit facility
$
395
$
254
$
811
$
497
9.25% senior notes
7,036
7,027
14,073
14,152
Mayflower L.P. (“Mayflower”), BFI Co., LLC (“BFI”) and Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. (“Teva”) term loans
989
1,172
1,978
2,342
Amortization of deferred financing fees
267
354
530
705
Other interest expense
100
162
174
166
$
8,787
$
8,969
$
17,566
$
17,862
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
$
4,106
$
3,645
$
7,958
$
7,500
Amortization of intangible assets
1,186
977
2,535
1,818
$
5,292
$
4,622
$
10,493
$
9,318
4.
  • Balance Sheets—Additional Information
 
As of
December 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
Accounts receivable, net
Trade accounts receivable
$
104,099
$
99,795
Allowance for doubtful accounts
(846
)
(658
)
$
103,253
$
99,137
Inventories
Raw materials
$
35,413
$
35,702
Work-in-process
7,266
7,541
Finished goods
97,766
96,789
$
140,445
$
140,032
Property, plant and equipment, net
Land
$
9,550
$
9,746
Buildings and improvements
47,464
46,960
Machinery and equipment
163,376
156,247
220,390
212,953
Accumulated depreciation
(114,697
)
(108,531
)
$
105,693
$
104,422
Intangibles, net
Cost
Medicated feed additive product registrations
$
12,251
$
12,115
Amprolium international marketing rights
4,292
4,292
Customer relationships
10,679
10,691
Technology
28,259
28,259
Distribution agreements
3,447
3,493
Trade names, trademarks and other
2,740
2,740
61,668
61,590

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 
As of
December 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
Accumulated amortization
Medicated feed additive product registrations
(10,989
)
(10,778
)
Amprolium international marketing rights
(4,076
)
(3,861
)
Customer relationships
(3,728
)
(3,203
)
Technology
(5,199
)
(3,729
)
Distribution agreements
(3,239
)
(3,179
)
Trade names, trademarks and other
(1,850
)
(1,685
)
(29,081
)
(26,435
)
$
32,587
$
35,155
Other assets
Goodwill
$
12,613
$
12,613
Insurance claim receivable
5,350
5,350
Deferred financing fees
5,426
5,212
Deferred income taxes
4,441
4,755
Other
12,187
10,249
$
40,017
$
38,179
Goodwill roll-forward
Balance at beginning of period
$
12,613
$
1,717
OGR acquisition
10,896
Balance at end of period
$
12,613
$
12,613
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Employee related
$
14,478
$
17,823
Interest and income taxes
14,750
15,686
Commissions and rebates
3,154
3,196
Insurance related
1,502
1,286
Professional fees
3,384
4,064
Other accrued liabilities
15,259
15,383
$
52,527
$
57,438
Other liabilities
Pension and other retirement benefits
$
25,878
$
26,021
Long term and deferred income taxes
21,417
17,580
Deferred consideration on acquisitions
3,985
5,009
Product liability claims
5,600
5,600
Other long term liabilities
11,019
7,926
$
67,899
$
62,136
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Derivative instruments
$
(502
)
$
(639
)
Currency translation adjustment
(5,654
)
(2,519
)
Unrecognized net pension gains (losses)
(11,811
)
(12,240
)
Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss)
(2,595
)
(2,374
)
$
(20,562
)
$
(17,772
)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

5.
  • Acquisition
On December 20, 2012, Prince Agri Products, Inc. (“Prince Agri”), a subsidiary of Phibro, acquired 100% of the membership interests of OmniGen Research, LLC (“OGR”). This transaction gives the Company all rights to OmniGen-AF ® patents and related intellectual property and ownership of certain property, plant and equipment. OmniGen-AF ® is a proprietary nutritional specialty product that helps maintain a dairy cow’s healthy immune system. Prior to the transaction, Prince Agri had been the exclusive manufacturer and marketer of OmniGen-AF ® for 9 years, under a licensing arrangement with OGR.
OGR’s only revenues were the royalties paid by Prince Agri. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations, as if such acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the three-month and six month periods ended December 31, 2012, are shown below. Pro forma adjustments included the elimination of royalty expense previously included in cost of sales and the addition of operating expenses related to the acquired research and development activities.
 
For the Period Ended December 31, 2012
Three Months
Six Months
Net sales
$
164,159
$
326,265
Operating income
14,793
28,488
Net income
12,698
15,830
Depreciation and amortization
5,049
10,172
6.
  • Debt
Domestic Senior Credit Facility
As of December 31, 2013, we had $32,000 of outstanding borrowings and had outstanding letters of credit and other commitments of $16,405, leaving $51,595 available for borrowings and letters of credit under the domestic senior credit facility. As of June 30, 2013, we had $34,000 of outstanding borrowings and had outstanding letters of credit and other commitments of $14,954, leaving $51,046 available for borrowings and letters of credit under the domestic senior credit facility. Interest rate elections under the domestic senior credit facility are dependent on the senior secured funded debt to EBITDA ratio. For a ratio that is less than 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.50% or Prime Rate plus 1.50%. For a ratio that is greater than or equal to 1.25:1, the interest rates are LIBOR plus 2.75% or Prime Rate plus 1.75%. The applicable rates of interest on the outstanding borrowings were 2.67% and 2.69% at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively.
The domestic senior credit facility requires, among other things, the maintenance of a minimum level of consolidated EBITDA, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, each calculated on a trailing four quarter basis, and contains an acceleration clause should an event of default (as defined in the agreement) occur. The required minimum level of consolidated EBITDA is $58,000; $65,000; $66,000; $75,000; and $78,000 for measurement periods ending on or after September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the financial covenants of the domestic senior credit facility.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Long-Term Debt
 
As of
December 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018
$
300,000
$
300,000
Term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
24,000
24,000
Term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10,000
10,000
Term note payable to Teva due annually through January 29, 2013
Capitalized lease obligations
93
132
334,093
334,132
Unamortized imputed interest and debt discount
(2,272
)
(2,528
)
331,821
331,604
Less: current maturities
(9,994
)
(64
)
$
321,827
$
331,540
7.
  • Employee Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for all domestic nonunion employees who meet certain requirements of age, length of service and hours worked per year.
Net periodic pension expense was:
 
Three Months
Six Months
For the Periods Ended December 31
2013
2012
2013
2012
Service cost  –  benefits earned during the period
$
604
639
$
1,308
$
1,278
Interest cost on benefit obligation
577
503
1,218
1,006
Expected return on plan assets
(577
)
(552
)
(1,275
)
(1,103
)
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss and prior service costs
226
310
429
619
Net periodic pension expense
$
830
$
900
$
1,680
$
1,800
8.
  • Commitments and Contingencies
Environmental
Our operations and properties are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, including those governing pollution; protection of the environment; the use, management, and release of hazardous materials, substances and wastes; air emissions; greenhouse gas emissions; water use, supply and discharges; the investigation and remediation of contamination; the manufacture, distribution, and sale of regulated materials, including pesticides; the importing, exporting and transportation of products; and the health and safety of our employees (collectively, “Environmental Laws”). As such, the nature of our current and former operations exposes us to the risk of claims with respect to such matters, including fines, penalties, and remediation obligations that may be imposed by regulatory authorities. Under certain circumstances, we might be required to curtail operations until a particular problem is remedied. Known costs and expenses under Environmental Laws incidental to ongoing operations, including the cost of litigation proceedings relating to environmental matters, are generally included within operating results. Potential costs and expenses may also be incurred in connection with the repair or upgrade of facilities to meet existing or new requirements under Environmental Laws or to investigate or remediate potential or actual contamination and from time to time we establish reserves for such contemplated investigation and remediation costs. In many instances, the ultimate costs under Environmental Laws and the time period during which such costs are likely to be incurred are difficult to predict.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

While we believe that our operations are currently in material compliance with Environmental Laws, we have, from time to time, received notices of violation from governmental authorities, and have been involved in civil or criminal action for such violations. Additionally, at various sites, our subsidiaries are engaged in continuing investigation, remediation and/or monitoring efforts to address contamination associated with historic operations of the sites. We devote considerable resources to complying with Environmental Laws and managing environmental liabilities. We have developed programs to identify requirements under, and maintain compliance with Environmental Laws; however, we cannot predict with certainty the impact of increased and more stringent regulation on our operations, future capital expenditure requirements, or the cost of compliance.
The nature of our current and former operations exposes us to the risk of claims with respect to environmental matters and we cannot assure we will not incur material costs and liabilities in connection with such claims. Based upon our experience to date, we believe that the future cost of compliance with existing Environmental Laws, and liabilities for known environmental claims pursuant to such Environmental Laws, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
C.P. Chemicals, Inc. (“CP”), a subsidiary of PAHC, PAHC and other defendants have reached a phased settlement with Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (“Chevron”), and a Settlement Agreement and Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) has been filed and entered by the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the “Court”), resolving a 1997 complaint filed by Chevron. The complaint alleged that the operations of CP at its Sewaren, New Jersey plant affected adjoining property owned by Chevron and that PAHC, the parent of CP, was also responsible to Chevron. Pursuant to the Consent Order, CP, PAHC and co-defendant Legacy Vulcan Corp. (“Vulcan”), through an entity known as North Field Extension, LLC (“NFE”), have acquired a portion of the Chevron property, and NFE will proceed with any required investigation and remediation of the acquired property and has also assumed responsibility for certain types of environmental conditions (if they exist) on the portion of the property retained by Chevron. CP/PAHC and Vulcan will each be responsible for 50% of the investigation and remediation costs, which are to be paid by CP/PAHC directly or through NFE. Another defendant has also made a contribution toward the remediation costs to be incurred by NFE in the amount of $175. Chevron retained responsibility for further investigation and remediation of certain identified environmental conditions on the portion of the property retained by it, as well as in one area of the property acquired by NFE. We believe that insurance recoveries will be available to offset some of those costs.
The EPA is investigating and planning for the remediation of offsite contaminated groundwater that has migrated from the Omega Chemical Corporation Superfund Site (“Omega Chemical Site”), which is upgradient of Phibro-Tech’s Santa Fe Springs, California facility. The EPA has named Phibro-Tech and certain other subsidiaries of PAHC as potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) due to groundwater contamination from Phibro-Tech’s Santa Fe Springs facility that has allegedly commingled with contaminated groundwater from the Omega Chemical Site. In September 2012, the EPA notified approximately 140 PRPs, including Phibro-Tech and the other subsidiaries, that they have been identified as potentially responsible for remedial action for the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site and for EPA oversight and response costs. Phibro-Tech contends that groundwater contamination at its site is due to historical operations that pre-date Phibro-Tech and/or contaminated groundwater that has migrated from upgradient properties. In addition, a successor to a prior owner of the Phibro-Tech site has asserted that PAHC and Phibro-Tech are obligated to provide indemnification for its potential liability and defense costs relating to the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site. Phibro-Tech has vigorously contested this position and has asserted that the successor to the prior owner is required to indemnify Phibro-Tech for its potential liability and defense costs. Furthermore, a nearby property owner has filed a complaint in the Superior Court of the State of California against many of the PRPs associated with the groundwater plume affected by the Omega Chemical Site for alleged contamination of groundwater underneath its property. Due to the ongoing nature of the EPA’s investigation and Phibro-Tech’s dispute with the prior owner’s successor, at this time we cannot predict with any degree of certainty what, if any, liability Phibro-Tech or the other subsidiaries may ultimately have for investigation, remediation and the EPA oversight and response costs associated with the affected groundwater plume.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Based upon information available, to the extent such costs can be estimated with reasonable certainty, we estimated the cost for complying with the NFE Consent Order and for further investigation and remediation of identified soil and groundwater problems at operating sites, closed sites and third-party sites, and closure costs for closed sites, to be approximately $7,573 and $8,292 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively, which is included in current and long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. However, future events, such as new information, changes in existing Environmental Laws or their interpretation, and more vigorous enforcement policies of regulatory agencies, may give rise to additional expenditures or liabilities that could be material. For all purposes of the discussion under this caption and elsewhere in this report, it should be noted that we take and have taken the position that neither PAHC nor any of our subsidiaries is liable for environmental or other claims made against one or more of our other subsidiaries or for which any of such other subsidiaries may ultimately be responsible.
Claims and Litigation
Certain customers have claimed damages to their poultry resulting from the use of one of our animal health products. We believe we are entitled to coverage for the claimed damages under our insurance policies, above any applicable self-insured retention or deductible. Our insurance carrier thus far has refused to cover the damages claimed and has denied coverage. We have taken actions to enforce our rights under the policies and believe we are likely to prevail. We have accrued a $5,600 liability for the claims presented by our customers and have recorded a $5,350 asset for recovery under these insurance policies. Our judgment that we will be successful in obtaining coverage under our insurance policies for the customers’ claims is based on the policy language and relevant case law precedents.
PAHC and its subsidiaries are party to a number of claims and lawsuits arising out of the normal course of business including product liabilities, payment disputes and governmental regulation. Certain of these actions seek damages in various amounts. In many cases, such claims are covered by insurance. We believe that none of the claims or pending lawsuits, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.
9.
  • Income Taxes
The tax provision is comprised primarily of foreign withholding taxes and income taxes relating to certain profitable foreign jurisdictions. We generated a taxable loss from our domestic operations and established a valuation allowance to offset the income tax benefit. The tax provision for the three months ended December 31, 2013, included a benefit of $1,298 from the recognition of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. The tax benefit for the three months ended December 31, 2012, included a benefit of $7,995, which is the result of a reversal of a portion of our previously established deferred tax valuation allowance. The reversal was required to offset deferred tax liabilities established as part of the acquisition of OGR and its intangible assets.
Historically, the Company intended to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings outside of the United States. During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company reviewed the ongoing cash needs of its foreign subsidiaries and determined that $25,000 was not needed for reinvestment in our Israel subsidiaries and could be remitted to the United States. Based on this review, the indefinite reinvestment assertion was changed solely with respect to these earnings. Accordingly, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $8,750, which was fully offset by a corresponding decrease in its U.S. valuation allowance. As part of this change in the indefinite reinvestment assertion, the Company also recorded $3,425 of foreign withholding taxes. All remaining undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries are expected to be permanently reinvested as they are required to fund needs outside the United States. Provision has not been made for U.S. or additional foreign taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which continue to be permanently reinvested. It is not practicable at this time to determine the amount of income tax liability that would result should such earnings be repatriated.
We review the realizability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial results of the legal entity recording the net deferred tax

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

asset are considered, along with any other positive or negative evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to our valuation allowances may be necessary. In the three months ended December 31, 2013, we determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets of our South Africa subsidiary would not be realizable. Therefore, we recorded a $161 valuation allowance to reduce our deferred income tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Our Israel subsidiaries are currently under examination for the fiscal years 2009 through 2012. We expect the examinations will conclude within the next twelve months, the impact of which is not expected to be significant to our consolidated financial statements.
10.
  • Derivatives
The fair value of these derivative instruments is determined based upon pricing models using observable market inputs for these types of financial instruments (level 2 inputs per ASC 820).
At December 31, 2013 significant outstanding derivatives employed to manage market risk and designated as cash flow hedges were as follows:
 
Hedge
Notional
Amount at
December 31,
2013
Fair value as of
Instrument
December 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
Options
Brazilian Real calls
R$94,500
$
159
$
365
Options
Brazilian Real puts
(R$94,500)
$
(661
)
$
(1,004
)
The unrecognized gains (losses) at December 31, 2013 are unrealized and will fluctuate depending on future exchange rates until the underlying contracts mature. Of the $(502) of unrecognized gains (losses) on derivative instruments included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2013, the Company anticipates approximately $(512) of the current fair value would be recorded in earnings within the next twelve months. The Company recognizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments as a component of cost of goods sold when the hedged item is sold. The Company hedges forecasted transactions for periods not exceeding the next twenty-four months.
11.
  • Fair Value Measurements
In assessing the fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2013, the Company has used a variety of methods and assumptions which were based on estimates of market conditions and risks existing at the time.
Current Assets and Liabilities
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and short-term debt are considered to be representative of their fair value because of the current nature of these investments.
Long Term Debt
The fair values of the Senior Notes are estimated based on quoted broker prices (level 2 inputs per ASC 820) and the fair values of the term loans are estimated based on quoted yields for the Senior Notes which are similar in structure, maturity and interest rate (level 2 inputs per ASC 820).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 
As of
December 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
Carrying values
9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018
$
300,000
$
300,000
Less unamortized original issue discount
(2,204
)
(2,402
)
297,796
297,598
Term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
24,000
24,000
Less unamortized discount
24,000
24,000
Term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10,000
10,000
Less unamortized discount
(68
)
(126
)
9,932
9,874
Term note payable to Teva due annually through January 29, 2013
Less unamortized imputed interest
Fair values
9.25% senior notes due July 1, 2018
$
320,250
$
322,500
Term loan payable to Mayflower due December 31, 2016
27,302
26,968
Term loan payable to BFI due August 1, 2014
10,430
10,644
Term note payable to Teva due annually through January 29, 2013
12.
  • Business Segments
The Animal Health segment manufactures and markets products for the poultry, swine, cattle, dairy, aquaculture and ethanol markets. The business includes net sales of medicated feed additives and other related products, nutritional specialty products and vaccines. The Mineral Nutrition segment manufactures and markets trace minerals for the cattle, swine, poultry and pet food markets. The Performance Products segment manufactures and markets a variety of products for use in the personal care, automotive, industrial chemical and chemical catalyst industries.
We evaluate performance and allocate resources based on the Animal Health, Mineral Nutrition and Performance Products segments. Certain of our costs and assets are not directly attributable to these segments. We do not allocate such items to the principal segments because they are not used to evaluate their operating results or financial position. Corporate costs include the departmental operating costs of the Board of Directors, the Chairman and President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the Senior Vice President of Human Resources, the Chief Information Officer and the Business Development function. Costs include the executives and their staffs and include compensation and benefits, outside services, professional fees and office space. Assets include certain cash and cash equivalents, debt issue costs and certain other assets.
The accounting policies of our segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.
During our fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013, we reorganized our reportable segments for financial reporting to better align them with how we currently review operating results for purposes of allocating resources and managing performance. We created two new reportable segments, the Animal Health segment and the Mineral Nutrition segment, and eliminated the Animal Health & Nutrition (AH&N) segment. The Animal Heath segment consists of the business units within the former AH&N segment, excluding the Mineral Nutrition business unit, which is now a separate reportable segment. In

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

accordance with ASC No. 280, “ Segment Reporting ” (“ASC 280”), we have reclassified all amounts to conform to our new reportable segment presentation.
 
Three Months
Six Months
For the Periods Ended December 31
2013
2012
2013
2012
Net sales
Animal Health
$
107,966
$
94,236
$
209,137
$
190,364
Mineral Nutrition
50,633
52,892
96,819
102,684
Performance Products
14,143
17,031
29,014
33,217
$
172,742
$
164,159
$
334,970
$
326,265
Operating income
Animal Health
$
20,872
$
16,185
$
41,236
$
32,798
Mineral Nutrition
2,265
2,605
4,113
4,725
Performance Products
1,013
1,763
2,019
2,845
Corporate
(7,132
)
(6,397
)
(13,953
)
(13,003
)
$
17,018
$
14,156
$
33,415
$
27,365
Depreciation and amortization
Animal Health
$
3,650
$
3,331
$
7,393
$
6,821
Mineral Nutrition
613
570
1,225
1,140
Performance Products
90
63
180
126
Corporate
939
658
1,695
1,231
$
5,292
$
4,622
$
10,493
$
9,318
 
As of
December 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
Identifiable assets
Animal Health
$
366,096
$
354,422
Mineral Nutrition
63,012
62,933
Performance Products
21,595
21,710
Corporate
30,125
35,077
$
480,828
$
474,142
All goodwill is included in the Animal Health segment.

 
 
Through and including             , 2014, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
11,765,000 Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_PHIBRO.JPG]
Phibro Animal Health Corporation
Class A Common Stock
 
P R O S P E C T U S
 
BofA Merrill Lynch
Morgan Stanley
Barclays
Guggenheim Securities
Macquarie Capital
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.
            , 2014
 
 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.
 
Amount
SEC registration fee
$
31,368
FINRA filing fee
37,031
Listing fee
150,000
Printing expenses
175,000
Accounting fees and expenses
1,000,000
Legal fees and expenses
1,100,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses
4,500
Advisory f ee
1,000,000
Miscellaneous expenses
200,000
Total
$
3,697,899
Item 14. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.
Prior to the completion of this offering, the registrant will be reincorporated as a Delaware corporation. Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.
Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”), provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.
Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.
The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
We maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.
The proposed form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Set forth below in chronological order is certain information regarding securities issued by the Registrant during the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including the consideration, if any, received by the Registrant for such issuances. None of these transactions involved any underwriters or any public offerings. Each of these transactions was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. With respect to each transaction listed below, no general solicitation was made by either the Registrant or any person acting on its behalf; the recipient of our securities agreed that the securities would be subject to the standard restrictions applicable to a private placement of securities under applicable state and federal securities laws; and appropriate legends were affixed to the certificates issued in such transactions.
On July 9, 2010, the Registrant issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.25% senior notes due 2018. The initial purchasers were Bank of America Securities LLC, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. and Imperial Capital LLC.
On January 20, 2011, the Registrant issued $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.25% senior notes due 2018. The sole initial purchaser was Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
The aggregate discounts received by the initial purchasers for the 2010 and 2011 sales of senior notes was $4,225,000.
Item 16. Exhibits
(1)
  • Exhibits :
The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.
(2)
  • Financial Statement Schedules :
No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange

Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:
i)
  • For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
ii)
  • For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Teaneck, State of New Jersey, on March  28 , 2014.
PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
By: 
  • /s/ Jack Bendheim
     
    Name: Jack C. Bendheim
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
* * * *

POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jack C. Bendheim and Thomas G. Dagger, and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (i) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this registration statement and (ii) any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Name
Title
Date
   
   
/s/ Jack C. Bendheim
 
Jack C. Bendheim
   
   
   
Chairman , President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ Richard G. Johnson
 
Richard G. Johnson
   
   
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ Gerald K. Carlson
 
Gerald K. Carlson
Director
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ Daniel M. Bendheim
 
Daniel M. Bendheim
Director
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ E. Thomas Corcoran
 
E. Thomas Corcoran
Director
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ Sam Gejdenson
 
Sam Gejdenson
Director
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ Ken Hanau
 
Ken Hanau
Director
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ Mary Lou Malanoski
 
Mary Lou Malanoski
Director
March  28 , 2014
   
/s/ Carol A. Wrenn
 
Carol A. Wrenn
Director
March  28 , 2014

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit No.
Description
1.1 *
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
3.2
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
 4. 1 **
Indenture, dated July 9, 2010, as amended and supplemented, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, the guarantors named therein and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee.
4. 2 **
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 25, 2011, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and HSBC Bank USA, National Association.
 4. 3 **
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2011, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and HSBC Bank USA, National Association.
 4. 4 **
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 6, 2013, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and HSBC Bank USA, National Association.
 4. 5 **
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2008, as amended, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, BFI Co., LLC and 3i Quoted Private Equity Limited.
 4. 6 **
Addendum to Stockholders Agreement, dated April 28, 2009, by and between Phibro Animal Health Corporation and 3i Group plc.
 4. 7 **
Addendum to Stockholders Agreement, dated June 16, 2009, by and between Phibro Animal Health Corporation and Mayflower L.P.
4. 8
Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Phibro Animal Health Corporation and Mayflower L.P., dated as of                   .
4. 9
Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Phibro Animal Health Corporation and BFI Co., LLC, dated as of                   .
4. 10
Form of Termination of Stockholders Agreement.
4.11
Consultancy Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, between 3i Investments plc and Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
4.12
Form of Termination of Consultancy Agreement.
5.1 *
Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
10.1 **
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2010, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.
10.2 **
Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2010, among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.
10.3 **
Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2011, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.
10.4 **
Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2013, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.
10.5
Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2014, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto.
10.6 **
Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and BFI Co., LLC.
10.7 **
Supplement to Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2013, by and among BFI Co., LLC, Phibro Animal Health Corporation and the other parties listed therein.
10.8 **
Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of January 29, 2009.
10.9 **
Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and Mayflower L.P.
10.10 **
Amendment to Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2011, by and among Mayflower L.P., Phibro Animal Health Corporation and the other parties listed therein.

 
Exhibit No.
Description
10.11 **
Supplement to Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2013, by and among Mayflower L.P., Phibro Animal Health Corporation and the other parties listed therein.
10.12 **
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2013, by and among Mayflower L.P., Phibro Animal Health Corporation and the other parties listed therein.
10.13 **
Credit Limit Agreement in Foreign Currency Current Loan Account, dated as of January 14, 2014, between Mizrahi-Tefahot Bank Ltd. and Koffolk (1949) Ltd. (translated from Hebrew).
10.14 **
Letter of Undertaking, dated as of June 7, 2010, between Mizrahi-Tefahot Bank Ltd. and Koffolk (1949) Ltd. Company No. 510057607 (translated from Hebrew).
10.15 **
Credit Limit Letter, dated as of December 24, 2013, between Union Bank of Israel Ltd. and Koffolk (1949) Ltd. (translated from Hebrew).
10.16 **
Letter of Undertaking, dated as of January 27, 2009, between Union Bank of Israel Ltd. and Koffolk (1949) Ltd. (translated from Hebrew).
10.17 **
Unprotected Lease Agreement, dated January 26, 2011, by and between Samaria Carpets Ltd. and ABIC Biological Laboratories Ltd. (translated from Hebrew).
10.18
Employment Agreement, dated March 27 , 2014, by and between Jack C. Bendheim and Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
10.19
Employment Agreement, dated March 27 , 2014, as amended, between Gerald K. Carlson and Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
10.20 **
Employment Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2008, by and between Larry L. Miller and Phibro Animal Health Corporation, including confidentiality and nondisclosure, employee invention, and noncompetion and nonsolicitation agreements dated as of May 2, 2008.
10.21 **
Clarifying Amendment to Employment Offer Letter, dated December 21, 2009, by and between Larry L. Miller and Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
10.22 **
Amendment to Employment Offer Letter, dated December 15, 2011, by and between Larry L. Miller and Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
10.23 **
Phibro Animal Health Corporation 2008 Incentive Plan.
10.24
Form of Phibro Animal Health Corporation Management Incentive Plan.
10.25 **
Phibro Animal Health Corporation Retirement Income and Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of April 15, 2009.
10.26 **
Phibro Animal Health Corporation Executive Income Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1990.
10.27
Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger.
10.28
Form of 2009 Stock Option Grant Agreement.
10.29
Form of 2013 Stock Option Grant Agreement.
10.30 
Form of Exchange Agreement by and between BFI Co., LLC and Phibro Animal Health Corporation, and acknowledged by Mayflower Limited Partnership.
10.31* 
Credit Agreement, dated as of                   , among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. and the lenders party thereto.
21.1    
List of Subsidiaries of Phibro Animal Health Corporation.
23.1   
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2 *   
Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement).
 
*
  • To be filed by amendment.
**
  • Previously filed .

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

(a Delaware corporation)

 

Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.          The name of the Corporation is Phibro Animal Health Corporation. The date of filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 27, 2014. The Corporation was originally incorporated in the State of Delaware under its current name.

 

2.          The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit A , which restates and further amends the provisions of the existing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, with the adoption of the Corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent in lieu of a meeting thereof in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Thomas G. Dagger , its Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, this [●]th day of [•], 2014.

 

  By: /s/ Thomas G. Dagger
  Name: Thomas G. Dagger
  Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

 
 

EXHIBIT A

 

Amended and Restated CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

(a Delaware corporation)

 

ARTICLE One

 

The name of this corporation is Phibro Animal Health Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE Two

 

The registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at 1679 S. DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Registered Agent Solutions, Inc.

 

ARTICLE Three

 

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware General Corporation Law ”).

 

ARTICLE Four

 

Section 1.              Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is 346,000,000 shares, consisting of:

 

(a)           16,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”);

 

(b)           300,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”); and

 

(c)           30,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”; and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”).

 

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences and limitations set forth below.

 

Section 2.              Preferred Stock . Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is authorized, to provide by resolution or resolutions from time to time for the issuance, out of the authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of all or any of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (full, limited or no voting powers), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating,

 

1
 

  

optional or other rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series, including, without limitation, that any such series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices, (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of capital stock, (iii) entitled to such rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions, which resolution or resolutions shall be set forth on a certificate of designations filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), no vote of the holders of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the designation of any series of Preferred Stock or the issuance of any shares thereof authorized by and complying with the conditions of this Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the number of authorized shares of either class of Common Stock or of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, without the separate vote of the holders of such class of Common Stock or of the Preferred Stock as a class. Unless otherwise provided by this Certificate or Incorporation, including in any certificate of designations in respect of any series of Preferred Stock, and subject to Section 1 of this ARTICLE FOUR, the Board of Directors is authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, including any certificate of designations in respect of any series of Preferred Stock, in case the number of shares of such series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

Section 3.              Common Stock .

 

(a)           Voting Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall (a) at all times vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote or for the consent (if action by written consent of the stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation) of the stockholders of the Corporation, (b) be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) and applicable law, and (c) be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders generally, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall have the right to one (1) vote per share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder and each holder of

 

 
 

 

Class B Common Stock shall have the right to ten (10) votes per share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder.

 

(b)           Dividends; Subdivisions, Combinations or Reclassifications . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided, however, that in the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive shares of Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be), with holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock receiving, on a per share basis, an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may pay or make a disparate dividend or distribution per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment or otherwise) if such disparate dividend or distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote (or written consent if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class. Shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may not be subdivided, combined or reclassified unless the shares of the other class are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided, combined or reclassified in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that shares of one such class may be subdivided, combined or reclassified in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision, combination or reclassification is approved in advance by the affirmative vote (or written consent if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

(c)           Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock equally on a per share basis, unless disparate or different treatment of the shares of each such class (whether in the amount of such distribution, the form in which such distribution is payable, the timing of payment or otherwise) with respect to any such distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote (or written consent if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting

 

 
 

  

separately as a class. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or entity, or a sale, lease, exchange, conveyance, license, encumbrance or other disposition of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 3(c).

 

(d)           Merger or Consolidation . In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock upon the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or in the case of any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a consolidation or merger, such distribution or payment shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as a single class; provided, however, that shares of one such class may receive different or disproportionate distributions or payments in connection with such merger, consolidation or other transaction if (i) the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share Class B Common Stock have ten times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock, or (ii) such merger, consolidation or other transaction is approved by the affirmative vote (or written consent if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

(e)           Class B Common Stock Conversion Rights .

 

(1)          Voluntary Conversion . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the Corporation (a “ Conversion Notice ”). A Conversion Notice may specify that the conversion is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the consummation of a purchase by another person (whether in a tender or exchange offer, an underwritten offering or otherwise) of shares of the Class A Common Stock, or contingent (including as to timing) upon the closing of an announced merger, consolidation or other transaction or event in which the Class A Common Stock would be exchanged or converted or become exchangeable or convertible into cash or other securities or property. Any conversion pursuant to this Section 3(f)(1) that is not contingent upon certain events as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to have been effected at the time of such surrender or delivery of the Conversion Notice, as the case may be. Before any holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert any shares of such Class B Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (if any), duly endorsed, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name

 

 
 

  

or names (i) in which the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Class B Common Stock are so converted are to be issued if such shares are certificated or (ii) in which such shares are to be registered in book-entry form if such shares are uncertificated. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such holder of Class B Common Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid (if such shares are certificated) or, if such shares are uncertificated, register such shares in book-entry form. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted following or contemporaneously with the written notice of such holder’s election to convert required by this Section 3(f)(1), and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such date. Each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 3(f)(1) shall be retired by the Corporation and shall not be available for reissuance.

 

(2)          Automatic Conversion . (i) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically, without further action by the holder thereof, converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, upon the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined in Section 5 of this ARTICLE FOUR), other than a Permitted Transfer (as defined in Section 5 of this ARTICLE FOUR), of such share of Class B Common Stock and (ii) each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into one share of Class A Common Stock upon the date that at least 15% of the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of the Corporation, taken together as a single class, is not held by Qualified Stockholders (the occurrence of an event described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3(f)(2), a “ Conversion Event ”). Such automatic conversion shall be deemed to have been effected at the close of business on the date of the Conversion Event. Each outstanding stock certificate that, immediately prior to a Conversion Event, represented one or more shares of Class B Common Stock subject to such Conversion Event shall, upon such Conversion Event, be deemed to represent an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof. The Corporation shall, upon the request of any holder whose shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of a Conversion Event and upon surrender by such holder to the Corporation of the outstanding certificate(s), if any, formerly representing such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock, issue and deliver to such holder certificate(s) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock were converted as a result

 

 
 

 

of such Conversion Event or register such shares in book-entry form. Each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 3(f)(2) of ARTICLE FOUR shall thereupon be retired by the Corporation and shall not be available for reissuance.

 

(3)          The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, as it may deem necessary or advisable in connection therewith. If the Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer giving rise to a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock has occurred but has not theretofore been reflected on the books of the Corporation, the Corporation may request that the holder of such shares furnish affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as the Corporation deems necessary to determine whether a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock has occurred, and if such holder does not within ten (10) days after the date of such request furnish sufficient evidence to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to determine that no such conversion has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock and the same shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation. In connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting or by written consent (if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation), the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders or in connection with any such written consent and the class or classes or series of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class or classes or series held by such stockholder.

 

(f)           Shares Reserved for Issuance . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock that shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock; provided, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock that are held in the treasury of the Corporation.

 

(g)           Protective Provision. The Corporation shall not, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, alter, repeal or waive Sections 3 or 4 of this ARTICLE FOUR (or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith), without first obtaining the affirmative vote (or written consent if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation) of the holders of a majority of the then

 

 
 

outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws. 

Section 4.               Reclassification of Common Stock. Upon this Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Effective Time”): each (1) share of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Old Common”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be reclassified as 0.442 validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock (such reclassification of Old Common into Class A Common Stock, the “Reclassification”). Each stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Old Common, shall, from and after the Effective Time, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares represented by such certificate shall have been reclassified as of the Effective Time after giving effect to the Reclassification; provided, that each person holding of record a stock certificate or certificates that represented shares of Old Common shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of such certificate, a new certificate or certificates evidencing and representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Old Common shall have been reclassified in accordance with the Reclassification.

 

Section 5.              Definitions. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation:

 

(a)           Charitable Trust ” means a trust that is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor provision thereto) (whether a determination letter with respect to such exemption is issued before, at or after the Covered Security Date), and further includes any successor entity that is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) (or any successor provision thereto) upon a conversion of, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of, a Charitable Trust to such successor entity (whether a determination letter with respect to such successor’s exemption is issued before, at or after the conversion date).

 

(b)           Covered Security Date ” means the day following the effective date of this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(c)           Family Member ” shall mean with respect to any natural person who is a Qualified Stockholder, the spouse, domestic partner, parents, grandparents, lineal descendents, spouses or domestic partners of lineal descendents, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings of such Qualified Stockholder. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted during minority.

 

(d)           Parent ” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

 

(e)           Permitted Entity ” shall mean with respect to a Qualified Stockholder (i) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (A) such Qualified Stockholder, (B) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, (C) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (D) any entity that is described in Sections 501(c)(3), 170(b)(1)(A), 170(c), 2055(a) or 2522(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as

 

 
 

amended (or any successor provision thereto), (ii) any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity exclusively owned by (A) such Qualified Stockholder, (B) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (C) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder, (iii) any Charitable Trust created by a Qualified Stockholder, which Charitable Trust was (x) validly created and (y) a registered holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, in each case prior to the Covered Security Date (whether or not it continuously holds such shares of capital stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation at all times before or after the Covered Security Date), (iv) the personal representative of the estate of a Qualified Stockholder upon the death of such Qualified Stockholder solely to the extent the executor is acting in the capacity as personal representative of such estate, (v) a revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder, during the lifetime of the natural person grantor of such trust, or (vi) a revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder, following the death of the natural person grantor of such trust, solely to the extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to the beneficiaries designated in such trust. Except as explicitly provided for herein, a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder shall not cease to be a Permitted Entity of that Qualified Stockholder solely by reason of the death of that Qualified Stockholder.

 

(f)           Permitted Transfer ” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock, including, without limitation, a Transfer of an equity interest in a Permitted Entity:

 

(1)          by a Qualified Stockholder (or the estate of a deceased Qualified Stockholder) to (i) one or more Family Members of any Qualified Stockholder, (ii) any Permitted Entity of any Qualified Stockholder, or (iii) any Qualified Stockholder’s revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder;

 

(2)          by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder to (i) such Qualified Stockholder or one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (ii) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or

 

(3)          by a Qualified Stockholder that is a natural person or revocable living trust to an entity that is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor provision thereto) (a “ 501(c)(3) Organization ”) or an entity that is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) and described in Section 509(a)(3) of United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor provision thereto) (a “ Supporting Organization ”), as well as any Transfer by a 501(c)(3) Organization to a Supporting Organization of which such 501(c)(3) Organization (x) is a supported organization (within the meaning of Section 509(f)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor provision thereto)), and (y) has the power to appoint a majority

 

 
 

 

of the board of directors or equivalent governing body, provided that such 501(c)(3) Organization or such Supporting Organization irrevocably elects, no later than the time such share of Class B Common Stock is Transferred to it, that such share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into Class A Common Stock upon the death of such Qualified Stockholder or the natural person grantor of such Qualified Stockholder.

 

(g)           Permitted Transferee ” shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer at the time of such Transfer.

 

(h)           Permitted Trust ” shall mean a bona fide trust where each trustee is (i) a Qualified Stockholder, (ii) a Family Member of a Qualified Stockholder, (iii) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies, attorneys and bank trust departments, or (iv) solely in the case of any such trust established by a natural person grantor prior to the Covered Security Date, any other bona fide trustee.

 

(i)           Qualified Stockholder ” shall mean (i) Jack Bendheim, (ii) Family Members of Jack Bendheim, (iii) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock as of the Covered Security Date; (iv) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Covered Security Date pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options or warrants or settlement of restricted stock units (RSUs) that, in each case, are outstanding as of the Covered Security Date; (v) each natural person who Transferred shares of or equity awards for Class B Common Stock (including any option or warrant exercisable or convertible into or any RSU that can be settled in shares of Class B Common Stock) to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder pursuant to subclauses (iii) or (iv) of this Section 5; and (vi) solely for the purpose of Section 3(e)(2) of this ARTICLE FOUR and Section 1 of ARTICLE EIGHT, a Permitted Transferee.

 

(j)           Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise. A “Transfer” shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity or (ii) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Covered Security Date, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Covered Security Date, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity. For avoidance of doubt, a “Transfer” shall not be deemed to have occurred with respect to a

 

 
 

  

share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder or Permitted Transferee, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Covered Security Date, of less than a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity to parties that are not, as of the Covered Security Date, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this ARTICLE FOUR:

 

(1)          the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders solicited by the Board of Directors (if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Certificate of Incorporation);

 

(2)          entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock, which voting trust, agreement or arrangement (i) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (iii) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

 

(3)          the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer” at such time; or

 

(4)          any change in the trustees or the person(s) and/or entity(ies) having or exercising Voting Control over shares of Class B Common Stock (i) of a Charitable Trust that qualifies as a Permitted Entity pursuant to ARTICLE FOUR, Section 5 above, or (ii) of a Permitted Entity provided that following such change such Permitted Entity continues to be a Permitted Entity pursuant to ARTICLE FOUR, Section 5 above.

 

(k)           Voting Control ” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE Five

 

The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE Six

 

Section 1.              Board of Directors, Number . Unless otherwise provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Delaware General Corporation Law, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the total number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.              Classification of Directors . Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after this Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ Effective Time ”); the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the Effective Time; and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders occurring after the Effective Time. Commencing with the first annual meeting following the Effective Time, each director elected to the class of directors whose term expires at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, removal, disqualification or retirement. If the number of directors divided into classes as set forth herein is hereafter changed, any newly created directorship(s), or any decrease in the number of directors, shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as practicable. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to their respective classes at the Effective Time.

 

Section 3.              Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause shall be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or his or her earlier death, resignation, removal, disqualification or retirement.

 

Section 4.              Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, (i) prior to the Trigger Date (as defined below), any director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally

 

 
 

  

in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, and (ii) from and after the Trigger Date, any director may be removed from office at any time but only with cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Section 5.              Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE SIX, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be governed by the rights of such series of Preferred Stock as set forth in the certificate of designations or certificates of designations governing such series.

 

ARTICLE Seven

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE SEVEN shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring at or prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE Eight

 

Section 1.              No Action by Written Consent . From and after the close of business on the first date (the “Trigger Date ”) on which Qualified Stockholders cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken, (A) to the extent expressly permitted by the certificate of designations relating to one or more series of Preferred Stock, by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, or (B) to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, by the holders of the Class B Common Stock with respect to matters affecting only the Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of Preferred Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

 

 
 

 

 

Section 2.              Annual Meetings of Stockholders .  Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders at any meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

Section 3.              Special Meetings of Stockholders.   Subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation shall be called exclusively (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) prior to the Trigger Date, by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the holders fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, acting as a single class, and shall not otherwise be called by stockholders. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

ARTICLE Nine

 

Section 1.              Certificate of Incorporation . The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to alter, amend, repeal or change any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and to adopt any other provision authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage or vote may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE EIGHT, this ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN, ARTICLE ELEVEN or ARTICLE TWELVE may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or of the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by law, (i) prior to the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class and (ii) from and after the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

Section 2.              Bylaws .  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided a quorum is otherwise present. In addition to any other vote otherwise required by law or this Certificate of

 

 
 

  

Incorporation, from and after the Trigger Date, with respect to the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the stockholders, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE Ten

 

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE Eleven

 

Section 1.              Scope. The provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN are set forth to define, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the duties of Exempted Persons (as defined below) to the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities. “Exempted Persons” means BFI Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns and its and its successors’ and assigns’ Affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) and all of their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers and employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.              Competition and Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Exempted Persons shall not have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each such Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries.

 

Section 3.              Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially or legally able or contractually permitted to undertake, that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation, or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

 
 

  

Section 4.              Amendment of this Article . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE ELEVEN shall apply to or have any effect on the duties or on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities of which such Exempted Person shall have become aware prior to such amendment or repeal. This ARTICLE ELEVEN shall not limit or eliminate any protections or defenses otherwise available to, or any rights to exculpation from liability, indemnification or advancement of expenses of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement between the Corporation and such officer or director, or any applicable law.

 

Section 5.              Deemed Notice . Any person or entity purchasing, holding or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

 

Section 6.              Definitions . For purposes of this ARTICLE ELEVEN, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)           “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person;

 

(b)           “Control” means, with respect to any Person, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; and

 

(c)           “Person” means an individual, any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

For the purpose of this Certificate of Incorporation, “beneficial ownership” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

ARTICLE Twelve

 

Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE TWELVE.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

 

A Delaware corporation

 

(Adopted as of [●], 2014)

 

Article I
OFFICES

 

Section 1.             Registered Office .   The address of the registered office of Phibro Animal Health Corporation (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”). The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”).

 

Section 2.             Other Offices .   The Corporation may have an office or offices other than said registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

 

Article II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.             Place of Meetings .    All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate such place of meeting, either within or outside the State of Delaware, or the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 211(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.             Annual Meeting .    An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as is specified by the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as may be properly brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of ARTICLE II hereof. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 3.            Special Meetings .    Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by the Secretary

 

 
 

  

(solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 4.             Notice .

 

(a)          Timing; Contents .   Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice of each annual and special meeting of stockholders stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different than the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by the Secretary (solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation), to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting except as otherwise required by law.

 

(b)          Form of Notice .   All such notices shall be delivered in writing or by a form of electronic transmission if receipt thereof has been consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. Subject to the limitations of Section 4(d) of this ARTICLE II, if given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given: (i) by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice by United States mail or facsimile transmission; and (iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

(c)          Waiver of Notice .   Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or entity entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

2
 

  

(d)          Notice by Electronic Delivery .   Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation given by the Corporation under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder of the Corporation to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices of meetings or of other business given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Section 5.            List of Stockholders .   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this section or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 6.             Quorum .   Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a

 

3
 

  

quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on the matter. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 7.             Adjourned Meetings .   Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

Section 8.             Vote Required .   When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before the meeting (other than the election of directors), unless by express provisions of an applicable law or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities or of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of record of capital stock entitled to vote in the election of such directors.

 

Section 9.             Voting Rights .   Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation in respect of any series of preferred stock), each holder of record of capital stock shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder on the record date for voting for such meeting.

 

Section 10.          Proxies .   Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three

 

4
 

  

(3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally. At each meeting of stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the Secretary or a person designated by the Secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

 

Section 11.           Business Brought Before a Meeting of the Stockholders .

 

(A)          Annual Meetings .

 

(1)         At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be considered and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations and other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (i) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed or such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time the notice provided for in paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting of stockholders, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that there was no annual meeting in the prior year or the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the public announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional

 

5
 

  

directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(2)         A stockholder’s notice providing for the nomination of a person or persons for election as a director or directors of the Corporation shall set forth (a) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made (and for purposes of clauses (ii) through (ix) below, including any interests described therein held by any affiliates or associates (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) for purposes of these Bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner or by any member of such stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household or Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), in each case as of the date of such stockholder’s notice, which information shall be confirmed or updated, if necessary, by such stockholder and beneficial owner (x) not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the notice of the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date for the notice of the meeting, and (y) not later than eight (8) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof to disclose such ownership as of the date that is ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (or if not practicable to provide such updated information not later than eight (8) business days before any adjournment or postponement, on the first practicable date before any such adjournment or postponement)) (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) (provided that a person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future) and owned of record by such stockholder or beneficial owner, (iii) the class or series, if any, and number of options, warrants, puts, calls, convertible securities, stock appreciation rights, or similar rights, obligations or commitments with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, right, obligation or commitment shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation (each a “Derivative Security”), which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, (iv) any agreement, arrangement, understanding, or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner or any Stockholder Associated Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or beneficial owner or any

 

6
 

  

Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, or that provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series or capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, (v) a description of any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit (including any performance-based fees) derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares or other securities of the Corporation, (vi) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares or other securities of the Corporation, (vii) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or such beneficial owner or such Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (viii) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Securities held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, if any, (ix) a description of all agreements, arrangements, and understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person and any other person(s) (including their name(s)) in connection with or related to the ownership or voting of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Securities, (x) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (xi) a statement as to whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to elect such stockholder’s nominees and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from the stockholders in support of such nomination and (xii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination, and (b) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (ii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were

 

7
 

  

a director or executive officer of such registrant, (iii) a completed and signed questionnaire regarding the background and qualifications of such person to serve as a director, a copy of which may be obtained upon request to the Secretary of the Corporation, (iv) all information with respect to such person that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 11 of ARTICLE II if such person were a stockholder or beneficial owner, on whose behalf the nomination was made, submitting a notice providing for the nomination of a person or persons for election as a director or directors of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 11 of ARTICLE II and (v) such additional information that the Corporation may reasonably request to determine the eligibility or qualifications of such person to serve as a director or an independent director of the Corporation, or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the qualifications and/or independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee as a director. For purposes of these Bylaws, a “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder means (i) any “affiliate” or “associate” (as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of any stock or other securities of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder, (iii) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such Stockholder Associated Person referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above and (iv) any person acting in concert in respect of any matter involving the Corporation or its securities with either such stockholder or any beneficial owner of any stock or other securities of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder.

 

(3)         A stockholder’s notice regarding business proposed to be brought before a meeting of stockholders other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall set forth (a) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, the information called for by clauses (a)(i) through (a)(ix) of the immediately preceding paragraph (2) (including any interests described therein held by any affiliates or associates of such stockholder or beneficial owner or by any member of such stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household, in each case as of the date of such stockholder’s notice, which information shall be confirmed or updated, if necessary, by such stockholder and beneficial owner (x) not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the notice of the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date for the notice of the meeting, and (y) not later than eight (8) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof to disclose such ownership as of the date that is ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (or if not practicable to provide such updated information not later than eight (8) business days before any adjournment or postponement, on the first practicable date before any such adjournment or postponement)), (b) a brief description of (i) the business desired to be brought before such meeting, including the text of any resolution proposed for consideration by the stockholders, (ii) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and (iii) any material interest of such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person in such business, including a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person and any other person(s) (including the name(s) of such other person(s)) in connection with or related to the proposal of such business by the stockholder, (c) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on

 

8
 

  

whose behalf the proposal is made, (i) a statement as to whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner of Stockholder Associated Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to approve the proposal and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal and (ii) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (d) if the matter such stockholder proposes to bring before any meeting of stockholders involves an amendment to the Corporation’s Bylaws, the specific wording of such proposed amendment, (e) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business and (f) such additional information that the Corporation may reasonably request regarding such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, and/or the business that such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

 

(B)          Special Meetings of Stockholders .   Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the special meeting given by or at the direction of the Board or by the Secretary (solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation). The notice of such special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by the Secretary (solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation) or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (a) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time the notice provided for in paragraph (B) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is delivered to the Corporation’s Secretary and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, (b) is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and (c) complies with the notice procedures set forth in subparagraph (2) of paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall be delivered to the

 

9
 

  

Corporation’s Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of a special meeting or the public announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)          General .

 

(1)         Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 11 of this ARTICLE II, to be considered a “qualified representative” of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(2)         For purposes of this section, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service in the United States or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(3)         Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

 

(4)         Nothing in this section shall be deemed to (a) affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (b) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, or (c) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

10
 

  

(5)         The chairman of the meeting of stockholders shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not properly made or any business was not properly brought before the meeting, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II; if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such nomination not properly made or any business not properly brought before the meeting, as the case may be, shall not be transacted.

 

Section 12.           Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings .   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 of ARTICLE II at the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 13.          Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes .   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 14.           Conduct of Meetings .

 

(a)          Generally .   Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in his or her absence, by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, by the President, or in the absence of the President, by the Chief Financial Officer, or in the absence of all of the foregoing, by the most senior officer of the Corporation present at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the

11
 

  

absence of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b)          Rules, Regulations and Procedures .   The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time or to recess the meeting.

 

(c)          Inspectors of Elections .   The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

 

Article III
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.             General Powers .   Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

12
 

   

Section 2.             Annual Meetings .   Except as otherwise from time to time determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, an annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place (if any) as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 3.             Regular Meetings and Special Meetings .   Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President (in either case, if such person is a director) or upon the written request of at least a majority of the directors then in office.

 

Section 4.            Notice of Meetings .   Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice shall be required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4. Any such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty four (24) hours before the meeting, if the notice is given by telephone, by delivery in person, or sent by telex, telecopy, electronic mail or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

Section 5.            Chairman of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment .   The Board of Directors may elect from among its ranks, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, a Chairman of the Board, who shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at such meeting (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also Chairman of the Board), and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, the President shall preside at such meeting (if the President is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer), and, if the President is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting then in office shall elect one of their members to so preside. A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 6.             Committees .   The Board of Directors (i) may designate one or more committees consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation and (ii) shall, during such

 

13
 

  

period of time as any securities of the Corporation are listed on a national securities exchange, designate all committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or as required by any applicable rules and regulations of the national securities exchange on which any securities of the Company are listed. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

 

Section 7.             Committee Rules .   Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 8.             Telephonic and Other Meetings .   Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

Section 9.            Waiver of Notice .   Any director may waive notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, by a written waiver signed by the director entitled to the notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the director entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a director at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 10.           Action by Written Consent .   Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

  

14
 

  

Section 11.           Compensation .   The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

 

Section 12.           Reliance on Books and Records .   A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such director’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 13.          Resignation .   Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event or events.

 

Article IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.            Number, Titles .   The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Business Unit Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, a Corporate Secretary and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that neither the Chief Executive Officer nor the President shall also hold the office of Secretary. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of President and Secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

 

Section 2.            Election and Term of Office .   The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or retirement as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 3.             Removal .   Any officer or agent elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

Section 4.            Vacancies .  Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, retirement or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

15
 

  

Section 5.             Compensation .   Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation; provided, however, that compensation of some or all executive officers may be determined by a committee established for that purpose if so authorized by the Board of Directors or as required by applicable law or any applicable rule or regulation, including any rule or regulation of any national securities exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are then listed for trading.

 

Section 6.             Chief Executive Officer .   The Chief Executive Officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. In addition, the Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or as are set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If the Board of Directors has not elected or appointed a President or the office of the President is otherwise vacant, and no officer otherwise functions with the powers and duties of the President, then, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall also have all the powers and duties of the President.

 

Section 7.             The President .   The President, if there is such an officer and the Board of Directors so directs, shall serve as chief operating officer and have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of chief operating officer unless the Board of Directors provides for another officer to serve as chief operating officer (or to have the powers and duties of chief operating officer). The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be delegated to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. If the Board of Directors has not elected or appointed a Chief Executive Officer or the office of Chief Executive Officer is otherwise vacant, then, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall also have all the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8.             Chief Operating Officer .   The Chief Operating Officer, if there is such an officer and the Board of Directors so directs, shall serve as chief operating officer and have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of chief operating officer unless the Board of Directors provides for another officer to have the powers and duties of chief operating officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be delegated to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 9.             Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents .   Each Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President shall have the powers and duties delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 10.          Business Unit Presidents .    Each Business Unit President shall have the powers and duties delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Business Unit Presidents may be designated as President, Animal Health; President, Performance

 

16
 

   

Products; President, Prince Agri Products; or such other titles as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 11.           Vice Presidents .    Each Vice President shall have the powers and duties delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 12.           The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .   The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Any Assistant Secretary, if there is such an officer, shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

Section 13.           The Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .   The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer or President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, if there is such an officer, to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 14.           Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents .   Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 15.           Delegation of Authority .   The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

 

Section 16.          Officers’ Bonds or Other Security .   If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

 

Section 17.          Absence or Disability of Officers .   In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place

 

17
 

  

during such officer’s absence or disability, the Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person selected by it. One Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President may be designated by the Board of Directors to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability.

 

Article V
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

Section 1.            Form .   The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (i) the Chairman of the Board, or the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President, and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Any or all signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, whose facsimile signature has been used on or who has duly affixed a facsimile signature or signatures to any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates, whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon or who duly affixed a facsimile signature or signatures thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

 

Section 2.            Transfers of Stock .   Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock record of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his, her or its attorney thereunto authorized by the power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. Certificated shares shall be transferred only upon surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power. Uncertificated shares shall be transferred by delivery of a duly executed stock transfer power. Registration of transfer of any shares shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law with respect to the transfer of such shares. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue and transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.             Transfer Agent .   The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.             Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .   The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or

 

18
 

  

certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, or of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

Section 5.             Registered Stockholders .   The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock of the Corporation to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such shares. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any such shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Article VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.             Dividends .   Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, in shares of the capital stock or in any combination thereof, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which it was created.

 

Section 2.             Contracts .   In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3.             Fiscal Year .   The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.             Corporate Seal .   The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this section.

 

19
 

  

 

Section 5.             Voting Securities Owned By Corporation .   Voting securities in any other Corporation held by the Corporation shall be voted (or consents in writing may be provided in respect thereof) by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote (or express consent in writing) with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote or express consent with respect to such securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

 

Section 6.             Inspection of Books and Records .   The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 7.            Time Periods .   Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, in applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 8.            Section Headings .   Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

Section 9.            Inconsistent Provisions .   In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

Article VII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.             Right to Indemnification .   Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of

 

 

20
 

  

Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation (or has ceased to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan) and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the first instance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII shall be a contract right and shall include the obligation of the Corporation to pay the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same or lesser scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers.

 

Section 2.             Procedure for Indemnification .   If a claim for indemnification under this Article VII (which may only be made following the final disposition of such proceeding) is not paid in full within sixty days after the Corporation has received a claim therefor by the indemnitee, or if a claim for any advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full within thirty days after the Corporation has received a statement or statements requesting such amounts to be advanced (provided that the indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this Article VII), the indemnitee shall thereupon (but not before) be entitled to file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. It shall be a defense to any action by a director or officer for indemnification or the advancement of expenses (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advancement of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General

 

21
 

  

Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The procedure for indemnification of other employees and agents of the Corporation for whom indemnification and advancement of expenses is provided pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII shall be the same procedure set forth in this Section 2 for directors or officers of the Corporation, unless otherwise set forth in the action of the Board of Directors providing indemnification and advancement of expenses for such employees or agents of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.             Insurance .   The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 4.             Service for Subsidiaries .   Any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, at least fifty percent (50%) of whose equity interests are owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.             Reliance .   Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof.

 

Section 6.             Other Rights; Continuation of Rights to Indemnification .   The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or under any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each indemnitee who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding

 

22
 

  

arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

 

Section 7.             Merger or Consolidation .   For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

Section 8.             Savings Clause .   If this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Article VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Article Nine, Section 2 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

23

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.8

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

 

and

 

MAYFLOWER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

Dated as of [●], 2014

 

 
 

  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [●], 2014, is made and entered into by and between Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Mayflower Limited Partnership, a Jersey limited partnership (the “ Holder ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company has prepared a registration statement on Form S−1 (File No. 333− 194467) with respect to the issuance and sale of its Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), for an underwritten initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ IPO ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Holder is a holder of Common Stock or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or giving Holder the right to purchase the Common Stock;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide to the Holder the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Registration Rights Agreement as originally executed and as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” shall mean Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York or other applicable places where such act is to occur are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Commission ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Controlling Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.

 

Demand Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Demand Shelf Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

 
 

  

Depositary ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company.

 

End of Suspension Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

 

Equity Securities ” of any Person means (i) any capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or other ownership or equity interest, participation or securities in or of such Person (whether voting or non voting, whether preferred, common or otherwise, and including any stock appreciation, contingent interest or similar right) and (ii) any option, warrant, security or other right (including debt securities) directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise to acquire directly or indirectly, any stock, interest, participation or security described in clause (i) above.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any corresponding provision of succeeding law) and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may deem and treat the registered holder of a Registrable Share as the Holder and absolute owner thereof, unless notified to the contrary in writing by the registered Holder thereof.

 

IPO ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Maximum Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other governmental or legal entity.

 

Piggyback Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

 

 
 

  

Registrable Shares ” shall mean at any time the Common Stock (with the initial amount of Common Stock shares held by the Holder being as set forth opposite the Holder’s name on Schedule I hereto), together with any class of equity securities of the Company or of a successor to the entire business of the Company which are issued in exchange for the Common Stock; provided, however, that such Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares with respect to the Holder upon the earliest to occur of (A) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of the Holder’s Registrable Shares shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and all of the Holder’s Registrable Shares shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (B) the date on which such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; and (C) the date on which the Registrable Shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in a single transaction.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean (i) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities, (ii) all registration, filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses and any fees and disbursements of one common counsel retained by a majority of the Registrable Shares, (iii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Shares, (iv) fees and expenses in connection with any review by the FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” including the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (v) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Shares; provided, however, that “Registration Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holder (other than as set forth in clause (ii) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Shares that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by the Holder.

 

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with the Commission which covers any of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

Sale Expenses ” shall mean, other than in connection with a Registration Statement, (i) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities and (ii) all

 

 
 

  

registration, filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses and any fees and disbursements of one common counsel retained by holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares; provided, however, that “Sale Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holder (other than as set forth in clause (ii) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Shares that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by the Holder of Registrable Shares on a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Shares so sold.

 

Securities Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Selling Holder’s Counsel ” shall mean counsel for the Holder. In the absence of an election, such counsel shall be Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Suspension Even t” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

 

Suspension Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.

 

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

 

Withdrawn Demand Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(vi) of this Agreement.

 

Section 2. Demand Shelf Registrations and Piggy Back Registrations .

 

(a) Demand Shelf Registration .

 

(i) Subject to this Section 2 , at any time that the Company is eligible to use Form S-3, upon the written request of the Holder, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission following the receipt of such written request (the “ Demand Notice ”), two (2) registration statements with respect to the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) for the offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Demand Shelf Registration ”); provided that, the Company (i) shall only be obligated to use reasonable best efforts to file one (1) Shelf Registration Statement if the Holder has previously exercised its right to a Demand Registration once under Section 2(b) hereof and (ii) shall not be obligated to file any Shelf Registration Statement if the Holder has previously exercised its right to a Demand Registration twice under Section 2(b) hereof. If the Shelf Registration Statement is not automatically declared effective by the Commission or does not automatically become effective, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Shelf Registration Statement shall be on an appropriate form and the registration statement and any form of prospectus included

 

 
 

  

therein (or prospectus supplement relating thereto) shall reflect the plan of distribution or method of sale as the Holder may from time to time notify the Company of. Upon receipt of the Demand Notice, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission one (1) prospectus supplement for the offering to be made under a Shelf Registration Statement. Following the receipt by the Company of the Demand Notice, all of the Registrable Shares of the Holder shall be included in the Shelf Registration Statement without any further action unless a smaller number is requested or a dollar amount is registered. If not all of Holder’s Registrable Shares are included, Holder may submit subsequent Demand Notices (unless the reason the Holder’s Registrable Shares were not included was due to its Demand Notice requesting less than all of the Registrable Shares be registered). Other selling securityholders shall be afforded seven (7) days to decide to include Registrable Shares in proportion to the Registrable Shares of the Holder that are included. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may include in any Shelf Registration Statement that it files pursuant to this Section 2(a) any securities of the Company held by a Person other than the Holder, provided that such securities would be Registrable Shares with respect to such other Person.

 

(ii)  Selection of Underwriters . If any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is an underwritten offering, a majority-in-interest of the Holder and any other selling securityholder participating in such underwritten offering shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

 

(iii) Priority on Shelf Registration Statement . If the managing underwriters of a requested Demand Shelf Registration advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included in the relevant Shelf Registration Statement, together with securities of the Company that have been requested to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement by any other selling securityholders (i) exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering and/or (ii) would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering (such maximum number of securities or Registrable Shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company and all Holders as follows: (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the Demand Notice of the Holder and any request for registration of BFI Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ BFI ”) pursuant to the written contractual registration rights of BFI, pro rata, (based on the number of securities the Holder or BFI has requested to be included in such registration) among the Holder and BFI that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold until such time as all Registrable Shares of the Holder and all securities of BFI that were properly requested to be included in such registration have been so included; and (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(iv) Restrictions on Demand Shelf Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Shelf Registration within ninety (90) days after the

 

 
 

  

effective date of a previous registration under which the Holder had piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof wherein the Holder was permitted to register, and sold, at least 50% of the Registrable Shares requested to be included therein or with respect to a previous registration under which the Holder waived any piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c) . In addition, the Company shall only be obligated to effect one (1) Demand Shelf Registration on behalf of the Holder, provided that the number of Registrable Shares that the Holder requested to be included in such registration was not reduced pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv) or Section 2(b)(iv) .

 

(v) No Registrations if Effective Shelf . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if, prior to any request for registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) with respect to Holder’s Registrable Shares, (i) the Company shall have filed a Shelf Registration Statement covering such Registrable Shares, (ii) such Shelf Registration Statement shall have registered for resale by the Holder such Registrable Shares, (iii) the plan of distribution set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement includes underwritten offerings and (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is effective when the Holders would otherwise make a request for registration under Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) , the Company shall not be required to separately register any Registrable Shares in response to such request, and such request shall be deemed to be a request that the Company cooperate in effecting a sale of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(vi) Effective Period of Demand Shelf Registrations . After any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement has become effective, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective for a period equal to one hundred eighty (180) days from the date on which the SEC declares such Shelf Registration Statement effective (or if such Shelf Registration Statement is not effective during any period within such one hundred eighty (180) days, such 180-day period shall be extended by the number of days during such period when such Shelf Registration Statement is not effective), or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Demand Shelf Registration. If the Company shall withdraw or reduce the number of Registrable Shares that is subject to the Demand Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(a)(iii) (a “ Withdrawn Demand Registration ”), the Holder of the Registrable Shares remaining unsold and originally covered by such Withdrawn Demand Registration shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Shelf Registration that (subject to the provisions of this Section 2(a) ) the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep effective for a period commencing on the effective date of such Demand Shelf Registration and ending on the earlier to occur of the date (i) that is one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such Demand Shelf Registration and (ii) on which all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Shelf Registration has been sold. Such additional Demand Shelf Registration otherwise shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 
 

  

(b) Demand Registrations.

 

(i) Right to Request Registration . Beginning on the date that is six months following the completion of the IPO, if the Holder has not exercised its right to a Demand Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and the Company is not eligible for the use of Form S-3, the Holder may request two (2) registrations under the Securities Act of all or part of its Registrable Shares (“ Demand Registration ”); provided that, the Company (i) shall only be obligated to use reasonable best efforts to file one (1) Demand Registration prior to the date that is one year following the completion of the IPO, (ii) shall only be obligated to use reasonable best efforts to file one (1) Demand Registration if the Holder has previously exercised its right to a Shelf Registration Statement once under Section 2(a) hereof and (iii) shall not be obligated to file any Demand Registration if the Holder has previously exercised its right to a Demand Registration twice under Section 2(a) hereof.

 

The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission following receipt of any such request for Demand Registration one (1) registration statement with respect to the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act (the “ Demand Registration Statement ”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Demand Registration Statement shall be on an appropriate form and the Registration Statement and any form of prospectus included therein (or prospectus supplement relating thereto) shall reflect the plan of distribution or method of sale as the Holders may from time to time notify the Company. Following the receipt by the Company of the Demand Notice, all of the Registrable Shares of the Holder shall be included in the Demand Registration Statement without any further action unless a smaller number is requested or a dollar amount is registered. If not all of Holder’s Registrable Shares are included (unless the reason the Holder’s Registrable Shares were not included was due to its Demand Notice requesting less than all of the Registrable Shares be registered), Holder may submit subsequent Demand Notices. Other selling securityholders shall be afforded seven (7) days to decide to include Registrable Shares in proportion to the Registrable Shares of the Holder that are included. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may include in any Demand Registration Statement that it files pursuant to this Section 2(a) any securities of the Company held by a Person other than the Holder, provided that such securities would be Registrable Shares with respect to such other Person.

 

(ii) Priority on Demand Registrations .  If the managing underwriters of a requested Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Shares (including Registrable Shares of another selling securityholder) requested to be included in the relevant Shelf Registration Statement exceeds the Maximum Threshold, the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company and all Holders as follows: (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the Demand Notice of the Holder and any request for registration of BFI pursuant to the written contractual registration rights of BFI, pro rata, (based on the number of securities the Holder or BFI has requested to be included in such registration) among the Holder and BFI that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold until such time as all Registrable Shares of the Holder and all securities of BFI that were properly requested

 

 
 

  

to be included in such registration have been so included; and (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(iii) Restrictions on Demand Registrations. The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within ninety (90) days after the effective date of a previous registration under which the Holder had piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof wherein the Holder was permitted to register, and sold, at least 50% of the Registrable Shares requested to be included therein or with respect to a previous registration under which the Holder waived any piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c). In addition, the Company shall only be obligated to effect one (1) Demand Registration on behalf of the Holder, provided that the number of Registrable Shares that the Holder requested to be included in such registration was not reduced pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv) or Section 2(b)(iv) .

 

(iv) Selection of Underwriters. If any offering pursuant to a Demand Registration Statement is an underwritten offering, a majority-in-interest of the Holder and any other selling securityholder participating in such underwritten offering shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

 

(v) Effective Period of Demand Registrations. After any Demand Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement has become effective, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep such Demand Registration Statement effective for a period equal to one hundred eighty (180) days from the date on which the SEC declares such Demand Registration Statement effective (or if such Demand Registration Statement is not effective during any period within such one hundred eighty (180) days, such 180-day period shall be extended by the number of days during such period when such Demand Registration Statement is not effective), or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Demand Registration. If the Company shall withdraw or reduce the number of Registrable Shares that is subject to the Demand Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) (a “Withdrawn Demand Registration”), the Holder of the Registrable Shares remaining unsold and originally covered by such Withdrawn Demand Registration shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration that (subject to the provisions of this Section 2(b) ) the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep effective for a period commencing on the effective date of such Demand Registration and ending on the earlier to occur of the date (i) that is one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such Demand Registration and (ii) on which all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration has been sold. Such additional Demand Registration otherwise shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 
 

  

(c) Piggyback Registrations .

 

(i) Right to Piggyback . Following the IPO, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its common equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-8 or on Form S-4 or any similar successor forms thereto, (ii) filed in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan or (iii) otherwise in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition or consolidation involving the Company), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more securityholders of the Company, and the registration form to be used may be used for any registration of Registrable Shares (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Holder of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Sections 2(c)(ii) and 2(c)(iii) , shall include in such registration all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received a written request from the Holder for inclusion therein within seven (7) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. The Company may postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of a Piggyback Registration at any time in its sole discretion.

 

(ii) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the Maximum Threshold, the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company, the Holder and any other selling securityholder as follows (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested by the Holder pursuant to this Agreement and the shares of Common Stock or other securities as to which registration has been properly requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of BFI, pro rata (based on the number of securities the Holder or BFI has requested to be included in such registration), among the Holder and BFI that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Common Stock or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(iii) Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of a holder of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Shares (“ Non-Holder Securities ”), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering, the underwriting shall be allocated among the holders of Non-Holder Securities electing to participate in such offering and the Holder pro rata on the basis of the number of Non-Holder Securities and Registrable Shares offered for such registration by the holder of Non-Holder Securities and the Holder, respectively.

 

 
 

  

(iv) Withdrawal . The Holder may elect to withdraw its request for inclusion of Registrable Shares in any Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the earlier of (i) the launch of any “road show” undertaken in connection with such Piggyback Registration and (ii) the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holder. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal made in accordance with this Section 2(c)(iv), the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holder in connection with such Piggyback Registration as provided in Section 8(c) .

 

Section 3. Black-Out Periods .

 

(a) Notwithstanding Section 2 , and subject to the provisions of this Section 3 , the Company shall be permitted, in limited circumstances, to suspend the use, from time to time, of the Prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Registrable Shares under such Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable), by providing written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and in the absence of any Selling Holder’s Counsel, to the Holder, for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period commencing on the date of this Agreement or more than forty-five (45) consecutive days, except as a result of a refusal by the Commission to declare any post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, effective after the Company has used all commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the post-effective amendment to be declared effective by the Commission, in which case, the Company must terminate the black-out period immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment) if any of the following events shall occur: (i) a majority of the Board determines in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company, (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) or Demand Registration Statement (or such filings), as applicable, to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement on a post effective basis, as applicable; or (ii) a majority of the Board determines in good faith, upon the advice of counsel, that it is in the Company’s best interest or it is required by law, rule or regulation to supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, or file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, in order to ensure that the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand

 

 
 

  

Registration Statement, as applicable, (1) contains the information required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) discloses any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable (or of the most recent post-effective amendment), that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (3) discloses any material information with respect to the plan of distribution that was not disclosed in the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, on a post effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Shelf Registration Statementor Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, as soon as possible.

 

(b) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, as set forth in paragraph (a) above (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give a Suspension Notice to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and in the absence of any Selling Holder’s Counsel, to the Holder, to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing and the Company is using its commercially reasonable efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, as promptly as possible. The Holder shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, the Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in the Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holder may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and in the absence of any Selling Holder’s Counsel, to the Holder, promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

 

Section 4. Registration Procedures .

 

(a) In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement or sale of Registrable Shares as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

 

(i) prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement, within the relevant time period specified in Section 2 , on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (1) shall be selected by the Company, (2) shall be available for the registration and sale of the Registrable Shares by the Holder, (3) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or

 

 
 

  

incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and (4) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the Securities Act, and otherwise comply with its obligations under Section 2 hereof;

 

(ii) subject to Section 2(a)(i) , prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the Holder;

 

(iii) (1) notify the Holder of Registrable Shares, within five (5) Business Days after filing, that a Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Shares has been filed and advising the Holder that the distribution of Registrable Shares will be made in accordance with any method or combination of methods legally available by the Holder of any and all Registrable Shares; (2) furnish to the Holder of Registrable Shares and to each underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, if any, without charge, as many copies of each prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as the Holder or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares; and (3) hereby consent to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Holder of Registrable Shares in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 

(iv) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares owned by the Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(a)(iv) , or (2) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

(v) notify promptly the Holder of Registrable Shares under a Registration Statement and, if requested by the Holder, confirm such advice in writing promptly at the address determined in accordance with Section 8(e) of this Agreement (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments

 

 
 

  

and supplements thereto become effective, (2) of any request by the Commission or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (4) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (5) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the prospectus, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the prospectus (such instruction to be provided in the same manner as a Suspension Notice) until the requisite changes have been made, at which time notice of the end of suspension shall be delivered in the same manner as an End of Suspension Notice), (6) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Shares, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (7) of the filing of a post−effective amendment to such Registration Statement;

 

(vi) furnish Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, copies of any comment letters relating to the Holders received from the Commission or any other request by the Commission or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and prospectus or for additional information relating to the Holder;

 

(vii) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment;

 

(viii) furnish to the Holder of Registrable Shares, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post−effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);

 

(ix) cooperate with the Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Shares to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holder or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three (3) Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares;

 

 
 

  

(x) upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, as contemplated by Sections 4(a)(v)(5) and 4(a)(v)(6) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or will remain so qualified, as applicable. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company agrees promptly to notify the Holder of such determination and to furnish the Holder such number of copies of the prospectus as amended or supplemented, as the Holder may reasonably request;

 

(xi) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, on behalf of the Holder, and make representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of Registrable Shares available for discussion of such document;

 

(xii) obtain a CUSIP number for the Registrable Shares not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Company’s transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Shares, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary, in each case, to the extent necessary or applicable;

 

(xiii) enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

 

(A) make such representations and warranties to the Holder of Registrable Shares and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar Underwritten Offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

 

(B) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to any managing underwriter(s) and their counsel) addressed to the underwriters, if any (and in the case of an underwritten registration, the Holder), covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in Underwritten Offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the underwriter(s);

 

(C) obtain “ comfort ” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (and, if necessary, any other

 

 
 

  

independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriter(s), if any, and use reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the Holder in the case of an underwritten registration (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “ comfort ” letters to underwriters in connection with similar Underwritten Offerings;

 

(D) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holder and an agent of the Holder providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the Holder for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Shares, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

 

(E) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 5 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

 

(F) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holder and the managing underwriters, if any;

 

(xiv) make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, Selling Holder’s Counsel and any accountant retained by a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Shares being sold, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties or assets of the Company reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Company; provided, however, that the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and the representatives of any underwriters will use commercially reasonable best efforts, to the extent reasonably practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and to not materially disrupt the Company’s business operations;

 

(xv) a reasonable time prior to filing any Registration Statement, any prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Registration Statement, or amendment or supplement to such prospectus, provide copies of such document to the underwriter(s) of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares; within five (5) Business Days after the filing of any Registration Statement, provide copies of such Registration Statement to Selling Holder’s Counsel; make such changes in any of the foregoing documents prior to the filing thereof, or in the case of changes received from Selling Holder’s Counsel by

 

 
 

  

filing an amendment or supplement thereto, as the underwriter or underwriters, or in the case of changes received from Selling Holder’s Counsel relating to the Holder or the plan of distribution of Registrable Shares, as Selling Holder’s Counsel, reasonably requests; not file any such document in a form to which any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, on behalf of the Holder of Registrable Shares, or any underwriter shall reasonably object; not include in any amendment or supplement to such documents any information about the Holder or any change to the plan of distribution of Registrable Shares that would limit the method of distribution of the Registrable Shares unless Selling Holder’s Counsel has been advised in advance and has approved such information or change; and make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, on behalf of the Holder, Selling Holder’s Counsel or any underwriter;

 

(xvi) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Shares to be listed on any national securities exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is then listed;

 

(xvii) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve (12) months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA);

 

(xix) the Company may (as a condition to the Holder’s participation in a Demand Shelf Registration or Piggyback Registration) require the Holder of Registrable Shares to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder of such Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

(xx) if Registrable Shares are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, to include in the registration statement, or in the case of a Demand Shelf Registration, a prospectus supplement, to be used all such information as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters for the marketing and sale of such Registrable Shares;

 

(xxi) if Registrable Shares are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, cause the appropriate officers of the Company to (i) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Shares and (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Shares.

 

 
 

  

The Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts of the type described in Section 4(a)(v) hereof, the Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Shares until the Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(a)(v) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, the Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies in the Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in the Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

Section 5. Indemnification .

 

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person, and each Person (a “ Controlling Person ”), if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any of the foregoing Persons, as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment, actions, other liabilities and expenses whatsoever (the “ Liabilities ”), as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom at such date of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii) against any and all Liabilities, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 5(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any Liabilities to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission

 

 
 

  

made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Holder expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(b) Indemnification by the Holder . The Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other selling securityholders, and each of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents, and each of their respective Controlling Persons, against any and all Liabilities described in the indemnity contained in Section 5(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to the Holder furnished to the Company by the Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such the Holder shall not be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by the Holder from the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(c) Notices of Claims, etc . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whosoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 5 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d) Indemnification Payments . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 5(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty−five (45) days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

 
 

 

(e) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such Liabilities incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Company and the Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 5 . The aggregate amount of Liabilities incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 5 , each Person, if any, who controls the a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

Section 6. Holdback Agreement . Without the prior written consent of the managing underwriting in an Underwritten Offering, Holder agrees not to (a) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, any Registrable Shares or any other equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Registrable Shares or securities or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of such Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning seven days prior to, and ending ninety (90) days (subject to a

 

 
 

  

seventeen (17) day extension is requested by the managing underwriter) after (or for such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter(s) may agree), the date of the underwriting agreement of each underwritten offering made pursuant to a Registration Statement other than Registrable Shares sold pursuant to such underwritten offering. The Holder agrees to enter into any agreements reasonably requested by any managing underwriter in connection with an Underwritten Offering reflecting the terms of this Section 6 .

 

Section 7. Termination; Survival . The rights of the Holder under this Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all of the Registrable Shares cease to be Registrable Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the parties under Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time.

 

Section 8. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Covenants Relating To Rule 144 . For so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the Securities Act, the Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder. If the Company ceases to be so required to file such reports, the Company covenants that it will upon the request of the Holder of Registrable Shares (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Shares may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required, from time to time, to enable the Holder to sell its Registrable Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of the Holder of Registrable Shares, the Company will deliver to the Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first Registration Statement filed by the Company for an offering of its Common Stock to the general public) and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly report(s) of the Company, and such other reports, documents or stockholder communications of the Company, and take such further actions consistent with this Section 8(a) , as the Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing the Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.

 

(b) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Holder in any sale and or transfer of Registrable Shares by means not involving a registration statement.

 

(c) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not entered into and the Company will not after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holder of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement. The rights granted to the Holder hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

 

 
 

  

 

(d) Expenses . All Registration Expenses or Sale Expenses of the Holder shall be borne by the Company, whether or not any Registration Statement related thereto becomes effective or other sale takes place.

 

(e) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived at any time only by the written agreement of the Company and the Holder. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of the Holder of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon the Holder of Registrable Shares and the Company.

 

(f) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first−class mail, facsimile or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to the Holder, at the most current address given by the Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8(e) and (b) if to the Company, to Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Floor, 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Suite 21, Teaneck, New Jersey 07666-6712, Attention: Thomas G. Dagger (facsimile: (201) 329-7041).

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; two (2) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

(g) S uccessor and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. In addition, the Holder may assign its rights hereunder to subsequent transferees. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Shares, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Shares shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Shares such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

 

(h) Specific Enforcement . Without limiting the remedies available to the Holder, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Holder for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it would not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2 hereof.

 

 
 

  

(i) Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(j) Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(k) GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(l) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 
 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

by and among

   

  PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Its:  
     
  MAYFLOWER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title: Authorized signatory, for and on
behalf of 3i Investments plc, acting
in its capacity as manager of
Mayflower L.P.

 

 
 

  

SCHEDULE I

 

Holder  

 

Name of the Holder            Address of the Holder
Mayflower Limited Partnership        
BFI Co., LLC        

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.9

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

 

and

 

BFI CO. LLC

 

Dated as of                , 2014

 

 
 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of       , 2014, is made and entered into by and between Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and BFI Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Holder ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company has prepared a registration statement on Form S−1 (File No. 333−194467) with respect to the issuance and sale of its Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), for an underwritten initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ IPO ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Holder is a holder of Common Stock or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or giving Holder the right to purchase the Common Stock;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide to the Holder the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Registration Rights Agreement as originally executed and as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” shall mean Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York or other applicable places where such act is to occur are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Commission ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Controlling Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.

 

Demand Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Demand Shelf Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Depositary ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company.

 

End of Suspension Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

 

Equity Securities ” of any Person means (i) any capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or other ownership or equity interest, participation or securities in or of such Person (whether voting or non voting, whether preferred, common or otherwise, and including any stock appreciation, contingent interest or similar right) and (ii) any option, warrant, security or other right (including debt securities) directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise to acquire directly or indirectly, any stock, interest, participation or security described in clause (i) above.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any corresponding provision of succeeding law) and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may deem and treat the registered holder of a Registrable Share as the Holder and absolute owner thereof, unless notified to the contrary in writing by the registered Holder thereof.

 

IPO ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Maximum Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other governmental or legal entity.

 

Piggyback Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

 

2
 

 

Registrable Shares ” shall mean at any time the Common Stock (with the initial amount of Common Stock shares held by the Holder being as set forth opposite the Holder’s name on Schedule I hereto), together with any class of equity securities of the Company or of a successor to the entire business of the Company which are issued in exchange for the Common Stock; provided, however, that such Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares with respect to the Holder upon the earliest to occur of (A) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of the Holder’s Registrable Shares shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and all of the Holder’s Registrable Shares shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (B) the date on which such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; and (C) the date on which the Registrable Shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in a single transaction.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean (i) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities, (ii) all registration, filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses and any fees and disbursements of one common counsel retained by a majority of the Registrable Shares, (iii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Shares, (iv) fees and expenses in connection with any review by the FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” including the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (v) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Shares; provided, however, that “Registration Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holder (other than as set forth in clause (ii) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Shares that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by the Holder.

 

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with the Commission which covers any of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

Sale Expenses ” shall mean, other than in connection with a Registration Statement, (i) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities and (ii) all

 

3
 

 

registration, filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses and any fees and disbursements of one common counsel retained by holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares; provided, however, that “Sale Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holder (other than as set forth in clause (ii) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Shares that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by the Holder of Registrable Shares on a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Shares so sold.

 

Securities Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

Selling Holder’s Counsel ” shall mean counsel for the Holder. In the absence of an election, such counsel shall be Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Suspension Even t” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

 

Suspension Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.

 

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

 

Withdrawn Demand Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(vi) of this Agreement.

 

Section 2. Demand Shelf Registrations and Piggy Back Registrations .

 

(a) Demand Shelf Registration .

 

(i) Subject to this Section 2 , at any time that the Company is eligible to use Form S-3, upon the written request of the Holder, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission following the receipt of such written request (the “Demand Notice”), one or more registration statements with respect to the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) for the offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Demand Shelf Registration ”). If the Shelf Registration Statement is not automatically declared effective by the Commission or does not automatically become effective, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Shelf Registration Statement shall be on an appropriate form and the registration statement and any form of prospectus included therein (or prospectus supplement relating thereto) shall reflect the plan of distribution or method of sale as the Holder may from time to time notify the Company of. Following the receipt by the Company of the Demand Notice, all of the Registrable Shares of the Holder shall be included in the Shelf Registration Statement without any further action unless a smaller number is requested or a dollar

 

4
 

 

amount is registered. If not all of Holder’s Registrable Shares are included, Holder may submit subsequent Demand Notices. Other selling securityholders shall be afforded seven (7) days to decide to include Registrable Shares in proportion to the Registrable Shares of the Holder that are included. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may include in any Shelf Registration Statement that it files pursuant to this Section 2(a) any securities of the Company held by a Person other than the Holder, provided that such securities would be Registrable Shares with respect to such other Person.

 

(ii) Effectiveness . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for the period beginning on the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective and ending on the date that all of the Registrable Shares registered under the Shelf Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Shares. During the period that such Shelf Registration Statement is effective, the Company shall supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the Securities Act or if reasonably requested by the Holders (whether or not required by the form on which the securities are being registered), including to reflect any specific plan of distribution or method of sale, and shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to have such supplements and amendments declared effective, if required, as soon as practicable after filing.

 

(iii) Selection of Underwriters . If any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is an underwritten offering, a majority-in-interest of the Holder and any other selling securityholder participating in such underwritten offering shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

 

(iv) Priority on Shelf Registration Statement . If the managing underwriters of a requested Demand Shelf Registration advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included in the relevant Shelf Registration Statement, together with securities of the Company that have been requested to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement by any other selling securityholders (i) exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering and/or (ii) would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering (such maximum number of securities or Registrable Shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company and all Holders as follows: (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the Demand Notice of the Holder and any request for registration of Mayflower Limited Partnership, a Jersey limited partnership (“ Mayflower ”) pursuant to the written contractual registration rights of Mayflower, pro rata, (based on the number of securities the Holder or Mayflower has requested to be included in such registration) among the Holder and Mayflower that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold until such time as all Registrable Shares of the Holder and all securities of Mayflower that were properly requested to be included in such registration have been so included; and (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

5
 

 

(v) Restrictions on Demand Shelf Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Shelf Registration within ninety (90) days after the effective date of a previous registration under which the Holder had piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof wherein the Holder was permitted to register, and sold, at least 50% of the Registrable Shares requested to be included therein or with respect to a previous registration under which the Holder waived any piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c) . .

 

(vi) No Registrations if Effective Shelf . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if, prior to any request for registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) with respect to Holder’s Registrable Shares, (i) the Company shall have filed a Shelf Registration Statement covering such Registrable Shares, (ii) such Shelf Registration Statement shall have registered for resale by the Holder such Registrable Shares, (iii) the plan of distribution set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement includes underwritten offerings and (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is effective when the Holders would otherwise make a request for registration under Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) , the Company shall not be required to separately register any Registrable Shares in response to such request, and such request shall be deemed to be a request that the Company cooperate in effecting a sale of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(b) Demand Registrations.

 

(i) Right to Request Registration. So long as the Company does not have an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Shares, the Holder may request registration under the Securities Act of all or part of its Registrable Shares (“ Demand Registration ”) with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10.0 million at any time and from time to time.

 

Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of any such request for Demand Registration, the Company shall give written notice to any securityholder with contractual rights to include shares in a Demand Registration Statement, if any, and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2(b)(iii) hereof, include in such registration all such Registrable Shares of Mayflower pursuant to the written contractual registration rights of Mayflower, with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within seven (7) Business Days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission following receipt of any such request for Demand Registration one or more registration statements with respect to the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act (the “ Demand Registration Statement ”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Demand Registration Statement shall be on an appropriate form and the Registration Statement and any form of prospectus included therein (or prospectus supplement relating thereto) shall reflect the plan of distribution or method of sale as the Holders may from time to time notify the Company. Following the receipt by the Company of any request for Demand Registration, subject to Section 2(b)(ii), all of the Registrable Shares of any Holder shall

 

6
 

 

be included in the Demand Registration Statement without any further action by any Holder.

 

(ii) Priority on Demand Registrations . If the managing underwriters of a requested Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Shares (including Registrable Shares of another selling securityholder) requested to be included in the relevant Shelf Registration Statement exceeds the Maximum Threshold, the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company and all Holders as follows: (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the Demand Notice of the Holder and any request for registration of Mayflower pursuant to the written contractual registration rights of Mayflower, pro rata, (based on the number of securities the Holder or Mayflower has requested to be included in such registration) among the Holder and Mayflower that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold until such time as all Registrable Shares of the Holder and all securities of Mayflower that were properly requested to be included in such registration have been so included; and (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(iii) Restrictions on Demand Registrations. The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within ninety (90) days after the effective date of a previous registration under which the Holder had piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof wherein the Holder was permitted to register, and sold, at least 50% of the Registrable Shares requested to be included therein or with respect to a previous registration under which the Holder waived any piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2(c).

 

(iv) Selection of Underwriters . If any offering pursuant to a Demand Registration Statement is an underwritten offering, a majority-in-interest of the Holder and any other selling securityholder participating in such underwritten offering shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

 

(v) Effective Period of Demand Registrations. After any Demand Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement has become effective, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep such Demand Registration Statement effective for a period equal to one hundred eighty (180) days from the date on which the SEC declares such Demand Registration Statement effective (or if such Demand Registration Statement is not effective during any period within such one hundred eighty (180) days, such 180-day period shall be extended by the number of days during such period when such Demand Registration Statement is not effective), or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Demand Registration. If the Company shall withdraw or reduce the number of Registrable Shares that is subject to the Demand Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii) (a “Withdrawn Demand

 

7
 

 

Registration”), the Holder of the Registrable Shares remaining unsold and originally covered by such Withdrawn Demand Registration shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration that (subject to the provisions of this Section 2(b)) the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep effective for a period commencing on the effective date of such Demand Registration and ending on the earlier to occur of the date (i) that is one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such Demand Registration and (ii) on which all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration has been sold. Such additional Demand Registration otherwise shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c) Piggyback Registrations .

 

(i) Right to Piggyback . Following the IPO, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its common equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-8 or on Form S-4 or any similar successor forms thereto, (ii) filed in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan or (iii) otherwise in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition or consolidation involving the Company), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more securityholders of the Company, and the registration form to be used may be used for any registration of Registrable Shares (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Holder of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Sections 2(c)(ii) and 2(c)(iii) , shall include in such registration all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received a written request from the Holder for inclusion therein within seven (7) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. The Company may postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of a Piggyback Registration at any time in its sole discretion.

 

(ii) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the Maximum Threshold, the underwriting shall be allocated among the Company, the Holder and any other selling securityholder as follows (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Shares, as to which registration has been requested by the Holder pursuant to this Agreement and the shares of Common Stock or other securities as to which registration has been properly requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of Mayflower, pro rata (based on the number of securities the Holder or Mayflower has requested to be included in such registration), among the Holder and Mayflower that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Common Stock or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

8
 

 

(iii) Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of a holder of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Shares (“ Non-Holder Securities ”), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering, the underwriting shall be allocated among the holders of Non-Holder Securities electing to participate in such offering and the Holder pro rata on the basis of the number of Non-Holder Securities and Registrable Shares offered for such registration by the holder of Non-Holder Securities and the Holder, respectively.

 

(iv) Withdrawal . The Holder may elect to withdraw its request for inclusion of Registrable Shares in any Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the earlier of (i) the launch of any “road show” undertaken in connection with such Piggyback Registration and (ii) the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holder. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal made in accordance with this Section 2(c)(iv), the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holder in connection with such Piggyback Registration as provided in Section 8(c) .

 

Section 3. Black-Out Periods .

 

(a) Notwithstanding Section 2 , and subject to the provisions of this Section 3 , the Company shall be permitted, in limited circumstances, to suspend the use, from time to time, of the Prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Registrable Shares under such Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable), by providing written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and in the absence of any Selling Holder’s Counsel, to the Holder, for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period commencing on the date of this Agreement or more than forty-five (45) consecutive days, except as a result of a refusal by the Commission to declare any post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, effective after the Company has used all commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the post-effective amendment to be declared effective by the Commission, in which case, the Company must terminate the black-out period immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment) if any of the following events shall occur: (i) a majority of the Board determines in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company, (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for

 

9
 

 

preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) or Demand Registration Statement (or such filings), as applicable, to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, on a post effective basis, as applicable; or (ii) a majority of the Board determines in good faith, upon the advice of counsel, that it is in the Company’s best interest or it is required by law, rule or regulation to supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, in order to ensure that the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, (1) contains the information required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) discloses any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (3) discloses any material information with respect to the plan of distribution that was not disclosed in the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, on a post effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, as soon as possible.

 

(b) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, as set forth in paragraph (a) above (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give a Suspension Notice to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and in the absence of any Selling Holder’s Counsel, to the Holder, to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing and the Company is using its commercially reasonable efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, as promptly as possible. The Holder shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, the Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in the Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holder may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, as applicable, (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and in the absence of any Selling Holder’s Counsel, to the Holder, promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

 

10
 

 

Section 4. Registration Procedures .

 

(a) In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement or sale of Registrable Shares as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

 

(i) prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement, within the relevant time period specified in Section 2 , on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (1) shall be selected by the Company, (2) shall be available for the registration and sale of the Registrable Shares by the Holder, (3) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and (4) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the Securities Act, and otherwise comply with its obligations under Section 2 hereof;

 

(ii) subject to Section 2(a)(i) , prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the Holder;

 

(iii) (1) notify the Holder of Registrable Shares, within five (5) Business Days after filing, that a Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Shares has been filed and advising the Holder that the distribution of Registrable Shares will be made in accordance with any method or combination of methods legally available by the Holder of any and all Registrable Shares; (2) furnish to the Holder of Registrable Shares and to each underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, if any, without charge, as many copies of each prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as the Holder or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares; and (3) hereby consent to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Holder of Registrable Shares in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 

(iv) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary

 

11
 

 

or advisable to enable the Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares owned by the Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(a)(iv) , or (2) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

(v) notify promptly the Holder of Registrable Shares under a Registration Statement and, if requested by the Holder, confirm such advice in writing promptly at the address determined in accordance with Section 8(e) of this Agreement (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (2) of any request by the Commission or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (4) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (5) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the prospectus, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the prospectus (such instruction to be provided in the same manner as a Suspension Notice) until the requisite changes have been made, at which time notice of the end of suspension shall be delivered in the same manner as an End of Suspension Notice), (6) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Shares, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (7) of the filing of a post−effective amendment to such Registration Statement;

 

(vi) furnish Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, copies of any comment letters relating to the Holders received from the Commission or any other request by the Commission or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and prospectus or for additional information relating to the Holder;

 

(vii) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment;

 

12
 

 

(viii) furnish to the Holder of Registrable Shares, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post−effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);

 

(ix) cooperate with the Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Shares to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holder or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three (3) Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares;

 

(x) upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, as contemplated by Sections 4(a)(v)(5) and 4(a)(v)(6) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or will remain so qualified, as applicable. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company agrees promptly to notify the Holder of such determination and to furnish the Holder such number of copies of the prospectus as amended or supplemented, as the Holder may reasonably request;

 

(xi) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, on behalf of the Holder, and make representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of Registrable Shares available for discussion of such document;

 

(xii) obtain a CUSIP number for the Registrable Shares not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Company’s transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Shares, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary, in each case, to the extent necessary or applicable;

 

(xiii) enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

 

(A) make such representations and warranties to the Holder of Registrable Shares and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar Underwritten Offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

 

13
 

 

(B) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to any managing underwriter(s) and their counsel) addressed to the underwriters, if any (and in the case of an underwritten registration, the Holder), covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in Underwritten Offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the underwriter(s);

 

(C) obtain “ comfort ” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriter(s), if any, and use reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the Holder in the case of an underwritten registration (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “ comfort ” letters to underwriters in connection with similar Underwritten Offerings;

 

(D) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holder and an agent of the Holder providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the Holder for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Shares, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

 

(E) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 5 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

 

(F) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holder and the managing underwriters, if any;

 

(xiv) make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, Selling Holder’s Counsel and any accountant retained by a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Shares being sold, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties or assets of the Company reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Company; provided, however, that the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, and the representatives of any underwriters will use commercially reasonable best efforts, to the

 

14
 

 

extent reasonably practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and to not materially disrupt the Company’s business operations;

 

(xv) a reasonable time prior to filing any Registration Statement, any prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Registration Statement, or amendment or supplement to such prospectus, provide copies of such document to the underwriter(s) of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares; within five (5) Business Days after the filing of any Registration Statement, provide copies of such Registration Statement to Selling Holder’s Counsel; make such changes in any of the foregoing documents prior to the filing thereof, or in the case of changes received from Selling Holder’s Counsel by filing an amendment or supplement thereto, as the underwriter or underwriters, or in the case of changes received from Selling Holder’s Counsel relating to the Holder or the plan of distribution of Registrable Shares, as Selling Holder’s Counsel, reasonably requests; not file any such document in a form to which any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, on behalf of the Holder of Registrable Shares, or any underwriter shall reasonably object; not include in any amendment or supplement to such documents any information about the Holder or any change to the plan of distribution of Registrable Shares that would limit the method of distribution of the Registrable Shares unless Selling Holder’s Counsel has been advised in advance and has approved such information or change; and make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Selling Holder’s Counsel, if any, on behalf of the Holder, Selling Holder’s Counsel or any underwriter;

 

(xvi) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Shares to be listed on any national securities exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is then listed;

 

(xvii) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve (12) months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA);

 

(xix) the Company may (as a condition to the Holder’s participation in a Demand Shelf Registration or Piggyback Registration) require the Holder of Registrable Shares to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder of such Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

(xx) if Registrable Shares are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, to include in the registration statement, or in the case of a Demand Shelf Registration, a prospectus

 

15
 

 

supplement, to be used all such information as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters for the marketing and sale of such Registrable Shares;

 

(xxi) if Registrable Shares are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, cause the appropriate officers of the Company to (i) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Shares and (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Shares.

 

The Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts of the type described in Section 4(a)(v) hereof, the Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Shares until the Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(a)(v) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, the Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies in the Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in the Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

Section 5. Indemnification .

 

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person, and each Person (a “ Controlling Person ”), if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any of the foregoing Persons, as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment, actions, other liabilities and expenses whatsoever (the “ Liabilities ”), as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom at such date of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii) against any and all Liabilities, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 5(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

16
 

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any Liabilities to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Holder expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(b) Indemnification by the Holder . The Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other selling securityholders, and each of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents, and each of their respective Controlling Persons, against any and all Liabilities described in the indemnity contained in Section 5(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to the Holder furnished to the Company by the Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such the Holder shall not be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by the Holder from the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(c) Notices of Claims, etc . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whosoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 5 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation,

 

17
 

 

investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d) Indemnification Payments . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 5(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty−five (45) days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(e) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such Liabilities incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Company and the Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 5 . The aggregate amount of Liabilities incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 5 , each Person, if any, who controls the a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

18
 

 

Section 6. Holdback Agreement . Without the prior written consent of the managing underwriting in an Underwritten Offering, Holder agrees not to (a) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, any Registrable Shares or any other equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Registrable Shares or securities or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of such Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning seven days prior to, and ending ninety (90) days (subject to a seventeen (17) day extension is requested by the managing underwriter) after (or for such shorter period as to which the managing underwriter(s) may agree), the date of the underwriting agreement of each underwritten offering made pursuant to a Registration Statement other than Registrable Shares sold pursuant to such underwritten offering. The Holder agrees to enter into any agreements reasonably requested by any managing underwriter in connection with an Underwritten Offering reflecting the terms of this Section 6 .

 

Section 7. Termination; Survival . The rights of the Holder under this Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all of the Registrable Shares cease to be Registrable Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the parties under Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time.

 

Section 8. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Covenants Relating To Rule 144 . For so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the Securities Act, the Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder. If the Company ceases to be so required to file such reports, the Company covenants that it will upon the request of the Holder of Registrable Shares (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Shares may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required, from time to time, to enable the Holder to sell its Registrable Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of the Holder of Registrable Shares, the Company will deliver to the Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first Registration Statement filed by the Company for an offering of its Common Stock to the general public) and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly report(s) of the Company, and such other reports, documents or stockholder communications of the Company, and take such further actions consistent with this Section 8(a) , as the Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any

 

19
 

 

rule or regulation of the Commission allowing the Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.

 

(b) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Holder in any sale and or transfer of Registrable Shares by means not involving a registration statement.

 

(c) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not entered into and the Company will not after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holder of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement. The rights granted to the Holder hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

 

(d) Expenses . All Registration Expenses or Sale Expenses of the Holder shall be borne by the Company, whether or not any Registration Statement related thereto becomes effective or other sale takes place.

 

(e) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived at any time only by the written agreement of the Company and the Holder. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of the Holder of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon the Holder of Registrable Shares and the Company.

 

(f) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first−class mail, facsimile or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to the Holder, at the most current address given by the Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8(e) and (b) if to the Company, to Phibro Animal Health Corporation, Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Floor, 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Suite 21, Teaneck, New Jersey 07666-6712, Attention: Thomas G. Dagger (facsimile: (201) 329-7041).

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; two (2) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

(g) S uccessor and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. [In addition, the Holder may assign its rights hereunder to subsequent transferees. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Shares, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Shares shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Shares such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.]

 

20
 

 

(h) Specific Enforcement . Without limiting the remedies available to the Holder, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Holder for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it would not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2 hereof.

 

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(j) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(k) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(l) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

21
 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Holder

 

Name of the Holder       Address of the Holder
BFI Co., LLC        

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.10

 

TERMINATION OF Stockholders AGREEMENT

 

This Termination Agreement (this “ Termination Agreement ”) is entered into as of [●], 2014, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Stockholders ”) and Jack C. Bendheim, and shall be effective as of the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company, the Stockholders and Jack C. Bendheim are parties to that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, including all addendums thereto (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , Stockholders Agreement may be terminated by the mutual written consent of the Stockholders.

 

WHEREAS , subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Termination Agreement, the Company and the Stockholders desire to terminate the Stockholders Agreement .

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          Except for those provisions that, by their terms, expressly survive the termination of the Stockholders Agreement, including but not limited to, the board rights described within Article VI, the Stockholders and the Company hereby agree that the Stockholders Agreement shall terminate as of the Termination Date. Upon the termination of the Stockholders Agreement, none of the Company, the Stockholders or Jack C. Bendheim will have any further rights, obligations or continuing liabilities under the Stockholders Agreement.

 

2.          As of the date hereof, each of the Company, the Stockholders and Jack C. Bendheim hereby irrevocably releases and waives any and all past or present claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, demands, costs, losses, debts and expenses (including attorneys' fees and costs incurred) of whatsoever kind or nature, whether at law or in equity, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, contingent or liquidated or otherwise, that it has against the other parties to this Agreement and the other parties’ officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns, whether known or unknown, arising out of or relating to the Stockholders Agreement.

 

3.          This Termination Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties as of the date hereof with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior understandings, agreements and understandings between the parties, whether written or oral, and cannot be changed or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties. The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other

 

1
 

  

jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

4.          The Company and the Stockholders agree to perform any further acts and to execute and deliver any further documentation which may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Termination Agreement.

 

5.          This Termination Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

*        *        *        *        *

 

2
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  The Company:
   
  Phibro Animal Health CORPORATION ,
    a New York corporation
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Its:  
   
  The Stockholders:
   
  BFI Co., LLC
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Its:  
     
  MAYFLOWER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Its:  
     
  Jack C. Bendheim
     
  By:  
  Name:    Jack C. Bendheim

 

[Signature Page to Termination Agreement (Stockholders Agreement)] 

 

 
 

 

Schedule A

 

Stockholders

 

Name   Type of Security   Number of Shares
         
Mayflower Limited Partnership   Common Shares   20,610,000
         
BFI Co., LLC   Common Shares   48,300,000

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.11

 

Dated 31 March 2008

 

(1)  3i INVESTMENTS PLC

 

(2)  PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

 

CONSULTANCY AGREEMENT

 

 
 

 

CONTENTS

 

Clause Page
     
1. Definitions and Interpretation 1
2. Services 5
3. Company Obligations 5
4. Fees 6
5. Limitation of Liability for provision of services 6
6. Term and Termination 8
7. Consequences of Termination 9
8. Force Majeure 9
9. Confidentiality 9
10. Contract Management/Dispute Resolution 11
11. Inside Information 12
12. Entire Agreement 12
13. No Partnership or Agency 13
14. status 13
15. Variations and Waivers 13
16. Assignment/Sub-contracting 13
17. Counterparts 13
18. Rights of Third Parties 14
19. Costs 14
20. Notices 14
21. Governing Law 16
     
Schedule  
     
1. Services 17

 

 
 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 31 March 2008

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) 3i INVESTMENTS PLC , a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 3975789 and whose registered office is at 16 Palace Street, London SW1E 5JD, UK (the “Consultant” ); and

 

(2) PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION , a company incorporated in New York and whose principal office is at 65 Challenger Road, Third Floor, Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660, USA (the “Company” ).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Consultant acts as investment adviser to 3i Quoted Private Equity Limited ( “3i QPEL” ).

 

(B) Pursuant to the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement effective 12 March 2008 between and among 3i QPEL, the Company and the shareholders of the Company signatory thereto, 3i QPEL has purchased common stock in the Company, and has entered into a Stockholders Agreement effective 12 March 2008 with the Company and a shareholder of the Company signatory thereto in connection with its purchase of shares in the Company.

 

(C) The Company wishes to engage the Consultant to provide the Services subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement (including the Schedules), the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

  Business Day any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or bank or public holiday in Scotland and England and Wales.
     
  Commencement Date the date of this Agreement.
     
  Consultant Group the Consultant, any parent undertaking of the Consultant and all subsidiary undertakings of the Consultant and such parent undertakings.
     
  Confidential Information the contents of this Agreement and all information in whatever form received or obtained by a party or any other member of its Group (the “Receiving Party” ) from, or on behalf of, another party or any other member

 

 
 

 

    of its Group (the “Disclosing Party” ), including information of third parties in the possession of the Disclosing Party, as a result of, or in connection with, this Agreement (including any reports, summaries or analyses to the extent prepared from such information) other than:

 

  (a) any information which was in the possession of or was known to the Receiving Party or any other member of its Group prior to the disclosure by the Disclosing Party or any other member of its Group (other than through a breach of clause 9);
     
  (b) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the utilisation of any such information;
     
  (c) is or becomes public knowledge without the fault of the Receiving Party; or
     
  (d) is or becomes available to the Receiving Party from a source other than the Disclosing Party in circumstances where that disclosure has not been made in breach of an obligation of confidentiality.

 

    Specific information shall not be deemed to fall within any of the foregoing exceptions merely because it is embraced by general information within any such exception. Any combination of features received as Confidential Information by the Receiving Party hereunder shall not be deemed to fall within any of the foregoing exceptions merely because individual features are separately within any such exception, but only if the combination itself and its principles of operation, is within such exception.
     
  Disclosing Party the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of Confidential Information.
     
  Dispute any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement or in respect of the legal relationships established by this Agreement.
     
  Due Date the date falling thirty (30) days after the date of any invoice issued by the Consultant to the Company or, if

 

2
 

 

    such date is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day.
     
  Fees US$50,000 per annum, payable in arrears on 31 December in each year, or such other fees as may be agreed between the parties from time to time.
     
  Group in relation to a company that is a party to this agreement, the group of which such company is a party (i.e., the Consultant Group or the PAHC Group, as applicable).
     
  Loss any damages, loss, costs, claims or expenses of any kind howsoever arising, but excluding indirect, special or consequential loss.
     
  Month a calendar month (and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly).
     
  Notice the meaning ascribed to it in clause 20.1.
     
  notifying party the meaning ascribed to it in clause 6.3.
     
  PAHC Group the Company and all subsidiary undertakings of the Company from time to time.
     
  Party a party to this Agreement.
     
  Personnel any directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors, sub-contractors or professional advisers of a party or any other member of its Group.
     
  Receiving Party the meaning ascribed to it in the definition of Confidential Information.
     
  Relationship Deed the relationship deed entered into on or around the date of this Agreement between the Company, BFI Co., LLC and 3i QPEL.
     
  Senior Manager in respect of the Company, the Chief Executive Officer and in respect of the Consultant, Bruce Carnegie-Brown, a Partner in the Consultant’s 3i QPEL team (or such other individuals of equivalent or greater seniority as may be notified by one party to the other from time to time).

 

3
 

 

  Services the services to be provided by the Consultant to the Company (and such other members of the PAHC Group as the Company may from time to time direct) under this Agreement, as more particularly set out in Schedule 1, and/or such other services as may be agreed in writing between the parties from time to time.
     
  Term the term of this Agreement.
     
  VAT value added tax.

 

1.2 For the purposes of this Agreement, “subsidiary undertaking” and “parent undertaking” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in section 258 and section 259 respectively of the Companies Act 1985.
   
1.3 Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Agreement (including the Schedules) to:

 

  1.3.1 any of the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall include other genders;
     
  1.3.2 the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;
     
  1.3.3 a “person” shall be construed as a reference to any individual, firm, company (including, without limitation, a limited liability company), corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing;
     
  1.3.4 a “company” shall include a reference to any body corporate;
     
  1.3.5 any statute or statutory provision shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as a reference to such statute or statutory provision (including all instruments, orders or regulations made thereunder or deriving validity therefrom) as in force at the date of this Agreement and as subsequently re-enacted or consolidated; and
     
  1.3.6 any time or date shall be construed as a reference to the time or date prevailing in England.

 

1.4 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its meaning.
   
1.5 References to a clause, Schedule or paragraph are (unless otherwise stated) to a clause of or Schedule to this Agreement or to a paragraph of the relevant Schedule. The Schedules form

 

4
 

 

  part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement.
   
2. SERVICES
   
2.1 In consideration of the Company agreeing to pay the Fees to the Consultant in accordance with clause 4, the Consultant shall provide the Services to the Company (and such other members of the PAHC Group as the Company may from time to time direct) subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
   
2.2 The Consultant undertakes that, in performing its obligations under this Agreement, it shall at all times act:

 

  2.2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement;
     
  2.2.2 with reasonable skill and care;
     
  2.2.3 in a timely (subject however to clause 2.3) and professional manner; and
     
  2.2.4 in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

 

2.3 The Services shall be provided by the Consultant on an “as available” basis and the Consultant shall use its reasonable endeavours to provide the services within the timeframes requested by the Company. The Company acknowledges that the provision of the Services is not the sole business of the Consultant and that the provision of the Services shall not be accorded any more priority by the Consultant than the provision of similar or other services to any other customer or client of the Consultant. Accordingly, the Consultant shall be under no liability to the Company or any other member of the PAHC Group for any delay or failure to provide the Services as a result of the Consultant fulfilling its obligations to its other customers and clients (current and future) so long as such other obligations are not generally accorded any more priority than the provision of the Services.
   
3. COMPANY OBLIGATIONS
   
  The Company shall at all times during the Term:
   
3.1 use its reasonable endeavours to respond promptly to any request for guidance, instruction or information which is reasonably required by the Consultant to enable it to perform its obligations under this Agreement for the benefit of the Company;
   
3.2 provide the Consultant’s authorised Personnel (who shall also be persons falling within clause 9.2.l) with such access to the PAHC Group’s Personnel, information, property and facilities and co-operate and liaise with the Consultant as are reasonably necessary or

 

5
 

 

  desirable for the performance of the Services for the benefit of the Company.
   
4. FEES
   
4.1 The Company shall, subject to the submission by the Consultant of a valid invoice pay to the Consultant on or before the Due Date (or procure the payment to the Consultant of) the Fees. The first Fees shall be payable, on a pro-rata basis, on 31 December 2008 in respect of the period from the Commencement Date up to and including 31 December 2008.
   
4.2 All amounts referred to in this Agreement are exclusive of VAT, which shall (if required) be payable by the Company at the appropriate rate at the same time as payment is made of the sum to which VAT relates.
   
4.3 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Company shall reimburse the Consultant in respect of all reasonable out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Consultant in connection with the performance of the Services including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, travel and accommodation, provided that all out of pocket expenses must be approved in advance by the Company and reasonably adequate documentation must be submitted prior to reimbursement. For the avoidance of doubt, the ordinary remuneration of the Personnel of the Consultant Group shall not comprise out of pocket expenses of the Consultant.
   
5. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR PROVISION OF SERVICES
   
5.1 The Consultant agrees to act diligently and to use all reasonable care and skill in providing the Services provided however that neither the Consultant nor any member of the Consultant Group or their respective Personnel shall, in the absence of gross negligence, wilful default or fraud, be liable for any loss or damage suffered by any member of the PAHC Group arising directly or indirectly out of the provision of the Services by the Consultant or such member of the Consultant Group or their Personnel in good faith in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
   
5.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the limitation of liability under this clause 5 shall not apply to the extent that such limitation shall not be permitted or effective under any laws or regulations applicable to the Consultant or any member of the Consultant Group, including the Conduct of Business Rules of the Financial Services Authority.
   
5.3 Subject to clause 5.2 and without prejudice to clause 5.6 below, the aggregate liability of either Party (whether such liability arises in contract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise) to the other Party’s Group for Loss arising out of, or in connection with, the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement shall not in any circumstances exceed, in aggregate, two times the Fees then paid by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6
 

 

5.4 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject always to clause 5.2 above and clause 5.6 below:

 

  5.4.1 the Consultant shall not under any circumstances be liable to any member of the PAHC Group or any other person, and the Company shall not under any circumstances be liable to any member of the Consultant Group or any other person, for any Loss arising out of, or in connection with, the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement which is a loss of profit, goodwill, reputation, anticipated savings, or business (in each case whether direct, indirect, special, consequential, or otherwise) whatsoever and howsoever caused including, without limitation, by breach of contract or negligence;
     
  5.4.2 the Consultant shall not under any circumstances be liable to any member of the PAHC Group or any other person for any Loss arising out of, or in connection with, the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement to the extent that it results from any failure or delay by any member of the PAHC Group or any of its Personnel to perform its obligations relating to the provision of the Services under this Agreement;
     
  5.4.3 the Company shall not under any circumstances be liable to any member of the Consultant Group or any other person for any Loss arising out of, or in connection with, the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement to the extent that it results from any failure or delay by any member of the Consultant Group or any of its Personnel to perform its obligations relating to the provision of the Services under this Agreement.

 

5.5 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall exclude or restrict any person’s liability for fraud or death or personal injury resulting from its own negligence.
   
5.6 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall exclude or restrict the liability of:

 

  5.6.1 the Consultant in respect of any Loss arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with, a breach by the Consultant, or any member of the Consultant Group or their respective Personnel;
     
  5.6.2 the Company in respect of any Loss arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with, a breach by the Company, or any member of the PAHC Group or their respective Personnel,

 

  of the provisions of clause 9 or clause 11 below.

 

7
 

 

  Other warranties/implied terms excluded
   
5.7 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all warranties, undertakings or other similar terms implied by statute, common law or custom are excluded to the maximum extent permitted by law.
   
6. TERM AND TERMINATION
   
6.1 This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the Relationship Deed is terminated, on which date this Agreement shall automatically terminate.
   
6.2 Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time prior to expiry of the term set out in clause 6.1 by giving not less than 1 month’s notice to the other party at any time.
   
6.3 Without prejudice to its other rights, a party (the “notifying party” ) shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the other if any of the following occurs:

 

  6.3.1 the other party ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business or disposes or threatens to dispose of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking, property or assets or stops or threatens to stop payment of its debts or if the other party is unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123(1)(e) of the Insolvency Act 1986 as if the words “if it is proved to the satisfaction of the court” were replaced by the words “in the reasonable opinion of the notifying party”;
     
  6.3.2 a voluntary arrangement or a scheme of arrangement or composition with its creditors is entered into in relation to the other party;
     
  6.3.3 a dissolution occurs, a winding-up petition is presented (and not withdrawn or discharged within 14 days) or a winding-up resolution (other than a voluntary winding-up for reconstruction) is passed (whether by the directors or shareholders) in relation to the other party;
     
  6.3.4 a liquidator, receiver or administrator is appointed in respect of the other party or any of its assets, or notice to appoint an administrator is given by the other party, its directors or by a qualifying floating charge holder (as defined in the Insolvency Act 1986);
     
  6.3.5 any event in a jurisdiction outside England and Wales similar or analogous to any of the events referred to in clauses 6.3.1, 6.3.2, 6.3.3 and/or 6.3.4; or
     
  6.3.6 the other party is affected by a Force Majeure Event which prevents the other party from performing all, or a material part of, its obligations under this

 

8
 

 

  Agreement.

 

7. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION
   
  The expiry or termination of this Agreement (howsoever caused) shall be without prejudice to:
   
7.1 any rights or liabilities accrued prior to the date on which the expiry or termination takes effect; and
   
7.2 any rights or obligations of a person which are expressly stated to survive, or by their nature survive, expiry or termination of this Agreement.
   
8. FORCE MAJEURE
   
8.1 In this Agreement, “Force Majeure Event” shall mean any event or circumstance preventing or delaying a party from performing all or any of its obligations under this Agreement, which arises from or is attributable to acts, events, omissions or accidents beyond the reasonable control of such party, including (without limitation) acts of God, war, riot, civil commotion, terrorist act, explosion, malicious damage, telecommunications failure, fire, flood or storm.
   
8.2 If a party is prevented from or delayed in the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement by any Force Majeure Event, it shall forthwith promptly serve notice in writing on the other specifying the nature and extent of the circumstances giving rise to the Force Majeure Event, and shall, subject to service of such notice, have no liability in respect of the failure to perform such of its obligations as are prevented by the Force Majeure Event during the continuation of such Force Majeure Event.
   
9. CONFIDENTIALITY
   
9.1 Subject to clause 9.2, each party which is a Receiving Party shall, and shall procure that each other member of its Group which is a Receiving Party shall, treat in confidence all Confidential Information and shall not, and shall procure that each other member of its Group shall not:

 

  9.1.1 disclose in whole or in part Confidential Information to any person not a party to this Agreement; or
     
  9.1.2 use Confidential Information for a purpose other than for the exercise of its rights, or the performance of its obligations, under this Agreement.

 

9
 

 

9.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 9.1, a Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information:

 

  9.2.1 to its Personnel to the extent appropriate for the proper performance of this Agreement (taking into account the provisions of section 118 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and conditional upon any such Personnel being informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and the Receiving Party procuring that such Personnel comply with the provisions of clause 9.1 as if they were parties to this Agreement), and provided that the Receiving Party shall be responsible for compliance with this Agreement by such Personnel;
     
  9.2.2 to third parties (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement) with the prior written consent of the Company;
     
  9.2.3 to its professional advisers provided that the Consultant procures, to the extent it is legally able to do so, that such adviser shall not disclose such Confidential Information to a third party without the prior written consent of the Company save where such adviser is required to do so by any law or regulatory or professional obligations, and provided that the Receiving Party shall be responsible for compliance with this Agreement by such advisers;
     
  9.2.4 to the tax authorities, any regulatory authority, and any other governmental or public authorities, but only to the extent that such persons require the information for the proper discharge of their functions;
     
  9.2.5 in connection with any legal proceedings; and
     
  9.2.6 in compliance with any law or regulation, including the listing of, or maintaining the listing of, securities on any stock exchange,

 

  provided, that in the case of any disclosure pursuant to sub-clauses 9.2.4, 9.2.5 or 9.2.6, the Receiving Party shall, if reasonably practicable, provide the Disclosing Party with prompt notice of such request or requirement in order to enable the Disclosing Party to seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy to resist or narrow the scope of any such disclosure. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or the Disclosing Party waives compliance, in whole or in part, with the terms of this Agreement, or the Receiving Party or its representatives are legally compelled to disclose Confidential Information, the Receiving Party or its representatives, as the case may be, shall use reasonable efforts to disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required to be disclosed and exercise all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Disclosing Party to obtain confidential treatment for the Confidential Information so disclosed.

 

10
 

 

9.3 Each party which is a Receiving Party shall, and shall procure that each other member of its Group which is a Receiving Party shall, if it becomes aware of any breach of confidence or unauthorised use by any of its Personnel, promptly notify the Disclosing Party.
   
9.4 Following termination of this Agreement, and without prejudice to clause 7, each party which is a Receiving Party shall, and shall procure that each other member of its Group which is a Receiving Party shall, upon written request by the Disclosing Party, as soon as reasonably practicable, procure that all Confidential Information in its possession or under its control (or in the possession of, or under the control of, any other member of its Group) is, at the Receiving Party’s election, returned, deleted or destroyed (save to the extent prohibited by relevant laws or regulations) and shall confirm in writing to the Disclosing Party that it has done so.
   
9.5 Each party which is a Receiving Party shall, and shall procure that each other member of its Group which is a Receiving Party shall, apply to the Confidential Information at least the same security measures and degree of care as it applies to its own confidential information, and in no event less than a reasonable level of care.
   
9.6 All Confidential Information (including, without limitation, all copies, extracts and portions thereof) is and shall remain the sole property of the Disclosing Party. The Receiving Party does not acquire (by license or otherwise, whether express or implied) any intellectual property rights or other rights under this Agreement or any disclosure hereunder, except the limited right to use such Confidential Information in accordance with the express provisions of this Agreement. All rights relating to the Confidential Information that are not expressly granted hereunder to the Receiving Party are reserved and retained by the Disclosing Party.
   
9.7 The Receiving Party agrees that, due to the unique nature of the Confidential Information, the unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information may cause irreparable harm and significant injury to the Disclosing Party, the extent of which will be difficult to ascertain and for which there may be no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the Receiving Party agrees that the Disclosing Party, in addition to any other available remedies, shall have the right to seek an immediate injunction and other equitable relief enjoining any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement. Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.
   
9.8 The provisions of this clause 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the return, deletion or destruction of the Confidential Information.
   
10. CONTRACT MANAGEMENT/DISPUTE RESOLUTION
   
10.1 Any Dispute which is not resolved within 10 Business Days of being notified by one party to the other shall be referred to the Senior Managers who shall seek to resolve the Dispute in good faith as expeditiously as possible and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days of

 

11
 

 

  the Dispute being so referred (or such other period of time as the parties may agree). If the Senior Managers are unable to resolve the Dispute within such period, a party may take any further steps to which it is entitled, including court action, in respect of such Dispute.
   
10.2 Nothing in this clause 10 shall restrict the right which either party may have to seek injunctive relief in respect of a breach of this Agreement.
   
11. INSIDE INFORMATION
   
11.1 The Consultant acknowledges, and will advise members of the Consultant Group and its and their Personnel to whom Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to this Agreement, that some or all of the Confidential Information may be inside information for the purposes of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 (the “CJA” ) and may be “information which is not generally available to those using the market” within the meaning of Part VIII of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ( “FSMA” ).
   
11.2 Neither the Consultant nor its Personnel to whom Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to this Agreement shall disclose any of the Confidential Information to another person (except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) or use this information to:

 

  11.2.1 deal, or encourage another person to deal, in securities that are price affected securities (as defined in the CJA) in relation to the relevant inside information or disclose such information except as permitted by the CJA before the inside information is made generally available;
     
  11.2.2 deal or attempt to deal in a qualifying investment or related investment or related investment (as defined in FSMA) on the basis of the inside information;
     
  11.2.3 disclose the inside information to another person other than in the proper course of the exercise of their employment, profession or duties; or
     
  11.2.4 engage or encourage another person to engage in any behaviour based on any inside information where such behaviour would constitute market abuse under Part III of FSMA, until the inside information has been made generally available.

 

11.3 The term “deal” is to be construed in accordance with the CJA and the term “behaviour” is to be construed in accordance with FSMA
   
12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
   
12.1 This Agreement (together with any documents referred to herein or therein or required to be entered into pursuant to this Agreement) contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings or arrangements (both oral and written) relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and any such document.

 

12
 

 

12.2 Each party acknowledges that it is entering into this Agreement without reliance on any undertaking, warranty or representation given by or on behalf of the other party other than as expressly contained in this Agreement, provided that nothing in this clause shall limit or exclude the liability of the either party for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.
   
13. NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY
   
  This Agreement shall not create, nor shall it be construed as creating, any partnership or agency relationship between the parties. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the Agreement shall authorise the Consultant or any other member of the Consultant Group to enter into any agreement or arrangement or give any commitment, undertaking or agreement on behalf of any member of the PAHC Group.
   
14. STATUS
   
  Nothing in this agreement shall render any person engaged by the Consultant an employee, worker, agent or partner of the Company and the Consultant nor any person engaged by the Consultant shall not hold them self out as such.
   
15. VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

 

15.1 No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing, signed by or on behalf of each of the parties and expressed to be such a variation.
   
15.2 No failure or delay by any party or time or indulgence given in exercising any remedy or right under or in relation to this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of the same, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any remedy or right preclude any further exercise of the same or the exercise of any other remedy or right.
   
15.3 No waiver by any party of any requirement of this Agreement, or of any remedy or right under this Agreement, shall have effect unless given in writing and signed by such party. No waiver of any particular breach of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any repetition of such breach.

 

16. ASSIGNMENT/SUB-CONTRACTING
   
  Neither party shall, without the prior consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, assign any of its rights, or sub-contract, delegate or transfer any of its obligations, under this Agreement.
   
17. COUNTERPARTS
   
  This Agreement may be executed as two counterparts and execution by each party of any

 

13
 

 

  one of such counterparts shall constitute due execution of this Agreement.
   
18. RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

18.1 Each member of the Consultant Group, the PAHC Group or their respective Personnel shall have the right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce its rights against the Company under clause 5 provided that any such member of the Consultant Group or their respective Personnel must obtain the written consent of the Consultant, and any such member of the PAHC Group or their respective Personnel must obtain the written consent of the Company, before it may bring proceedings to enforce the terms of clause 5 and, save to the extent notified in writing by the Consultant to the relevant member of the Consultant Group or their respective Personnel, the Consultant (without obligation) shall have the sole conduct of any such action on behalf of any member of the Consultant Group or their respective Personnel, and to the extent notified in writing by the Company to the relevant member of the PAHC Group or their respective Personnel, the Company (without obligation) shall have the sole conduct of any such action on behalf of any member of the PAHC Group or their respective Personnel.
   
18.2 Save as provided in clause 18.1 a person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.
   
18.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 18.1 and 18.2, any rights arising by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 may be rescinded or varied in any way or at any time by the parties to this Agreement without the consent of any member of the Consultant Group or their respective Personnel.

 

19. COSTS
   
  Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any agreement to be entered into pursuant hereto, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and completion of this Agreement.
   
20. NOTICES
   
20.1 Any notice, consent, request, demand, approval or other communication to be given or made under or in connection with this Agreement (each a “Notice” for the purposes of this clause) shall be in English, in writing and signed by or on behalf of the person giving it.
   
20.2 Service of a Notice must be effected by one of the following methods:

 

  20.2.1 by hand to the relevant address as provided for in this clause and shall be deemed served upon delivery if delivered during a Business Day, or at the start

 

14
 

 

    of the next Business Day if delivered at any other time;
     
  20.2.2 by prepaid first-class post to the relevant address as provided for in this clause and shall be deemed served at the start of the second Business Day following the day on which it was posted; or
     
  20.2.3 by fax to the relevant fax number as provided for in this clause and shall be deemed served on despatch, if despatched during a Business Day, or at the start of the next Business Day if despatched at any other time, provided that in each case a receipt indicating complete transmission of the Notice is obtained by the sender and that a copy of the Notice is also despatched to the recipient using a method described in clauses 20.2.1 and 20.2.2 (inclusive) no later than the end of the next Business Day.

 

20.3 In clause 20.2, “during a Business Day” means any time between 9.00 a.m. and 5.30 p.m. on a Business Day based on the local time where the recipient of the Notice is located. References to “the start of a Business Day” and “the end of a Business Day” shall be construed accordingly.
   
20.4 Notices shall be addressed as follows:

 

  20.4.1 if to the Consultant:
     
    16 Palace Street, London SWlE 5JD
    Fax: +44 20 7928 0058
    For the attention of: The Company Secretary
     
  20.4.2 if to the Company:
     
    65 Challenger Road, Third Floor,
    Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660
    USA
     
    Fax: +1 (201) 329 7041
    For the attention of: General Counsel

 

20.5 A party may change its address for service provided that the new address is within the same country and that it gives the other party not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice in accordance with this clause 20. Until the end of such notice period, service on either address shall be effective.

 

15
 

 

21. GOVERNING LAW
   
  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England and Wales, and each party irrevocably agrees to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales and the state and federal courts in the State of New York.

 

THIS AGREEMENT has been duly executed on the date first stated above.

 

16
 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

SERVICES

 

1. Assisting the Company in the preparation of its business plans and budgets.

 

2. Assisting the Company in any review of the operations and strategy of the PAHC Group or any part or parts thereof (including any acquisition or disposal strategy).

 

3. Assisting in evaluating business expansion opportunities and the preparation of proposals for approval by the Company’s board of directors.

 

4. Assisting the Company in any review of its financial or operating reporting procedures and the format of any reports generated as a result of such procedures.

 

17
 

 

EXECUTED by )  
acting under Power of Attorney ) John Woyton  
for 3i INVESTMENTS PLC )  
     
     
  /s/ John Woyton  

 

EXECUTED by )  
PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION )  
acting by: )  
     

 

   

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CONSULTANCY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.12

 

TERMINATION OF Consultancy AGREEMENT

 

This Termination Agreement (this “ Termination Agreement ”) is entered into as of             , 2014, by and among Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and 3i Investments PLC, an England and Wales corporation (the “ Consultant ”), and shall be effective as of the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Consultant are parties to that certain Consultancy Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, as amended, by and among the Company and the Consultant (the “ Consultancy Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Termination Agreement, the Company and the Consultant desire to terminate the Consultancy Agreement .

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.         Except for those provisions that, by their terms, expressly survive the termination of the Consultancy Agreement, including but not limited to, the confidentiality provisions of Section 9, the Consultant and the Company hereby agree that the Consultancy Agreement shall terminate as of the Termination Date. Upon the termination of the Consultancy Agreement, neither the Company nor the Consultant will have any further rights, obligations or continuing liabilities under the Consultancy Agreement.

 

2.         As of the date hereof, each of the Company and the Consultant hereby irrevocably releases and waives any and all past or present claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, demands, costs, losses, debts and expenses (including attorneys' fees and costs incurred) of whatsoever kind or nature, whether at law or in equity, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, contingent or liquidated or otherwise, that it has against the other party to this Agreement and the other party's officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns, whether known or unknown, arising out of or relating to the Consultancy Agreement.

 

3.         This Termination Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties as of the date hereof with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior understandings, agreements and understandings between the parties, whether written or oral, and cannot be changed or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties. The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

1
 

 

4.         The Company and the Consultant agree to perform any further acts and to execute and deliver any further documentation which may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Termination Agreement.

 

5.         This Termination Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

*      *      *      *      *

 

2
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  3i Investments plc
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Its:  
   
  Phibro Animal Health CORPORATION,
    a Delaware corporation
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Its:  

 

[Signature Page to Termination Agreement (Consultancy Agreement)]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 4 (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of February 28, 2014, relating to the Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), dated as of August 31, 2010, among PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION, a New York corporation (“ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer (the “ Administrative Agent ”), is by and among Borrower, the Lenders and Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, Section 11.01 of the Credit Agreement permits the Loan Documents to be amended from time to time;

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders party hereto constitute all of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.    Amendments . In reliance upon the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Article 3 below and subject to the conditions precedent set forth in Article 4 of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement is amended as follows:

 

(a)          The following definition is hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical location:

 

“Amendment No. 4” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement dated as of [    ], 2014.

 

(b)          The definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” is revised to replace clause (b)(iv) thereof with the following:

 

“(iv) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments other than such Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(7) or Section 7.06(9) (so long as an initial public offering of the common stock of the Borrower or any parent company of the Borrower has not been consummated); provided that, during the period commencing on the date of Amendment No. 4 to the date which is twelve months following the latest date on which any Restricted Payment is made pursuant to Section 7.06(9), if the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding at the date of determination exceeds $49,750,000, such excess shall be included in this clause (iv)”

 

(c)          The definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” is revised to replace clause (2)(a) thereof with the following:

 

“(a) Consolidated Income Tax Expense (but excluding any taxes paid in connection with the repatriation of $25,000,000 from the Israeli Subsidiaries to make the Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(9) (“Repatriation Taxes”))”

 

(d)          Section 7.06 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (9) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

   
 

 

“(9)         so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, Restricted Payments to the direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower after the date of Amendment No. 4 and on or prior to March 31, 2014 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million; provided that no proceeds of Loans in excess of $3,750,000 shall be used to fund any such Restricted Payments;”

 

SECTION 2.           Representations and Warranties . Borrower hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges the following:

 

(a)          Before and after giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection therewith, are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material aspects as of such earlier date, and except that the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) , respectively, of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)          After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 3.           Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the prior satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)          Borrower shall have paid all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment (and any previously contemplated amendments, waivers, forbearances or documents of similar import), including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , counsel for the Administrative Agent, with respect thereto.

 

(b)          Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) a copy of this Amendment executed by Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each Lender and each of the other parties hereto a counterpart of this Amendment executed on behalf of such party (which may transmitted by facsimile or by email). Administrative Agent shall furnish a fully executed counterpart of this Amendment to Borrower and shall notify Borrower of the effective date of this Amendment promptly after such date.

 

SECTION 4.           Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment, and the terms and provisions hereof, constitute the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous amendments relating to the subject matter hereof. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, (a) each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment and (b) each reference in the Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “therein”, “thereof” or words of like import

 

- 2 -
 

 

referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

SECTION 5.           Headings . The various headings of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment or any provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 6.           Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart by telecopier or email (in .pdf or .tif) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

 

SECTION 7.           Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 3 -
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
   
  By: /s/ David C. Storbeck
    Name:   David C. Storbeck
    Title:     VP Finance & Treasurer

 

[Credit Agreement Amendment No. 4]

 

 
 

 

  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A . , as Administrative Agent
     
  By: /s/ Renee Marion
    Name:   Renee Marion
    Title:     Assistant Vice President
     
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender
and L/C Issuer
     
  By: /s/ Stacey Hamilton Sandler
    Name:   Stacey Hamilton Sandler
    Title:     Senior Vice President

 

[Credit Agreement Amendment No. 4]

 

 
 

 

  COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-
BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK
NEDERLAND”, NEW YORK BRANCH,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Michalene Donegan
    Name:  Michalene Donegan
    Title:    Executive Director
     
  By: /s/ Steve Gilbert
    Name:  Steve Gilbert
    Title:    Executive Director

 

[Credit Agreement Amendment No. 4]

 

 
 

 

  CITIZENS BANK OF PENNSYLVANIA,
as a Lender
   
  By: /s/ Frank J. Kelly
    Name:  Frank J. Kelly
    Title:    Senior Vice President

 

[Credit Agreement Amendment No. 4]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 27, 2014, between Phibro Animal Health Corporation , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Jack C. Bendheim (the “ Employee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Employee as the Chief Executive Officer and President; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Employee are currently parties to that certain offer letter, dated March 12, 2008 (the “ Offer Letter ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Employee mutually desire to terminate and cancel the Offer Letter and, in connection therewith, to provide for the continued services and employment of the Employee by the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             POSITION AND DUTIES.

 

(a)            During the Employment Term (as defined in Section 2 hereof), the Employee shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer and President. In this capacity, the Employee shall have the duties, authorities and responsibilities as are required by the Employee’s position, and such other duties, authorities and responsibilities as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) shall designate from time to time. The Employee shall also serve as the Chairman of the Board. The Employee’s principal place of employment with the Company shall be in Teaneck, New Jersey; provided that the Employee understands and agrees that the Employee may be required to travel from time to time for business purposes. The Employee shall report directly to Board.

 

(b)            During the Employment Term, the Employee shall devote all of the Employee’s business time, energy, business judgment, knowledge and skill and the Employee’s best efforts to the performance of the Employee’s duties with the Company, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent the Employee from (i) serving on the boards of directors of non-profit organizations and, with the prior written approval of the Board, other for profit companies, (ii) participating in charitable, civic, educational, professional, community or industry affairs, and (iii) managing the Employee’s passive personal investments so long as such activities in the aggregate do not interfere or conflict with the Employee’s duties hereunder or create a potential business or fiduciary conflict.

 

1
 

 

(c)         During the Employment Term, the Board shall nominate the Employee for re-election as Chairman of the Board at the expiration of the then current term, provided that the foregoing shall not be required to the extent prohibited by legal or regulatory requirements.

 

2.             EMPLOYMENT TERM.     The term of the Employee’s employment under this Agreement shall be the period commencing on the date hereof (the “ Commencement Date ”) and continuing until such employment ceases as provided in Section 6 hereof (such period, the “ Employment Term ”). The Employee’s employment with the Company shall be on an “at-will” basis, which means that the Employee’s employment is terminable by either the Company (acting with the approval of a majority of disinterested members of the Board) or the Employee at any time for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause (as defined below) or notice; provided , however , that the Company shall not terminate the Employee’s employment with the Company without Cause without providing at least one hundred eighty (180) days written notice prior to termination.

 

3.             BASE SALARY.     The Company agrees to pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate of not less than $1,890,000, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, but not less frequently than monthly. The Employee’s Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board (or a committee thereof), and may be subject to adjustment with the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board from time to time by the Board. The base salary as determined herein and adjusted from time to time shall constitute “ Base Salary ” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

4.             ANNUAL BONUS.     During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual discretionary incentive payment under the Company’s annual bonus plan as may be in effect from time to time (the “ Annual Bonus ”) for each fiscal year in which he is employed by the Company, including a pro rata bonus for any partial years based on a target bonus opportunity of 50% of the Employee’s Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), upon the attainment of one or more pre-established performance goals established by the Board or the Company’s Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) in its sole discretion; provided, that the Annual Bonus shall be subject to the minimum and maximum percentages of the Employee’s Base Salary, based on actual performance compared with the target performance levels, as shall be provided under the Company’s annual bonus plan, or as otherwise determined by the Committee; provided, further, that the progress toward the pre-established goals shall be determined on a quarterly basis, and to the extent that satisfactory progress toward such goals is met, as determined by the Committee, the Employee shall be entitled, at his election, to receive up to 50% of a pro rata portion of the Annual Bonus determined to be earned during such quarter (i.e. 50% of 12.5% of the Employee’s Base Salary each quarter, based on actual performance at the target performance levels) upon such determination by the Committee.

 

5.             EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.

 

(a)           BENEFIT PLANS.     During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plan that the Company has adopted or may adopt, maintain or contribute to for the benefit of its employees generally or for senior executive employees (including any post-retirement health insurance coverage made available upon retirement from the Company on the same terms, conditions and eligibility requirements as such

 

2
 

 

coverage is made available to other senior executives), subject to satisfying the applicable eligibility requirements, except to the extent such plans are duplicative of the benefits otherwise provided to hereunder. The Employee’s participation will be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents and generally applicable Company policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may modify or terminate any employee benefit plan at any time.

 

(b)            VACATIONS.     During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be entitled to a reasonable amount of paid vacation each calendar year .

 

(c)            OTHER PERQUISITES .    During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be entitled to the following benefits: (i) the Company will pay for Employee’s legal, audit and tax services and will provide employment and/or consulting arrangements and medical and other insurance coverage for non-full-time employee members of Employee’s family, with an aggregate maximum cost to the Company of $450,000 per year under this clause (i); (ii) continued participation in (A) the 401(k) Plan, (B) the Company’s retirement plan, (C) the 1994 deferred compensation plan, (D) the 1990 executive income program (the split dollar agreement and deferred compensation agreement), and (E) the 1993 Split Dollar Agreement, (iv) (A) the use of two cars at the Company’s expense and (B) the ability to lease additional cars under the Company’s fleet program, and (v) the Employee shall be entitled to participate in any other benefits and/or perquisites that are made available to other senior management personnel. Upon the Employee’s termination for any reason, the Company shall continue to provide the use benefits provided in Section 5(c)(iv)(A) for the remaining term of the applicable lease(s) for a maximum of two (2) years, and the Employee shall, at the Employee’s own expense, be allowed to continue use of any additional cars leased pursuant to Section 5(c)(iv)(B) for the remaining term of the applicable lease(s) for a maximum of two (2) years.

 

In addition, upon the Employee’s request, the Company shall transfer and assign to the Employee all of its rights, title and interest in and to all tickets and ticket rights, including club access and subscription and purchase rights, for the New York Yankees or any other New York Metropolitan Area sports team that the Company substitutes with the Employee’s consent for such team, and related parking passes and rights (collectively, “ Ticket Rights ”). The Company shall continue to subscribe and pay for the Ticket Rights currently subscribed for or any other seats approved by the Employee, and the Employee shall continue to be entitled to control the subscription, and access to and use of the Ticket Rights, including to choose to whom Ticket Rights may be allocated, on a game-by-game or other basis, all in accordance with current practice. In case any Ticket Rights are not by their terms or under law freely assignable or transferable, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, any approvals or consents necessary to convey to the Employee the benefit thereof. In the event any consent or approval to an assignment contemplated hereby is not obtained, the Company shall continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such approval or consent until such time as such consent or approval has been obtained or it shall become reasonably apparent that such consent or approval shall not be forthcoming, whichever is shorter, and the Company shall cooperate with the Employee to effect an appropriate arrangement (a “ Work-around ”) to provide that the Employee shall receive the Company’s interest in the benefits under any such Ticket Rights; provided that the Employee shall nevertheless continue to be entitled to exercise such access, use and allocation rights. In furtherance thereof, the

 

3
 

 

Company shall take such actions as the Employee may reasonably request in connection with the Ticket Rights underlying any Work-around.

 

The Employee also confirms that Western Magnesium has purchased from the Employee his entire partnership interest in and to First Dice Road Company, and that the indebtedness of First Dice to the Employee under the Amended and Restated Promissory Note from First Dice Road Company to you, dated as of March 1, 2008 has been fully extinguished.

 

(d)           BUSINESS EXPENSES.     Upon presentation of reasonable substantiation and documentation as the Company may specify from time to time, the Employee shall be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred and paid by the Employee during the Employment Term and in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder.

 

6.            TERMINATION.     The Employee’s employment and the Employment Term shall terminate on the first of the following to occur:

 

(a)           DISABILITY.     Upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by the Company to the Employee of termination due to Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall be defined as the inability of the Employee to have performed the Employee’s material duties hereunder due to a physical or mental injury, infirmity or incapacity for one hundred eighty (180) days (including weekends and holidays) in any 365-day period as determined by the Board in its reasonable discretion. The Employee shall cooperate in all respects with the Company if a question arises as to whether the Employee has become disabled (including, without limitation, submitting to reasonable examinations by one or more medical doctors and other health care specialists selected by the Company and authorizing such medical doctors and other health care specialists to discuss the Employee’s condition with the Company.

 

(b)           DEATH.     Automatically upon the date of death of the Employee.

 

(c)           CAUSE.     Immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Employee of a termination for Cause. “ Cause ” shall mean:

 

(i)           the Employee’s willful or repeated failure to substantially perform Employee’s duties to the Company, other than a failure resulting from complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment;

 

(ii)          the Employee’s material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or that adversely affects the image of the Company;

 

(iii)         commission of a willful act by the Employee which constitutes gross misconduct and is injurious to the Company; or;

 

(iv)         the willful breach of a material provision of this Agreement.

 

Any determination of Cause by the Company may not be made until the Employee has been given written notice detailing the specific Cause event and a period of thirty (30) days following

 

4
 

 

receipt of such notice to cure such event (if susceptible to cure) to the satisfaction of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Employee’s right to cure as set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply if there are habitual or repeated breaches by the Employee.

 

(d)           WITHOUT CAUSE.     One hundred and eighty (180) days following written notice by the Company to the Employee of an involuntary termination without Cause (other than for death or Disability).

 

7.            CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION.

 

(a)           DEATH.     In the event that the Employee’s employment and the Employment Term ends on account of the Employee’s death, the Employee or the Employee’s estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the following (with the amounts to be paid within thirty (30) days following termination of employment, or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law):

 

(i)           any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination;

 

(ii)          reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred through the date of termination;

 

(iii)         all other payments, benefits or fringe benefits to which the Employee shall be entitled under the terms of any applicable compensation arrangement or benefit, equity or fringe benefit plan or program or grant or this Agreement (collectively, Sections 7(a)(i) through 7(a)(iii) hereof shall be hereafter referred to as the “ Accrued Benefits ”); and

 

(iv)         six (6) months of continued payment of the Employee’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of termination.

 

(b)           DISABILITY .    In the event that the Employee’s employment and/or Employment Term ends on account of the Employee’s Disability, the Company shall pay or provide the Employee with the Accrued Benefits, continuation of health and life insurance benefits under the Company’s then-current plans for a period of one (1) year following the date of termination, and six (6) months of continued payment of the Employee’s Base Salary at the rate in effect upon termination.

 

(c)           TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.     If the Employee’s employment is terminated (x) by the Company for Cause, the Company shall pay to the Employee any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination.

 

(d)           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR FOR ANY REASON BY THE EMPLOYEE .    If the Employee’s employment by the Company is terminated (x) by the Company other than for Cause or (y) by the Employee for any reason the Company shall pay or provide the Employee with, subject to the provisions of Section 22 hereof:

 

(i)           the Accrued Benefits;

 

5
 

 

(ii)          subject to (A) the Employee’s timely election of continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), and (B) the Employee’s continued compliance with the obligations in Sections 8 , 9 and 10 hereof, continued participation in the Company’s group health plan (to the extent permitted under applicable law and the terms of such plan) which covers the Employee (and the Employee’s eligible dependents) for a period of 18 months at the Company’s expense; provided that the Employee is eligible and remains eligible for COBRA coverage; and provided , further , that in the event that the Employee obtains other employment that offers group health benefits, such continuation of coverage by the Company under this Section 7(d)(ii) shall immediately cease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to provide the continuation coverage contemplated by this Section 7(d)(ii) if it would result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company for failure to comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended, and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, as amended (to the extent applicable).

 

Payments and benefits provided in this Section 7(d) shall be in lieu of any termination or severance payments or benefits for which the Employee may be eligible under any of the plans, policies or programs of the Company or under the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act of 1988 or any similar state statute or regulation.

 

(e)          OTHER OBLIGATIONS.     Upon any termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall promptly resign from any other position as an officer, director or fiduciary of any Company-related entity.

 

(f)          EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.     The amounts payable to the Employee following termination of employment and the Employment Term hereunder pursuant to Sections 6 and 7 hereof shall be in full and complete satisfaction of the Employee’s rights under this Agreement and any other claims that the Employee may have in respect of the Employee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, and the Employee acknowledges that such amounts are fair and reasonable, and are the Employee’s sole and exclusive remedy, in lieu of all other remedies at law or in equity, with respect to the termination of the Employee’s employment hereunder or any breach of this Agreement.

 

8.           RELEASE.     Any and all amounts payable and benefits or additional rights provided pursuant to this Agreement beyond the Accrued Benefits shall only be payable if the Employee delivers to the Company and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company . Such release shall be executed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following termination.

 

9.           RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

 

(a)         CONFIDENTIALITY .     During the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee will have access to Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means all data, information, ideas, concepts, discoveries, trade secrets, inventions (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice), innovations, improvements, know-how, developments, techniques, methods, processes, treatments, drawings,

 

6
 

 

sketches, specifications, designs, plans, patterns, models, plans and strategies, and all other confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets in any form or medium (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form or medium) whether now or hereafter existing, relating to or arising from the past, current or potential business, activities and/or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, any such information relating to or concerning finances, sales, marketing, advertising, transition, promotions, pricing, personnel, customers, suppliers, vendors, raw partners and/or competitors. The Employee agrees that the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use, make available, sell, disclose or otherwise communicate to any person, other than in the course of the Employee’s assigned duties and for the benefit of the Company, either during the period of the Employee’s employment or any time hereafter, any Confidential Information or other confidential or proprietary information received from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information, and to use such information only for certain limited purposes, in each case, which shall have been obtained by the Employee during the Employee’s employment by the Company (or any predecessor). The foregoing shall not apply to information that (i) was known to the public prior to its disclosure to the Employee; (ii) becomes generally known to the public subsequent to disclosure to the Employee through no wrongful act of the Employee or any representative of the Employee; or (iii) the Employee is required to disclose by applicable law, regulation or legal process (provided that the Employee provides the Company with prior notice of the contemplated disclosure and cooperates with the Company at its expense in seeking a protective order or other appropriate protection of such information).

 

(b)           NONCOMPETITION.     The Employee acknowledges that (i) the Employee performs services of a unique nature for the Company that are irreplaceable, and that the Employee’s performance of such services to a competing business will result in irreparable harm to the Company, (ii) the Employee has had and will continue to have access to Confidential Information which, if disclosed, would unfairly and inappropriately assist in competition against the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) in the course of the Employee’s employment by a competitor, the Employee would inevitably use or disclose such Confidential Information, (iv) the Company and its affiliates have substantial relationships with their customers and the Employee has had and will continue to have access to these customers, (v) the Employee has received and will receive specialized training from the Company and its affiliates, and (vi) the Employee has generated and will continue to generate goodwill for the Company and its affiliates in the course of the Employee’s employment. Accordingly, during the Employee’s employment hereunder and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee agrees that the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by (whether as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or otherwise, and whether or not for compensation) or render services to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, in whatever form, engaged in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or in any other material business in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is engaged on the date of termination or in which they have planned, on or prior to such date, to be engaged in on or after such date, in any locale of any country in which the Company conducts business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit the Employee from being a passive owner of not more than one percent (1%) of the equity securities of a publicly traded corporation engaged in a business that is in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, so long as the Employee has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

 

7
 

 

In addition, the provisions of this Section 9(b) shall not be violated by the Employee commencing employment with a subsidiary, division or unit of any entity that engages in a business in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates so long as the Employee and such subsidiary, division or unit does not engage in a business in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(c)           NONSOLICITATION; NONINTERFERENCE.     (i) During the Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee agrees that the Employee shall not, except in the furtherance of the Employee’s duties hereunder, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person, firm, corporation or other entity, solicit, aid or induce any customer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to purchase goods or services then sold by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates from another person, firm, corporation or other entity or assist or aid any other persons or entity in identifying or soliciting any such customer.

 

(ii)          During the Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee agrees that the Employee shall not, except in the furtherance of the Employee’s duties hereunder, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person, firm, corporation or other entity, (A) solicit, aid or induce any employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave such employment or retention or to accept employment with or render services to or with any other person, firm, corporation or other entity unaffiliated with the Company or hire or retain any such employee, representative or agent, or take any action to materially assist or aid any other person, firm, corporation or other entity in identifying, hiring or soliciting any such employee, representative or agent, or (B) interfere, or aid or induce any other person or entity in interfering, with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and any of their respective vendors, joint venturers or licensors. An employee, representative or agent shall be deemed covered by this Section 9(c)(ii) while so employed or retained and for a period of six (6) months thereafter.

 

(d)           NONDISPARAGEMENT.     The Employee agrees not to make negative comments or otherwise disparage the Company or its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents or products other than in the good faith performance of the Employee’s duties to the Company while the Employee is employed by the Company. The foregoing shall not be violated by truthful statements in response to legal process, required governmental testimony or filings, or administrative or arbitral proceedings (including, without limitation, depositions in connection with such proceedings).

 

(e)           INVENTIONS.     (i)  The Employee acknowledges and agrees that all ideas, methods, inventions, discoveries, improvements, work products, developments, software, know-how, processes, techniques, methods, works of authorship and other work product, whether patentable or unpatentable, (A) that are reduced to practice, created, invented, designed, developed, contributed to, or improved with the use of any Company resources and/or within the scope of the Employee’s work with the Company or that relate to the business, operations or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, and that are made or conceived by the Employee, solely or jointly with others, during the Employment Term, or (B) suggested by any work that the Employee performs in connection with the Company, either

 

8
 

 

while performing the Employee’s duties with the Company or on the Employee’s own time , but only insofar as the Inventions are related to the Employee’s work as an employee or other service provider to the Company, shall belong exclusively to the Company (or its designee), whether or not patent or other applications for intellectual property protection are filed thereon (the “ Inventions ”). The Employee will keep full and complete written records (the “ Records ”), in the manner prescribed by the Company, of all Inventions, and will promptly disclose all Inventions completely and in writing to the Company. The Records shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company, and the Employee will surrender them upon the termination of the Employment Term, or upon the Company’s request. The Employee irrevocably conveys, transfers and assigns to the Company the Inventions and all patents or other intellectual property rights that may issue thereon in any and all countries, whether during or subsequent to the Employment Term, together with the right to file, in the Employee’s name or in the name of the Company (or its designee), applications for patents and equivalent rights (the “ Applications ”). The Employee will, at any time during and subsequent to the Employment Term, make such applications, sign such papers, take all rightful oaths, and perform all other acts as may be requested from time to time by the Company to perfect, record, enforce, protect, patent or register the Company’s rights in the Inventions, all without additional compensation to the Employee from the Company. The Employee will also execute assignments to the Company (or its designee) of the Applications, and give the Company and its attorneys all reasonable assistance (including the giving of testimony) to obtain the Inventions for the Company’s benefit, all without additional compensation to the Employee from the Company, but entirely at the Company’s expense.

 

(ii)          In addition, the Inventions will be deemed Work for Hire, as such term is defined under the copyright laws of the United States, on behalf of the Company and the Employee agrees that the Company will be the sole owner of the Inventions, and all underlying rights therein, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity without any further obligations to the Employee. If the Inventions, or any portion thereof, are deemed not to be Work for Hire, or the rights in such Inventions do not otherwise automatically vest in the Company, the Employee hereby irrevocably conveys, transfers and assigns to the Company, all rights, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity, in and to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all of the Employee’s right, title and interest in the copyrights (and all renewals, revivals and extensions thereof) to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all rights of any kind or any nature now or hereafter recognized, including, without limitation, the unrestricted right to make modifications, adaptations and revisions to the Inventions, to exploit and allow others to exploit the Inventions and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement, or other unauthorized use or conduct in derogation of the Inventions, known or unknown, prior to the date hereof, including, without limitation, the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom. In addition, the Employee hereby waives any so-called “moral rights” with respect to the Inventions. To the extent that the Employee has any rights in the results and proceeds of the Employee’s service to the Company that cannot be assigned in the manner described herein, the Employee agrees to unconditionally waive the enforcement of such rights. The Employee hereby waives any and all currently existing and future monetary rights in and to the Inventions and all patents and other registrations for intellectual property that may issue thereon, including, without limitation, any rights that would otherwise accrue to the Employee’s benefit by virtue of the Employee being an employee of or other service provider to the Company.

 

9
 

 

(f)           RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY.     On the date of the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason (or at any time prior thereto at the Company’s request), the Employee shall return all property belonging to the Company or its affiliates; provided, that the Employee may retain the Employee’s rolodex and similar address books provided that such items only include contact information; provided further, that the Employee may retain, at no cost, any Company-provided computer and/or mobile phone, provided that the Employee shall, upon termination, first deliver such devices to the Company for the purpose of deleting therefrom any Confidential Information (as defined herein) or software licensed to the Company. The parties acknowledge that the Employee purchased certain artwork that is currently in the Company’s Teaneck, New Jersey location, as set forth on Exhibit B , and that upon termination of employment with the Company for any reason, the Employee shall be able to retain such artwork.

 

(g)           REASONABLENESS OF COVENANTS.     In signing this Agreement, the Employee gives the Company assurance that the Employee has carefully read and considered all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed under this Section 9 hereof. The Employee agrees that these restraints are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company and its affiliates and their Confidential Information and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area, and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent the Employee from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which the Employee is bound by the restraints. The Employee acknowledges that each of these covenants has a unique, very substantial and immeasurable value to the Company and its affiliates and that the Employee has sufficient assets and skills to provide a livelihood while such covenants remain in force. The Employee further covenants that the Employee will not challenge the reasonableness or enforceability of any of the covenants set forth in this Section 9 , and that the Employee will reimburse the Company and its affiliates for all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any action to enforce any of the provisions of this Section 9 if either the Company and/or its affiliates prevails on any material issue involved in such dispute or if the Employee challenges the reasonableness or enforceability of any of the provisions of this Section 9 . It is also agreed that each of the Company’s affiliates will have the right to enforce all of the Employee’s obligations to that affiliate under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to this Section 9 .

 

(h)           REFORMATION.     If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any state that any restriction in this Section 9 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by the laws of that state.

 

(i)           TOLLING.     In the event of any violation of the provisions of this Section 9 , the Employee acknowledges and agrees that the post-termination restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such violation, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the running of the applicable post-termination restriction period shall be tolled during any period of such violation.

 

10
 

 

(j)           SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS.     The obligations contained in Sections 9 and 10 hereof shall survive the termination or expiration of the Employment Term and the Employee’s employment with the Company and shall be fully enforceable thereafter.

 

10.          COOPERATION.     Upon the receipt of reasonable notice from the Company (including outside counsel), the Employee agrees that while employed by the Company and thereafter, the Employee will respond and provide information with regard to matters in which the Employee has knowledge as a result of the Employee’s employment with the Company, and will provide reasonable assistance to the Company, its affiliates and their respective representatives in defense of any claims that may be made against the Company or its affiliates, and will assist the Company and its affiliates in the prosecution of any claims that may be made by the Company or its affiliates, to the extent that such claims may relate to the period of the Employee’s employment with the Company (collectively, the “ Claims ”). The Employee agrees to promptly inform the Company if the Employee becomes aware of any lawsuits involving Claims that may be filed or threatened against the Company or its affiliates. The Employee also agrees to promptly inform the Company (to the extent that the Employee is legally permitted to do so) if the Employee is asked to assist in any investigation of the Company or its affiliates (or their actions) or another party attempts to obtain information or documents from the Employee (other than in connection with any litigation or other proceeding in which the Employee is a party-in-opposition) with respect to matters the Employee believes in good faith to relate to any investigation of the Company or its affiliates, in each case, regardless of whether a lawsuit or other proceeding has then been filed against the Company or its affiliates with respect to such investigation, and shall not do so unless legally required. During the pendency of any litigation or other proceeding involving Claims, the Employee shall not communicate with anyone (other than the Employee’s attorneys and tax and/or financial advisors and except to the extent that the Employee determines in good faith is necessary in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder) with respect to the facts or subject matter of any pending or potential litigation or regulatory or administrative proceeding involving the Company or any of its affiliates without giving prior written notice to the Company or the Company’s counsel. Upon presentation of appropriate documentation, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel, duplicating or telephonic expenses incurred by the Employee in complying with this Section 10 .

 

11.          EQUITABLE RELIEF AND OTHER REMEDIES.     The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Section 9 or Section 10 hereof would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond or other security, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available, without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages.

 

12.          NO ASSIGNMENTS.     This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto. Except as provided in this Section 12 hereof, no party may assign or delegate any rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party hereto. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, provided that the Company shall require such successor to

 

11
 

expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “ Company ” shall mean the Company and any successor to its business and/or assets, which assumes and agrees to perform the duties and obligations of the Company under this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.          NOTICE .    For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery, if delivered by hand, (b) on the date of transmission, if delivered by confirmed facsimile or electronic mail, (c) on the first business day following the date of deposit, if delivered by guaranteed overnight delivery service, or (d) on the fourth business day following the date delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

  If to the Employee:
   
  At the address (or to the facsimile number) shown
  in the books and records of the Company.
   
  If to the Company:
  Phibro Animal Health Corporation
  Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl
  300 Frank W. Burr Blvd., Ste 21
  Teaneck, NJ  07666-6712
  Attention:  General Counsel

 

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

14.          SECTION HEADINGS; INCONSISTENCY .     The section headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any form, award, plan or policy of the Company, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and control.

 

15.          SEVERABILITY .     The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

16.          COUNTERPARTS .     This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12
 

 

17.          ARBITRATION.     Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement or the Employee’s employment with the Company, other than injunctive relief under Section 11 hereof, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a single arbitrator from the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, applying the laws of the state of New Jersey, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and to be conducted in the state of New Jersey or such other place as the parties mutually agree. The decision of the arbitrator will be final and binding upon the parties hereto. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. The parties acknowledge and agree that in connection with any such arbitration and regardless of outcome, (a) each party shall pay all of its own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, its own legal fees and expenses, and (b) the arbitration costs shall be borne entirely by the Company. If, for any legal reason, a controversy arising from or concerning the interpretation or application of this agreement cannot be arbitrated as provided for in this section, the parties agree that any civil action shall be brought in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey or, only if there is no basis for federal jurisdiction, in the appropriate state court of the state of New Jersey.

 

18.          INDEMNIFICATION.     The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Employee and hold the Employee harmless to the extent provided under the By-Laws of the Company against and in respect of any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, judgments, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees), losses, and damages resulting from the Employee’s good faith performance of the Employee’s duties and obligations with the Company. This obligation shall survive the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company.

 

19.          LIABILITY INSURANCE.     The Company shall cover the Employee under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the term of this Agreement in the same amount and to the same extent as the Company covers its other officers and directors.

 

20.          GOVERNING LAW .    This Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, and any claims or disputes relating thereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey (without regard to its choice of law provisions). MISCELLANEOUS. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Employee and such officer or director as may be designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement together with all exhibits hereto sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings between the Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

21.          REPRESENTATIONS.     The Employee represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the Employee has the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of the

 

13
 

 

obligations on the Employee’s part to be performed hereunder in accordance with its terms, and (b) the Employee is not a party to any agreement or understanding, written or oral, and is not subject to any restriction, which, in either case, could prevent the Employee from entering into this Agreement or performing all of the Employee’s duties and obligations hereunder. In addition, the Employee acknowledges that the Employee is aware of Section 304 (Forfeiture of Certain Bonuses and Profits) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the right of the Company to be reimbursed for certain payments to the Employee in compliance therewith.

 

22.          TAX MATTERS.

 

(a)           WITHHOLDING .     The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this Agreement or otherwise such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(b)           SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE.

 

(i)           The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Employee and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Employee by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(ii)          A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Employee is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided until the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Employee, and (B) the date of the Employee’s death, to the extent required under Code Section 409A. Upon the expiration of the foregoing delay period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 22(b)(ii) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Employee in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

14
 

 

(iii)         To the extent that reimbursements or other in-kind benefits under this Agreement constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, (A) all expenses or other reimbursements hereunder shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by the Employee, (B) any right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year.

 

(iv)         For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Employee’s right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

(v)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

15
 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  Phibro Animal Health
Corporation
       
  By:        /s/ Gerald K. Carlson  

 

  Name: Gerald K. Carlson  
       
  Title: Chief Operating Officer  

 

  Jack C. Bendheim
   
  /s/ Jack C. Bendheim

 

[Signature Page to the Jack C. Bendheim Employment Agreement]

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

I,                                   , in consideration of and subject to the performance by [ Company ] (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement dated as of [●] , 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its respective affiliates and all present, former and future managers, directors, officers, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “ Released Partie s ”) to the extent provided below (this “ General Release ”). The Released Parties are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this General Release, and this General Release may be enforced by each of them in accordance with the terms hereof in respect of the rights granted to such Released Parties hereunder. Terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

1.          I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under Section 7 of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive certain of the payments and benefits specified in Section 7 of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates.

 

2.          Except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 below and except for the provisions of the Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, both past and present (through the date that this General Release becomes effective and enforceable) and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional

 

A- 1
 

 

distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Claims ”).

 

3.          I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.

 

4.          I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).

 

5.          I agree that I hereby waive all rights to sue or obtain equitable, remedial or punitive relief from any or all Released Parties of any kind whatsoever in respect of any Claim, including, without limitation, reinstatement, back pay, front pay, and any form of injunctive relief. Notwithstanding the above, I further acknowledge that I am not waiving and am not being required to waive any right that cannot be waived under law, including the right to file an administrative charge or participate in an administrative investigation or proceeding; provided , however , that I disclaim and waive any right to share or participate in any monetary award resulting from the prosecution of such charge or investigation or proceeding. Additionally, I am not waiving (i) any right to the Accrued Benefits or any severance benefits to which I am entitled under the Agreement, (ii) any claim relating to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or any right of indemnification under the Company’s organizational documents or otherwise, or (iii) my rights as an equity or security holder in the Company or its affiliates.

 

6.          In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state or local statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims to the maximum extent permitted by law. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending claim of the type described in paragraph 2 above as of the execution of this General Release.

 

7.          I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.

 

A- 2
 

 

8.          I agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

9.          I agree that this General Release and the Agreement are confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release or the Agreement, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.

 

10.         Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), any other self-regulatory organization or any governmental entity.

 

11.         I hereby acknowledge that Sections 7 through 13, 18 through 20 and 22 of the Agreement shall survive my execution of this General Release.

 

12.         I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this General Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of the release set forth in paragraph 2 above and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this General Release, may have materially affected this General Release and my decision to enter into it.

 

13.         Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.

 

14.         Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

A- 3
 

 

BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:

 

1. I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;

 

2. I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;

 

3. I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;

 

4. I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION, I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;

 

5. I HAVE HAD AT LEAST [21][45] DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE TO CONSIDER IT, AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED [21][45] -DAY PERIOD;

 

6. I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

 

7. I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND

 

8. I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.

 

SIGNED:_____________________________________ DATED:_________________________

 

A- 4
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

SCHEDULE OF EMPLOYEE’S ARTWORK IN TEANECK, NEW JERSEY OFFICE

 

 

B- 1
 

 

 

B- 2
 

 

 

B- 3

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

   

EXECUTION VERSION

 

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 27, 2014, between Phibro Animal Health Corporation , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Gerald K. Carlson (the “ Employee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Employee as the Chief Operating Officer; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Employee are currently parties to that certain employment agreement, dated May 28, 2002 and last amended on December 16, 2011 (the “ Predecessor Employment Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Employee mutually desire to terminate and cancel the Predecessor Employment Agreement and, in connection therewith, to provide for the continued services and employment of the Employee by the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            POSITION AND DUTIES.

 

(a)           During the Employment Term (as defined in Section 2 hereof), the Employee shall serve as the Chief Operating Officer. In this capacity, the Employee shall have the duties, authorities and responsibilities as are required by the Employee’s position, and such other duties, authorities and responsibilities as the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time. The Employee shall also serve as a Director. The Employee’s principal place of employment with the Company shall be in Teaneck, New Jersey; provided that the Employee understands and agrees that the Employee may be required to travel from time to time for business purposes. The Employee shall report directly to Chief Executive Officer.

 

(b)           During the Employment Term, the Employee shall devote all of the Employee’s business time, energy, business judgment, knowledge and skill and the Employee’s best efforts to the performance of the Employee’s duties with the Company, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent the Employee from (i) serving on the boards of directors of non-profit organizations and, with the prior written approval of the Board, other for profit companies, (ii) participating in charitable, civic, educational, professional, community or industry affairs, and (iii) managing the Employee’s passive personal investments so long as such activities in the aggregate do not interfere or conflict with the Employee’s duties hereunder or create a potential business or fiduciary conflict.

 

1
 

 

2.            EMPLOYMENT TERM. The term of the Employee’s employment under this Agreement shall be the period commencing on the date hereof (the “ Commencement Date ”) and continuing until such employment ceases as provided in Section 6 hereof (such period, the “ Employment Term ”). The Employee’s employment with the Company shall be on an “at-will” basis, which means that the Employee’s employment is terminable by either the Company or the Employee at any time for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause (as defined below) or notice.

 

3.            BASE SALARY. The Company agrees to pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate of not less than $578,000, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, but not less frequently than monthly. The Employee’s Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board (or a committee thereof), and may be subject to increase in successive years at the Compensation Committee’s discretion from time to time by the Board. The base salary as determined herein and adjusted from time to time shall constitute “ Base Salary ” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

4.            ANNUAL BONUS. During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual discretionary incentive payment under the Company’s annual bonus plan as may be in effect from time to time (the “ Annual Bonus ”) based on a target bonus opportunity of 50% of the Employee’s Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), upon the attainment of one or more pre-established performance goals established by the Board or the Company’s Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) in its sole discretion; provided, that the Annual Bonus shall be subject to the minimum and maximum percentages of the Employee’s Base Salary, based on actual performance compared with the target performance levels, as shall be provided under the Company’s annual bonus plan, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

5.            EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.

 

(a)           BENEFIT PLANS. During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plan that the Company has adopted or may adopt, maintain or contribute to for the benefit of its employees generally or for senior executive employees (including any post-retirement health insurance coverage made available upon retirement from the Company on the same terms, conditions and eligibility requirements as such coverage is made available to any other executives), subject to satisfying the applicable eligibility requirements, except to the extent such plans are duplicative of the benefits otherwise provided to hereunder. The Employee’s participation will be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents and generally applicable Company policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may modify or terminate any employee benefit plan at any time.

 

(b)           VACATIONS. During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be entitled to a reasonable amount of paid vacation per calendar year as agreed between the Employee and the Chairman of the Board .

 

(c)           OTHER PERQUISITES. During the Employment Term, the Company will provide (i) a monthly housing allowance of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000) and (ii) an automobile for Employee’s use and bear the operating and maintenance expenses associated with the use of such automobile.

 

2
 

 

(d)           BUSINESS EXPENSES. Upon presentation of reasonable substantiation and documentation as the Company may specify from time to time, the Employee shall be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred and paid by the Employee during the Employment Term and in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder. The Company shall, in addition, reimburse Employee for a weekly tourist class roundtrip airline ticket between Minneapolis, Minnesota and the New York City area.

 

6.            TERMINATION. The Employee’s employment and the Employment Term shall terminate on the first of the following to occur:

 

(a)           DISABILITY. Upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by the Company to the Employee of termination due to Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall be defined as the inability of the Employee to have performed the Employee’s material duties hereunder due to a physical or mental injury, infirmity or incapacity for one hundred eighty (180) days (including weekends and holidays) in any 365-day period as determined by the Board in its reasonable discretion. The Employee shall cooperate in all respects with the Company if a question arises as to whether the Employee has become disabled (including, without limitation, submitting to reasonable examinations by one or more medical doctors and other health care specialists selected by the Company and authorizing such medical doctors and other health care specialists to discuss the Employee’s condition with the Company.

 

(b)           DEATH. Automatically upon the date of death of the Employee.

 

(c)           CAUSE. Immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Employee of a termination for Cause. “ Cause ” shall mean:

 

(i)           the Employee’s willful or repeated failure to substantially perform Employee’s duties to the Company, other than a failure resulting from complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment;

 

(ii)          the Employee’s material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or that adversely affects the image of the Company;

 

(iii)         commission of a willful act by the Employee which constitutes gross misconduct and is injurious to the Company; or;

 

(iv)         the willful breach of a material provision of this Agreement.

 

Any determination of Cause by the Company may not be made until the Employee has been given written notice detailing the specific Cause event and a period of thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice to cure such event (if susceptible to cure) to the satisfaction of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Employee’s right to cure as set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply if there are habitual or repeated breaches by the Employee.

 

3
 

 

(d)           WITHOUT CAUSE . Immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Employee of an involuntary termination without Cause (other than for death or Disability).

 

(e)           GOOD REASON . Upon written notice by the Employee to the Company of a termination for Good Reason. “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, without the express written consent of the Employee, unless such events are fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following written notification by the Employee to the Company of the occurrence of one of the reasons set forth below:

 

(i)           material adverse change in Employee’s duties, responsibilities or authority (including status, office, title, reporting relationships or working conditions); or

 

(ii)          relocation of the Employee’s principal place of employment more than 50 miles from Teaneck, New Jersey without the Employee’s consent.

 

The Employee shall provide the Company with a written notice detailing the specific circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the first occurrence of such circumstances, and actually terminate employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Company’s thirty (30)-day cure period described above. Otherwise, any claim of such circumstances as “Good Reason” shall be deemed irrevocably waived by the Employee.

 

(f)           WITHOUT GOOD REASON . Upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice by the Employee to the Company of the Employee’s voluntary termination of employment without Good Reason (which the Company may, in its sole discretion, make effective earlier than any notice date).

 

7.            CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION.

 

(a)           DEATH. In the event that the Employee’s employment and the Employment Term ends on account of the Employee’s death, the Employee or the Employee’s estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the following (with the amounts to be paid within thirty (30) days following termination of employment, or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law):

 

(i)           any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination;

 

(ii)          reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred through the date of termination; and

 

(iii)         all other payments, benefits or fringe benefits to which the Employee shall be entitled under the terms of any applicable compensation arrangement or benefit, equity or fringe benefit plan or program or grant or this Agreement (collectively, Sections 7(a)(i) through 7(a)(iii) hereof shall be hereafter referred to as the “ Accrued Benefits ”).

 

(b)           DISABILITY. In the event that the Employee’s employment and/or Employment Term ends on account of the Employee’s Disability, the Company shall pay or

 

4
 

 

provide the Employee with the Accrued Benefits and continuation of health and life insurance benefits under the Company’s then-current plans for a period of one (1) year following the date of termination.

 

(c)           TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. If the Employee’s employment is terminated (x) by the Company for Cause, the Company shall pay to the Employee any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination.

 

(d)           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR FOR ANY REASON BY THE EMPLOYEE . If the Employee’s employment by the Company is terminated (x) by the Company other than for Cause or (y) by the Employee for any reason the Company shall pay or provide the Employee with, subject to the provisions of Section 23 hereof,:

 

(i)           the Accrued Benefits;

 

(ii)          a lump sum payment of any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus from the most recent fiscal year;

 

(iii)         subject to the Employee’s continued compliance with the obligations in Sections 8 , 9 and 10 hereof, a pro-rata portion of the Employee’s Annual Bonus for the fiscal year in which the Employee’s termination occurs based on actual results for such year (determined by multiplying the amount of such bonus which would be due for the full fiscal year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the fiscal year of termination that the Employee is employed by the Company and the denominator of which is 365) payable at the same time bonuses for such year are paid to other senior executives of the Company;

 

(iv)         an amount equal to two-thirds (2/3) of Employee’s annual Base Salary in eight equal monthly installments, beginning with the first regularly scheduled pay period following the sixtieth (60 th ) day following such termination, provided that to the extent that the payment of any amount constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A (as defined in Section 23 hereof), any such payment scheduled to occur during the first sixty (60) days following the termination of employment shall not be paid until the first regularly scheduled pay period following the sixtieth (60 th ) day following such termination and shall include payment of any amount that was otherwise scheduled to be paid prior thereto;

 

(v)          subject to (A) the Employee’s timely election of continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), and (B) the Employee’s continued compliance with the obligations in Sections 8 , 9 and 10 hereof, continued participation in the Company’s group health plan (to the extent permitted under applicable law and the terms of such plan) which covers the Employee (and the Employee’s eligible dependents) for a period of eighteen (18) months at the Company’s expense, provided that the Employee is eligible and remains eligible for COBRA coverage; and provided , further , that in the event that the Employee obtains other employment that offers group health benefits, such continuation of coverage by the Company under this Section 7(d)(v) shall immediately cease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to provide the continuation coverage contemplated by this Section 7(d)(v) if it would result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company for failure to comply with the nondiscrimination

 

5
 

 

requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended, and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, as amended (to the extent applicable).

 

Payments and benefits provided in this Section 7(d) shall be in lieu of any termination or severance payments or benefits for which the Employee may be eligible under any of the plans, policies or programs of the Company or under the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act of 1988 or any similar state statute or regulation

 

(e)           CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(i) In the event that the Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Employee for Good Reason, in each case, during the six (6) month period following a Change in Control (as defined herein), the Employee shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the benefits described in Section 7(d)(i) through 7(d)(v) but excluding Section 7(d)(iv) , in lieu of the amounts described in Section 7(d)(iv) , an amount equal to the sum of (A) 100% of the Employee’s annual Base Salary and (B) 50% of the Target Bonus in one lump sum (the “ Change in Control Payment ”) on or before the fifth (5th) business day following the effective date of the general release described in Section 8 ; provided that in the event the Change in Control Payment constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A (as defined in Section 23 hereof), such payment shall be paid no earlier than the (60th) day following such termination and no sooner than the sixty-fifth (65th) business day following such termination.

 

(ii) For purposes herein, “Change in Control” shall be defined as (x) the sale, lease, conveyance, liquidation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets as an entirely or substantially as an entirety to any person, entity or group of persons acting in concert; or (y) any transaction or series of related transactions (as a result of a tender offer, merger, consolidation or otherwise) that results in any Person (as defined in Section 13(h)(8)(E) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of common equity securities of the Company, except if such Person is (A) a subsidiary of the Company, (B) an employee stock ownership plan for employees of the Company, or (C) a company formed to hold the Company’s common equity securities and whose shareholders constituted, at the time such company became such holding company, substantially all the equity owners or shareholders of the Company; provided , that no such event shall be a Change of Control” unless such event would qualify as a “change of control” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(iii) In the event that the Change in Control Payment, either alone or in combination with any other benefits provided to the Employee herein,

 

6
 

 

constitute "parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) but for this Section 7(e)(iii) , such severance and benefits would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive's severance benefits under this Section 7 shall be payable either (a) in full, or (b) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such severance and other benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits under this Agreement; provided, that to the extent such parachute payments shall be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid application of the excise tax, such reduction shall be made in the following order: (i) any cash severance based on a multiple of Base Salary or Annual Bonus, (ii) any other cash amounts payable to the Employee, (iii) benefits valued as parachute payments, and (iv) acceleration of vesting of any equity awards. Unless the Company and the Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 7(e)(iii) shall be made in writing by independent public accountants agreed to by the Company and the Employee (the "Accountants"), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Employee and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 7(e)(iii) , the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Employee shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 7(e)(iii) . The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 7(e)(iii) .

 

(f)           OTHER OBLIGATIONS. Upon any termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall promptly resign from any other position as an officer, director or fiduciary of any Company-related entity.

 

(g)           EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. The amounts payable to the Employee following termination of employment and the Employment Term hereunder pursuant to Sections 6 and 7 hereof shall be in full and complete satisfaction of the Employee’s rights under this Agreement and any other claims that the Employee may have in respect of the Employee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, and the Employee acknowledges that such amounts are fair and reasonable, and are the Employee’s sole and exclusive remedy, in lieu of all other remedies at law or in equity, with respect to the termination of the Employee’s employment hereunder or any breach of this Agreement.

 

8.            RELEASE. Any and all amounts payable and benefits or additional rights provided pursuant to this Agreement beyond the Accrued Benefits shall only be payable if the Employee delivers to the Company and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company . Such release shall be executed

 

7
 

 

and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following termination.

 

9.             RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

 

(a)           CONFIDENTIALITY . During the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee will have access to Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means all data, information, ideas, concepts, discoveries, trade secrets, inventions (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice), innovations, improvements, know-how, developments, techniques, methods, processes, treatments, drawings, sketches, specifications, designs, plans, patterns, models, plans and strategies, and all other confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets in any form or medium (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form or medium) whether now or hereafter existing, relating to or arising from the past, current or potential business, activities and/or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, any such information relating to or concerning finances, sales, marketing, advertising, transition, promotions, pricing, personnel, customers, suppliers, vendors, raw partners and/or competitors. The Employee agrees that the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use, make available, sell, disclose or otherwise communicate to any person, other than in the course of the Employee’s assigned duties and for the benefit of the Company, either during the period of the Employee’s employment and thereafter, any Confidential Information or other confidential or proprietary information received from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information, and to use such information only for certain limited purposes, in each case, which shall have been obtained by the Employee during the Employee’s employment by the Company (or any predecessor). The foregoing shall not apply to information that (i) was known to the public prior to its disclosure to the Employee; (ii) becomes generally known to the public subsequent to disclosure to the Employee through no wrongful act of the Employee or any representative of the Employee; or (iii) the Employee is required to disclose by applicable law, regulation or legal process (provided that the Employee provides the Company with prior notice of the contemplated disclosure and cooperates with the Company at its expense in seeking a protective order or other appropriate protection of such information).

 

(b)           NONCOMPETITION. The Employee acknowledges that (i) the Employee performs services of a unique nature for the Company that are irreplaceable, and that the Employee’s performance of such services to a competing business will result in irreparable harm to the Company, (ii) the Employee has had and will continue to have access to Confidential Information which, if disclosed, would unfairly and inappropriately assist in competition against the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) in the course of the Employee’s employment by a competitor, the Employee would inevitably use or disclose such Confidential Information, (iv) the Company and its affiliates have substantial relationships with their customers and the Employee has had and will continue to have access to these customers, (v) the Employee has received and will receive specialized training from the Company and its affiliates, and (vi) the Employee has generated and will continue to generate goodwill for the Company and its affiliates in the course of the Employee’s employment. Accordingly, during the Employee’s employment hereunder and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee agrees that the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by

 

8
 

 

(whether as an employee, consultant, independent contractor or otherwise, and whether or not for compensation) or render services to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, in whatever form, engaged in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or in any other material business in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is engaged on the date of termination or in which they have planned, on or prior to such date, to be engaged in on or after such date, in any locale of any country in which the Company conducts business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit the Employee from being a passive owner of not more than one percent (1%) of the equity securities of a publicly traded corporation engaged in a business that is in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, so long as the Employee has no active participation in the business of such corporation. In addition, the provisions of this Section 9(b) shall not be violated by the Employee commencing employment with a subsidiary, division or unit of any entity that engages in a business in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates so long as the Employee and such subsidiary, division or unit does not engage in a business in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(c)           NONSOLICITATION; NONINTERFERENCE. (i) During the Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) years thereafter, the Employee agrees that the Employee shall not, except in the furtherance of the Employee’s duties hereunder, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person, firm, corporation or other entity, solicit, aid or induce any customer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to purchase goods or services then sold by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates from another person, firm, corporation or other entity or assist or aid any other persons or entity in identifying or soliciting any such customer.

 

(ii)          During the Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee agrees that the Employee shall not, except in the furtherance of the Employee’s duties hereunder, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person, firm, corporation or other entity, (A) solicit, aid or induce any employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave such employment or retention or to accept employment with or render services to or with any other person, firm, corporation or other entity unaffiliated with the Company or hire or retain any such employee, representative or agent, or take any action to materially assist or aid any other person, firm, corporation or other entity in identifying, hiring or soliciting any such employee, representative or agent, or (B) interfere, or aid or induce any other person or entity in interfering, with the relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and any of their respective vendors, joint venturers or licensors. An employee, representative or agent shall be deemed covered by this Section 9(c)(ii) while so employed or retained and for a period of six (6) months thereafter.

 

(d)           NONDISPARAGEMENT. The Employee agrees not to make negative comments or otherwise disparage the Company or its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents or products other than in the good faith performance of the Employee’s duties to the Company while the Employee is employed by the Company. The foregoing shall not be violated by truthful statements in response to legal process, required governmental testimony or filings, or administrative or arbitral proceedings (including, without limitation, depositions in connection with such proceedings).

 

9
 

 

(e)           INVENTIONS. (i) The Employee acknowledges and agrees that all ideas, methods, inventions, discoveries, improvements, work products, developments, software, know-how, processes, techniques, methods, works of authorship and other work product, whether patentable or unpatentable, (A) that are reduced to practice, created, invented, designed, developed, contributed to, or improved with the use of any Company resources and/or within the scope of the Employee’s work with the Company or that relate to the business, operations or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, and that are made or conceived by the Employee, solely or jointly with others, during the Employment Term, or (B) suggested by any work that the Employee performs in connection with the Company, either while performing the Employee’s duties with the Company or on the Employee’s own time, but only insofar as the Inventions are related to the Employee’s work as an employee or other service provider to the Company, shall belong exclusively to the Company (or its designee), whether or not patent or other applications for intellectual property protection are filed thereon (the “ Inventions ”). The Employee will keep full and complete written records (the “ Records ”), in the manner prescribed by the Company, of all Inventions, and will promptly disclose all Inventions completely and in writing to the Company. The Records shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company, and the Employee will surrender them upon the termination of the Employment Term, or upon the Company’s request. The Employee irrevocably conveys, transfers and assigns to the Company the Inventions and all patents or other intellectual property rights that may issue thereon in any and all countries, whether during or subsequent to the Employment Term, together with the right to file, in the Employee’s name or in the name of the Company (or its designee), applications for patents and equivalent rights (the “ Applications ”). The Employee will, at any time during and subsequent to the Employment Term, make such applications, sign such papers, take all rightful oaths, and perform all other acts as may be requested from time to time by the Company to perfect, record, enforce, protect, patent or register the Company’s rights in the Inventions, all without additional compensation to the Employee from the Company. The Employee will also execute assignments to the Company (or its designee) of the Applications, and give the Company and its attorneys all reasonable assistance (including the giving of testimony) to obtain the Inventions for the Company’s benefit, all without additional compensation to the Employee from the Company, but entirely at the Company’s expense.

 

(ii)          In addition, the Inventions will be deemed Work for Hire, as such term is defined under the copyright laws of the United States, on behalf of the Company and the Employee agrees that the Company will be the sole owner of the Inventions, and all underlying rights therein, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity without any further obligations to the Employee. If the Inventions, or any portion thereof, are deemed not to be Work for Hire, or the rights in such Inventions do not otherwise automatically vest in the Company, the Employee hereby irrevocably conveys, transfers and assigns to the Company, all rights, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity, in and to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all of the Employee’s right, title and interest in the copyrights (and all renewals, revivals and extensions thereof) to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all rights of any kind or any nature now or hereafter recognized, including, without limitation, the unrestricted right to make modifications, adaptations and revisions to the Inventions, to exploit and allow others to exploit the Inventions and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement, or other unauthorized use or conduct in derogation of the Inventions, known or unknown, prior to the date hereof, including, without limitation, the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom. In

 

10
 

 

addition, the Employee hereby waives any so-called “moral rights” with respect to the Inventions. To the extent that the Employee has any rights in the results and proceeds of the Employee’s service to the Company that cannot be assigned in the manner described herein, the Employee agrees to unconditionally waive the enforcement of such rights. The Employee hereby waives any and all currently existing and future monetary rights in and to the Inventions and all patents and other registrations for intellectual property that may issue thereon, including, without limitation, any rights that would otherwise accrue to the Employee’s benefit by virtue of the Employee being an employee of or other service provider to the Company.

 

(f)            RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY. On the date of the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason (or at any time prior thereto at the Company’s request), the Employee shall return all property belonging to the Company or its affiliates; provided, that the Employee may retain the Employee’s rolodex and similar address books provided that such items only include contact information; provided further, that the Employee may retain, at no cost, any Company-provided computer and/or mobile phone, provided that the Employee shall, upon termination, first deliver such devices to the Company for the purpose of deleting therefrom any Confidential Information (as defined herein) or software licensed to the Company.

 

(g)           REASONABLENESS OF COVENANTS. In signing this Agreement, the Employee gives the Company assurance that the Employee has carefully read and considered all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed under this Section 9 hereof. The Employee agrees that these restraints are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company and its affiliates and their Confidential Information and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area, and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent the Employee from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which the Employee is bound by the restraints. The Employee acknowledges that each of these covenants has a unique, very substantial and immeasurable value to the Company and its affiliates and that the Employee has sufficient assets and skills to provide a livelihood while such covenants remain in force. The Employee further covenants that the Employee will not challenge the reasonableness or enforceability of any of the covenants set forth in this Section 9 , and that the Employee will reimburse the Company and its affiliates for all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any action to enforce any of the provisions of this Section 9 if either the Company and/or its affiliates prevails on any material issue involved in such dispute or if the Employee challenges the reasonableness or enforceability of any of the provisions of this Section 9 . It is also agreed that each of the Company’s affiliates will have the right to enforce all of the Employee’s obligations to that affiliate under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to this Section 9 .

 

(h)           REFORMATION. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any state that any restriction in this Section 9 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by the laws of that state.

 

11
 

 

(i)            TOLLING. In the event of any violation of the provisions of this Section 9 , the Employee acknowledges and agrees that the post-termination restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such violation, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the running of the applicable post-termination restriction period shall be tolled during any period of such violation.

 

(j)            SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS. The obligations contained in Sections 9 and 10 hereof shall survive the termination or expiration of the Employment Term and the Employee’s employment with the Company and shall be fully enforceable thereafter.

 

10.          COOPERATION. Upon the receipt of reasonable notice from the Company (including outside counsel), the Employee agrees that while employed by the Company and thereafter, the Employee will respond and provide information with regard to matters in which the Employee has knowledge as a result of the Employee’s employment with the Company, and will provide reasonable assistance to the Company, its affiliates and their respective representatives in defense of any claims that may be made against the Company or its affiliates, and will assist the Company and its affiliates in the prosecution of any claims that may be made by the Company or its affiliates, to the extent that such claims may relate to the period of the Employee’s employment with the Company (collectively, the “ Claims ”). The Employee agrees to promptly inform the Company if the Employee becomes aware of any lawsuits involving Claims that may be filed or threatened against the Company or its affiliates. The Employee also agrees to promptly inform the Company (to the extent that the Employee is legally permitted to do so) if the Employee is asked to assist in any investigation of the Company or its affiliates (or their actions) or another party attempts to obtain information or documents from the Employee (other than in connection with any litigation or other proceeding in which the Employee is a party-in-opposition) with respect to matters the Employee believes in good faith to relate to any investigation of the Company or its affiliates, in each case, regardless of whether a lawsuit or other proceeding has then been filed against the Company or its affiliates with respect to such investigation, and shall not do so unless legally required. During the pendency of any litigation or other proceeding involving Claims, the Employee shall not communicate with anyone (other than the Employee’s attorneys and tax and/or financial advisors and except to the extent that the Employee determines in good faith is necessary in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder) with respect to the facts or subject matter of any pending or potential litigation or regulatory or administrative proceeding involving the Company or any of its affiliates without giving prior written notice to the Company or the Company’s counsel. Upon presentation of appropriate documentation, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel, duplicating or telephonic expenses incurred by the Employee in complying with this Section 10 .

 

11.          EQUITABLE RELIEF AND OTHER REMEDIES. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Section 9 or Section 10 hereof would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond or other security, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available, without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages.

 

12
 

 

12.          NO ASSIGNMENTS. This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto. Except as provided in this Section 12 hereof, no party may assign or delegate any rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party hereto. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, provided that the Company shall require such successor to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “ Company ” shall mean the Company and any successor to its business and/or assets, which assumes and agrees to perform the duties and obligations of the Company under this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.          NOTICE . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery, if delivered by hand, (b) on the date of transmission, if delivered by confirmed facsimile or electronic mail, (c) on the first business day following the date of deposit, if delivered by guaranteed overnight delivery service, or (d) on the fourth business day following the date delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

  If to the Employee:
   
  At the address (or to the facsimile number) shown
  in the books and records of the Company.
   
  If to the Company:
  Phibro Animal Health Corporation
  Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl
  300 Frank W. Burr Blvd., Ste 21
  Teaneck, NJ  07666-6712
  Attention:  General Counsel

 

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

14.          SECTION HEADINGS; INCONSISTENCY . The section headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any form, award, plan or policy of the Company, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and control.

 

15.          SEVERABILITY . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

13
 

 

16.          COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.          ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement or the Employee’s employment with the Company, other than injunctive relief under Section 11 hereof, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a single arbitrator from the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, applying the laws of the state of New Jersey, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and to be conducted in the state of New Jersey or such other place as the parties mutually agree. The decision of the arbitrator will be final and binding upon the parties hereto. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. The parties acknowledge and agree that in connection with any such arbitration and regardless of outcome, (a) each party shall pay all of its own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, its own legal fees and expenses, and (b) the arbitration costs shall be borne entirely by the Company. If, for any legal reason, a controversy arising from or concerning the interpretation or application of this agreement cannot be arbitrated as provided for in this section, the parties agree that any civil action shall be brought in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey or, only if there is no basis for federal jurisdiction, in the appropriate state court of the state of New Jersey.

 

18.          INDEMNIFICATION. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Employee and hold the Employee harmless to the extent provided under the By-Laws of the Company against and in respect of any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, judgments, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees), losses, and damages resulting from the Employee’s good faith performance of the Employee’s duties and obligations with the Company. This obligation shall survive the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company.

 

19.          LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Company shall cover the Employee under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the term of this Agreement in the same amount and to the same extent as the Company covers its other officers and directors.

 

20.          GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, and any claims or disputes relating thereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey (without regard to its choice of law provisions).

 

21.          MISCELLANEOUS. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Employee and such officer or director as may be designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement together with all exhibits hereto sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings between the Employee and the Company with

 

14
 

 

respect to the subject matter hereof. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

22.          REPRESENTATIONS. The Employee represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the Employee has the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations on the Employee’s part to be performed hereunder in accordance with its terms, and (b) the Employee is not a party to any agreement or understanding, written or oral, and is not subject to any restriction, which, in either case, could prevent the Employee from entering into this Agreement or performing all of the Employee’s duties and obligations hereunder. In addition, the Employee acknowledges that the Employee is aware of Section 304 (Forfeiture of Certain Bonuses and Profits) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the right of the Company to be reimbursed for certain payments to the Employee in compliance therewith.

 

23.          TAX MATTERS.

 

(a)           WITHHOLDING . The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this Agreement or otherwise such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(b)           SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE.

 

(i)           The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Employee and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Employee by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(ii)          A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Employee is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided until the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Employee, and (B) the date of the Employee’s death, to the extent required under Code Section 409A.

 

15
 

 

Upon the expiration of the foregoing delay period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 23(b)(ii) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Employee in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

(iii)         To the extent that reimbursements or other in-kind benefits under this Agreement constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, (A) all expenses or other reimbursements hereunder shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by the Employee, (B) any right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year.

 

(iv)         For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Employee’s right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

(v)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

16
 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  Phibro Animal Health
Corporation
   
  By:      /s/ Jack C. Bendheim

 

  Name: Jack C. Bendheim
     
  Title: President

 

  Gerald K. Carlson
   
  /s/ Gerald K. Carlson

 

[Signature Page to the Gerald K. Carlson Employment Agreement]

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

I,                                             , in consideration of and subject to the performance by [ Company ] (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement dated as of [●] , 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its respective affiliates and all present, former and future managers, directors, officers, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “ Released Partie s ”) to the extent provided below (this “ General Release ”). The Released Parties are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this General Release, and this General Release may be enforced by each of them in accordance with the terms hereof in respect of the rights granted to such Released Parties hereunder. Terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

1.                    I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under Section 7 of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive certain of the payments and benefits specified in Section 7 of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates.

 

2.                    Except as provided in paragraphs 3 and 4 below and except for the provisions of the Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, both past and present (through the date that this General Release becomes effective and enforceable) and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional

 

A- 1
 

 

distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Claims ”).

 

3.                    I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.

 

4.                    I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).

 

5.                    I agree that I hereby waive all rights to sue or obtain equitable, remedial or punitive relief from any or all Released Parties of any kind whatsoever in respect of any Claim, including, without limitation, reinstatement, back pay, front pay, and any form of injunctive relief. Notwithstanding the above, I further acknowledge that I am not waiving and am not being required to waive any right that cannot be waived under law, including the right to file an administrative charge or participate in an administrative investigation or proceeding; provided , however , that I disclaim and waive any right to share or participate in any monetary award resulting from the prosecution of such charge or investigation or proceeding. Additionally, I am not waiving (i) any right to the Accrued Benefits or any severance benefits to which I am entitled under the Agreement, (ii) any claim relating to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or any right of indemnification under the Company’s organizational documents or otherwise, or (iii) my rights as an equity or security holder in the Company or its affiliates.

 

6.                    In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state or local statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims to the maximum extent permitted by law. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending claim of the type described in paragraph 2 above as of the execution of this General Release.

 

7.                    I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.

 

A- 2
 

 

8.                    I agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

9.                    I agree that this General Release and the Agreement are confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release or the Agreement, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.

 

10.                   Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), any other self-regulatory organization or any governmental entity.

 

11.                   I hereby acknowledge that Sections 7 through 13, 18 through 21 and 23 of the Agreement shall survive my execution of this General Release.

 

12.                   I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this General Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of the release set forth in paragraph 1 above and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this General Release, may have materially affected this General Release and my decision to enter into it.

 

13.                   Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.

 

14.                   Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

A- 3
 

 

BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:

 

1. I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;

 

2. I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;

 

3. I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;

 

4. I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION, I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;

 

5. I HAVE HAD AT LEAST [21][45] DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE TO CONSIDER IT, AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED [21][45] -DAY PERIOD;

 

6. I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

 

7. I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND

 

8. I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.

 

SIGNED:______________________________________________   DATED:____________________

 

A- 4

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

Phibro Animal Health Corporation

FY 2014 Management Incentive Plan

 

Introduction

 

This plan is designed to provide a market competitive cash incentive program that recognizes the achievement of critical business objectives. The Phibro Animal Health Corporation (PAHC) Corporate Incentive Plan provides rewards to senior managers and professionals who achieve results through demonstrated actions that are aligned with the Company’s business objectives and encourages teamwork within and across business units. We are committed to improving the success of PAHC by providing a competitive compensation plan to those who help us attain our Company objectives.

 

As part of our overall pay for performance philosophy, management incentive payments will be based on annual performance as defined by specific financial criteria. The Board of Directors of PAHC will review the overall plan on an annual basis and will approve final payments to participants.

 

Performance Measures

 

The participants in this plan will be awarded incentive payments based on their respective group, division or overall corporate performance. Corporate management with the approval of the Board of Directors sets the performance objectives and their respective weightings. Should the Corporation miss its targeted threshold performance, management reserves the right to adjust incentive payments .

 

Incentive Plan Targets

 

A participant’s incentive compensation is determined by the following components:

 

· Targeted bonus dollars, resulting from applying the targeted bonus percentage to the annual base compensation
· Payout percentage, resulting from actual performance as compared with the established range for each performance measure. Each performance measure is assigned a relative weight to arrive at an overall total payout percentage.

 

The actual bonus payout is the result of multiplying the targeted bonus dollars by the payout percentage however; management reserves the right to adjust bonus payouts at its discretion.

 

Generally, incentive plan targets are based on budgeted performance measures, set at the beginning of the fiscal year, achievement of which leads to payout at 100% of target levels. Threshold goals have been determined for each performance measure that would trigger 50% of the targeted incentive payment. There will be no payment for results below the threshold level. In addition, maximum goals have been determined with the potential of earning 150% of the targeted incentive payment. Maximum payment will not exceed 150% of target. Participants will receive prorated amounts according to the actual results achieved.

 
 

 

Administration and Policies

 

Every Domestic (US) plan participant is required to have a signed Employee Invention, Confidentiality and Non-Compete agreement on file in Corporate Headquarters to participate in the plan.

 

The PAHC Corporate Human Resource and Finance Departments will administer this annual corporate incentive plan. No payment of any kind may be made without the direct approval of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors.

 

Any and all incentive payments are and shall be at the complete discretion of management. Management reserves the right to eliminate, increase or decrease any bonus payout amount based upon such factors as management believes is appropriate, whether or not such factors have been expressly set forth in the bonus plan.

 

Any questions regarding this plan should be directed to Dan Welch in the Corporate Human Resource Department in Teaneck.

 

Payment of Incentive

 

Annual incentive payments will be based on actual results for the fiscal year ending June 30th . Targets will be calculated as a percentage of the participant’s actual base salary earnings for the previous twelve (12) months. It is anticipated that actual payment will be made by September 30th of the following fiscal year. To be eligible for payment of the incentive, a participant must be an active employee in good standing at the time that payment is made. If a participant is terminated by the company or resigns employment prior to the time that payment is made, the participant is ineligible to receive an incentive and forfeits the right to claim any incentive payment.

 

Some reasons incentive award payments may be adjusted include:

 

- Extraordinary factors which impact positively or negatively on business unit performance; for example currency swings compared to the rates budgeted for the fiscal year.
- Participant is hired mid-year or has had an extended leave of absence of more than 30 days.
- Participant moved from a non-variable pay eligible position to a variable pay eligible position.
- Participant had more than one variable pay eligible position with different targets and/or annual base salary.
- Participant has poor performance.

 

No incentive will be paid if a participant’s date of hire occurs after April 1 of the incentive year.

 

Management reserves the right to adjust incentive payouts at its discretion.

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

This Agreement and Plan of Merger (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March  , 2014, by and between Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the surviving entity (the “ Surviving Company ”) and Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a New York corporation (the “ Merging Company ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Merging Company is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York in which 70.1% and 29.9% of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.0001, representing all of the outstanding shares of the Merging Company’s capital stock (the “ Merging Company Stock ”), are held by BFI Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ BFI ”) and Mayflower Limited Partnership, a limited partnership registered in Jersey, Channel Islands (registered no. LP282), respectively;

 

WHEREAS, the Surviving Company is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware in which 100% of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 (the “ Surviving Company Stock ”) is held by the Merging Company, representing all of the outstanding shares of the Surviving Company’s capital stock;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Merging Company have determined that it is advisable and in the best interest of the Merging Company and its shareholders that the Merging Company merge with and into the Surviving Company, with the Surviving Company being the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”), and have approved and adopted this Agreement and the Merger on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and applicable law; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Surviving Company has determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, are advisable and in the best interests of the Surviving Company and its sole stockholder and has approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein in accordance with the applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            The Merger .   After satisfaction or, to the extent permitted hereunder, waiver of all conditions to the Merger, and subject to applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and the New York Business Corporation Law, at the Effective Time (as defined below), the Merging Company shall be merged with and into the Surviving Company and thereupon the separate existence of the Merging Company shall cease, and the Surviving Company, as the surviving entity, shall continue to exist under and be governed by the DGCL.

 

2.            Filing .   After satisfaction or, to the extent permitted hereunder, waiver of all conditions to the Merger, the Surviving Company shall execute and file, or cause to be executed and filed, a Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Secretary of State ”) in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL (the “ Delaware

 

 
 

  

Certificate of Merger ”), and the Merging Company and the Surviving Company, as applicable, shall execute and file, or cause to be executed and filed, a Certificate of Merger with the Department of State, Corporations Division of the State of New York in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, and each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company shall make (or cause to be made) all other filings or recordings required by the laws of the State of Delaware and New York in connection with the Merger.

 

3.            Effective Date of Merger .     The Merger shall become effective immediately upon filing of the Delaware Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State or at such later date and time as may be agreed by the parties and provided for in the Delaware Certificate of Merger (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

4.            Conditions to the Merger .   The respective obligation of each party to effect the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (except as provided in this Agreement) of the following conditions:

 

(a)     This Agreement, and the Merger contemplated hereby, shall have been adopted by the sole stockholder of the Surviving Company, in accordance with the requirements of the DGCL and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Company;

 

(b)    This Agreement, and the Merger contemplated hereby, shall have been adopted by the requisite vote of the shareholders of the Merging Company in accordance with the requirements of New York law and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Merging Company.

 

5.            Governing Documents .  At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of the Surviving Company or the sole stockholder of the Surviving Company, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Surviving Company shall be amended and restated to read in their entirety in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, and as so amended and restated shall be the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, until thereafter amended and/or restated in accordance with their terms and the DGCL.

 

6.            Board of Directors and Officers .   The persons who are members of the board of directors of the Merging Company and the officers of the Merging Company, in each case immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, from and after the Effective Time, continue as members of the board of directors of the Surviving Company and as officers of the Surviving Company.

 

7.            Outstanding Shares .   As to each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company, the designation and number of outstanding shares of each class and series, the specification of the classes and series entitled to vote on the Merger, and the specification of each class and series entitled to vote as a class on the Merger, is as follows:

 

 

2
 

  

The Merging Company

 

Designation of each
outstanding class
and series of shares
  Number of
outstanding shares
of each class
    Designation of class
and series entitled to
vote
  Classes and series
entities to vote as a
class
Common     68,910,000     Common   Common

 

The Surviving Company

 

Designation of each
outstanding class
and series of shares
  Number of
outstanding shares
of each class
    Designation of class
and series entitled to
vote
  Classes and series
entities to vote as a
class
Common     68,910,000     Common   Common

 

8.            Conversion of Shares of the Merging Company and Surviving Company .   At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, each share of Merging Company Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into one (1) share of Surviving Company Stock; and all of the shares of the Surviving Company Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and no consideration shall be issued in respect thereof. Each certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of the Merging Company Stock shall, from and after the Effective Time, be deemed to represent an equivalent number of shares of Surviving Company Stock.

 

9.            Assumption of Outstanding Options .    At the Effective Time, each unexercised option, awarded under the Merging Company’s 2008 Incentive Plan (the “ 2008 Plan ”), to acquire shares of Merging Company Stock which is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (whether or not then vested or exercisable) (an “ Option ”) shall be assumed by the Surviving Company as an option to acquire the same number of shares of Surviving Company Stock, subject to the same terms and conditions and at an exercise price per share equal to the exercise price per share applicable to any such Option of the Merging Company at the Effective Time. Except as otherwise expressly modified by this Agreement, all other provisions which govern the exercise, the termination or the other terms and conditions of the Option shall remain the same as set forth in the 2008 Plan as modified by the relevant option grant agreement(s) (each an “ Option Agreement ”), and the provisions of the 2008 Plan as modified by the relevant Option Agreement(s) will govern and control the right to exercise the Option in respect of shares of Surviving Company Stock, except that no Option may be “early exercised” (i.e., an assumed Option(s) may be exercised for shares of the Surviving Company Stock only to the extent vested at the time of exercise pursuant to the applicable vesting schedule).

 

10.          Assumption of Outstanding BFI Warrants .   At the Effective Time, each unexercised warrant, issued under the Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of January 29, 2009, by and between the Merging Company and BFI (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), to acquire

 

3
 

  

shares of the Merging Company Stock, which is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (whether or not then vested or exercisable) (a “ Warrant ”) shall be assumed by the Surviving Company as a warrant to acquire the same number of shares of Surviving Company Stock, subject to the same terms and conditions and at an exercise price per share equal to the exercise price per share applicable to such Warrant at the Effective Time. Except as otherwise expressly modified by this Agreement, all other provisions which govern either the exercise, the termination or the other terms and conditions of the Warrant shall remain the same as set forth in the Warrant Agreement, and the provisions of the Warrant Agreement will govern and control the right to exercise the Warrant in respect of shares of Surviving Company Stock, except that no Warrant may be “early exercised” (i.e., an assumed Warrant(s) may be exercised for shares of the Surviving Company Stock only to the extent vested at the time of exercise pursuant to the applicable vesting schedule).

 

11.          Adjustments . Without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement and other than as contemplated by this Agreement, if at any time during the period between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, any change in the number of outstanding shares of the Merging Company Stock shall occur as a result of a reclassification, recapitalization, stock split (including a reverse stock split), or combination, exchange or readjustment of shares, or any stock dividend or stock distribution with a record date during such period, then the Warrant(s) and the Option(s) shall be equitably adjusted to reflect such change and such adjustment shall provide the holders of Warrant(s) and the Option(s) the same economic effect contemplated by this Agreement prior to such action.

 

12.          Representations and Warranties . The Surviving Company and the Merging Company each hereby represent and warrant to the other as follows:

 

(a) As to the Surviving Company:

 

(i) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has all the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

(ii) it is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of its properties or the nature of its activities make such qualification necessary;

 

(iii) it is not in violation of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; and

 

(iv) it has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and, assuming the adoption of this Agreement by the sole stockholder of the Surviving Company in accordance with the DGCL and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Company, to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4
 

  

(b) As to the Merging Company:

 

(i) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York, and has all the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

(ii) it is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of its properties or the nature of its activities make such qualification necessary;

 

(iii) it is not in violation of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;

 

(iv) it has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and, assuming the adoption of this Agreement by the shareholders of the Merging Company in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Merging Company, to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

(v) the only capital stock of the Merging Company issued and outstanding as of the date hereof is the Merging Company Stock described herein.

 

13.          Effect of Merger .    From and after the Effective Time, the separate existence of the Merging Company shall cease and the Surviving Company shall possess all the rights, privileges, powers and franchises as well of a public as of a private nature, and be subject to all the restrictions, disabilities and duties of each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company; and all and singular, the rights, privileges, powers and franchises of each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company on whatever account, as well for stock subscriptions as all other things in action or belonging to each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company shall be vested in the Surviving Company; and all property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises, and all and every other interest shall be thereafter as effectually the property of the Surviving Company as they were of the Surviving Company and Merging Company, and the title to any real estate vested by deed or otherwise, under the laws of the State of Delaware, in any of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company, shall not revert or be in any way impaired; but all rights of creditors and all liens upon any property of any of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company shall be preserved unimpaired, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company shall thenceforth attach to the Surviving Company, and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if said debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

 

14.          Further Assurances .   If, at any time after the Effective Time, the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, conveyance or assurance in law or any other acts are necessary or desirable to (i) vest, perfect or confirm in the Surviving Company its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, properties or assets of the Merging Company acquired or to be acquired by the Surviving Company as a result of, or in connection with, the Merger,

 

5
 

  

or (ii) otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the Merging Company and its proper officers shall be deemed to have granted to the Surviving Company an irrevocable power of attorney to execute and deliver all such proper deeds, assignments and assurances in law and to do all acts necessary or proper to vest, perfect or confirm title to and possession of such rights, properties or assets in the Surviving Company and otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement; and the officers and directors of the Surviving Company are fully authorized in the name of the Merging Company or otherwise to take any and all such action.

 

15.          Termination .  At any time prior to the Effective Time, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger abandoned for any reason whatsoever by the Board of Directors of the Surviving Company or the Board of Directors of the Merging Company, notwithstanding the adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Surviving Company or the shareholders of the Merging Company.

 

16.          Amendment .  At any time prior to the Effective Time, this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented by the Board of Directors of the Surviving Company and the Board of Directors of the Merging Company, whether before or after the adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Surviving Company or by the shareholders of the Merging Company; provided, however, that after any such adoption, there shall not be made any amendment that by law requires the further approval of such stockholders of the Surviving Company or of the Merging Company without such further approval. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company.

 

17.          Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries .   Neither this Agreement, nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits upon any person other than the parties hereto.

 

18.          Governing Law .  This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with and pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

19.          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the documents referred to herein are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and are intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of that agreement, and there are no other agreements or understandings, written or oral, among the parties, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

20.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one agreement.

 

*        *        *        *        *

 

6
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

  Phibro Animal Health
Corporation , a New York corporation
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title

  

  Phibro Animal Health
Corporation , a Delaware corporation
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

AWARD LETTER

 

Dear _______________:

 

It is a great pleasure to advise you, on behalf of Phibro Animal Health Corporation (the “Company”), that you have been granted, pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Plan of the Company (the “Plan”), the Option described below. This Option will become effective upon your return to the Corporate Secretary of the Company of this Award Letter signed by you on or before March 13, 2009.

 

Date of Grant: March 1, 2009   Expiration Date: February 28, 2019
     
Total Option Shares:     Option Price (per share): $5.23

 

Exercise/Vesting:

Earliest date on which Option

can be exercised

  Number of
shares
         
  March 1, 2012, the third annual anniversary of the Grant Date     (50%)
         
  March 1, 2013, the fourth annual anniversary of the Grant Date     (25%)
         
  March 1, 2014, the fifth annual anniversary of the Grant Date     (25%)

 

No Common Shares may be purchased hereunder unless the Optionee shall have remained in the continuous employment or other service of the Company or an affiliate up to and including the specified date shown above from the Grant Date. Unless earlier terminated, this Option shall expire if and to the extent it is not exercised on or prior to the Expiration Date.

 

Type of Option: ¨ ISO x  Non-Qualified

 

The Option granted hereunder is granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the accompanying 2009 Stock Option Agreement, the receipt of copies of which Optionee hereby acknowledges. Optionee is advised to consult his or her personal tax advisors with regard to all tax consequences arising with respect to this Option.

 

The Company believes that the existence, kind and amount of an individual’s Award is a matter to be held in the strictest confidence. No one within the Company except Optionee, his or her manager, the Company’s Senior Executive Officers, the Corporate Secretary and the Human Resources Department of the Company is to have access to this information. If Optionee has been shown to have revealed the existence, kind or amount of his or her Award to others (other than Optionee’s spouse and legal, financial and tax advisors), or if Optionee has inquired about another’s Award, Optionee will be subject to discipline, including termination of the Optionee’s Award.

 

  PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
     
  By:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
 
 
Optionee,    

 

 
 

 

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

2008 INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2009 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made as of this                                                 (the “Grant Date”), by and between Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), and you (the “Optionee”) sets forth the terms and conditions of an Award granted to the Optionee under the Phibro Animal Health Corporation 2008 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee, and the Optionee desires to accept, an option to purchase the Company’s common shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Shares”), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Grant .  The Company hereby grants to the Optionee an option (the “Option”) to purchase such number of Common Shares, at the purchase price per share, in each case, set forth in an award letter dated the date hereof delivered to Optionee together with this Agreement (the “Award Letter”). Whether or not this Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” (“ISO”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the extent permissible by law, shall be indicated in the Award Letter.

 

2.              Restrictions on Exercisability .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan or in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates, this Option shall become exercisable in accordance with the schedule shown in the Award Letter based upon the Optionee’s continuous employment or other service with the Company or its affiliates following the Grant Date. No Common Shares may be purchased hereunder unless the Optionee shall have remained in the continuous employment or other service of the Company or an affiliate up to and including the specified date shown in the Award Letter from the Grant Date. Unless earlier terminated, this Option shall expire if and to the extent it is not exercised on or prior to the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”).

 

3.              Exercise and Payment .  The Option may be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the schedule shown in the Award Letter by delivering to the Company a written notice of such exercise specifying the number of Common Shares that the Optionee has elected to acquire and payment in full of the exercise price, together with the amount, if any, deemed necessary by the Company to enable it to satisfy any tax withholding obligations with respect to the exercise (unless other arrangements acceptable to the Company are made for the satisfaction of such withholding obligation) and/or by delivering to the Corporate Secretary of the Company other Common Shares of the Company as herein provided.

 

(a)            Forms of Consideration Authorized .  Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate exercise price for the number of Common Shares for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash or by bank or certified check, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to Section 3(b)(i) below, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of

 

Page 1 of 9
 

  

whole Common Shares owned by the Optionee (in proper form for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer tax stamps or cash in lieu thereof) having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate exercise price applicable to that portion of the Option being exercised by the delivery of such shares, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 3(b)(ii) below, (iv) by means of a Net Exercise, as defined in Section 3(b)(iii), or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b)           Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

 

(i)  Tender of Common Shares .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Common Shares to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. In addition, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Common Shares unless such shares have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (or such other period, if any, required by the Company) and have not been used for another option exercise by attestation during such period. The Fair Market Value of the Common Shares tendered as consideration for the exercise of such Option shall be determined as of the date immediately preceding the date upon which the Option is exercised, or as may be required in order to comply with or to conform to the requirements of any applicable laws or regulations. Restricted stock (i.e., unregistered securities) shall be valued as if it were not subject to restrictions on transfer or possibilities of forfeiture. If shares of restricted stock are utilized as consideration for the exercise of an Option, the number of shares issued upon the exercise of such Option equal to the value of shares of restricted stock utilized as consideration therefore shall be subject to the same restrictions as the restricted stock so utilized.

 

(ii) Cashless Exercise .  A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company and in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Cashless Exercise program is available only if, at the time of exercise, the offer and sale of Common Shares pursuant to the Plan is (A) with respect to Cashless Exercise in the United States, registered on a then effective registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (B) with respect to Cashless Exercise on AIM, permitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of AIM with respect to such Common Shares of the Company. The Company reserves the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, at any and all times to establish, decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Optionee notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

 

(iii) Net Exercise .  A “Net Exercise” means a procedure by which the Optionee will be issued a number of whole Common Shares upon the exercise of an Option determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

N = X(A-B)/A, where:

 

N = the number of Common Shares to be issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option;

 

Page 2 of 9
 

  

X = the total number of Common Shares with respect to which the Optionee has elected to exercise the Option;

 

A = the Fair Market Value of one (1) Common Share determined on the exercise date; and

 

B = the exercise price per share (as defined in the applicable Award Letter).

 

The Company reserves the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, at any and all times, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Optionee notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

 

4.              Rights as Shareholder .  No Common Shares shall be sold or delivered hereunder until full payment for such shares has been made. The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this Option until a certificate for such shares is issued to the Optionee. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

5.              Nontransferability .  The Option is not assignable or transferable except upon the Optionee’s death to a Beneficiary or, if no Beneficiary shall survive the Optionee, pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. During an Optionee’s lifetime, this Option may be exercised only by the Optionee.

 

6.              Termination of Employment or other Service

 

(a)            Disability or Death .  Except as otherwise provided in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates, if the Optionee’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates terminates due to optionee’s death or Disability, then: (i) that portion of this Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall immediately terminate, and (ii) subject to Section 6(b) below, that portion of this Option that is exercisable on the date of termination shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or legal representative) until the Expiration Date and, to the extent not exercised during such period, shall immediately terminate thereafter.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates (in which case, such meaning shall apply), the inability of an Optionee to perform the customary duties of his or her employment or other service for the Company or its affiliates by reason of a physical or mental incapacity which is expected to result in death or to be of indefinite duration.

 

(b)          Termination for Cause or at a Time when Cause Exists .  If the Optionee’s employment or other service is terminated by the Company or an affiliate for Cause (as defined below), which in the determination of the Committee justifies termination of this Option, or if, at the time of the Optionee’s termination, grounds for a termination for such Cause exist, then this Option (whether or not then exercisable) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean either (or both) of (1) the Optionee’s dishonesty, fraud, intentional mistrepresentation, insubordination, willful misconduct, failure to

 

Page 3 of 9
 

  

perform services, unsatisfactory performance of services, or material breach of the Company’s policies or code of conduct or any written agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its affiliates, and (2) in the case where there is an employment or consulting agreement between the Optionee and the Company or an affiliate at the time of grant which defines “cause” (or words of like import), the meaning ascribed to such term under such agreement. Cause shall be determined by the Company.

 

(c)            Other Termination .  Except as otherwise provided in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates, if the Optionee’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates terminates for any reason not covered by Section 6(a) or 6(b) above, then: (i) that portion of this Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall immediately terminate, and (ii) subject to Section 6(b) above, that portion of this Option that is exercisable on the date of termination shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee until the Expiration Date and, to the extent not exercised during such period, shall immediately terminate thereafter.

 

7.              Cancellation of Option .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict this Option at any time if the Optionee is not in compliance with all material applicable provisions of this Agreement or the Plan, or if the Optionee engages in a Detrimental Activity. Upon exercise of the Option, if requested by the Company, the Optionee shall certify in a manner acceptable to the Company that he or she is in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity. In the event the Optionee engages in any Detrimental Activity prior to or after any exercise, payment, delivery, receipt or settlement, such exercise, payment, delivery, receipt or settlement may be rescinded within two (2) years thereafter. In the event of any such rescission, the Optionee shall pay to the Company, in the form of Company Common Shares, the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment, delivery, receipt or settlement, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required. In the event the Optionee engages in any Detrimental Activity prior to or after any exercise of this Option and sale or other disposition of securities acquired upon such exercise, the amount of any gain realized as a result of such sale or other disposition, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required. In any such situation, the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to set off against the amount of any such gain, any amount owed to the Optionee by the Company or its affiliates.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Detrimental Activity” shall mean any of the following, unless authorized or consented to in writing by the Company: (1) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company or its affiliates, or which organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company or its affiliates, at any time during Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or within twelve (12) months thereafter, (2) the disclosure to anyone outside the Company or its affiliates, or the use in other than the Company’s or its affiliates’ business, of any confidential information or material relating to the business of the Company or its affiliates, acquired by the Optionee either during or after employment or other service with the Company or its affiliates, (3) the failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Company or its affiliates all right, title and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Optionee during employment by or other service with the Company or its affiliates, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company or its affiliates or the failure or refusal to do anything reasonably necessary

 

Page 4 of 9
 

 

to enable the Company or its affiliates to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in other countries insofar as any matter referred to in this clause (3) violates any obligation of the Optionee to the Company or its affiliates, including but not limited to, any obligation or agreement under a proprietary information, invention assignment, or non-competition or other agreement of the Optionee with or for the benefit of the Company or an affiliate, (4) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company or its affiliates to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier, partner, licensor or licensee of the Company or an affiliate, (5) the material breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its affiliates, or (6) the making of any disparaging, derogatory or defamatory remarks about the Company or any of its affiliates, or products, business practices or activities; provided nothing contained in clause (6) is intended to prohibit Optionee from providing truthful information about Optionee’s employment or the Company’s or an affiliate’s business practices to any governmental entity or regulatory or self-regulatory agency upon written request thereof.

 

8.              Corporation’s Right of First Refusal

 

(a)             Exercise of Right .  If Optionee desires to sell all or any part of the shares acquired under this Option including any securities received in respect thereof pursuant to any stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization and the like (“Option Shares”), and an offeror (the “Offeror”) has made an offer therefor, which offer Optionee desires to accept, Optionee shall, prior to accepting any offer or making any commitment with respect to such Option Shares: (i) obtain in writing an irrevocable and unconditional bona fide offer (the “Bona Fide Offer”) for the purchase thereof from the Offeror; and (ii) give written notice (the “Option Notice”) to the Company setting forth his or her desire to sell such shares, which Option Notice shall be accompanied by a photocopy of the original executed Bona Fide Offer and shall set forth at least the name and address of the Offeror and the price and terms of the Bona Fide Offer. Upon receipt of the Option Notice, the Company shall have the first and prior right to purchase, and an assignable option to purchase, any or all of such Option Shares specified in the Option Notice, such option to be exercisable by giving, within 30 days after receipt of the Option Notice, a written counter-notice to Optionee. If the Company elects to purchase any or all of such Option Shares, it shall be obligated to purchase, and Optionee shall be obligated to sell to the Company, such Option Shares at the price and terms indicated in the Bona Fide Offer within 60 days from the date of receipt by the Company of the Option Notice.

 

(b)             Sale of Option Shares to Offeror .  Optionee may sell, pursuant to the terms of the Bona Fide Offer, any or all of such Option Shares not purchased or agreed to be purchased by the Company for 60 days after the expiration of the 30-day period during which the Company may give the aforesaid counter-notice; provided , however , that Optionee shall not sell such Option Shares to the Offeror if the Offeror is a competitor of the Company and the Company gives written notice to Optionee, within 30 days of its receipt of the Option Notice, stating that Optionee shall not sell his Option Shares to the Offeror; and provided, further, that prior to the sale of such Option Shares to the Offeror, the Offeror shall execute an agreement with the Company pursuant to which the Offeror agrees to be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 8. If any or all of such Option Shares are not sold pursuant to a Bona Fide Offer within the time permitted above, the unsold Option Shares shall remain subject to the terms of this Section 8.

 

Page 5 of 9
 

  

(c)            Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .  If there shall be any change in the Common Shares of the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, split-up, combination or exchange or shares, or the like, the restrictions contained in this Section 8 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Option Shares.

 

(d)            Expiration of Corporation’s Right of First Refusal .  The refusal rights of the Company set forth above shall remain in effect with respect to the sale or other disposition of Option Shares by the Optionee unless both of the following shall occur, at which time such sale or other disposition (but only such sale or other disposition) in accordance with the Option Notice may be made free of such refusal rights pursuant to Section 8(b):

 

(i) the amount of Option Shares to be sold, together with all sales of Common Shares of the Company sold for the account of such person within the preceding three (3) months, shall not exceed the greater of the average weekly reported volume of trading in such shares on all national securities exchanges, AIM and/or reported through the automated quotation system of a registered securities association, or reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or an effective national market system plan, in each case during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of delivery to the Company of the Option Notice; and

 

(ii) the aggregate amount of Option Shares to be sold by all optionees under the Plan, together with all sales of Common Shares of the Company sold for the account of all such persons within the preceding three (3) months, shall not be greater than two (2) times the amount determined in accordance with clause (i) of this Section 8(d).

 

9.            Company’s Right to Repurchase

 

(a)     Rights of Repurchase .  If any of the events specified in Section 9(b) below occur (a “Triggering Event”), then:

 

(i) with respect to Option Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option prior to the occurrence of such event, within 60 days after the Company receives actual knowledge of the event, and

 

(ii) with respect to Option Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option after the occurrence of such event, within 60 days following the later of the date of such exercise or the date the Company received actual knowledge of such event

 

(in either case, the “Repurchase Period”), the Company shall have the option, but not the obligation, to repurchase all, but not a portion of, the Option Shares from Optionee, or his or her legal representatives, as the case may be (the “Repurchase Option”). The Repurchase Option shall be exercisable by the Company by giving Optionee, or his or her legal representative, written notice of its intention to exercise the Repurchase Option on or before the last day of the Repurchase Period, and, together with such notice, tendering to Optionee, or his or her legal representative, (a) with respect to Triggering Events set forth in (b)(i) and (ii) below, an amount

 

Page 6 of 9
 

  

equal to the higher of the Option Price or the Fair Market Value of the shares and (b) with respect to Triggering Events set forth in (b)(iii) below, an amount equal to the Option Price. The Company may, in exercising the Repurchase Option, designate one or more nominees to purchase the shares either within or without the Company. Upon timely exercise of the Repurchase Option in the manner provided in this Section 9(a), Optionee, or his or her legal representative, shall deliver to the Company the stock certificate or certificates representing the shares being repurchased, duly endorsed and free and clear of any and all liens, charges and encumbrances. If shares are not purchased under the Repurchase Option, Optionee and his or her successor in interest, if any, will hold any such shares in his or her possession subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)    Repurchase Option Triggering Events .  The Company shall have the right to exercise the Repurchase Option in the event that any of the following shall occur (each a “Triggering Event”):

 

(i) Prior to a Public Offering, the receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding regarding Optionee or the taking of any of Optionee’s shares acquired upon exercise of the Option by legal process, such as a levy of execution;

 

(ii) Prior to a Public Offering, distribution of shares held by Optionee to his or her spouse as such spouse’s joint or community interest pursuant to a decree of dissolution, operation of law, divorce, property settlement agreement or for any other reason, except as may be otherwise permitted by the Company;

 

(iii) The termination of Optionee’s employment by or service with the Company for Cause or at a time when Cause exists (as defined in Section 6(b) hereof); or Optionee shall commit or do or cause to be committed or done, directly or indirectly, any of the Detrimental Activities.

 

10.            Failure to Deliver Option Shares .  In the event Optionee fails or refuses to deliver on a timely basis duly endorsed certificates representing Option Shares to be sold to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall have the right to deposit the purchase price for the Option Shares in a special account with any bank or trust company in the State of New York, giving notice of such deposit to Optionee, whereupon such Option Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased by the Company. All such monies shall be held by the bank or trust company for the benefit of Optionee. All monies deposited with the bank or trust company but remaining unclaimed for two (2) years after the date of deposit shall be repaid by the bank or trust company to the Company on demand, and Optionee shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment. The Company may place a legend on any stock certificates delivered to Optionee reflecting the restrictions on transfer provided in this Agreement.

 

11.             Early Disposition .  If this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO, as set forth in the Award Letter: Optionee agrees to notify the Company in writing immediately after Optionee makes a “Disqualifying Disposition” of the Option Shares received pursuant to the exercise of this Option. A “Disqualifying Disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such shares issued upon exercise of an ISO before the later of (a) two years after the Grant Date

 

Page 7 of 9
 

  

or (b) one year after the date Optionee acquired Option Shares by exercising this Option. If Optionee has died before such stock is sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter. Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information which it shall request concerning any such disposition. Optionee acknowledges that he or she will forfeit the favorable income tax treatment otherwise available with respect to the exercise of this Option, if an ISO, if he or she makes a Disqualifying Disposition of the stock received upon exercise of this Option.

 

12.             Withholding Taxes .  If the Company in its discretion determines that it is obligated to withhold tax with respect to a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in Section 11) of stock received by Optionee on exercise of this Option, Optionee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from Optionee’s wages the appropriate amount of federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to such Disqualifying Disposition. If any portion of the Option is treated as an option that is not an ISO, Optionee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from Optionee’s wages that appropriate amount of federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to Optionee’s exercise of such non-ISO Option. If the Company in its discretion determines that it is obligated to withhold tax with respect to a transfer by Optionee of this Option, Optionee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from Optionee’s wages the appropriate amount of federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to such transfer. At the Company’s discretion, the amount required to be withheld may be withheld in cash from such wages, or (with respect to compensation income attributable to the exercise of this Option) in kind from the Option Shares otherwise deliverable to Optionee on exercise of this Option having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such income tax withholding obligations (or so much thereof as shall not be paid by the Optionee in connection with such exercise). Optionee further agrees that, if the Company does not withhold an amount from Optionee’s wages and/or the Option Shares sufficient to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligation, Optionee will pay or reimburse the Company on demand, in cash (including by means of a Cashless Exercise program), if available), for the amount underwithheld.

 

13.           Securities Restrictions .  This Option shall not be exercisable for such period as may be required to comply with the Federal securities laws, state “blue sky” laws, an applicable requirement of any AIM or any other applicable securities exchange and any other law or regulation applicable to the exercise of this Option, and the Company shall not be obligated to issue or deliver Common Shares hereunder if the issuance or delivery of such shares would constitute a violation of any law or any regulation of any governmental authority or applicable securities exchange.

 

14.           No Employment or Other Service Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer the Optionee any right to continue in the employment or other service of the Company or its affiliates, or in any way interfere with the right of the Company or its affiliates to terminate the employment or other service of the Optionee at any time.

 

15.           Provisions of the Plan .  The provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated in this Agreement, shall govern if and to the extent that there are inconsistencies between those provisions and the provisions hereof. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she received a copy of the Plan prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

16.           Miscellaneous .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of

 

Page 8 of 9
 

  

Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law. This Agreement, together with the Award Letter and the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, may not be modified other than by written instrument executed by the parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

 

  PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Page 9 of 9

 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

AWARD LETTER

 

Dear                        :

 

It is a great pleasure to advise you, on behalf of Phibro Animal Health Corporation (the “Company”), that you have been granted, pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Plan of the Company (the “Plan”), the Option described below. This Option will become effective upon your return to the Corporate Secretary of the Company of this Award Letter signed by you on or before                              .

 

Date of Grant:             Expiration Date:         
   
Total Option Shares:              Option Price (per share):        

 

Exercise/Vesting:

Earliest date on which Option

can be exercised

  Number of
shares
         
  The Grant Date                         
         
                                                       

 

No Common Shares may be purchased hereunder unless the Optionee shall have remained in the continuous employment or other service of the Company or an affiliate up to and including the specified date shown above from the Grant Date. Unless earlier terminated, this Option shall expire if and to the extent it is not exercised on or prior to the Expiration Date.

 

Type of Option: ¨  ISO x  Non-Qualified

 

The Option granted hereunder is granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the accompanying Stock Option Agreement, the receipt of a copy of which Optionee hereby acknowledges. Optionee is advised to consult his or her personal tax advisors with regard to all tax consequences arising with respect to this Option.

 

The Company believes that the existence, kind and amount of an individual’s Award is a matter to be held in the strictest confidence. No one within the Company except Optionee, his manager, the Company’s Senior Executive Officers, the Corporate Secretary and the Human Resources Department of the Company is to have access to this information. If Optionee has been shown to have revealed the existence, kind or amount of his or her Award to others (other than Optionee’s spouse and legal, financial and tax advisors), or if Optionee has inquired about another’s Award, Optionee will be subject to discipline, including termination of the Optionee’s Award.

 

  PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
     
  By:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
 
 
Optionee,    

 

 
 

  

PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION

2008 INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made as of this                                        (the “Grant Date”), by and between Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), and you (the “Optionee”) sets forth the terms and conditions of an Award granted to the Optionee under the Phibro Animal Health Corporation 2008 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee, and the Optionee desires to accept, an option to purchase the Company’s common shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Shares”), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Grant .   The Company hereby grants to the Optionee an option (the “Option”) to purchase such number of Common Shares, at the purchase price per share, in each case, set forth in an award letter dated the date hereof delivered to Optionee together with this Agreement (the “Award Letter”). Whether or not this Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” (“ISO”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the extent permissible by law, shall be indicated in the Award Letter.

 

2.              Restrictions on Exercisability .   Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan or in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates, this Option shall become exercisable in accordance with the schedule shown in the Award Letter based upon the Optionee’s continuous employment or other service with the Company or its affiliates following the Grant Date. No Common Shares may be purchased hereunder unless the Optionee shall have remained in the continuous employment or other service of the Company or an affiliate up to and including the specified date shown in the Award Letter from the Grant Date. Unless earlier terminated, this Option shall expire if and to the extent it is not exercised on or prior to the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”).

 

3.              Exercise and Payment .   The Option may be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the schedule shown in the Award Letter by delivering to the Company a written notice of such exercise specifying the number of Common Shares that the Optionee has elected to acquire and payment in full of the exercise price, together with the amount, if any, deemed necessary by the Company to enable it to satisfy any tax withholding obligations with respect to the exercise (unless other arrangements acceptable to the Company are made for the satisfaction of such withholding obligation) and/or by delivering to the Corporate Secretary of the Company other Common Shares of the Company as herein provided.

 

(a)            Forms of Consideration Authorized .   Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate exercise price for the number of Common Shares for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash or by bank or certified check, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to

 

Page 1 of 9
 

 

Section 3(b)(i) below, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole Common Shares owned by the Optionee (in proper form for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer tax stamps or cash in lieu thereof) having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate exercise price applicable to that portion of the Option being exercised by the delivery of such shares, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 3(b)(ii) below, (iv) by means of a Net Exercise, as defined in Section 3(b)(iii), or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b)            Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

 

(i) Tender of Common Shares .   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Common Shares to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. In addition, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Common Shares unless such shares have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (or such other period, if any, required by the Company) and have not been used for another option exercise by attestation during such period. The Fair Market Value of the Common Shares tendered as consideration for the exercise of such Option shall be determined as of the date immediately preceding the date upon which the Option is exercised, or as may be required in order to comply with or to conform to the requirements of any applicable laws or regulations. Restricted stock (i.e., unregistered securities) shall be valued as if it were not subject to restrictions on transfer or possibilities of forfeiture. If shares of restricted stock are utilized as consideration for the exercise of an Option, the number of shares issued upon the exercise of such Option equal to the value of shares of restricted stock utilized as consideration therefore shall be subject to the same restrictions as the restricted stock so utilized.

 

(ii) Cashless Exercise .   A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the Common Shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company and in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Cashless Exercise program is available only if, at the time of exercise, the offer and sale of Common Shares pursuant to the Plan is, with respect to Cashless Exercise in the United States, registered on a then effective registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company reserves the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, at any and all times to establish, decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Optionee notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

 

(iii) Net Exercise .   A “Net Exercise” means a procedure by which the Optionee will be issued a number of whole Common Shares upon the exercise of an Option determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

N = X(A-B)/A, where:

 

N = the number of Common Shares to be issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option;

 

Page 2 of 9
 

  

X = the total number of Common Shares with respect to which the Optionee has elected to exercise the Option;

 

A = the Fair Market Value of one (1) Common Share determined on the exercise date; and

 

B = the exercise price per share (as defined in the applicable Award Letter).

 

The Company reserves the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, at any and all times, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Optionee notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

 

4.              Rights as Shareholder .   No Common Shares shall be sold or delivered hereunder until full payment for such shares has been made. The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this Option until a certificate for such shares is issued to the Optionee. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

5.              Nontransferability .   The Option is not assignable or transferable except upon the Optionee’s death to a Beneficiary or, if no Beneficiary shall survive the Optionee, pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. During an Optionee’s lifetime, this Option may be exercised only by the Optionee.

 

6.              Termination of Employment or other Service

 

(a)            Disability or Death .   Except as otherwise provided in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates, if the Optionee’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates terminates due to optionee’s death or Disability, then: (i) that portion of this Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall immediately terminate, and (ii) subject to Section 6(b) below, that portion of this Option that is exercisable on the date of termination shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or legal representative) until the Expiration Date and, to the extent not exercised during such period, shall immediately terminate thereafter.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates (in which case, such meaning shall apply), the inability of an Optionee to perform the customary duties of his or her employment or other service for the Company or its affiliates by reason of a physical or mental incapacity which is expected to result in death or to be of indefinite duration.

 

(b)           Termination for Cause or at a Time when Cause Exists .   If the Optionee’s employment or other service is terminated by the Company or an affiliate for Cause (as defined below), which in the determination of the Committee justifies termination of this Option, or if, at the time of the Optionee’s termination, grounds for a termination for such Cause exist, then this Option (whether or not then exercisable) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean either (or both) of (1) the Optionee’s dishonesty, fraud, intentional mistrepresentation, insubordination, willful misconduct, failure to perform services,

 

Page 3 of 9
 

  

unsatisfactory performance of services, or material breach of the Company’s policies or code of conduct or any written agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its affiliates, and (2) in the case where there is an employment or consulting agreement between the Optionee and the Company or an affiliate at the time of grant which defines “cause” (or words of like import), the meaning ascribed to such term under such agreement. Cause shall be determined by the Company.

 

(c)           Other Termination .   Except as otherwise provided in an employment or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or its affiliates, if the Optionee’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates terminates for any reason not covered by Section 6(a) or 6(b) above, then: (i) that portion of this Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall immediately terminate, and (ii) subject to Section 6(b) above, that portion of this Option that is exercisable on the date of termination shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee until the Expiration Date and, to the extent not exercised during such period, shall immediately terminate thereafter.

 

7.              Cancellation of Option .     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict this Option at any time if the Optionee is not in compliance with all material applicable provisions of this Agreement or the Plan, or if the Optionee engages in a Detrimental Activity. Upon exercise of the Option, if requested by the Company, the Optionee shall certify in a manner acceptable to the Company that he or she is in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan and has not engaged in any Detrimental Activity. In the event the Optionee engages in any Detrimental Activity prior to or after any exercise, payment, delivery, receipt or settlement, such exercise, payment, delivery, receipt or settlement may be rescinded within two (2) years thereafter. In the event of any such rescission, the Optionee shall pay to the Company, in the form of Company Common Shares, the amount of any gain realized as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment, delivery, receipt or settlement, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required. In the event the Optionee engages in any Detrimental Activity prior to or after any exercise of this Option and sale or other disposition of securities acquired upon such exercise, the amount of any gain realized as a result of such sale or other disposition, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required. In any such situation, the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to set off against the amount of any such gain, any amount owed to the Optionee by the Company or its affiliates.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Detrimental Activity” shall mean any of the following, unless authorized or consented to in writing by the Company: (1) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company or its affiliates, or which organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company or its affiliates, at any time during Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or within twelve (12) months thereafter, (2) the disclosure to anyone outside the Company or its affiliates, or the use in other than the Company’s or its affiliates’ business, of any confidential information or material relating to the business of the Company or its affiliates, acquired by the Optionee either during or after employment or other service with the Company or its affiliates, (3) the failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Company or its affiliates all right, title and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Optionee during employment by or other service with the Company or its affiliates, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company or its affiliates or the failure or

 

Page 4 of 9
 

  

refusal to do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company or its affiliates to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in other countries insofar as any matter referred to in this clause (3) violates any obligation of the Optionee to the Company or its affiliates, including but not limited to, any obligation or agreement under a proprietary information, invention assignment, or non-competition or other agreement of the Optionee with or for the benefit of the Company or an affiliate, (4) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company or its affiliates to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier, partner, licensor or licensee of the Company or an affiliate, (5) the material breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its affiliates, or (6) the making of any disparaging, derogatory or defamatory remarks about the Company or any of its affiliates, or products, business practices or activities; provided nothing contained in clause (6) is intended to prohibit Optionee from providing truthful information about Optionee’s employment or the Company’s or an affiliate’s business practices to any governmental entity or regulatory or self-regulatory agency upon written request thereof.

 

8.              Corporation’s Right of First Refusal

 

(a)            Exercise of Right .   If Optionee desires to sell all or any part of the shares acquired under this Option including any securities received in respect thereof pursuant to any stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization and the like (“Option Shares”), and an offeror (the “Offeror”) has made an offer therefor, which offer Optionee desires to accept, Optionee shall, prior to accepting any offer or making any commitment with respect to such Option Shares: (i) obtain in writing an irrevocable and unconditional bona fide offer (the “Bona Fide Offer”) for the purchase thereof from the Offeror; and (ii) give written notice (the “Option Notice”) to the Company setting forth his or her desire to sell such shares, which Option Notice shall be accompanied by a photocopy of the original executed Bona Fide Offer and shall set forth at least the name and address of the Offeror and the price and terms of the Bona Fide Offer. Upon receipt of the Option Notice, the Company shall have the first and prior right to purchase, and an assignable option to purchase, any or all of such Option Shares specified in the Option Notice, such option to be exercisable by giving, within 30 days after receipt of the Option Notice, a written counter-notice to Optionee. If the Company elects to purchase any or all of such Option Shares, it shall be obligated to purchase, and Optionee shall be obligated to sell to the Company, such Option Shares at the price and terms indicated in the Bona Fide Offer within 60 days from the date of receipt by the Company of the Option Notice.

 

(b)     Sale of Option Shares to Offeror .   Optionee may sell, pursuant to the terms of the Bona Fide Offer, any or all of such Option Shares not purchased or agreed to be purchased by the Company for 60 days after the expiration of the 30-day period during which the Company may give the aforesaid counter-notice; provided , however , that Optionee shall not sell such Option Shares to the Offeror if the Offeror is a competitor of the Company and the Company gives written notice to Optionee, within 30 days of its receipt of the Option Notice, stating that Optionee shall not sell his Option Shares to the Offeror; and provided, further, that prior to the sale of such Option Shares to the Offeror, the Offeror shall execute an agreement with the Company pursuant to which the Offeror agrees to be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 8. If any or all of such Option Shares are not sold pursuant to a Bona Fide Offer within the time permitted above, the unsold Option Shares shall remain subject to the terms of this Section 8.

 

Page 5 of 9
 

  

(c)      Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .   If there shall be any change in the Common Shares of the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, split-up, combination or exchange or shares, or the like, the restrictions contained in this Section 8 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Option Shares.

 

(d)     Expiration of Corporation’s Right of First Refusal .   The refusal rights of the Company set forth above shall remain in effect with respect to the sale or other disposition of Option Shares by the Optionee unless both of the following shall occur, at which time such sale or other disposition (but only such sale or other disposition) in accordance with the Option Notice may be made free of such refusal rights pursuant to Section 8(b):

 

(i)           the amount of Option Shares to be sold, together with all sales of Common Shares of the Company sold for the account of such person within the preceding three (3) months, shall not exceed the greater of the average weekly reported volume of trading in such shares on all national securities exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of a registered securities association, or reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan or an effective national market system plan, in each case during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of delivery to the Company of the Option Notice; and

 

(ii)          the aggregate amount of Option Shares to be sold by all optionees under the Plan, together with all sales of Common Shares of the Company sold for the account of all such persons within the preceding three (3) months, shall not be greater than two (2) times the amount determined in accordance with clause (i) of this Section 8(d).

 

9.              Company’s Right to Repurchase

 

(a) Rights of Repurchase .   If any of the events specified in Section 9(b) below occur (a “Triggering Event”), then:

 

(i) with respect to Option Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option prior to the occurrence of such event, within 60 days after the Company receives actual knowledge of the event, and

 

(ii) with respect to Option Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option after the occurrence of such event, within 60 days following the later of the date of such exercise or the date the Company received actual knowledge of such event

 

(in either case, the “Repurchase Period”), the Company shall have the option, but not the obligation, to repurchase all, but not a portion of, the Option Shares from Optionee, or his or her legal representatives, as the case may be (the “Repurchase Option”). The Repurchase Option shall be exercisable by the Company by giving Optionee, or his or her legal representative, written notice of its intention to exercise the Repurchase Option on or before the last day of the Repurchase Period, and, together with such notice, tendering to Optionee, or his or her legal representative, (a) with respect to Triggering Events set forth in (b)(i) and (ii) below, an amount equal to the higher of the Option Price

 

Page 6 of 9
 

 

or the Fair Market Value of the shares and (b) with respect to Triggering Events set forth in (b)(iii) below, an amount equal to the Option Price. The Company may, in exercising the Repurchase Option, designate one or more nominees to purchase the shares either within or without the Company. Upon timely exercise of the Repurchase Option in the manner provided in this Section 9(a), Optionee, or his or her legal representative, shall deliver to the Company the stock certificate or certificates representing the shares being repurchased, duly endorsed and free and clear of any and all liens, charges and encumbrances. If shares are not purchased under the Repurchase Option, Optionee and his or her successor in interest, if any, will hold any such shares in his or her possession subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)     Repurchase Option Triggering Events .    The Company shall have the right to exercise the Repurchase Option in the event that any of the following shall occur (each a “Triggering Event”):

 

(i)           Prior to a Public Offering, the receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding regarding Optionee or the taking of any of Optionee’s shares acquired upon exercise of the Option by legal process, such as a levy of execution;

 

(ii)          Prior to a Public Offering, distribution of shares held by Optionee to his or her spouse as such spouse’s joint or community interest pursuant to a decree of dissolution, operation of law, divorce, property settlement agreement or for any other reason, except as may be otherwise permitted by the Company;

 

(iii)         The termination of Optionee’s employment by or service with the Company for Cause or at a time when Cause exists (as defined in Section 6(b) hereof); or Optionee shall commit or do or cause to be committed or done, directly or indirectly, any of the Detrimental Activities.

 

10.             Failure to Deliver Option Shares .   In the event Optionee fails or refuses to deliver on a timely basis duly endorsed certificates representing Option Shares to be sold to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall have the right to deposit the purchase price for the Option Shares in a special account with any bank or trust company in the State of New York, giving notice of such deposit to Optionee, whereupon such Option Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased by the Company. All such monies shall be held by the bank or trust company for the benefit of Optionee. All monies deposited with the bank or trust company but remaining unclaimed for two (2) years after the date of deposit shall be repaid by the bank or trust company to the Company on demand, and Optionee shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment. The Company may place a legend on any stock certificates delivered to Optionee reflecting the restrictions on transfer provided in this Agreement.

 

11.              Early Disposition .   If this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO, as set forth in the Award Letter: Optionee agrees to notify the Company in writing immediately after Optionee makes a “Disqualifying Disposition” of the Option Shares received pursuant to the exercise of this Option. A “Disqualifying Disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such shares issued upon exercise of an ISO before the later of (a) two years after the Grant Date or (b) one year after the date Optionee acquired Option Shares by exercising this Option. If Optionee has died before such stock is sold, these

 

Page 7 of 9
 

  

holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter. Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information which it shall request concerning any such disposition. Optionee acknowledges that he or she will forfeit the favorable income tax treatment otherwise available with respect to the exercise of this Option, if an ISO, if he or she makes a Disqualifying Disposition of the stock received upon exercise of this Option.

 

12.              Withholding Taxes .   If the Company in its discretion determines that it is obligated to withhold tax with respect to a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in Section 11) of stock received by Optionee on exercise of this Option, Optionee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from Optionee’s wages the appropriate amount of federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to such Disqualifying Disposition. If any portion of the Option is treated as an option that is not an ISO, Optionee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from Optionee’s wages that appropriate amount of federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to Optionee’s exercise of such non-ISO Option. If the Company in its discretion determines that it is obligated to withhold tax with respect to a transfer by Optionee of this Option, Optionee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from Optionee’s wages the appropriate amount of federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to such transfer. At the Company’s discretion, the amount required to be withheld may be withheld in cash from such wages, or (with respect to compensation income attributable to the exercise of this Option) in kind from the Option Shares otherwise deliverable to Optionee on exercise of this Option having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such income tax withholding obligations (or so much thereof as shall not be paid by the Optionee in connection with such exercise). Optionee further agrees that, if the Company does not withhold an amount from Optionee’s wages and/or the Option Shares sufficient to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligation, Optionee will pay or reimburse the Company on demand, in cash (including by means of a Cashless Exercise program), if available), for the amount underwithheld.

 

13.            Securities Restrictions .   This Option shall not be exercisable for such period as may be required to comply with the Federal securities laws, state “blue sky” laws or any applicable securities exchange and any other law or regulation applicable to the exercise of this Option, and the Company shall not be obligated to issue or deliver Common Shares hereunder if the issuance or delivery of such shares would constitute a violation of any law or any regulation of any governmental authority or applicable securities exchange.

 

14.            No Employment or Other Service Rights .   Nothing in this Agreement shall confer the Optionee any right to continue in the employment or other service of the Company or its affiliates, or in any way interfere with the right of the Company or its affiliates to terminate the employment or other service of the Optionee at any time.

 

15.            Provisions of the Plan .   The provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated in this Agreement, shall govern if and to the extent that there are inconsistencies between those provisions and the provisions hereof. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she received a copy of the Plan prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

16.            Miscellaneous .   This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law. This Agreement, together with the Award Letter and the Plan,

 

Page 8 of 9
 

 

constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, may not be modified other than by written instrument executed by the parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

 

  PHIBRO ANIMAL HEALTH CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Page 9 of 9

 

 

Exhibit 10.30

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

This Exchange Agreement, dated as of April [●], 2014 (this " Agreement "), is by and between BFI Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ BFI ”), and Phibro Animal Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), and acknowledged by Mayflower Limited Partnership, a limited partnership registered in Jersey, Channel Islands (registered no. LP282) (“ Mayflower ”).

 

WHEREAS, the BFI owns [●] shares (collectively, the “BFI Shares”) of the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001, of the Company (the “ Class A Common Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS, Mayflower owns [●] shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company, which, together with the BFI Shares, represent 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, BFI desires to contribute, assign, transfer and convey to the Company, and the Company desires to acquire and accept from BFI, all of BFI’s rights, title and interests in and to the BFI Shares, free and clear of any lien, tax, claim, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, security interest, restriction on transfer, preemptive right, voting agreement of any kind or nature or any similar restrictions or limitations (each an “ Encumbrance ”), other than restrictions on transfers imposed by federal or state securities laws, in exchange for [●] shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (collectively, the “ Class B Shares ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Exchange; Closing .

 

1.1.          Exchange of BFI Shares .

 

(a)          Upon the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement, on the Closing Date (as defined below) the BFI hereby agrees to contribute, assign, transfer and convey to the Company, and the Company agrees to acquire and accept from BFI, all of BFI's rights, title and interests in and to all of the BFI Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, and, in exchange therefor, the Company hereby agrees to issue to BFI on the Closing Date the Class B Shares (the foregoing transactions, collectively, the “ Exchange ”).

 

(b)          The Exchange shall be consummated as follows:

 

(1)          On the Closing Date, immediately prior to the issuance of the Class B Shares by the Company, (i) if any of the BFI Shares have been certificated, BFI shall surrender to the Company stock certificates representing the BFI Shares, duly endorsed in blank for transfer, and (ii) BFI shall deliver to the Company a stock power in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ BFI Stock Power ”), to effect the contribution, assignment and transfer of the BFI Shares to the Company.

 

 
 

 

(2)         On the Closing Date, upon the receipt of the BFI Shares (and, if applicable, such stock certificates), the Company shall: (i) issue to BFI the Class B Shares and, if such shares are to be certificated, deliver to BFI certificates representing such Class B Shares, and (ii) enter, or cause to be entered, such issuance into the record books of the Company evidencing BFI’s ownership of the Class B Shares.

 

1.2.           Closing Date .   Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions set forth in Section 1.1 above (the " Closing ") shall take place on April [●], 2014, or such other date as BFI and the Company shall mutually agree (such date, the “ Closing Date ”).

 

2.             Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company .   The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to BFI as follows:

 

(a)          The Company has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Company Stock Power and this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Company Stock Power by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the Exchange has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company and no other proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Exchange.

 

(b)          This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, except that the enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Company (including the issuance of the Class B Shares pursuant to the terms hereof) does not and will not conflict with, violate, or cause a breach of any agreement, contract, or instrument to which the Company is a party or any judgment, order, or decree to which the Company is subject, or otherwise require the consent or approval of any other Person that has not been obtained, in each case, except as would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or the transactions contemplated hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, " Person " means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any other entity (including any governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).

 

(c)          Upon issuance, the Class B Shares shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than restrictions on transfers imposed by federal or state securities laws.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties of BFI .   BFI hereby represents and consents to the Company as follows:

 

(a)          BFI has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

- 2 -
 

 

(b)          This Agreement and the BFI Stock Power have been duly executed and delivered by BFI and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of BFI, except that the enforcement hereof and thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by BFI (including the contribution of the BFI Shares pursuant to the terms hereof) does not and will not conflict with, violate, or cause a breach of any agreement, contract, or instrument to which BFI is a party or any judgment, order, or decree to which BFI is subject, or otherwise require the consent or approval of any other Person that has not been obtained.

 

(c)          BFI is the sole beneficial and record owner of the BFI Shares being exchanged by BFI hereunder; and BFI will deliver to the Company good and valid title to all of the BFI Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than those arising under federal and state securities and “blue sky” laws).

 

(d)          The Class B Shares to be acquired by BFI pursuant to this Agreement will be acquired for BFI's own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act "), any applicable state securities laws, and such Class B Shares will not be disposed of in contravention of any such laws or agreements.

 

(e)          BFI is an "accredited investor" as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. BFI understands that the Class B Shares are subject to transfer restrictions under federal and state securities laws and have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities laws. BFI understands that the Class B shares issued hereunder will bear the legend set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

4.              General .

 

4.1.           Amendments and Waivers .    The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of BFI and the Company.

 

4.2.           Notices .   All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person, by facsimile, by nationally-recognized overnight courier, or by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by the addressee as follows:

 

- 3 -
 

 

If to BFI, to:

BFI Co., LLC
Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl
300 Frank W. Burr Blvd., Ste 21
Teaneck, NJ 07666-6712
Telephone: (201) 329-7300
Facsimile: [●]

If to the Company, to:

Phibro Animal Health Corporation
Glenpointe Centre East, 3rd Fl
300 Frank W. Burr Blvd., Ste 21

Teaneck, NJ 07666-6712
Attention: Thomas Dagger
Telephone: (201) 329-7370
Facsimile: (201) 329-7041

 

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been delivered (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (ii) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day and (iii) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following such mailing if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested.

 

4.3.           Successors and Assigns .   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, but shall not be assignable by any party without the written consent of the other party.

 

4.4.           Parties in Interest .   This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied shall give or be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto and such permitted successors and assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder. Nothing herein shall be construed to be to the benefit of or enforceable by any Person that is not a party hereto including any creditor of the Company.

 

4.5.           No Assignment .   This Agreement is not assignable by the Company (by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of BFI.

 

4.6.           Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4.7.           Descriptive Headings, Etc.   The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires: (i) words of either

 

- 4 -
 

 

gender shall be deemed to include the other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number shall also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and paragraph references are to the Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (iv) the word "including" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean "including, without limitation," unless otherwise specified; and (v) "or" is not exclusive.

 

4.8.           Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (without reference to its choice of law rules).

 

4.9.           Consent to Jurisdiction .   Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that any action, suit or proceeding, at law or equity, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall only be brought in any federal court of the Southern District of New York or any state court located in New York County, State of New York, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally expressly submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purposes thereof and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives (by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise) any and all jurisdictional, venue and convenience objections or defenses that such party may have in such action, suit or proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction to enforce judgments obtained in any action, suit or proceeding brought pursuant to this Section 4.9.

 

4.10.         Survival .   The representations and warranties given or made in this Agreement shall survive until sixty (60) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations and shall thereafter terminate and be of no further force or effect.

 

4.11.         Waiver of Jury Trial .   EACH OF THE SELLER AND THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NOTE OR THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR THEREOF.

 

4.12.         Entire Agreement .   This Agreement together with the Note and the Guaranty and related documents and instruments are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and are intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings relating to such subject matter, other than those set forth or referred to herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

- 5 -
 

  

4.13.         Severability .   Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance shall be held to be prohibited by, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law or rule in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition, illegality or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.14.         Further Assurances .   Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.15.         Construction .   Each party hereto acknowledges that it has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement with its legal counsel and that this Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by BFI and the Company.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

- 6 -
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  SELLER  
       
  BFI Co., LLC  
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Its:    
       
  COMPANY    
       
  Phibro animal health Corporation ,  
  a Delaware corporation  
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Its:    

 

Acknowledge and Accepted:

 

Mayflower Limited Partnership ,

acting by its manager, 3i Investments plc

By:__________________

Authorized Signatory

  

 
 

 

Schedule A

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.

  

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

BFI Stock Power

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

 

 

Phibro animal health corporation List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

  Subsidiary   Jurisdiction  
     
  Prince Agri Products, Inc.   Delaware  
  OmniGen Research, LLC   Oregon  
  Phibro Animal Health Holdings, Inc.   Delaware  
  Phibro Animal Health de Argentina SRL   Argentina  
  Phibro Animal PTY Limited   Australia  
  Phibro Animal Health (Belgium) S.A.   Belgium  
  Phibro Saude Animal Internacional Ltda.   Brazil  
  Phibro Animal Health Ltd.   Canada  
  Phibro Animal Health Holdings, Inc. Chile Limitada   Chile  
  Phibro Animal Health de Republica Dominicana, SRL   Dominican Republic  
  Phibro Corporation Limited   Hong Kong  
  Phibro Corporation (M) Sdn. Bhd.   Malaysia  
  PB Animal Health de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.   Mexico  
  PBAH Peruana S.A.C.   Peru  
  Phibro Animal Health (Proprietary) Limited   South Africa  
  Phibro Hayvan Sagligi Urunleri Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S.   Turkey  
  Phibro Animal Health de Venezuela, C.A.   Venezuela  
  Koffolk (1949) Ltd.   Israel  
  Agrozan Ltd.   Israel  
  Kofimex Ltd.   Israel  
  Abic Biological Laboratories Ltd.   Israel  
  Abic Veterinary Products Ltd.   Israel  
  Planalquimica Industrial Ltda.   Brazil  
  C P Chemicals, Inc.   New Jersey  
  Phibro-Tech, Inc.   Delaware  
  California Water Technologies LLC*   Michigan  
  North Field Extension, LLC*   New Jersey  
  Western Magnesium Corp.   California  
  First Dice Road Company, a California Ltd. Partnership   California  
  Ferro Metal and Chemical Corporation Ltd.   United Kingdom  
  Ferro Metal and Chemical Corp. Espana S.L.   Spain  
  Marion Bio-Tech, LLC*   Delaware  
  Hannibal Bio-Tech, LLC*   Delaware  
         
  * Indicates that we directly or indirectly own 50% of the entity.      

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Phibro Animal Health Corporation of our report dated September 17, 2013, except for the effects for the revisions and restatement described in Note 2 and the change in composition of the reportable segments discussed in Note 17, as to which the date is January 9, 2014 relating to the financial statements of Phibro Animal Health Corporation which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

March 31, 2014